While gutters are essential for homes, keeping them clean can be a tough job. But, it is necessary for their overall maintenance.
When nobody wants to take up this tedious task, you can rely on the EasyOn Gutter Guard to reduce the frequency of cleaning the gutters. It helps to keep the gutters cleaner throughout the year by protecting them from most of the debris and dirt driven by rain and winds.
Not only does it provide long-term protection to gutters, but it also helps you reduce cleaning efforts. The EasyOn Gutter Guards are great at preventing clogging and ensuring overall cleanliness.
We’ve gone ahead and curated this comprehensive review of the product to help you decide whether it is good enough for your needs. You can also see which model is the right fit for your home.
So, let us jump into the details without any further delays.
Why Buy This Product?
The EasyOn Gutter Guard has been perfected over the years. The idea first took birth in 1996, when the parent company was into cleaning gutters. They discovered how guards rarely worked as advertised. Thus, the EasyOn system was launched, and this product has earned immense praise within the industry. Now, let’s take a look at its win-win features.
Unique V-Bend Technology
Not many gutter guards can boast of patented technologies. The V-Bend feature has been specially created to form a shape in the gutter guard in a manner that allows rainwater to move more swiftly and efficiently than other options available in the market.
The rainwater can also move out of the gutter system, thanks to this technology. Thus, it does not sit in one place. Special care has gone into the design to make the installation easy and to ensure it fits any gutter that you might have.
Even in circumstances where your gutter’s shape might not be normal, you can attach these guards easily, thanks to the V-Bend feature.
Micro-Mesh System Designed to Guard Gutters
There is a special micro-mesh system in place to guard your gutter. You’ll find that the design allows all of the holes of the system to filter out water that comes out from the roof and goes into the gutter.
In comparison, other systems only have provisions for around 60% of the holes in the mesh design to work. This micro-mesh design makes the EasyOn Guard the ideal choice for homeowners who might reside in areas where plenty of dirt and leaves might get into the gutter.
Moreover, the micro-mesh is made of stainless steel of the Type 304 category. This means it is resistant to corrosion and rust.
Easy and Flexible Installation
When it comes to gutter guards, installation is always a headache. Since the task involves going up to the roof and working, many homeowners consider it too perilous for themselves and wish to assign it to professionals. Of course, this means that installation charges go up as well.
With the EasyOn product, this hassle is completely removed from the picture. The guards can be fitted on different kinds of roofs with the help of flexible and easy installation. There is a dual-installation system in place as well, which allows you to fit the gutter guard faster without running into a lot of trouble.
Can Handle Heavy Continuous Rainfall
There can be no doubts about the durability of the EasyOn Gutter Guards. They can handle an immense amount of rainfall in the course of a day without adversely affecting the gutters. We have seen that for every hour after the guards are attached, they have effortlessly withstood continuous heavy rains.
Careful Construction and Design
A lot of praise that the EasyOn guard gets for its durability is due to the immense care that goes into the construction process. The mesh is made of graded surgical steel, which allows the water to flow through without interruption but catches the debris. This is kept in place and allowed to blow off once it dries.
Not only is the mesh strong, but also rather fine. This helps it catch some smaller particles as well, which might have gotten through otherwise. Most of the granule runoff from shingles is prevented from flowing into the gutter. Some small amounts do get through, but these can be washed off.
The gutter guard is lined with steel edges, providing an additional degree of stability. But, it can be attached easily, without making the roof warranty null and void.
UL Certification to Harvest Rainwater
Underwriters Laboratories or UL happen to be world leaders when it comes to testing the safety of a product. The certification from UL means that the materials that are used to make EasyOn guards are safe for rainwater harvesting.
Essentially, this denotes that there is no possibility of a chemical runoff or metal particles getting mixed with the water. Hence, it can be stored safely and used later for gardens or yards. It makes this gutter guard very popular because users can prevent the rainwater from being wasted and also save some money on bills for water.
Robust Warranty
The EasyOn Gutter Guards come with an impressive warranty, which is valid for ten years. One also has the option to extend the warranty to 25 years, but this excludes residences in coastal areas.
Simple Cleaning
We all know that gutter guards have to be cleaned as well. But, the EasyOn product requires very little maintenance. All you have to do is brush off the debris that is stuck, and you’re good to go.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Most people who have used the Easton Gutter Guards have been quite satisfied. The only concern is that the product might be a little too pricey for some. Of course, one could argue that quality products cost more, and EasyOn certainly lives up to its name.
In fact, the popularity of this gutter guard has resulted in people from all kinds of places using it. This has exposed some of the problems that the manufacturers could work on.
While the EasyOn product can efficiently handle the problems of other debris, it falls short in tackling oak pollen. If you live in an area with high amounts of oak pollen, you’re likely to see it piling on top of your gutter guard, prompting the need for frequent cleaning and maintenance.
If you happen to reside in areas with heavy ice, you’ll see that it clogs the gutter guard, too, as do asphalt debris.
What We Like
Made with durable materials
Designed to keep out fine debris as well
Easy to install and maintain
Customer-friendly due to a good warranty
Built to handle heavy rainfall
Certification marks it safe for rainwater harvesting
What We Don't Like
A little expensive when compared to other gutter guards
Can’t handle oak pollen, asphalt debris, and ice
EasyOn Gutter Guard Buyers’ Guide
Now that you’re more familiar with the EasyOn Gutter Guard, you’ll be in a better position to decide whether you should get it. Of course, we’ve highlighted the many features and characteristics that make the gutter guard stand out from similar products on the market.
That said, there are a few things you should keep in mind before taking the final call.
Pricing
While choosing the EasyOn guard, you have to realize that the pricing depends on the size of the guard you get. So, for a larger guard, you’ll end up paying more. Further, there is a cost involved in the installation process, assuming you have it done by professionals.
Here, you have to factor in the size of your house, and prices might easily run north of $500 for larger properties.
Installation
Speaking of installing the gutter guard with the help of professionals, we should mention that the EasyOn product can be simply installed by you, thanks to the dual-installation system in place. But, be sure to have some time on hand, as it is likely to take up an entire afternoon or even a sizable chunk of a weekend.
Tapes or screws might come in handy for installation, and you have to choose whichever option you’re more comfortable with.
Maintenance
While purchasing a gutter guard, obviously, you have to factor in maintenance. Though gutter guards work to keep your gutters debris-free, they have to be cleaned out occasionally themselves.
Now, the EasyOn product is very easy to clean. All you have to do is use a Gutter Guard Brush, which comes with a long handle that permits you to clean the guard even without a ladder or elevated platform.
If you carry out this cleaning process periodically, your guard should be well-maintained and in proper functioning condition. Moreover, if you notice that no debris is coming out during your scheduled maintenance, don’t be afraid to let a little time elapse until you clean the gutter guard again.
EasyOn Gutter Guard Verdict
Clearly, the EasyOn product is one of the finer options you could pick on the market. In spite of its higher price, it stands out due to the materials used, and a stellar design.
You need not worry about the debris being kept out; you can also rest assured that the rainwater accumulated can be used for gardening needs. Furthermore, it is extremely easy to install and maintain.
The customer-friendliness extends beyond that, thanks to the secure warranty system in place. In short, the EasyOn Gutter Guard is the obvious choice if you want to protect your gutters for a long time.
That said, if you wish to get any additional information before making your purchase, feel free to reach out to us.
How challenging can it be to buy something as basic a lawn mower? Not much, right?
Well, most of us think like that as it does not strike as a complex piece of equipment. But when we went on a spree to find the most efficient, easy start mowers, we had to go through several models with different configs.
And, to make things easier on your part, we decided to put together a comprehensive guide so you can acquire the ideal instant boot-up option. Naturally, we came across multiple options, some electric while others battery or gas-powered.
However, it was only after a ton of research that we were able to handpick the best of the lot. We ended up with 9 best easy start lawn mowers that have proven to be worthy recommendations. Also, to be completely sure, we tested each unit and judged them on every parameter to ensure easy operability.
Now without further ado, let's get moving, shall we?
Out top guy from Troy Bilt can deal with small to medium-sized lawns like a boss as it's a self propelled unit that operates with a powerful 159cc OHV engine. So if you need a reliable machine to get rid of unwanted growth in your garden after the rainy season, we suggest investing in this easy start model.
No products found.
Why Did We Like it?
First and foremost, we like that it comes with 3 cutting options and height settings ranging from 1.25 to 3.75 inches. Therefore, depending on your requirement, you can use this machine to mulch, bag, or even discharge as it includes a standard bushel grass catcher.
Also, we like how conveniently operable it is, owing to the easy-to-drive front and rear tread wheels, in addition to the ergonomic handle. On that note, apart from ensuring smooth navigation across the lawn, the adjustable handle also allows you to choose from a variety of height positions. Therefore, the machine can be operated by all users, regardless of their stature.
Apart from that, this self propelling unit can provide a smooth and clean cut without tiring out your hands. All in all, we recommend this appliance with a built-in 21-inch steel deck to busy homeowners who want to sort out their backyard in a jiffy.
What Could've Been Better?
To be honest, we like this lightweight, 3-in-1 cutting capacity unit the most as it can do the job efficiently without too much noise. However, it is not a very powerful appliance and you may have to devote some more time for mowing sessions if it's a medium-sized lawn.
Up next on our list is the Snapper P2185020 that has us thrilled with the superior cutting performance and incredible strength. That being said, this appliance is a powerhouse and will impress homeowners with neat and clean cuts without fizzling. Therefore, if you're looking for a dependable mower to get rid of the hideous overgrowth, give this a shot.
No products found.
Why Did We Like it?
Let's just start by saying that the P2185020 is a fast and ultra-efficient mower that can cut and bag grass using its superior blades. Furthermore, we like that Snapper did not skimp on the construction of the machine, unlike a lot of other brands in the market. Nevertheless, despite having a heavy-duty built, it offers easy maneuverability without damaging the grass.
But what we like best is the Hi VAC bagging feature that works in conjunction with the integral high-speed lift blades to provide your yard with a clean finish. Also, the powerful vacuum suction mechanism ensures effortless bagging of grass without any dirt blowing into your face.
Apart from that, this self propelled model features a rear wheel drive system with 10 inch high wheels that remarkably improve walk-behind mower traction and facilitate smooth-turning. Overall, it is an excellent product that functions on an OHV engine, offering Ready Start technology and quieter operation.
What Could've Been Better?
You might be wondering why we placed it second on our list even though feature-wise, it does better than our top model. Well, the only reason this Snapper product missed the first place is because of its steep price. The item costs a bomb and is not suitable for homes with a small-size lawn.
Husqvarna has been making a lot of waves recently with their 22-inch self propelled model, designed to meet all garden grooming needs. Our third entry is an exceptional gas lawn mower that ensures good performance even in the most demanding situations. Hence, you can consider this option if you need something affordable yet highly functional.
No products found.
Why Did We Like it?
To begin with, this is a phenomenal product from Husqvarna that can make your neighbors envious. We especially like the edgy and elegant appearance of the machine with a mix of vibrant orange and black.
But we are not all about looks, and so when it comes to performance, this super powerful and innovative mower has ticked all the boxes. Long story short, this appliance features a 3-in-1 grass cutting system including mulching, bagging, and side discharge. Therefore, it is the ultimate choice for moderate-sized lawns as it also runs on the high performing Briggs & Stratton engine.
And if that's not enough to convince you, the 9 cutting height options coupled with a comfortable handle surely will. To explain further, the mower provides height settings ranging from 1.25 to 4 inches, thereby allowing you to operate the machine on any terrain.
Lastly, you also get to control the mower speed according to your gardening needs. Therefore, it is easily one of the most versatile products with effortless manual starting on the market.
What Could've Been Better?
We are, for most parts, happy with the performance and high adaptability of this gas-powered machine. It is near about perfect except for one glitch, which is the noise it produces while running. However, it is not an unbearably loud and annoying mower, so it's not like you'll end up with a headache after a session.
The Lawn-Boy 17734 is designed to make your life easier with its seamless electric start feature even though it runs on gas. Furthermore, this is another self propelled model that has surpassed many competitors, primarily for its durable 21-inch stainless steel deck, which makes it a tough, long lasting choice.
First off, the 17734 functions on a gas-powered 149cc Kohler OHV engine, which makes it suitable for use on moderately sized yards. Also, it's pretty low-maintenance since you do not need to change the oil in this model, simply topping up from time to time will do.
However, the key feature of this appliance is its adjustable rear wheel drive mechanism, which enables smooth cutting with minimal effort, whether you're working on a flat or sloped area. Moreover, you can conveniently navigate across the yard at your preferred cutting height by manipulating the two levers on the side of the handle.
Other than note, we like the 3-in-1 cutting function made easier with the large and sturdy collection bag. So if you've to engage in an unusually long grooming session, you don't have to worry about emptying the mower frequently. All in all, we're very impressed with the superior cut and low emission performance of this sleek and rugged machine.
What Could've Been Better?
This Lawn-Boy product has missed a few slots mainly because of its substandard performance on wet grass. So if you need a mower to clean the yard after some frequent spells of rain, this may not be a suitable option for the purpose. Nevertheless, it is still a reliable model for light-duty yard work.
Pros
No oil change required
Works on both flat and sloped areas
Comes with a large and sturdy collection bag
Features two adjustable levers for altering the height
So if you intend to spend a little more and buy a lawn mower with a wide range of features and higher capacity, we recommend investing in this Momox model. Furthermore, we consider this to be an excellent acquisition, especially for its convenient cutting function and easy DIY engine maintenance.
No products found.
Why Did We Like it?
Firstly, this machine looks like something from a James Bond movie, and that's not a description you can often use for a lawn mower. Nevertheless, we had to make sure that it looks as well as plays the part, and as far as its performance goes, we are really impressed.
To begin with, this self propelled unit has made its place on our list, mainly because of its top-notch features. That being said, it is a unique appliance that combines battery-operated electric start and 163cc gas-powered Briggs and Stratton engine. Therefore, with this, you can have the best of both worlds as you can boot it up in seconds and also achieve superior cutting.
Also, when it comes to handling and design, we love the 360° rotation feature on the front wheel, which allows precise cutting while surpassing all obstacles. Other than that, we like the 10 minutes quick charge option that proves very useful when you don't have the time for a full charge.
What Could've Been Better?
We could hardly find any flaws with this Momox model, especially in terms of performance and features. However, the design of the machine itself could be problematic for some users if they only used conventional mowers in the past. Long story short, this unit works on three wheels, unlike most other models and could take time getting used to.
We are halfway through our recommendations, and now is a good time to introduce this reliable and environment-friendly model from Ryobi. On that note, we are impressed with the performance of this battery-operated beast that can clear away unwanted growth in small and medium-sized lawns without the slightest malfunction.
Not all of us need a premium model with all the bells and whistles for a small or medium size backyard. Nevertheless, cleaning and grooming are still necessary as you don't want a horror show on your lawn this rainy season.
That's why Ryobi has cleverly created this high capacity model to provide efficient and affordable mowing solutions. To elaborate further, this sleek and powerful machine uses a powerful 5.0Ah battery that can charge to full capacity under 90 minutes, much faster than most other battery-operated models.
Other than that, this cordless, self propelled unit features rear wheel drive to ensure superior uphill traction and seamless straight line mowing. Furthermore, this mower offers a 2-in-1 mulching and bagging function and capability and 7 height adjustment levels on the handle for comfortable user experience.
Lastly, it's an eco-friendly alternative that runs without oil or gas and is ideal for homeowners looking for a lightweight, easy start unit.
What Could've Been Better?
We are very satisfied with the performance of this battery equipped model, and we especially like how easy it is to push around. However, while testing the product, we noticed that the battery drained pretty quickly when the propeller was used. Apart from that, there's no other drawback in this cordless mower.
Our seventh entry from the house of Oneinmil is an excellent machine that will impress even the most experienced gardening enthusiasts. That being said, it comes equipped with the highly functional 173.9CC OHV gas-powered engine that will make your mowing routine a breeze. So if you need a reliable machine to tidy up things in your yard, give this item a shot.
No products found.
Why Did We Like it?
If you thought we ran out of gas-powered options, we have this versatile unit from Oneinmil to surprise you. For starters, this is a comparatively lightweight model and is quite easy to operate for most users.
We especially like this self propelling machine for its unique rear-wheel drive system that allows you to push the unit forward effortlessly. Also, the option for variable speed provides exceptional maneuverability while mowing in tight spaces. Apart from that, we are very impressed with the Autochok electric start that turns up the machine with the push of a button.
But the list of positives does not end here! You'll also appreciate the 4-in-1 bag, side discharge and mulching function that lets you disperse grass clippings to the side, thereby returning key nutrients to your lawn for healthy growth. Besides, the 8 cutting height settings combined with the 10-inch rear wheels ensure a smooth grooming experience.
What Could've Been Better?
We found a few possible concerns in this otherwise high-quality mower. Chief among them being the slow propeller function and the noise it emits while running. The latter is not a major inconvenience if you have sufficient time in your hands; however, the noise could be an issue for some users.
Despite its position on our list, the GreenWorks 25142 Corded Lawn Mower is one of our favorites for its simple features and easy operability. It is among the most affordable options in the market right now that has wowed users with excellent cutting performance and convenient plug and go function.
Greenworks, 10 Amp 16-Inch 2 in 1, Rear Bag or Mulch...
10 Amp electric motor delivers enough power to cut through...
Why Did We Like it?
Firstly, we like how lightweight and manageable this unit is, making yardwork equivalent to taking a walk in the garden. All you gotta do is push the button to start and then take a stroll, while this corded mower quickly and efficiently deals with unwanted growth.
Furthermore, its 16-inch cutting deck is ideal for your small yard as it can complete the job quickly and efficiently. Other than that, this electric model is capable of 2-in-1 mulching and rear discharge functions. And frankly, that's actually a pretty useful feature given its bargain bin price tag.
Moreover, we also like the 5 position height adjustment and 150 ft cord length of this unit, allowing comfortable use across different areas in the lawn. Also, we love the foldable handles on this model, enabling compact storage. Overall, it's a great cost-effective option, especially if you need a noiseless, low-maintenance machine for your small-sized yard.
What Could've Been Better?
There are not many downsides to buying this GreenWorks unit, but we did notice some flaws while testing it. For instance, we would've preferred if the collection bag was larger and far easier to remove. Other than that, we also found some quality control issues which should be resolved by the maker's stat.
Now that we've reached the end of our list, we would like to finish off with this electric lawn mower by Sun Joe. So if you're on a shoestring budget and need a dependable unit to fix your lawn after the onslaught of rains, we recommend using this appliance to get the chore done.
No products found.
Why Did We Like it?
You will love this compact and lightweight unit that can simplify grooming sessions in a snap. It starts instantly with a push of a button and works exceptionally well in tight places. Therefore, you can rely on this to deal with overgrown grass in otherwise inaccessible corners of your yard.
Furthermore, MJ401E comes equipped with a durable steel blade that cuts a 14-inch wide swath with every pass. And while it does so, the 10.6-gallon hard-top rear bag simultaneously collects grass clippings and detaches easily for instant disposal.
In addition to its outstanding mowing capacity, the model also provides 3 position manual height adjustment and rugged all-terrain wheels to help you navigate across the lawn comfortably. Also, this small size mower packs the power of a gas machine in an electric unit and functions without any releasing harmful carbon emissions.
Lastly, if low maintenance and easy storage are what you seek from your new mower, then this lean and green appliance is your best bet.
What Could've Been Better?
Don't get us wrong, this is a great alternative to gas-powered units as it is more eco-friendly and emits low noise. However, it is a corded electric mower, but the package does not come included with the cord. Therefore, you must get the compatible cord for the mower to work at optimal capacity.
Pros
Compact and lightweight model
Low maintenance and easy to store
Comes with a sturdy, hard-top rear bag
Features rugged, all-terrain wheels
Cons
Cord is not included in the package
Easy Start Mower Buyers' guide
Knowing the 9 best easy start lawn mowers is hardly too much information. You still need to figure out which one of these options works best for you. And since you cannot take each model out for a test drive, we want to help you assess all our candidates and select the most worthy unit. And that's why this guide becomes relevant.
We have listed the various factors you need to consider when buying a lawn mower. Read on to know more…
Electric, Gas, or Battery?
First and foremost, you must decide what type of mower you want for your yard. A gas-powered one will obviously ensure higher capacity and less cutting time, but then those tend to be a little noisy, release carbon emission, and need oil top-ups. On the other hand, electric models are more eco-friendly, but they keep you tethered to a cord. Nevertheless, you also have a no oil, no wire, battery-operated option, which needs charging to run on full capacity.
Deck size
As you already know by now, that the deck size indicates the width or swath of grass a lawn mower cuts with each pass. Generally, 14-20 inches is the usual range of deck sizes you'll find on these units. Therefore, depending on the lawn size, you should focus on this double-digit spec to get the maximum use out of your machine. If you've got a considerably bigger space to groom, choose a higher capacity model for quicker completion.
Mower size and width
Obviously, the size of the deck is proportionate to the size of the overall machine. That being the case, a big-sized model will relatively require more effort to push and maneuver, especially if you've to deal with thick grass. Hence, it's best to choose a mower that's convenient to use and control, since you'll want to spend productive time together. Also, a compact machine is easy to store and does not take up much space.
Height adjustment
Now, this is a crucial factor that you cannot ignore at any cost as you do not want to cut the grass too short because it will turn wilt or die. Also, you definitely don't want to attempt cutting tall grass with a unit that's too low to the ground. Therefore, it's wise to invest in a model that has multiple height adjustment settings for seamless and effective cutting experience.
Mulching vs. Collecting
Both gas mowers and electric mowers can dispose of the grass clippings in several ways. After you've made a choice between them, check to see if the model has an attached collection bag, mulches the clippings to be left on the yard, or just ejects the cut grass out of a side chute. Most mowers have a 3-in-1 option letting you collect, mulch, or toss, so its best to choose with this trio mechanism.
Verdict
Lawn mowers should ideally give you a seamless driving experience and cut grass the way you like. They're hardly among the most complicated home appliances, but it'd be wise if you read up on all the specs and pick a unit best suited to your lawn size, enabling superior functionality and neat finish.
On that note, we have come to the end of this brief and informative guide about easy start mowers. And we hope you were able to select the most suitable option from our itemized reviews that'll best meet your needs.
But before signing off, let's reiterate our findings. The Troy Bilt TB220 is the best overall, and the Husqvarna 22 Inch Self Propelled offers great height settings. Moreover, the Oneinmil Electric Lawn Mower Self Propelled is the best budget buy, while the Ryobi 20" RY40190 is the most eco-friendly option.
Let us know in the comments section below if you agree with our verdict.
Are you having trouble coming up with subjects to sketch in your journal? You might wonder what to draw next as you stare at a blank page in your sketchbook.
We have 75 easy drawing ideas to help you start drawing if you want cool and simple drawing ideas.
You can sketch one picture daily, going through the list in sequence, or skipping to the ones you like best! The only way to advance is to master and keep practicing the basics.
It cannot be easy to develop original drawing ideas constantly, whether you need a creative break during the day, a weekend activity, or more drawing ideas to fill the pages.
We've put together an inventory of easy drawing ideas and a to-do list of each inspiration to help you get your creative juices flowing. So grab your supplies, and get to work!
75 Easy Drawing Ideas You Can Do
Here are the 75 easy drawing ideas you can try!
1. Islet
It is a very easy drawing idea by the illustrator/art designer David Rollyn Powell. The image shows an islet with a tree and boat on the shore.
An islet, by definition, is a small island. By the looks of it, it's truly easy to draw. You can start by drawing the waves first, and then next is the crescent-shaped boat.
You can directly draw a half circle for the islet and then draw the tree. It should be simple if you know how to make a Christmas tree (since it resembles one!)
2. Trees With Quotes
A branding and art design studio, Deep Bear, made this logo design. You can start drawing this minimalist logo with a faint circle using paper and pencil (you don't want the shape to be seen!)
Think of a quote or a line from your favorite song that you can put on top, and then draw some trees (maybe a Christmas tree) at the bottom part of the circle, and that's it!
Minty Sainsbury is a London-based artist who created this drawing. Her intricate, instantly recognizable stylized architectural pencil drawings are what she is best known for.
When you generate a few poor sketches that are out of proportion and appear a little strange, it is simple to become discouraged.
Don't worry; you must persevere and understand that discovering your rhythm may take some time.
5. Potion Bottle
We immediately fell in love with Eli Klemmeck's artwork, also known as "people," who is a daily doodler and star fanatic.
Whether a simple doodle or something more intricate, they're skillfully done and have a magical, cosmic vibe.
Beyond the intricate linework and lovely look of her work, the still life of her drawings will compel you to ponder carefully. Find a list of inspirations for drawing subjects.
6. Bulb With Antlers
It is from an unknown artist, but this easy drawing idea is doable. You draw a bulb first. Create a rough sketch of the light bulb and refine the outline immediately.
When drawing the antlers, draw a smooth line in the same position. Draw the spike and add more shapes for creativity to complete it.
You can use a pencil to fill the dotted lines on the antlers.
7. Starry Sky and Mountains
It is also from an unknown artist. It is a minimalist drawing inspiration and can be used as a tattoo design.
On a piece of paper, draw the mountains and then the stars and planets in outer space. Use your wide imagination and add more details. You can complete this in less than 5 minutes!
8. Broken Arrow With Quotes
It is from another unknown artist. To start, think of a nice quote or a line from your favorite song to write at the center, and then draw the broken lines for the arrow.
For the broken arrow effect, draw some pieces on the text. It can also make a good tattoo design.
9. Moon + Cloud + Anchor
It is another artwork from an unknown artist. As you can see, it looks like a tattoo design. It might have a deeper meaning, but unfortunately, we don't have an explanation.
Tattoo designs are mostly minimalist, so drawing some of them is easy. With this one, you can start by drawing the crescent moon and the cloud below.
On a piece of paper, draw a line through the cloud (for the tie), sketch an anchor, and draw a tie. That simple!
10. Mountain + Trees + Sun
This artwork is from another unknown artist. It is called line art. Line art is a type of illustration that combines negative space and simple line drawings to produce works of art.
In this one, you can see an inverted triangle with a mountain view. You can draw the triangle first and proceed with the sun, the mountain, and the trees.
It is also a good tattoo design!
11. River by the Mountain
It is another artwork by the illustrator/graphic art designer David Rollyn. He calls this great drawing idea a "river runs through it."
This drawing shows a mountain with a river running through it and a simple tree at the side. It is just one of his minimalist drawing ideas that beginners can sketch!
It is from another unknown source. We'll now look at the necessities for drawing or painting a successful, detailed flower.
At first, it could appear a little difficult, but if you follow the instructions, you can draw flowers easily and accurately without encountering difficulties.
The image shows a boy stargazing. It is just another minimalistic drawing, so it should be easy to copy.
You can start by drawing the crescent moon and then draw a line for the tie of the cradle that the boy is lying on. To finish it off, draw some little stars.
14. Hand on Chin
Drawing or painting a human figure can be a real challenge. In this image, this is a woman with a hand on her chin.
Remember one thing before you start: it takes a lot of practice to become a great comic book artist, so don't expect to become one immediately.
An excellent approach to loosening up your hand is to sketch a face. Also, since a sketch is not a final drawing, you're less stressed and more likely to have fun drawing.
15. Campfire
Another simple illustration from the artist David Rollyn Powell. He draws a lot of camping vibes sketches, and it's super easy to do!
You need to draw four elements: the crescent moon, the tent, the tree, and the bonfire. You can personalize it by adding quotes.
16. Treehouse
The artist called this "a treehouse on a floating island in the sky." It might not look very easy, but this one is super easy to draw!
You can start by drawing the floating island and the tree's body. Draw the house in the middle of the tree and add some clouds for creativity.
17. Cardinal Bird
The illustrator described this as a male cardinal bird. With this drawing, you can now use your coloring materials.
It just looks like 3 right-angled triangles. Create a rough sketch of the bird's body and then do the tree branch. After finishing the outline, you can do the coloring.
Consider purchasing an iPad with the appropriate specifications to have the greatest drawing/painting experience.
18. Touching Hands
Drawing hands is difficult since so many types of formation need to be rendered in perspective.
Each finger consists of several cylinders, and the main form's box must also be drawn in perspective.
To avoid needless irritation while you learn, attempt to practice more basic hand motions before moving on to more sophisticated ones.
19. Rose
Although they make beautiful drawing ideas, roses can be difficult to draw. Fortunately, you will discover the best drawing techniques for drawing roses for beginners today.
Make the flower's outline in rough detail. Place the flower's front-end petals exactly where they need to be to begin.
To achieve the most authentic appearance, give the edges a little bit of roughness.
20. Flower on a Heart Vase
It was drawn by a Korean tattoo artist named Masa. This illustration is for a minimalist tattoo. It shows a heart-shaped vase with a flower inside.
Drawing a heart and a flower requires less effort. Anyone can do this in less than a minute!
21. Bulb With Flowers Inside
This drawing was created by a Korean illustrator/author in Los Angeles named Kate Kyehyun Park. She usually draws and paints beautiful flowers.
This illustration shows a light bulb with flowers inside it. Just sketch the bulb first and then do the flowers next. Finalize it by putting more details inside the bulb.
22. Human Face Flower
It is another minimalist tattoo design by the Korean artist Masa. It is another very simple illustration that you can do in just minutes.
Draw the pot first and then outline a human face through the flower's stem, and that's it!
23. Galaxy in a Human Head
A Korean designer named Brian Lay illustrated a human dome with a galaxy in outer space. A few of our favorite artists have duplicated this artwork already.
You can draw the lower part of the face first and then finish off with the celestial bodies at the top. You can add your preferred colors to it. Look into girl-oriented drawingideas here.
24. Head in the Clouds
This artwork was designed by an artist named Emma Rooney. It is originally made as a tattoo design. I bet anyone can draw this one because of its simplicity.
You can start by drawing the lower part of the face and then proceed with the clouds at the top, and that's it!
25. Inverted Umbrella and Flowers
Pretty flowers grow in an umbrella turned upside down in a delicate and simple pattern—symbolizing development in unique or challenging circumstances.
Start with the inverted umbrella and flowers and do the human hand immediately. Finish it off with some broken line pattern (for the raindrops).
26. Heart-Shaped Waves
It is one of the most common tattoo designs for people who love the ocean. You, too, can make it!
Just start drawing a heart shape and start forming the waves. Outline the waves and erase the sketches you did.
27. Box of Flowers
Drawing a box is very simple since we all learned it in grade school. It is also one of the drawings you can do in less than 5 minutes.
Start drawing the box first and then the flowers. Make it more realistic by adding more details.
28. Whale in a Bulb Aquarium
It is another bulb drawing that you can try. In this drawing, these everyday objects are really simple to do. Although you see, there's a lot; it doesn't require details.
Draw the hanging bulb first and then the sand at the bottom. Draw small plants on the sand and then the whale. Lastly, put a heart on top of the whale.
Complete the drawing with other details, and add color to it. This drawing idea resembles a snow globe. Use your imagination and try other things you can draw inside the bulb!
29. Animals Holding Heart Balloons
You can do a very cute drawing/painting with kids! You can also have your kids try it themselves.
Draw an elephant and a bunny holding their heart balloons. We suggest you use coloring materials and add a rainbow/rainbows for this drawing to make it more attractive.
The drawing shows this cute turtle with big eyes. Kids can also try to draw this one since it is a cartoon-like character, and kids will love drawing it!
Start by drawing the turtle's body, and do the eyeballs last. You can easily outline the eyeballs since the eyes are very effortless to draw. Use your colored pencils on this one!
Because still-life female eyes have distinctive features and forms, drawing them can be difficult.
Fortunately, this implies that you may personalize your drawing so that it seems natural as long as you adhere to some fundamental rules.
Drawing the eye and brow outline first can help you get started. Then, while adding highlights, shade in the eye with a blending stump and kneaded eraser.
32. Random Things Inside a Bulb
These are other hanging bulb drawing ideas that you can try. In the image, you can see many hanging bulbs with random things inside them.
You can also customize and make your favorite things to draw inside the bulbs.
33. Kissing
Do you enjoy love stories or romantic comedies? A kiss can be a very difficult act to draw!
Look for tutorials that will show you how to arrange characters for a soft kiss, which is helpful for your sketchbook, love illustrations, and comic books.
34. Icecream + Cone
It is a straightforward illustration of two subjects: a cone and an ice cream. Both objects are simple to draw, adding smiley faces to them. Kids will have fun making this one!
Make use of your coloring materials to add more beauty to the characters.
35. Lips and Lollipops
A digital artist's unfilled flag makes this a cool illustration. The subject was originally a tattoo design, and it is called "drool." These two subjects are easy to do.
Knowing how to draw lips is a useful talent, particularly if you have fun creating self-portraits. You may learn to draw lips using simple instructions in tutorials.
36. Lungs and Flowers
This cool drawing is done by an artist named carling from Vancouver. She does a lot of bullet journals.
This drawing is challenging because it requires details. When it comes to intricate drawings, always do the free-hand sketching first until you get the right thing.
37. Elephant With a Big Balloon
It is a perfect drawing for your children's nursery or baby room. The subject is easy to draw since the elephant's body has no complicated details.
Make use of your coloring materials on this one!
38. Flower Girl
It is a creative piece of art that you can also copy. It might have some intricate details at first glance, but it should be easy through practice.
Its symbolic meaning is that the rose symbolizes her beauty while her thorny body keeps people away because she's blocked off due to some tragedy in her life.
39. Animals Playing With Bubbles
It is another baby room art that you can draw. Since you have already practiced drawing animals, it should be easy this time!
The objects don't have intricate parts on them. Don't forget to use your colored pencils on this one! You might also want to add a friendly dragon to this image.
Find out which Android drawing applications are the finest.
40. Heart in a Flower Vase
Although your heart certainly puts in a lot of effort, drawing it doesn't have to be difficult. It's simpler than you might imagine drawing a human heart.
Using a step-by-step online course, you can quickly draw and shade a realistic heart. Furthermore, you never know what you might discover along the way.
Therefore, grab a pencil and a sketchbook because we need to draw a heart!
41. Dandelion
Drawing a dandelion can be difficult for many individuals due to the flower's unusual shape.
But for a newbie artist, learning to draw a dandelion isn't challenging, especially after comprehending the flower's anatomy. It's a fantastic chance to enhance your drawing abilities.
42. Trapped Shadow
An artist can draw either a natural shadow or an artificial shadow, the two forms of shadow. Learn how to draw them and discover the differences between the two.
With this one, you can do some smudging to finish it and then add light areas on the parts facing the light source.
43. Spaceship and Pizza
This creative illustration shows a nice cartoon spaceship and a slice of pizza. It sure is an amusing one to make!
You will not have to draw an aircraft with multiple sections. A simple spaceship or rocket ship with a strange character (like this pizza slice) in it will be fine!
It can be hard to draw a skull without some research. With a reference image and an outline as a starting point, become familiar with the fundamental anatomy of the human head.
Make your own aesthetic, tackle any skull—tough-looking crossbones, eerie Halloween decor, vibrant sugar skulls for the Day of the Dead, a haunted house, and more.
This still-life portrait was created by an artist named Alice Embruch. About drawing or painting, planning comes first.
It will be quite beneficial to spend only ten minutes drawing rough ideas.
To choose between several stances and how to position the crown on the page, you should experiment with a few samples.
46. Three Bunnies Hiding
It is one of the easy drawing ideas you can try for your kid's nursery room. Drawing a bunny is now easier than ever with step-by-step drawing tutorials online.
You may also want to use an eraser to correct mistakes, and crayons, colored pencils, markers, or paints to fill the shade of your finished drawing.
47. Baymax
Baymax is the robot from Walt Disney's Big Hero 6. Many of your kids might find this character cute because of his fluffy appearance.
Start by drawing a small circle near the top of the page. It's just a guide for the first part of Baymax's head.
Baymax is a great character, so leave plenty of room under the dome for the body. Dragon/Dragons are mythical creatures and are another popular subject for kids to draw.
48. Woman With Leaves
This wonderful work of art was made by an artist named Mike Koubou. It shows a girl with leaves on her body. The artist titled this artwork "overgrown."
Make sure the body outlines of your female models are proportionate if you wish to advance your drawing.
After you've drawn the basic outline of a woman's body, you can add facial characteristics, draw clothing, or even color the figure.
49. Humanoid Robot
Another creative artwork from the artist Mike Koubou. It shows a humanoid robot which the artist titled "robogirl."
There are numerous different types of robots. Thus it can be challenging to draw one. The procedure is rather straightforward.
To illustrate the robot's shape and attitude, draw the wireframe. Draw the necessary body parts using three-dimensional shapes like circles, cylinders, and box shapes.
50. Skull and Butterfly
Skull drawing is fun and simple to learn. A pencil and paper are all you need. A pen, marker, crayon, or any different types of drawing tools you may have are also acceptable.
Knowing more about a butterfly's wing structure before drawing one is incredibly beneficial. It will assist you in organizing the intricate patterning and coloration.
Check out our list of inexpensive drawing tablets if you want a high-quality drawing tablet without breaking the bank.
51. Depressed Person
One of an artist's hardest and most rewarding experiences might be capturing depression in a drawing.
We've discovered that it can also be a therapeutic method to face inner demons and process difficult emotions.
52. Vampire's Mouth
A beginner-friendly step-by-step online course will make it simple to make vampire's lips. It's extremely simple to follow this illustration of a vampire's lips.
Make a horizontal line to serve as the lips' guide, and then make a vertical line as the mouth. Draw the fangs after you've drawn the teeth.
53. Women's Facial Shapes
Depending on their origin, age, the number of ears, etc., all faces appear slightly different, not to mention how each artist draws them.
Practice is quite beneficial when dealing with a task as difficult as the self-portrait of a girl.
54. Emotions
One of the many difficult aspects of drawing is that to learn how to draw a face, there are many different things you need to understand.
It is so because no two faces expressing the same emotion will ever appear alike.
The facial muscles can express almost endless expressions as they contract or relax. There are subtle and forceful expressions.
55. Face Features
Knowing how to draw facial characteristics is crucial to create convincing portraits.
Before drawing a face as a whole, you must first master how to sketch each facial feature separately.
You can only grasp the anatomy thoroughly and comprehend what to look for and what to depict in your drawing by focusing on one feature at a time.
56. Ballerina
The steps to the graceful position are broken down into manageable chunks in step-by-step instructions that may be found online to assist beginners in drawing a ballerina.
Practice is necessary to sketch the body accurately with the right proportions and the muscular curves in the proper locations.
57. Cow
Even though the shapes are quite basic, they combine to create a cow face that is both adorable and convincing.
The shapes first take up most of the paper and are straightforward and symmetrical. You have a body on one side and a lovely cow image!
58. Rope Handcuffs
Drawing handcuffs need not be difficult, especially if they are empty. Please choose whether you want to draw them closed or open, then begin using your method.
Each hand is distinctive. You won't be able to learn how to draw hands in an hour; we won't lie to you about that. Not even in a day or a week, perhaps. You'll need to put in a lot of practice.
59. Sad Boy
It is an illustration of a sad boy sitting alone. The details are not that complex, so it's considered one of the easiest drawing ideas anyone can make.
Knowing how to draw a boy might be useful, whether you're making your comic strip or creating a short story.
60. Spongebob and Patrick
With the help of his silly but adorable friend Patrick Star, SpongeBob SquarePants frequently finds himself in sticky circumstances.
You may learn how to draw them in a few easy steps from several internet tutorials.
61. Heart-Formed Hands
This creative drawing might be complicated because of the details. It shows two holding hands formed as a human heart and a flower on top.
Sketching before you do the final outline is a good idea.
62. Eyeball Candle
It is a creative drawing of a candle made from an eyeball. You can start sketching the eyeball and then the wick of a candle.
Do some outlines using a pencil and erase the unnecessary marks. Add some melting effects and more details on the eyeball to make it more real-life.
63. Penguin
Penguins are stunning aquatic birds that can be found throughout the Southern Hemisphere.
The well-known emperor penguin is a fantastic species to start with if you wish to sketch a penguin.
Whatever kind of penguin you choose to draw, the procedure is straightforward once you divide it into manageable sections.
64. Winnie the Pooh
People of all ages still adore Winnie the Pooh, who is still regarded as an iconic cartoon figure.
The demand for a drawing tutorial has skyrocketed due to Winnie the Pooh's popularity. You can create your scene from your favorite book. Have fun and express yourself creatively!
65. Finger Heart
It's possible to express your feelings for someone by using your hands. Making this image of a heart with your fingers and delivering it as a gift to someone is one technique.
The shape of a heart can also be made with your hands. Even if you are far away, this gesture can convey your affection to someone.
66. Eyeball Head
The expression "window to the soul" refers to the eye. Sometimes, all we need to see are someone's eyes to recognize them instantly.
The procedure is simple to follow. You must learn to be patient if reality is your goal.
67. Penguin Playing Hula Hoop
It is a creative illustration made by a bird lover artist named sheba.drawing. His illustrations are mostly penguins. At this point, you already know how to make a cartoon penguin.
In this drawing, you must create four positions of the penguin playing the hula hoop.
68. Worm
Start by sketching the body's lower half. Keep in mind that worms are long, slender, and capable of multiple bends as you draw two lines.
To make your worm look realistic, add a small amount of detail. In the body, add the extra details. These grooves, sometimes known as "furrows," divide the worm's several segments.
You can also create a game board out of this.
69. Alice in Wonderland Rabbit Hole
This creative artwork is a bit complex because there are a lot of objects. This scene is from our favorite fairy tale, Alice in Wonderland, which Chronicle Books published.
The hole resembles a keyhole. You can start by outlining the keyhole and proceed with the characters inside it. You can also use colored pencils on this one.
You can also try to make one from your favorite book.
70. Human Inside a Water Bottle
A Japanese illustrator makes this unique art style. He noted in this drawing that "the cooler the weather gets, the more I consume water."
It might not look very easy, but you will eventually get this creative idea through practice.
71. Bart Simpson
A member of one of the most well-known cartoon families in history is Bart Simpson. Although he is rather mischievous and disobedient, he occasionally lends a hand to others.
If you follow the straightforward instructions online, drawing him might come naturally to you!
72. Anime Schoolboy Character
Popular Japanese animation and comic book genres with unique visual aesthetics include anime and manga.
Start with drawing their body so you may sketch what they seem like if you want to draw your favorite character or create one on your own.
It's simple to understand why so many people's fantasies have turned a cute mushroom into a little dwelling for fantastical animals.
They appear to be made for that duty, with their strong umbrella-like structure. Using this example, your children can learn how to draw a mushroom.
74. Harley Quinn
Harley Quinn is a female supervillain or antihero from the DC Comics universe. She debuted in 1992's Batman: The Animated Series.
Would you like to illustrate the evil Harley Quinn? Paper and a writing instrument of your choice are all that is required. You could also wish to give your finished product some color.
75. Skull and Butterflies
Create a circle for the dome guidance since we will start with the skull. Next, start outlining the structure of the skull form using the circle as a reference.
Complete the skull's details before drawing the three butterflies on its head, as shown here.
What Are Good Drawing Techniques to Use When Filling Your Sketchbook?
Here are our top 5 drawing techniques for getting past the sketchbook initial overwhelm.
1. Create a “Collection” Page With Quotes From the News
It's much easier to get past your inner critic, feeling overwhelmed, or lacking inspiration by focusing on the minutiae rather than the broad picture.
Fill a blank page with little fragments rather than attempting to fill it with drawing prompts. You can devise a collection of easy things to draw or do throughout the day.
The meals you consume each day and the clothing you wear. From the pantry, ten items. Things scattered about the house.
The entire mess you cleared out in one day. Nothing is lost. These bits together create a fantastic and fun visual tale.
2. Search for Details in a Bigger Scene
Finding a tiny portion of the scene to draw first may make drawing the entire scene less scary.
How can one depict a beach? First, sketch a few shells. Draw just one flower, a few overlapping leaves, or the empty area between the fence posts to depict your garden.
3. Do Not Overthink Your Drawing
What should I draw? The solution can be found in simple items like your keys, wallet, bag contents, or favorite coffee mug.
These seemingly little details are incredibly intimate and reveal a small portion of your narrative.
If the drawing subject has meaning, don't worry about it. You give it meaning by drawing it.
4. Delay Doing Anything Other Than Creating Art
Rather than clearing the mess, draw it. Please take a seat, study it for a while, and then sketch it.
Take your crayons and draw the soiled dishes before washing them while seated next to the sink. The ingredients for the dish you're about to make should all be painted.
Draw your desk before opening your email inbox. Rather than washing your car, draw it. When you go to the store, your shopping list will be much more fun if you draw every item.
5. Don't Be Too Stingy With Your Blank Sketchbook
There are numerous pages in a sketchbook, so don't be too particular about them. You could sometimes be reluctant to do drawing prompts because you fear making mistakes.
When I feel that way, I remind myself that any drawing I produce will always be superior to one I don't produce.
Furthermore, you would have missed out on the joyful process of drawing, which is much more significant. Turn the page if you don't like the outcome. The next drawing is up!
Why Should You Use Your Drawing Skills?
There are many good reasons to start this wonderful activity, but these are the top 5:
1. Drawing and Sketching Are Excellent Ways to Develop Creativity and Boost Imagination.
You can see via art that most problems can be solved in more than one manner.
Open-ended thinking and creativity are fostered through the arts. These can be quite beneficial for problem-solving and personal growth.
You can use the drawing skills you get via sketching in many other aspects of your life.
2. Creating Drawings Stimulates a Variety of Brain Regions.
You improve your concentration and attention span, which can be highly helpful in your personal and professional life.
Additionally, it improves hand-eye coordination, making it easier for you to complete daily chores. However, it also fosters strategic thinking, a skill everyone should have to some degree.
3. Your Overall Health May Even Be Improved by Sketching.
You develop self-esteem and confidence through your artwork and sketches, which improve as you practice.
You'll start to feel accomplished and proud of your art, and you'll carry that confidence with you for the rest of your life.
Whatever your line of work, having confidence in it is tremendously helpful.
4. One of the Key Benefits of Drawing as a Hobby Is Rest.
When you sketch, you may relax and work at your own pace.
You can draw anything you want and have fun doing it because there are no rules, and no one instructs you what to do.
5. You Can Enhance Your Communication Skills by Sketching.
Since drawing ideas lack words, the artist must find alternative means to convey their message to the viewer.
Understanding your feelings and emotions better without using words can help you develop your other communication abilities.
Drawing Ideas FAQ
The following questions concerning drawing inspiration are addressed below:
Is It Too Late to Draw?
No. Adults with the necessary time, perseverance, and consistent practice can learn to draw. The fundamentals of drawing are covered in innumerable videos, courses, and books.
With the right work ethic, anyone may advance their talent and become a better artist.
Can I Learn Drawing In 1 Year?
You can learn the talent in one to a half years if you practice for 30 to 60 minutes daily.
You can easily shorten that period to a few months or a year if you practice drawing for 4-6 hours each day. Mastering the art of drawing depends on your capacity for fast strokes.
Is It Good to Draw All Day?
If you wish to, you can draw each day. However, there is no need to worry about drawing every day if your goal is to improve your artistic abilities.
What Are Life-Drawing Ideas?
It represents the human form, usually done while the subject is still life and naked. Still-life examples would be fruit or vegetable, old pair of shoes, a window, and more.
What Are Some Cool Drawing Ideas?
Some of the cool drawing ideas you can try are the following: cityscapes, landscapes., cartoon characters, vehicles, 3D forms, a window, a pair of shoes, ghosts, horses, and butterflies.
Conclusion On Drawing Ideas
We sincerely hope you have liked reading this list of 75 drawing inspirations. Feel free to post your works on social media platforms so others can get cool drawing ideas.
Some of these drawing ideas can be made by kids too. So next time your child feels creative juices, try one of these easy drawing ideas.
Also, we hope you discover a few small, inspired doodles to brighten your day, whether you're bored or attempting to improve your sketching abilities.
Please feel free to enjoy it and spread the word to your friends.
The idea of a basement bedroom can be delightful, exciting, and scary at the same time. It can be an intimate and hidden space for retreat, your own personal cave, or an insulation that awakens the imagination. However, if you have to move to a basement due to a lack of space in a crowded house, you might feel worried and discouraged.
Basements are usually not built for accommodations; they are hardworking spaces with minimal comfort. They are often cold, damp, and dark, and at first glance, not really attractive places for living or sleeping. Nonetheless, with proper planning and design, these features can contribute to a beautiful, warm, and cozy retreat. The bedroom basement ideas that follow will beautifully highlight the immense potential of this space.
However you feel, before you approach your wishes and design ideas, there are a few crucial objective issues that you must consider.
Bedroom Basement Ideas
Insulation
Humidity is a big obstacle when converting a basement into a dwelling. Constant exposure to moisture significantly decreases health, and that is a particularly important issue for basement bedrooms as we spent 1/3 of a day sleeping. Moisture accumulated through time may also deteriorate natural materials used for flooring, wall finishes, and furniture. Solving any water or moisture problem in the basement is a basic precondition before any further remodeling, and is too important to be handled without professional help. It is important to find the source of the problem and remove it away from the house, for any inside interventions will only cover the problem and its symptoms for just a short period.
by Michael Abrams Limited
Ventilation
Another important health issue is the quality of the air in dwelling spaces. Besides humidity, (which may come from a heating system placed in the basement or bathroom facilities), usually parts of underground stories are used as storage for food and unused things. It would be advisable to separate the bedroom from the utility areas by an insulated wall and provide a functional ventilating system to stop unwanted odors and possible unhealthy chemicals to enter your sleeping area. As safety regulations demand, you must have a window in the basement bedroom that also serves for natural ventilation, but if there are no such requirements and you don't have an opening on a facade, you must invest in an air conditioner split system.
Thermal Comfort
During hot summer days, the basement bedroom will keep the temperature cool and it will be the most pleasant room for sleep, but in the cold winter day and night, the earth layers around the basement will not be enough to keep the place warm. Thermal insulation on the ground slab and outer walls would be a good investment.
Soundproofing and Noise Control
An essential consideration is minimizing noise in bedroom basements and ensuring sound isolation, particularly for the ceiling. Soundproofing materials like acoustic panels or insulation between floor joists can provide a peaceful environment by blocking noise from the rest of the house. By implementing targeted soundproofing measures for a basement bedroom, a comfortable and tranquil space can be achieved.
Escape route
Being buried under the house in the soil doesn't sound appealing. Whether there are building codes that you must follow or not, implementing a window with a window well can calm any fears and discomfort. Egress windows need to be less than 110 cm from the floor and have to lead to a well 75 x 75 cm wide with ladders and a covering grate on the top that can easily be opened. The well floor must be 15 cm lower than the opening and properly drained.
by Egress Windows
Mot regulations require minimal openings, but window well allow you to build in a large window, and if your sub-terrain floor isn't much lower than the ground surface you might also consider doors. The connection with the garden would be a nice idea for the basement bedroom.
Now, if you have enough space in your courtyard, you may add a special purpose to the well and expand it into a small living room or den under a beautiful glass roof.
Access
Staircases to a basement are often steep and with years passing, access to your own bedroom may become a problem. If there are possibilities to change them, try to build spiral stairs as they allow wider steps.
by Zephyr Interiors
Ceiling Height
This also may be addressed by regulations. Residential spaces require some minimum ceiling height. In that light if your basement is very low, or you have a low-hanging duct-work and wiring, you have to reconsider digging down to a new floor level. This action include many rough works and increased cost that can overcome the cost of a ground floor house addition. But if your lot does not allow it, than you must invest in pouring new footings below your existing ones and making a new ground slab. That also can be a good opportunity to add drainage pipes along with thermal and water insulations to the basement floor. If your budget can cover that, you may do this even if you have enough height in the room.
Basement Bathroom
Having a bathroom at the same floor as your bedroom is valuable and comfortable, but that can raise a new problem. To drain wastes, pipes must have enough „fall“ to take them away by gravity. If a collecting pipe is above the bathroom pipes level you must install a sewage ejection pump.
Basement Remodeling Ideas
Small Space
If your future basement bedroom is a tight box, there are some tricks that can help you design your space to look a little wider. Light colors, not necessarily white, with neutral hues visually expand space. To create a sense of opulence one wall can be painted in a strong dark tone.
One large mirror can give the illusion of a double larger room, but its presence in this intimate chamber may be disturbing to some people.
You can try to visually remove one wall by covering it with wallpaper, immersive 3d wallpapers. You can walk into a forest, high mountain top, or a calm street.
Keep clutter away; make cabinets that will hide all the things. Fill the room with furniture that has simple and clean lines. Don't be discouraged by the tight room you are remodeling, any space looks wider once filled with furniture.
Low Ceiling
Vertical stripes on the walls make them look taller. Lamps with uplights can also contribute to that illusion. If a ceiling is low, then your furniture profile should also be low with strong horizontal lines.
The pictures hung up higher on the wall give a sense of more height in the room. Surprisingly, the same effect can come from floor to ceiling height doors and shelves.
In the case that you still feel pressure from the low ceiling try to focus interest on the floor by setting strong patterns in the parquet or tiles or having a wide bold rug. The color on the ceiling should be little lighter than the wall's color.
by Madison Taylor
Exposed Pipes and Cables
Play with the ceiling. It doesn't have to be plastered. It doesn't have to be a simple tiled suspended ceiling with all surfaces on the same height. Use wood or metal corrugated panels; install translucent panes with hidden lights.
Exposed Brick or Concrete
If you have basement brick or concrete walls keep them visible. Brick can look rough but warm and concrete can bring a really modern industrial vibe in. Use exposed girders or wooden ceiling beams and make your room rustic and distinctive.
Create a Focal Point
If you don't have a window, post a focal point that will attract attention. It can be a fireplace, a work of art or a special piece of furniture. You may fake a window. In the wooden frame, with window casement and panes, put a photography presenting a beautiful sight and add light bulbs to imitate natural light.
Bedroom Layout
If the size of a room allows it, try several possible solutions for furniture arrangement and aim to put the bed away of the outer walls.
Lighting
Light is a critical design element and is even more important if the basement bedroom doesn't have a window. Create an atmosphere with layers of light. General light washes colors and shadows and makes space look modest while ambient light exudes warmth shaping accents on particular details. Use wall or standing lamps that illuminate enough to give shadows and draw patterns on the walls. Due to a low ceiling you may be restricted to a recessed lighting, so try to hide them in the translucent ceiling or under the shelves, you can even expose them for a more contemporary look.
by Globus Builder
Colors and styles
It is your space and it is up to you how it should look. Because it is isolated and tucked in the security of the earth, it is not as any other room in your house, so make it special. It can be trendy or traditional, it may look posh or frugal, simple or colorful, whatever appeals to you. Use its potential of a hidden chamber; make it your room of freedom. If you want it to be calm and serene paint it in neutral light colors and fill it with lots of lights. If your imagination seeks for a sanctuary of intimacy and passion, go bold. Dim the lights, color in dark tempting hues, and fill your room with details and scents. When it comes to basement bedroom ideas, anything goes.
by Laura Stein Interiors
by Phil Kean Design Group
by Robin LaMonte/Rooms Revamped
by Lord Design
by Knudson Interiors
by White Crane Construction
Every space has great value, surface it and you will be amazed. Often underrated, basement designs are extremely useful spaces for personal home offices, bedrooms, laundry rooms or whatever additional functional, active space your home requires. Get creative with your basement design and the effort will surely be rewarded.
We would love to hear you valuable feedback on these Bedroom Basement Ideas in the comment section below.
I love ducks. Do you have or plan to have water fowl as pets? Do you have ducks on your farm or in your backyard? Well, it's winter time, so that means ducks need extra protection from the harsh weather that's going to follow and in this article we have just the duck houses plans for the job !
Ducks are quite vulnerable to cold climate. They prefer hibernating and staying warm in an insulated shelter. Why not take this chance to to make your ducks and chickens comfortable this winter?
If your ducks have small hatchlings, they need security and protection from wild predators like foxes and wolves. The coops provide that security to your birds.
So you can take up a DIY backyard project for the winter, and make a strong and durable duck house for your precious bird friends. Here are some ideas you could use !
Making best out of waste is a very economic way to go. If you don't have enough experience with carpentry, reusing an old or a second-hand doll house would be a very simple option for your ducks and geese. Doll houses are just about perfect for ducks as most ducks aren’t much bigger than your average doll.
A few touch ups, finishing strokes, wooden repairs can be easily done. And you'll have your very own repurposed coop for your birds.
A small cob cottage is very easy to build with natural raw material. The tiny size of this duck house makes it preferable for ducks to live in cozily, after all they deserve warmth and comfort too in addition to safety and shelter.
The temperature inside the duck house can be regulated using soil and stone. So the ducks, geese, or chicken don't feel awfully warm in summers or chilly in winters. The grass thatched roof gives it a very natural feel.
More details at lasthomelyhouse.nl
3. The Barn Coop and Run
How about adding a little farm theme to your chicken and duck coop house? If you have a lot of birds around on your farm house, you could definitely use this idea to house them.
The barn house is quite huge, with multiple levels for both chickens and ducks. The netted enclosed run gives a space big enough for the birds to roam around. So if you're interested in letting your carpentry experience show, this is a very fine design.
Are you looking for a duck house design which isn't difficult to build? This design is something quite unique, different than most traditional duck houses. It follows the easy A-Frame construction technique, so building or replicating this design is not a time consuming task.
This duck house built in a triangular shape can fit in a small space, yet it seems comfortable for birds. The roof is sturdy enough to shelter your winged friends from harsh rains and snow and the extra space in the ceiling helps in air circulation with warmer air accumulating above and heating efficiently. It is available for purchase, and has a hatch on the side for effortless cleaning.
This design offers a very modern look for the duck house. It also seems like it would need less wood than other coops because this design has a metal sheet used for the roof. Metal sheets also remove the risk of rot for the wood or a termite infestation.
It also has a small running space outside the roofed area covered with nets, for extra protection for your ducks and chickens.
This is an easy DIY project, but it can also be purchased. I’d suggest you go for the former option as it is more fulfilling to build a house with your own hands for your little feathery friends.
More details at urbancoopcompany.com
6. The Cabin Duck House
Country houses or cabins can be quite comfortable for your birds just like they are for us humans. Now you can build your ducks a coop resembling a country house on your own.
It's a very easy to build backyard project but can be time consuming if you don't have enough carpentry experience. It's spacious and high enough for the ducks to fly and roam around. You could also build it next to a pond for your birds.
Additionally, if you’re looking for providing your feathery friends with some extra comfort and are willing to put more efforts and risk exhaustion, then you could dig a deep moat around the duck house and fill it with water, connecting it to the pond via a canal.
Sure, it sounds tiresome, but it can also be quite fun an exercise and in the end, when the moat is ready and your ducks fly into it at ease, you can look at it and feel like it was worth the effort. But, of course, this is merely a bonus.
This is a very innovative and cute design for your duck house. It follows the western inn theme for the interior and exterior decor. This idea adds a little character to an otherwise unassuming coop. Perhaps, with this theme running, you can name the ducks after heroes and villains from famous Westerns and when they brawl, you get to have fun witnessing them fight, though there is no gunslinging involved.
‘Eggcelsior’ sounds like a cool name for the hotel, and the rates put out on a board are quite funny.
It looks quite spacious for fifteen to twenty ducks or chickens. The entire construction procedure is given in the link with visual step-by-step aids, which is of course a great aid when following a how-to guide.
This duck house follows the traditional duck house building technique. It's a miniature simple looking shed house, but you can modify it in a lot of ways.
Adding a splash of color on it can change the entire look of a simple decor and make it stand out against the surroundings. Doesn't it look pretty against the frozen background?
The A-Frame houses are one of the older and traditional designs that still set the trend today. They can be modified and redesigned easily - paints, metal, glass, repurposed wood, and so much more. And they work not only for houses for humans, but for our animal friends too. From kennels to pens, they are popular amongst all kinds of residents.
An A-frame playhouse which is repurposed for ducks can be kept well ventilated with windows and doors and the vaulted ceiling ensures good air circulation and extra space to fly inside. Enclosing the duck house with nets can assure you that the birds don't escape.
As the name suggests, this duck coop has a private attached pond inside an enclosure for ducks. This helps them during colder temperatures and it is also easier for ducks to wade in. The duck house seems simple, with a cubic room and four-way slanting roof. It's raised high from ground with a ramp for the duckies. Seems cute, doesn't it?
Now this idea is quite clever. It's a small minimalist wooden shack, but really cozy inside. The windows are made from plexiglass for protection, but the placement allows a lot of sunlight to enter the room.
The barn door gives a nice vintage look to the contrasting modern built of the coop. It seems pretty simple and economic to build this from old wooden pallets. It can even be painted in your colors of choice.
Source Unknown
12. The Floating Duck House
How about building something off the land? If you have a pond or a small lake around your house, you could definitely try this design for your duck house.
It will float around easily if you use sturdy wood, and it will be durable too. You could anchor the coop in one place or keep it floating around. The ducks will be happy to come home in their tiny lake house.
This is a very adorable idea for a coop. It's similar to the country house above, with the framework of a cottage. It doesn't look too difficult to build with simple tools and basic building skills. You'll need basic cuts of wood for this duck house.
It seems small yet comfortable and cozy. It has a small ramp with cute railings on its either side, how quaint! There's also an enclosed run for the birds to roam about.
This is an easy design for an economic duck house. It uses old wooden pallets for construction. The best things about wooden pallets are the sturdiness, durability and the ability to modify them into something extraordinary.
It can look amazing as a rustic underground shack. The window at the top can make sure that your ducks get enough sun and air for their healthy growth. This is not accompanied with any instructions, but if you have basic experience with wooden projects, this won't be difficult to replicate.
Source Unknown
15. The Simple Duck Harbor
This is another type of simple duck house. It’s built on stilts so you can easily install it on the shores of a lake. It can even be installed in your backyard.
It's easily constructable if you have basic carpentry knowledge. Otherwise it can be purchased and redecorated to suit your style.
More details at rochestercoops.com
16. The Duck Tractor
Duck tractors are a really good idea for sheltering your ducks. They're low and can be kept safe from foxes and other predators. You can decide the size according to the number of ducks you have.
Adding a water tub inside, with a bird feeder, can benefit your ducks. You could use a lot of hay for the ducks’ nests and make the coop comfortable. Cleaning the tractor can be easy too.
More details at zombiehunters.org
17. The Aquaduck Floating Duck House
This floating house is available for purchase, as well as a DIY backyard project too. The designers made it with the basic intent of keeping the ducks and their nests safe and away from the predators. The best way to do that is to float your duck house in a pond or a lake.
The base is made of styrofoam and wood which makes it lightweight and durable. The roof hatch can be opened for cleaning and feeding purposes. Over all, this product ticks all the boxes of efficiency.
This lake house is quite a luxurious and spacious. If you cant afford to leave your ducks out unsupervised, they have enough space to run and fly around. It even has a detailed ramp leading to the lake.
The construction might seem difficult, but considering that youll be needing wood just for the framework of the house and stilts, it won’t be much time consuming. It can be covered by screening nets for protection. So if you have a lot of ducks or chickens on your farm, you can definitely go for this duck house.
More details at livereadynow.com
19. The Pallet Duck Coop and Run
Here’s another pallet made economic design for your duck’s shelter. Pallets just seem quite handy and repurposeful for backyard projects like these. They’re also easy to assemble and install and can fit anywhere.
Like this duck house, which is fixed adjacent to the house. It has a small shelter for ducks, which can probably fit less than five at a time. It also has a fenced run, which can be made with pallets or pickets. You can add a small pool within the fenced run, so you won’t have to let your ducks out every time.
If you’re looking for a simplistic approach to building a duck house, this can be the design you've been searching for. It’s a basic cubicle made with simple wooden planks.
It has a slanted roof to avoid retention of rainwater and snow. It doesn't have windows, but it has aint vents on the top to regulate the cold wind. The door is large enough, so it makes the cleaning job easier.
This idea is brilliant for a small or medium sized duck houses. It follows the A-Frame construction technique with some small window openings from the side or the top for sunlight and breeze. The rooftop is strong and sturdy, so the duck house is good for sheltering your ducks and their young ones.
I like the fact that the ramp can be folded in to be a door to the duck house. Using sturdy wood can keep the duck house safe from stormy winds and harsh weather. Painting the exterior in peppy colours will certainly add some charm to it.
If you’re a little tight on the budget, but you still want to build a charming and huge coop for your chickens and ducks, try this design. The website claims to have spent very little finances on it, but it does manage to look colorful and trendy for your backyard.
There’s no tutorial available for this, but there’s a step-by-step visual aid for the entire structure, so you can have judgement as to how to build it. The size seems huge enough to accomodate 20-30 birds easily. You can even fortify the entire duck house with nets.
This idea is quite clever and amazing. It has been converted into a spacious duck and chicken coop from a carport or a garage. The best thing about this repurposed coop is that it doesn't need to be constructed. Adding screening nets can keep your birds safe from predators.
It also has a small shelter inside the enclosure, so the birds can take shelter whenever the weather gets unfavorable. You can add a small or a large pond inside the enclosure so the ducks can enjoy swimming, and you won’t have to supervise constantly. This design seems nifty and easy to execute, so you can try it for sure.
Here we have another thematic duck house for your little birds. It’s a simple duck house, but elevated on a platform, possibly to keep predators away. It does add a lot to the looks of it.
There’s a ramp built to it, which leads directly to the main shelter.
The decor seems quaint and pretty from the outside. It has windows with flower boxes and a nice wind dial on the top. It actually looks like an inn from the wild, wild west.
Another inexpensive duck house made out of a few wooden plywood pieces. I love how ingenious this design is. Simple in built and looks, yet safe for all the ducks. You could even say that your ducks need to duck and enter the hut.
It's installed deeply into the ground so it won't fly off with harsh winds. The low entry makes sure your ducks stay safe from predators, rain and snow. The roof seems high enough for the ducks after entering.
More details at fresheggsdaily.com
26. The Modern Duck House
If you don't want a pre-fabricated duck house, you can build your own design from scratch. Like this modern duck coop and run was made by a beginner, and it turned out to be quite a success. So even if you're inexperienced with carpentry, you can give it a try too.
You may attach a slide door for the entrance of the enclosure. It's more or less like the duck tractor mentioned above, but it seems more extensive, large and safe. It has a wooden roof on the entire enclosure.
More details at frankiemakes.blogspot.ca
27. The Floating Cottage Duck House
Here is another idea for a floating duck house. You can build it, or buy and modify it. It is a simple house, tiny but comfortable for 2-3 ducks.
It has a pretty decor to the entire exterior. It even has a small ramp leading into the water. The railings on the side are too adorable to miss. So if you have a pond in your backyard, this duck house will look really charming, floating around in it.
This design complements the above mentioned Aquaduck Floating Duck House, but it's custom made and easy to make it yourself. But if you're not interested in a DIY project, you could easily get it built on this website.
The house is simply built with two entrances and a ramp from the floating platform. The roof can be detached for cleaning purposes. If you want to decorate it more to add color to your pond, you could paint it in pretty pastel colors as well.
Most people reuse cable spools after their intended purpose is complete. Cables spools can be really useful in backyard and DIY projects. This duck house is made of a similar repurposed cable spool.
It has been covered with wood from all sides, and a ramp is attached to it as well. There are two doors, one for the ducks, and one to make cleaning easy. All in all, this seems like a cozy shelter for your ducks, and doesn't seem expensive or difficult to build.
This duck tractor is quite easy to build and assemble. The variety from above doesn't seem too sturdy, so if your ducks are especially vulnerable to predators, you could give this model a try.
It has strong wooden walls, giving it more stability. The roof is made out of wood and covered with metal, so it gives extra protection from heat and rain. This duck tractor does seem efficient that way.
This bird coop is made out of repurposed wooden pallets and boxes too. It's easy and simple enough to build, and it can fit in small spaces conveniently.
You can add splashes of colors, colourful doors and decorative ramps for some extra charm. This duck house is inexpensive and can be built easily with visual and verbal instructions.
More details at homegrown.org
32. The Ducks Only Coop
This is a simple outdoor duck house, easy to build and charming in looks. It seems like a place ducks will feel comfortable to nest in, or sleep peacefully. There's even a side door for cleaning purposes.
You can build it on the ground or elevate it on a platform. Although if you choose to build it on a platform, you may consider adding a ramp for proper entry of the ducks. Adding fun signs like “Ducks Only” will make it look prettier. There is no tutorial available for this duck house, but if you have enough experience, you can build it according to the picture.
Source Unknown
33. The Playhouse Duck House
We often wonder what to do with a playhouse when kids grow out of it. Do you have such a playhouse sitting in your backyard? You can easily convert it into a spacious duck coop.
It has a human sized door, modified to keep ducks safe. And it also makes the cleaning easier. It has enough space for a storage and nesting too. So your flock can live in this shelter comfortably.
More details at projectzenstead.com
34. The Gaggle Duck and Goose House
This duck house can be built as well as purchased from this site. If you're skilled with carpentry, you could take an idea form the picture and build it in your backyard.
The shelter uses logs for construction, so it gives a cabin look to house. It is also portable since it has wheels attached to it. If you plan on keeping it stationary, you can modify it that way. The human sized side door allows you to clean the duck house properly.
More details at flytesofancy.co.uk
35. Enclosed Duck Tractor
This duck enclosure seems quite fancy, but is very easy to build. It's enclosed on all sides with a door big enough for humans.
There's also a repurposed kid's swimming pool used as a pond for the ducks. The shelter is small but can accommodate around 4-5 ducks. The whole enclosure is covered with a metal roof, so there are no weather or fox troubles.
This coop is another cheap idea for a duck or chicken house. Using old wine and whiskey barrels is a really clever idea. The wood keeps the shelter naturally cool.
The straw coop is easy to build from straw mats. If you find a similar dollhouse, you won't have to worry about making anything. You can add hay and grass for cushioning and nesting.
This was actually intended to be a chicken coop, but you can use it to shelter your ducks too. It's a bigger version of the barrel coop, and they have actually used an old metal water tank here.
With some pallet reconstruction, you can easily modify this into a duck or chicken house. Adding a ramp for the birds near the entrance will make it convenient.
This duck house is made up of old used barrels. The video has a proper step-by-step tutorial. You can make the plastic habitable by adding straw for cushion.
Although it seems easy to build, it's efficient as a makeshift shelter for ducks and chickens. I wouldn't recommend using it as a duck shelter for a long time or in hot summers.
This duck shed is quite easy to build if you have basic experience with woodworks. Even if you don't, the tutorial to build one is quite comprehensive and simple, with step-by-step visual aids.
Using recycled wooden pallets and planks will make it less costly. The top of the duck house is covered with screening nets for better ventilation. There's also a brooding box on the side for little hatchlings.
As the name suggests, this duck house is built on a deck. It's an elevated platform resting on stilts, and there's a small ramp for the ducks to climb towards their shelter. The deck is open from all sides, but you can add railings for security and extra charm.
You can fix a tub next to the duck house for your ducks to swim in. You could give the duck house extra protection by installing it inside an enclosure, but otherwise the duck house is not safe against predatory attacks.
There are surely quite a lot of options at your disposal for building a duck house. From traditional coops to spacious A-frame cabins, fun and innovative themed houses to pool inclusive residences.
So how many of these ideas did you like? I'm pretty sure you must have had your own ideas popping up too. But hey, that's the best part, you can modify these ideas as you like!
So get those tools out of the box, get your thinking hat on and let the imagination help you make your very own duck house.
41. The Quacker Box
This duck house is a very ingenious one. It can be built with the help of this easily comprehensible tutorial. It's a duck tractor which is enclosed on all sides with a screening net. There's a shelter and a run for the ducks.
Moreover, the roof of the shelter is a modified to a green roof or a mini garden with small plants and herbs. So if you're looking for some unique and garden inclusive ideas, this could be what you're looking for.
If ducks are frequent visitors in your backyard, but not pets, you can make this inclusive bird house. It rests on a high post, so animals won't try to prey on the ducks. It also helps shelter these ducks during wintertime and gives them a much needed asylum and a lot of warmth to trudge through the harshness of winter.
The tutorial is very easy to understand and replicate. It gives proper dimensions for the duck house, and can be easily modified. In the end, when you build a shelter for these strays, you will feel quite satisfied, and not just with the outcome but with the purpose this task fulfils.
If you have wooden packing crates just sitting around, you can modify and repurpose them into a duck house. Packing crates are usually quite sturdy to withstand shock and carry heavy material. You can very well use this property of the crates to make a stabilised duck house.
You can make a small door to the side for the chickens or ducks. The crates can also be opened for thorough cleaning. Painting them with bright pastel colors can add charm to an otherwise mundane wooden box.
Alright then! Now you know about 43 for most favorite duck house plans and how you can execute them to build shelters for them. Why don’t you go ahead and give them a try? Almost every one of these ideas is easy to execute and the structures you should last long if they are built the right way.
As a beginner artist, you can often reach the point where your mind becomes a blank slate.
Sometimes, every "masterpiece" feels so similar because your creative juices stop flowing, especially when drawing girls' facial expressions and other related drawing ideas.
We have a solution for you if you're looking for more inspiration on the female form.
In this article, we will give you 44 girl drawing ideas you can quickly sketch with your pencil. Have fun recreating these pieces step-by-step, and you're on your way to becoming a better artist.
44 Drawing Ideas For Girls [Easy Sketching]
In this article, we have 44 girls drawing ideas that can help you choose some ideas for your next artwork as an artist that likes drawing women. Read through!
Symbolic drawing ideas like this shattered face with flower petals speak of hope and a woman's freedom to think on her own, give color to artistry and inspire artists, increasing the flow of their creativity.
If you are still trying to find your art style as a newbie artist, this open-minded girl is a perfect drawing idea to recreate that is meaningful, beautiful, and fun to draw.
Not just that, but there are alsoflower drawing ideas you can learn and incorporate into your drawings.
Beginner artists often struggle to draw the full facial expressions of a human character because, in doing so, they need to capture the intricate details that ultimately reflect the woman you're drawing.
If you're one of those artists, you can always recreate the side profile for an anime/stylized girl drawing. Just make sure to emphasize the volumized hair, the wavy lashes, the pointy nose, and the curved jaw.
Dreaming is something you'll be doing much of as an artist, so why not embed that in your fun drawing idea by creating a girl drawing that's lost in thought?
All you have to do for this is draw a realistic-style girl looking up with her hair tied in a low bun. Make sure to emphasize her collarbones because it adds to the overall dreamish effect.
This anime/comic-inspired drawing idea contains more than meets the eye, nose, and lips. The image exudes power and elegance, evident in how the facial features are positioned, which follows a chin-up orientation.
To give this girl drawing idea life, you don't need to be a top-notch artist or anime cartoonist. You have to ensure the eye, nose, and lips are proportionate when doing contour lines.
As an artist, it is crucial to understand what you want to portray so you can reflect it properly in your drawing idea and, in turn, convey it directly to the audience. You can produce a state of peace or chaos using only your lines.
When you want your characters to portray serenity, you can do the side profile with wavy hair anime girl drawing discussed earlier.
Yet, if you want them to feel the rage or chaos in your characters, the best drawing idea is a full front-faced drawing with glaring eyes (done by darkening edges) and an opened mouth that is similar to shouting.
Some of you are keenly interested and love drawing fun anime comics as an artist, and a cute anime girl is a perfect way to start your drawing journey.
The trick to turning your typical girl drawing into an attractive anime girl is to emphasize points, lines, and edges, slightly exaggerating features to nail the anime style.
Moreover, if you want to make the character more relatable, you can give her comfy clothing items like a sweater or a hoodie.
Level up your symbolic girl drawing idea by incorporating glasses and flowers and transforming your non-realistic/simplified anime girl into a tea bag.
We love this anime girl drawing idea because it screams a mixture of sadness and growth, which can be very helpful in establishing your budding artist career and practicing your drawing skills.
Cameron Mark knows what fun drawing means, as he has drawn this pretty anime/Disney-style girl with detailed facial expressions.
Although the look of this anime girl seems intricate, it is actually beginner-friendly because you do not have to put much effort into drawing the details of both her eyes and teeth, which we love!
Nowadays, a finger heart is an unavoidable drawing idea when talking about a Japanese anime girl drawing (and even anime boys!) because it speaks of love, harmony, and kawaii cuteness.
This Korean-inspired love sign is easy to do, and you can incorporate it with the short-hair anime girl drawing idea we previously discussed.
Another symbolic drawing idea in this list is this beautiful drawing of flower-headed human beings hugging each other.
This anime drawing is relatively beginner-friendly, as you do not have to pour your heart into drawing the intricacies of faces. However, you will need to make an eye-catching flower design to substitute.
Sometimes, what you feel inside is different from what you portray outside because you want to conform to the rules or are afraid to show your true self.
If you want to put this idea into an actual drawing, you need to draw two different facial expressions that overlap.
The key to this beautiful drawing is to know where to connect the two realistic (or anime) faces. You can make the first drawing spacious, with a broad chin and long neck. Then, draw the second picture between those spaces.
An easy girl drawing to make is this realistic girl with hopeful eyes, a pointed nose, semi-parted lips, and a few strands of hair caressing the beautiful facial structure.
You can also choose a more anime-inspired style if you don't feel ready to work more realistically. Either option is fun and eye-catching.
If you are a mom with young students who need a girl drawing for their school project, this anime girl drawing is perfect for recreating.
The highlight of this anime girl drawing that you need to emphasize is the side-parted hair because it makes the drawing more youthful. It's highly detailed without being complicated.
An anime artist or Marvel fan in one would surely want to practice their creative hands and minds with some Marvel-related girl drawing ideas like this one.
As we all know, Ororo Munroe, or Storm, is portrayed without the pupil and the iris when using her powers. You can do it too with your girl drawing, but emphasize the lips and the eyebrows for a more detailed depiction.
The difference between an anime girl drawing and a realistic one often comes down to the range, as changing eye sizes, brow forms, and overall facial expression can take you from comic to anime to video games.
With this specific girl drawing, you need to be clear on where to arch the brows, which are aligned with the eyes.
Also, ensure that the eyes you draw are big enough to make them more appealing, cute, and expressive.
Another Cameron Mark drawing idea in this list is this anime girl with big eyes, an angled chin, and slicked hair.
This is one of the best sketch references for the girl boss category. Make sure you get the proper technique for the hair, as the rest can be patterned with other Cameron illustrations.
Sketch references for the strong and fierce girl drawing category are vast, but they all have a different aspect that makes each stand out.
For this fierce girl drawing, a facial feature to draw that will elevate her look is the different freckles. In recreating this, what you need to remember is that you must know their proper placement.
It is preferable to draw her with the dots near the nose's tip, upper lip, upper brow, and lower eye area.
The inside of a human being bears more weight than the outside because it yearns forcreativity, love, and, sometimes, madness in this crazy world.
You can put that in a drawing by recreating the image above. When you draw this project, the best aspect to emphasize is the details for each butterfly.
How you make the butterfly drawings and where you place them matter more because drawing the girl closing her eyes may be simple child's play for you.
Did you know that you can turn the guidelines when practicing your drawing skills into symmetry to stylize your girl drawing?
Do not erase the guidelines you primarily draw before the actual pencil sketches, as you can shade those lines to emphasize features and make your drawing eye-catching.
Also, choose thebest mechanical pencil for drawing to create eye-catching, expressive pieces!
Aside from the usual pencil sketch, you can level up your technique using coloring tools, like a blue-colored pencil and watercolor paint, when drawing your favorite cute girl illustrations.
To make this work, use different shading techniques to produce varying blue colors while beautiful eyes, brows, nose, lips, and even hair.
If you find this drawing idea a perfect pair for your skills, then you can lean your succeeding artworks more intocartoon drawing ideas.
When you want to create a comic book or anime, it is helpful if you know how to play with emotions by drawing facial expressions, just like the annoyed face.
To draw this, you need to narrow the gap between the eyes and the front part of the eyebrow. Also, scrunch the nose for a more effective portrayal.
This illustration is easy to recreate because you only need to draw one part of the face, as hair strands will cover the other.
The challenge when you draw this one is how you can communicate the sadness or tiredness on her face. It will depend on your shading. To make her look sadder, make the shading heavier around the eyes.
Recreating girls' faces may be redundant for some, but to make your anime girl drawing stand out, adding some glasses will surely be helpful for your project.
To emphasize the glasses, start drawing theiroutline using a pencil and shading the eyeglasses with a yellowish tone.
You can also highlight the eyes and the winged eyeliner, which sets your drawing apart from others.
Aside from the addition of eyeglasses, you can also use heart signs to convey love and contemporary winged eyeliner and nose piercings to create a Gen Z vibe for your girl anime girl drawing.
You can add love hearts on each cheek to do this. You can also do these hearts using different colors to deviate from the monotone of your pencil sketch.
If you are done with the plain girl drawings, you can elevate your drawing game by adding celestial elements (check outspace drawing ideas) and even a nose plaster.
This whole drawing look gives off a very Gen Z vibe, primarily when you draw some curtain bangs paired with short hair. You could even apply this to Ariana Grande drawings or other celebrity fan art.
This drawing type can help you gain Instagram popularity in no time! Of course, it will only happen if you know the proper placement of the added elements and the appropriate shading.
As an artist, you can be inspired by many things, whether they're random or related to your passion, just like mythology.
If you are an artist in mythology, you can surely take inspiration from Hathor, the Egyptian goddess of the sky, fertility, and love.
You can make your drawing similar to the illustration. You can elevate your drawing even further with the help of thebest cheap drawing tablets or thebest iPad for drawing.
A typical anime girl drawing always involves a woman resting her chin on her hand, though it makes for great practice when you use the same pose for more realistic drawings.
Make sure you know which parts to emphasize with shading, and learn how to appropriately draw a hand under the chin, as it can define the overall look.
Enhance your drawing skills by creating a woman and her reflection in the mirror.
You and the audience can draw out different meanings from this female creation, but what's essential is you ensure that lines, angles, and shapes are perfectly observed to stir emotions.
Human beings, especially women, have always been pulled every which way by society and even themselves.
As an artist, you can bring this observation to your art pieces by drawing two subjects in different orientations. You only need the first subject's side profile, while the second subject should face forward.
There are different ways to draw a girl's side profile; one involves drawing a smirk for her smile.
The eyes play a vital role in this concept because they must be fiery. To create that blazing stare, masking the entire outer eye with medium to dark shades of a pencil is an excellent technique to use as an artist.
As an artist, the future is bright for you if you make art with a girl looking forward to the future.
This illustration is simple to make, as you only need to follow the fundamental essence of all the drawing guidelines in the world: shading is the key to making your drawing pop!
Another way to elevate your anime girl drawing game is to draw a girl wearing a casual top for her clothes and have her hair in a cute bun.
Similar to the other illustrations in this article, this one's fast and simple to do, as you only need to play with lines and shades in the hope of giving justice to this girl-with-a-bun idea.
Last but not least is this drawing of a girl with leaves painted on her face, specifically on both sides of her cheek.
Again, this one's a simple art task; you only need to incorporate the guidelines mentioned in this article for other girl drawings and draw crawling leaves on her face to completely satisfy the concept.
Moreover, you can also find inspiration related to this drawing concept fromtattoo drawing ideas.
Tips for Drawing Hair
To practice drawing the hair of your girl subject when making your pencil sketch, you need to remember the following tips:
Draw the hair in a group and put lines and shapes to signify direction and volume rather than individual strands.
Always start a sketch where you hope the character should have her hair parting.
Make sure you seal the gap between the head and the hairline, as this is a common mistake that decreases the value of the character drawing.
Tips for Drawing Eyes
Drawing the eyes of a character is an efficient way to convey emotions and feelings to the audience. Here are some simple (yet vital) tips you must keep in mind:
Always use primary guidelines before drawing your character's lines and shapes.
Keep the distance of the characters' features in mind; they should be at least three eyes apart.
The shape of the iris and pupil can significantly enhance or degrade the overall look (as with anime), so make sure that the shape resonates with the purpose of the drawing.
Tips for Drawing Lips
Lips are vital components that emphasize the characters' emotions in a drawing. Here are some tips for drawing properly:
Start with a sketch of the middle and outer parts of the lips for proportions.
Define the shape of the lips.
Shade the lips of the character to highlight points and angles.
Drawing Ideas for Girls FAQs
We know you have some questions in mind that you want to ask regarding these simple drawings for girls. For that, we have answered some of your FAQs in this section.
What Are the Four Types of Drawing?
The four types of drawing are the following:
Symbolic drawing
Cartoon drawing
Realistic drawing
Expressive drawing
Yet, there are other, more specific types of drawing than these four general ones that you can practice, such as anime/stylized drawings.
What Can My Daughter Draw?
Your daughter can draw anything she likes from this list, and even otherdrawing ideas, as all are easy to do and relatively straightforward.
It is best if she starts with the anime girl with a cat on the hat and cute anime girl drawings to spark her interest.
Drawing Ideas for Girls Conclusion
Now that you know how to unlock your drawing potential to create a beautiful drawing of a girl character, you can surely elevate your skills and style (even your Instagram reach!).
So, what are you waiting for? Start practicing and unlock the fullest potential of the artist in you!
Drawing is a great way to express yourself on paper. While it does encourage creativity, there are times when you might find yourself struggling to find inspiration.
Whether you're looking to improve your drawing techniques or need inspiration to pass the time, having alist of drawing ideas is an excellent way to keep those creative juices flowing.
For this blog post, we've gathered the best drawing ideas for beginners to try.
40 Easy Drawing Ideas for Beginners to Practice Drawing
Seeing many pieces with complicated details online can overwhelm new artists.
However, finding more simple drawing ideas might help bring positivity and help you kick-start your sketching journey.
Here are 40 beginner-friendly drawing ideas for any beginner artist to try for their first draft.
This sketch might be intimidating at first. However, if you look at it closely, you can make out the simple shapes that create each element.
Start with identifying the circles and edges so you won't be overwhelmed. The intricate patterns on the planets also help with practicing your control over your pencil.
The sun and moon are common subjects in easy sketch ideas. These drawings are usually made of simple elements, making them an excellent starting point for beginner artists.
You can also see how other elements, such as wavy lines and dots, relate to a simple circle.
This simple sketch can help you become more familiar with the motions of water. Before going to the more complicated seascapes, you can start with this.
You can also practice working on curved lines and determining their relationships with other elements.
Creating drawings of mountains is a great way to practice shading and learn about light. The simple shapes are easy to draw, but it helps you understand how light can be expressed through shading.
You can add details, like other heavenly bodies, to make your drawing more interesting.
You can easily draw a message in a bottle as a little doodle. It'll help you work on the dimensions and depth of objects.
Besides being a cute sketch, it's a great way to work on your perspective. You can also try to draw other things in bottles, like ships, to make it more fun.
This fun little pose is a lot easier to do with animals. You can easily draw little variations with the main focus of having the animal in a specific position, with most of the body hidden out of frame.
You can also draw this pose with other animals, like a beloved pet, to challenge yourself with their details.
This little doodle is a simple way to start drawing ideas that are out of this world. A simple UFO abducting a human is also a funny way to say goodbye. Feel free to add a little alien friend in the UFO as well.
You can also look into otherspace drawing ideas to help you build on this one.
Here's a variation of a previous drawing idea that can help you understand how perspective affects your drawing subjects. While it has similar elements, you can see how these lines and curves are related.
These variations also make forgreat tattoo drawing ideas, letting you choose the different ways you can have a design on your body.
Dinosaurs are fun to draw, especially since they come in different shapes and sizes. Turning it into a smaller cartoon character helps simplify it, making it easy to draw.
Another one of those easy sketch ideas involves adding elements to the sun and the moon. It helps to combine different features which you won't usually see entwined in real life.
Instead of drawing eyes and a full head, get creative and replace it first with clouds and the sun. These are easier to draw and provide a fun twist to your art.
If you're up for a challenge with these clouds drawing ideas, you can also try removing some of the edges and turning them into a line drawing. This drawing method experiments with the outline of your subject.
This sketch idea is another way to hold off from drawing eyes. You'll have to draw the lower part of the face and add clouds for the upper part of the head. It's easy and fun to create.
Here is another of the many interesting and easy drawing ideas involving the sun and moon. It's also simple to create and focuses more on curved lines.
This easy drawing was once commonly found in our school notebooks when we were kids. They're simple drawings of swings that only requires you to draw a few lines.
This simple drawing is inspired by the Pixar movie called Up. It's easy to draw, involving a few lines and shapes. You can also play with the colors of this sketch to create interesting and vibrant color combinations.
To improve your drawing techniques, you can draw other Disney characters, like Baymax. There are many fun and interesting characters to choose from to help you become a better artist.
This simple drawing is an excellent way for beginners to practice the relationships between lines and edges. You can draw them from different angles to experiment with these concepts.
It's also a greatdrawing idea for girls, especially since it has an adorable love letter motif.
You can draw this along with otherflower drawing ideas to help you familiarize yourself with fauna. They're a great way to practice one of the most common subjects for realistic and still-life pieces.
This sketch is another adorable take on a dinosaur. Adding a little helmet isn't only cute to draw. It also helps you learn how to draw things inside other spaces.
Thanks to its simple design and colors, you can easily sketch this adorable tea-rex. If you're looking for something a little stronger, you can try having them hold a coffee mug instead.
This whimsical idea is one of the bestthings to draw, especially for beginners. It captures the simple things in life that every artist is familiar with.
This drawing style is a great stepping stone for working oncartoon and anime characters.
Beginners looking to draw adorable animals can also try to draw this bear while it eats noodles. It's a great start, especially when learning to draw human activities.
If you're looking for drawings for beginners, especially children, try small insects like bees. They have simple details which beginner artists can draw regardless of their skill level.
Burgeoning artists can improve the details as they progress with their techniques.
You can also draw a dinosaur with a telephone, which is another human thing for them to do. It's a cute sketch you can do in random notebooks, along with the other dinosaur ideas.
Groot is a beloved character who beginners love to draw. He's one of the easier drawing ideas but is still packed with details that can improve your skills for future drawings.
You can find a simple tutorial online to help you draw this picture of baby Groot and other similar Marvel characters.
Sketching this minimalist version of two people hugging helps make it easy to draw this specific pose. It has fewer details than actual people, making it easier to get the motions and emotions down.
This minimalist sketch of a face is an excellent example of line drawing. It simplifies the shapes and edges of the face, making it easier when you practice sketching.
You can try adding variations to how it's done, experimenting with the plants used to decorate the face.
Another Disney classic you might want to draw is Mickey Mouse. His details are fairly easy to work with, especially since he's mostly made of circles and shading.
You can also do drawings of his friends, like Minnie Mouse or Goofy, to further improve your sketching technique.
Drawing a delicious fruit is another step towards working on more realistic still-life pieces. They're typical drawings, especially for younger artists who see these in their reference books.
You can draw the small and simple details of these everyday objects, whether in cartoon form or by taking inspiration from the real deal.
One of the greatest inspirations you can have for drawing is your pet. Not only are they adorable, but they're also animals you see on a daily basis, making it easier for you to study their features.
You can simplify their appearance into small shapes and lines to help you work out the details.
These love birds may seem difficult to draw. However, they can be simplified to distinct shapes, which you can use as a guide. Slowly add the details as you go.
Your best friend for this piece will be the pencil since it will help you get all those shadows and shading for a more realistic finish.
This cute cartoonish take on the car makes it easier for beginner artists to draw. Like previous examples, it focuses on simple shapes which even a child can create.
You can check out a step-by-step guide online to help you draw a cartoon car.
Supplies to Gather Before Drawing
Before starting any sketch, you need a few tools to bring your drawing ideas to life.
These are the supplies any aspiring artist needs to start creating a masterpiece.
Paper
Your paper is the most important element of drawing. It's a blank canvas waiting to be filled with lines, shapes, and colors.
Avoid cheap paper because it can easily rip when you erase too much. Try to use decent-quality paper for your sketchbook or drawing pad. It doesn't have to be expensive.
If you're looking into digital art, you might want to look for thebest iPad for drawing. It will serve as your paper. However, take note of your budget for these kinds of gadgets.
Pencil
When starting out with drawing, it's best to start with a pencil. It lets you easily erase errors without having to waste paper. Even experts start drawing with this.
You can begin with a set of HB, 2B, 6B, and 9B. Then, you can expand your set as you improve your drawing skills. You can also look into amechanical pencil, depending on your preferences.
The H-scale is usually for sketching, while the B-scale is for your final lines.
You can also look into colored pencils if adding color is part of your drawing process.
Pen
Besides your B-scale pencils, pens are also used to finalize everything you draw.
Look into fine point or fine liner pens. Once you're happy with your lines, you can use one of these pens to finalize them. Then, erase any pencil marks after.
Eraser
It's best to look for a good brand of eraser to help you fully clean out those mistakes and to avoid smudging on the paper.
Whether you're working with a traditional or kneed eraser, a reliable brand will help make erasing easier.
Ruler
Besides helping you measure your lines, having a ruler around can help you easily draw a straight line.
It's best to have one of these around, even if you're not drawing straight lines.
Compass
While a ruler works on straight lines, a compass helps you get a perfect circle every time.
It can be difficult to draw a circle free hand. Having this handy tool will help you get them done in a snap.
Marker
Markers are used by kids and adults for coloring and outlining your beginner.
These tools are beginner-friendly but are still used by many experts for their solid colors.
Drawing Ideas for Beginners FAQs
You might have more questions about sketching and improving your drawing technique.
We’ve gathered the common questions on this medium to help you practice drawing.
What Is the First Thing to Learn When Drawing Ideas for Beginners?
Every artist should first start with the different shapes and forms. They may seem simple, but they build up any artwork.
Draw the 2D forms before moving to the 3D. Work on a circle before moving to a sphere. Draw a square before working on a cube.
This method will help you gain perspective and simplify how you draw your subject.
If you’re starting with digital art, you might want to consider using acheap drawing tablet before investing in more expensive devices.
These can help you get used to drawing simple shapes without having to cost too much.
What are the Five Basics of Drawing?
Drawing is a skill that can be developed in 5 basic steps. While they may seem simple, they can be the backbone of even the most complicated creations.
It can take time to master these basics. Even the best artists rely on these to help with their drawings.
Before creating the next best still life, you must practice the basics and take your time with art.
Edges
All art is made up of lines and edges that form geometric shapes. You need to understand how these work to properly show what’s happening to your drawing.
A great example would be a shape with three lines and edges. This shape will ALWAYS be a triangle. It’s entirely different from a square or a hexagon.
You’d also notice how these shapes would always have their lines connected. You would never see a series of three unconnected lines be called a triangle.
Over time, you’ll start to draw with more complex drawing steps. However, these edges and shapes will help make things simpler to draw.
You don’t exactly have to count every edge and line as your drawing skills progress. You simply need to understand their basics to improve your drawing practice.
Space
You will notice how your subject always takes up space when you draw. Anything surrounding it is called negative space.
A great example of this is a donut. While the donut occupies space, you also consider the negative space around it when you put it on paper.
By understanding your subject’s relationship with the space it DOES and DOESN’T occupy, you can draw it better with respect to everything around it.
Light and Shadow
Light and shadows provide depth and perspective to make everything you draw more realistic. Color is also heavily affected by how much light is on it.
The more light there is toward the object, the less shading you’ll have to do.
The brighter the object is, the more you’d have to squint to see its details. Those in darker places would be difficult to see, hence the more solid shading.
Try to observe what an item is like when it has light shining on it and the shadows that form when light is blocked.
Relationships
Every line, dot, shape, and curve is related to each other when you draw. That relationship is what makes your sketch make sense to the viewer.
Learn how each element is related to the other. Every small detail you draw contributes to your overall work and differentiates your drawings from others.
Knowing what figures will go where and their sizes before you start inking anything is also helpful.
Depending on your style, you might want to have everything in proportion to each other to fit the narrative of your work.
The Whole or Gestalt
The last skill you must master is putting the first four steps together. Each of these elements can work for your art.
However, if one stood out more than the other, there would be an imbalance in the final sketch.
These details have many similarities for a reason. How will the relationship of light, space, and edges come together?
It can take time to master this last one. However, having all of it together will make your work more coherent to the viewer and will improve your craft as an artist.
Drawing Ideas for Beginners Conclusion
At the end of the day, drawing is all about expressing yourself.
These are only a few simple drawing ideas to help keep those creative juices going. You'll still have to constantly work on it to become a master.
Pick up your pencil and paper and draw whatever your heart desires.
The official arrival of fall means winter is near, and that calls for the dreaded task of removing fallen leaves and dead grass from your garden.
Now, if your lawn is small, a little bit of manual labor would be sufficient to rake and sweep it clean. But the same leaf disposal method can be quite exhausting and inefficient for those with larger lawns.
That’s why it’s important to invest in outdoor power tools like the leaf vacuum. However, finding the best vacuum from a vast list of options is easier said than done. And most lawn owners are often confused between the Dr. Leaf Vacuum and the Cyclone Rake.
Are you in a similar situation? Don’t worry, we’re here to help. Through this guide, we’ll be comparing the two leaf vacuums to help you decide the obvious winner.
So, without further ado, let’s get going!
Why Do You Need The Rake Leaves From Your Lawn?
Before we begin comparing Dr. Leaf Vacuum and Cyclone Rake, let’s understand why it’s important to rake the leaves from your lawn prior to the onset of winter. You might think it’s crucial for maintaining the physical appearance of your backyard. This is definitely one of the reasons, but it’s not the whole story.
The thicker coverage of leaves on your lawn may smother the grass from UV rays and the oxygen required to make it through the winter. As a result, the leaves will ultimately prevent grass from continuing to grow, paving the way for a healthy comeback once the frozen grounds wake up in spring.
This is when you’ll need to use a rake or leaf vacuum to remove the fallen leaves and grass blades that didn’t survive winter. Raking also loosens matted grass clumps caused by snow mold, which may smother new growth.
Seeing the importance of raking leaves, we’ve decided to take a closer look at the two lawn power tools that ensure top-quality performance and show promising results - Dr. Leaf Vacuum and Cyclone Rake.
We’ll be highlighting the key features, which make them differ from each other to find out the obvious winner.
Dr. Leaf Vacuum Vs. Cyclone Rake
Since 1985, Dr. Power Equipment has been a leading manufacturer of durable, simple, and useful tools and power equipment with a mission of making outdoor work enjoyable. And the Dr. Leaf Vacuum from the brand is definitely no exception! Their line of engine-powered leaf vacuums is designed to suit every customer’s individual needs.
On the other hand, the Cyclone Rake is a line of premiere ride-on leaf and lawn vacuums in America. Every vacuum under this line is hand-built and relentlessly supported by an amazing customer support team. As such, it stands out among the top lawn and power equipment brands in the US.
So, which one is the better choice? Let’s differentiate between the two based on the following factors.
Type & Engine
Dr. Leaf Vacuum offers a wide range of engine-powered leaf and lawn vacuums that can help remove leaves and debris from your lawn within no time. The product comes with a long hose, similar to that of a household vacuum, to suck up the leaf and glass blade coverage.
Finally, the debris is deposited into a holding tank from where it’s offloaded into your waste disposal system. Just open the tank and dispose of the yard waste in a compost pile or a biodegradable waste bag for your curbside waste collection.
Cyclone Rake is a ride-on leaf and lawn vacuum designed to meet all your needs. Its line includes vacuums ranging from smaller models perfect for homes in the suburbs to larger models for your lawn maintenance business.
What’s more, all Cyclone Rake leaf and lawn vacuums come with powerful Briggs and Stratton engines, which are capable of mulching leaves precisely into a smaller size. This makes the product perfect for completing the compost pile that you may have been working on. It also allows you to power through the toughest property cleaning job for years to come.
Design & Construction
The Cyclone Rake leaf vacuum is constructed using premium-quality nylon mesh to last for a long time. It can be easily folded flat(just 5 inches thick) in less than 5 minutes, without any tool to save space when not in use. You may also hang it on the walls of your garage or shed.
On the other hand, Dr. Leaf is made using poly plastic, which may warp or deform over time because of the sun. But the best part about its design is that it comes with a large collector bin that collects a significant amount of lawn waste in one go.
Pricing
Depending on your location, the price of the Dr. Leaf Vacuum may differ. But it’s usually priced somewhere around $2000.
The cost of the Cyclone Rake might also vary depending on when and where you buy it. However, the standard models are cheaper than Dr. Leaf Vacuum, costing around $1000. And you get a lot more features for its price, which makes the leaf and lawn vacuum a value for money option.
Trial Period & Warranty
Dr. Leaf Vacuum comes with free shipping and a one year trial period during which you can use as many times as you want. This will help you decide if the leaf and lawn vacuum from the brand Dr. Power Equipment is the right product for maintaining your lawn.
If not, you can request to opt for its return policy without any hassle. This is why people are now turning to Dr. Leaf Vacuum for their lawn maintenance needs.
On the contrary, Cyclone Rake not only offers a one year free trial period but it also comes with a 3-year warranty. You may purchase this leaf and lawn vacuum with utmost confidence and use it at home for a year. If you’re not completely satisfied, request a refund.
Cyclone Rake will refund 100% of your money, including the shipping charges. It’s also covered with a free warranty against defects against material and craftsmanship. So, in case anything goes wrong in an unlikely event, the brand has got your back!
Dr. Leaf Vacuum - Standout Features
One year free trial with free shipping
Larger collecting capacity
Wide range of models
Priced at $2000
Cyclone Rake - Standout Features
One year free trial and 3-year warranty
Ride-on models
Folds up flat for easy storage
Priced at $1000
The Obvious Winner?
Now that we’ve gone through our detailed comparison of both the leaf and lawn vacuums, it’s time we introduced you to the obvious winner. So, which is the best option - Dr. Leaf Vacuum or Cyclone Rake? The answer is self-explanatory; Cyclone Rake wins hands down!
It comes with a powerful engine from Briggs and Stratton or Vanguard and better features, allowing you to clear your lawn without any hassle. The brand is confident about its range of ride-on lawn vacuums, which are available at a comparatively reasonable price.
To sum up, those with larger lawns will find it beneficial to invest in the Cyclone Rake leaf and lawn vacuum. But that doesn’t mean the Dr. Leaf Vacuum is a letdown.
It’s available in a wide range of options, including both large and small models to meet all your requirements. Plus, the vacuum can collect a considerable amount of debris in its collector bin in a single go, making it another perfect option for larger lawns.
Conclusion
You don’t need to invest in the Cyclone Rake just because it’s the clear winner when compared with Dr. Leaf Vacuum. We’d suggest taking time to consider all factors before deciding on the leaf and lawn vacuum that best meets your requirements.
This includes the number of walkways and quantity of leaves on your lawn, size of your lawn, and the number of trees surrounding it. Also, don’t forget to go through user reviews and keep your options open.
On that note, we have reached the end of this guide. Here’s hoping we were able to help you make the right decision.
If the size of your bathroom is big, make the best use of the space and add some smart and practical designs that will make your lives easier. Two sinks are always better than one, so if there's enough space to accommodate two of them, you should definitely do so without thinking. Your morning routines will become easier and you and your partner would be able to get ready quicker without rushing each other to get out of the bathroom. The double vanity is also great for big families because the traffic in the bathroom can become rough and more people need to use the bathroom at the same time. The bathrooms below will make you want to think about a remodeling project, so scroll down and see the Incredible Double Vanity Bathrooms That Will Make Your Lives Easier.
The double sinks are more than ideal, so check them out in the photos below!
The double sink means double space for storage! Both you and your partner will have your own cabinets where you can store your own items without the other partner knocking them over.
Would you prefer to have the double vanity on the same wall or on separate wall? Choose the design that will best fit your needs and the space available in the bathroom. You can also choose between two separate sinks or one big mutual sink with two faucets. The second option works great for the bathrooms where there's not enough space to install two drains.
If you have big and spacious bathroom you can add sinks with cabinets with ease, but if your bathroom is small and you still want the double sink then you should have in mind the pedestal sinks or the floating ones which don't take up floor space. In this way your bathroom will look open and airy and you will still enjoy the double vanity.
Every master bathroom should be equipped with these awesome double sinks and let the traffic in the bathroom flow with ease. Would you like to have them in your bathroom? Let us know in the comments below!
Using a pool and maintaining it are two different things; they lie on the extreme ends of the spectrum. Everyone loves to spend the long, blistering summer afternoons in the pool, but when it comes to pool cleaning, everything changes; and truthfully, people run from pool maintenance for some legit reasons. This product is discontinued by the maker, and not available in the market. More updated products without caddy are available from the maker such as Dolphin Premier Robotic Pool Cleaner
From keeping up the chlorine levels to clearing leaves and other surface debris and then making sure the floor, waterline, and walls of the pool remain clean and free of slimy algae buildups— you certainly need a lot of time and energy. Doing all of this by hand needs a full day. You also need to factor in the extensive use of the pool in peak summer when it has to be cleaned every other week.
With such a daunting maintenance and cleaning task at hand, won’t it be a good idea to find some automatic way to do it? Yes, this is certainly a great idea, and that’s why robotic pool cleaners have been designed in the first place. They come in really useful for cleaning your pool from inside— the most difficult part of pool maintenance.
The market is brimming with robot cleaners, making it quite difficult for buyers to settle on a single model. To make the purchase of a robotic pool cleaner easy for you, we have picked a single model for your consideration: Dolphin’s M400 with Caddy. Let’s have a comprehensive review of this state-of-the-art robotic pool cleaner.
Dolphin M400 with Caddy Review
Designed for in-ground pool types
Features dual-drive motor with a separate power supply
Clean walls, floors, and waterline of a pool
Dolphin M400 with Caddy is a powerful robotic pool cleaner (almost twice as powerful as similar units from other manufacturers). It comes with a long power cord that allows you to clean any pool with dimensions up to 50 feet thoroughly. In short, it is an ideal cleaning gear for all small and large home pools.
CleaverClean Technology Makes All the Difference
Besides power, the patented CleaverClean technology of Dolphin M400 is the reason why it stands apart among other automatic pool cleaners. Many buyers are skeptical of robotic pool cleaners because they think that these machines will only waste energy and time by cleaning the same patch over and over again.
Dolphin has dispelled this doubt by equipping its robotic cleaner with a technology that features an advance intuitive navigation system and scanning software. This combination of features makes Dolphin M400 a “Smart Cleaner.” The CleaverClean technology imparts the following abilities to the robotic pool cleaner.
It cleans the floors and walls of the pool by taking the most efficient path
It doesn’t go back to the freshly cleaned patch/line again
It smartly navigates around obstacles in the pool (stairs, etc.)
All these characteristics make the use of Dolphin M400 time-saving and energy-efficient.
Everything Dual
The other bit that makes Dolphin M400 the best robotic pool cleaner on the block is its beefed up maneuvering and filtration. It uses an all-direction dual drive that ensures optimal coverage and maneuverability. This allows the cleaner to deal with all sorts of pools irrespective of their shapes and the obstacles and slopes they have.
Moreover, the cleaner also features a dual-filtration system. When other pool cleaners only collect rough dirt and dust particles from the pool floor, Dolphin M400 takes care of fine and ultra-fine particles as well. Just don’t forget to clean the filter after every use so that the cleaner will continue to filter your water for maximum cleanness.
Even though the automatic system of Dolphin M400 is good enough to clean any pool without needing any assistance, but you still get the option to control the cleaner through a smartphone application. You can also set weekly timers and initialize the cleaning program via this app. The idea of the app control is to give you complete freedom to customize its working.
Many people refrain from getting automatic pool cleaners because they think that using electronics in water is not meant for long-lasting use. However, that’s not the case with Dolphin M400. It has a sturdy construction and a completely sealed frame. Moreover, the manufacturer has incorporated special features in its design so that it can withstand the natural buoyant push of the water while traversing through the pool floor.
Dolphin has used floats on the handle of the cleaner for ascertaining it can keep its traction on the floor while moving, turning, and scrubbing in water.
Pros
Ideal for in-ground pools
Smart navigation system saves time and energy
Dual filtration ensures more clean water
Cons
A bit difficult to operate through the app
Float and handle configuration is complex and confusing
Gets heavy after the use
Robotic Pool Cleaner Buying Guide
If you want to explore more options in the market, then evaluate any robotic cleaner by factoring in these features.
Coverage
The majority of robotic cleaners available in the market are only good for pool floors and collecting rough debris. If you are investing in a high-end machine, then make sure it can also offer vertical cleaning (pool walls) coverage as well. Also, its filtration system must clean water for fine dirt particles too.
Smart Navigation
The whole point of getting a robot cleaner is to avail maximum comfort with regard to pool maintenance. Therefore, make sure the pool cleaner you are buying features a smart navigation system so that you can leave it on its own rather than overseeing it all the while.
Long and Tangle-Free Power Cord
Robotic pool cleaners make a lot of maneuvers and turns. The lateral movement of a corded pool cleaner twists its power cable which can hinder its cleaning operations. So, it would be better if the cleaner you are buying features an extra-long power cord that doesn’t easily tangle.
Timer
Having a timer in your robot pool cleaner means you can use it while providing zero assistance. Try to pick a cleaner that is equipped with a programmable timer.
Dolphin M400 with Caddy is the right option for a cleaner if you are looking to clean the floor and walls of your medium-sized home pool without offering any manual assistance. Its powerful motor, sturdy construction, smart navigation, and dual filtration make it the best robotic pool cleaner in this price range.
Dolphin M400 FAQ
Is it Fitted with a Removable Filter?
Yes, Dolphin M400 comes with a detachable filter that you need to remove and rinse after every cleaning job. You also need to change it after 4-6 months, depending on your use.
How Long Does Dolphin M400 Take for Cleaning the Pool?
It varies from pool to pool, and the degree of cleaning a certain pool requires. But as per the manufacturer’s claim, it can clean a small home pool within an hour.
How to Know If Cleaner’s Cartridge Is Full?
The Dolphin M400 comes with a built-in indicator that lit up when the cartridge is full and needs to be cleaned. When this happens, remove the cleaner from the pool, detach the cartridge and rinse it with clean water and install it back.
Does Remote Come in the Package?
No, you need to buy it separately. However, you can use Dolphin’s app on your phone as the remote control for the cleaner.
Do you have dry patches in your garden that need to be covered up? Think twice before using the bag of seeds lying in your shed since the last season.
It may have lost its germinating power, and your effort might just go to waste. Also, old seeds exposed to moisture might have their germinating power reduced, so you will need more seeds to cover an area.
Furthermore, seed packets will have an expiration date stamped on them. Now, if that date has passed, it is best to throw away the container. If the date is close by or you bought the packets a year ago, it is best to test them first.
Read on to know about the best kind of seeds and how to test them. We have discussed the different reasons that seeds may go bad and how to store them for a longer shelf life.
So, without further ado, let’s dive in.
How To Select The Perfect Seeds?
Before getting into the reasons why seeds can go bad, let us first discuss how to select the right seed. You need to know that the most important thing is to determine the kind of soil on which your seeds will be planted.
What kind of area do you live in? Do you have a sandy backyard or your soil mostly consists of heavy clay? Answering these questions will help you figure out what kind of seeds you need. Every seed does not thrive in every kind of soil. In fact, you can have a different kind of grass from your neighbor.
A good way to deal with this situation could be by selecting all-purpose grass seeds, which generally go well with your region and climate. These will be available at any local nursery or plant store. It usually includes warm season grasses if you live on the southern side of the US. Cool season grasses are prevalent on the northern side and generally grow in every place there.
When you are purchasing blends, it will include all types. So, you will have some which grow well in shady areas, while others grow well under the sun. It will provide great coverage across the lawn and will help you cover barren areas.
What Are The Popular Types Of Grass?
Two variants of grass are most popular - Kentucky Ryegrass and Perennial Ryegrass. They are popular because these grow well in zones 3-9. They also have an extensive shelf life and can remain alive longer than most other grasses. Plus, you can purchase them from your local supermarkets as well as nurseries.
Although they might not be able to live through all kinds of situations, they are known to be quite adaptable.
What To Consider When Buying Seeds?
Moisture is something that can bring down the seed’s productivity or destroy it completely. So, make sure that you never buy open seed bags from shops. While moisture helps seeds germinate, that happens once you plant them. Otherwise, it can spoil the seeds and create pathogens. These pathogens break the seeds down, and they slowly decay with time.
This can happen even if a slight amount of moisture is present in the pack. Hence, watch the packet very closely for any tears.
Secondly, pay attention to how the seed packets have been stored. Ideally, they need to be kept upright with some space around them. This is needed for airflow, which keeps the seeds in perfect condition. If the packets are kept on top of each other with no space for airflow, they may again start catching moisture. This will prevent them from germinating well.
Also, check for the date which will be printed on the pack. It is best to avoid seeds that have been on the shelf for a long time. There is a chance that they might not grow as expected. So, always look for the latest date and choose that.
How To Store Grass Seeds?
You may be purchasing extra grass seeds and may have to store it away for the winter. For this, it is best to select a bag with a mesh. This will allow air to flow through it while the mesh keeps insects away. Insects and rodents can be very detrimental for your seeds, and they can eat away all of it throughout the winter if not protected well.
Although experts say that a cold temperature is best for storing these seeds, it is better to keep them in the basement or garage and not in the garden shed. This is because they will be exposed to direct cold in an open shed.
You will need a temperature that is below 60 degrees, and the humidity level should be 60% or less. This is recommended by Oregon State University Seed Laboratory, and even if it is far cooler and drier than that, the seeds will survive.
Adding on, if you had been planning to store seeds, it is best to choose the best of the lot at any store. Purchase seeds that have a far expiration date and these should last long. Also, pick up high-quality seeds as they will again stay potent for a longer time.
By high quality, we mean seeds that have less than 0.5% weed. Also, the chaff or dirt present in the pack should be less than 2%. The presence of other crops should also not be more than 2%. If the seeds meet these criteria, then you should have a pack of healthy seeds.
Factor That Could Prevent Proper Growth
You might have purchased the best seeds and checked the date twice before buying. There are still chances that the seeds may not work properly after a year. The bag might have been tightly sealed, and the planting directions may have been given. In such cases, it can get very frustrating.
If the grass on your porch is not growing well, there could be certain reasons behind it. Read on to know all about them.
Less Sunlight
Most grass seeds need direct exposure to sunlight to grow well. They need to be placed under the sun for at least 3 hours every day. This would lead to good growth. However, if your seeds are planted in the shade, they may refuse to grow well or may take a lot of time to germinate.
To deal with such cases, it is best to opt for seeds of different variants that can grow in the shade. We would suggest that you first try out with a handful of seeds to see if they grow. If the seeds germinate, buy the same variant otherwise try out something else.
Cold Temperature
Cold weather can stop the growth of grass completely. Grass generally needs at least a soil temperature of 55 degrees to begin growing. Anything colder than that can prevent growth altogether. The air temperature needs to be at 60 degrees consistently. A higher temperature will not be a problem, but a lower one will be.
So, it would help if you were careful about the time of the year when you plant them. If they are planted too early, the seeds will not germinate and sit on the ground. This will not necessarily kill all the seeds, but many could be damaged by the time the temperature rises.
We would recommend waiting till the early days of summer before you plant them. Take a few days to see if the temperature is stable.
Wet Soil
Yes, the grass needs to get water regularly in order to grow well. But too much of it may destroy them. Make sure that water does not flood the area, or it does not settle on the surface. That would mean the seeds rotting or decaying away.
It is best to grow them after the rainy season. If you are planting it in the spring, ensure that you do it after heavy downpours are over before planting them. Water your seeds lightly every day, and that should provide them with enough to grow well.
How To Know If Grass Seed Is Still Good?
Before you go on to buy new seeds for the garden, it is best to try and see if your old seeds will still germinate. Follow the process below to see if they are alive and in a condition to grow.
Dampen a paper napkin and keep in a cup.
Fill up the cup with an inch of water.
Now, sprinkle your seeds in the cup. Make sure they fall on the napkin itself.
Create a greenhouse effect by covering the cup with plastic. For this, you can use a plastic bag.
Keep a watch on the napkin and ensure that it is moist at all times.
Leave the cup under the sun.
Once this is done, leave it for 12-14 days, and you should see the seeds germinate. If they do not show any development, then you will need to buy new seeds.
On the other hand, you can also understand if the seeds have expired by just looking at them. Some seeds will show you obvious signs that they cannot be planted.
Look for discoloration and any fungi growth on the body. These are initial signs of decaying seeds. Also, check if they have become damp and are sticking to each other. That could also be another sign of damage.
The Best Way To Sow Seeds
Grass seeds need a good and healthy start to begin the process of germination. We suggest that you should water the seeds daily twice a day in the beginning. Continue doing this till germination and make sure that the topsoil is always moist. But remember not to apply excess water at one time. This would only lead to waterlogging, and that could be fatal for the seeds.
Once germination begins, you can shift to watering the area once a day. Again, this depends on the type of climate. If your area is very dry or the sun rays are very strong, then it is best to continue watering twice daily.
As the grass grows above a height of 3 inches, mow it. The mowing will remove excess grass and will ensure that they grow well.
Now you need to make sure that the seeds do not dry out at any point. Do not cover them up with straws that might lead to the growth of weed, which you do not need. On the other hand, cover the top with a layer of soil. This thin layer will keep the seeds hydrated and will provide a warm and moist environment.
Seeds that date back to 2-3 years can also be used if they have been stored well. If you are using old seeds, try out with a few to see if they germinate. Then only plant the rest of them.
Final Words
It is better to spend a little extra to ensure that you buy a high-quality bag of seeds. Why? Because it works well and can be stored for a longer period. The leftover seeds need to be sealed properly and stored. So, it is best to keep them in any dark and cool cupboards with good airflow.
Good seeds can last for 3-5 years if stored properly, but remember that the effectiveness will reduce every year. You will have to use more seeds to cover the same area if you are using older ones.
Test them indoors before you actually plant them outside. Follow the process that we have mentioned above, and you’ll have nothing to worry about.
With this, we will take our leave. Let us know if you have any further concerns. Until next time!
If you've just built a shed in your backyard and are wondering how to protect it best, installing a gutter might not instantly come to mind. Nonetheless, it's crucial.
Most larger sheds come with gutters installed or built into them. However, smaller sheds which you build as a DIY project may not always have a gutter. You might be wondering if it's important to install one and how to best get it done.
To answer all your questions, we have made this comprehensive guide telling you all you need to know about it. Long story short - Yes, your shed needs a gutter. It is not only important for your shed, but also its surrounding area.
Keeping water away from your shed and its surrounding is essential. Moreover, if you live in an area that gets medium to heavy rainfall, a gutter for your shed is imperative.
So without further ado, let's dive right in!
Do Sheds Need Gutters ?
Reasons To Install A Gutter For Your Shed
If you have a shed in your backyard, installing a gutter can be a quick and easy process. All you need are the right tools and some technical expertise. You can also call in a professional to do the job for you.
Here are some telltale signs to look out for, telling you that your shed needs a gutter:
Soil Erosion
Sure, water is good for plants and the soil, but excessive rainwater can do more damage than good. One of the first signs to keep an eye out for is soil erosion in and around the area where your shed is built.
Notice if the soil around the area is moving away from specific places or if you can see bald spots. Also, keep an eye out for exposed roots or sediments collecting in unnatural areas. This is a clear sign of rainwater cascading down your shed's roof and oversaturating the soil around it.
When this continues to happen for an extended period, it can damage the foundation of the shed. The structure may be destabilized over time, tilt at an angle, or sink in certain spots.
Rotting Foundation
Typically sheds are made of wood. When rainwater continues to collect and pool around the foundation of your shed's structure, it can cause extensive damage over time. In the case of wooden sheds, you might notice the foundation starting to rot or grow mold and mildew.
If your shed is not built of wood, then you might not necessarily notice rotting. However, there are other telltale signs to look out for - such as the growth of mold, fungus, and mildew. You can also look out for splashes of dirty water and soil or the color of the shed fading where the water hits it.
Eventually, the rotting foundation will cause severe damage to the structural integrity of the shed. By then, it will be too late, and you might need to replace the structure altogether.
Interior Water Damage
Standing pools of water, color fading, and rotting wood are signs which are evident and superficial. However, interior water damage caused by rainwater or excessive humidity can take time to show up.
Typically, once you notice the signs of interior water damage, it is already too late. In these cases, you will need to call in professional help to repair and replace your shed and its accessories. Interior water damage can be extensive, and it is best to avoid it at the earliest.
What Are The Options?
Fortunately, you can choose from a variety of options for gutters for your shed. Depending on how large your shed is, the weather and climate of where you live, the amount of rainfall you receive, and your budget, you can choose from the following options.
Vinyl
These are easy to install, safe, and very cheap. However, they are not the most durable option.
Aluminum
They are the most common kind of material used for gutters for sheds. They come in a variety of shapes, sizes, and colors.
Wood
Wood shed gutters are not very common, and as you can guess, relatively harder to maintain. However, people choose wood for their shed gutters because they are super aesthetic and also long-lasting.
Mini Gutter
As the name suggests, these are a miniature version of the life-size gutters mentioned above. They are a common choice for smaller shed designs and are relatively easy to install, clean, and maintain.
Clamp-On Gutter
This option is being used more often now as people want to have the opportunity to clamp-on or remove their gutters. This kind of shed gutter is easy to install, cheap and can be maintained easily.
DIY Shed Gutters
The last option could be to build your own shed gutter at home. This is also quite a popular choice among those who don't want to explore the possibilities mentioned above. You can use wood, PVC pipes, aluminum panels, and other waterproof material to build your own shed gutter.
Tips To Keep In Mind
When considering a gutter for your shed, there are a few things to keep in mind. Here are some tips:
Regularly clean the leaves, water, and debris from the gutter.
Angle your gutter so that it slopes toward the water butt.
Collect recycled rainwater for later use.
Use good quality waterproof material for DIY projects.
Sheds Are Great, Should You Build One?
Wherever we go and ask, sheds are simply insanely practical, regardless of shape, size, gutter or no gutters, all homeowners are happy and proud of their shed.
It provides ample storage and a certain security for your equipment, garden tools, household items, lawnmowers, bikes, you name it; whatever you need, it’s there for you.
A home on the ground is simply incomplete without such a space, you need that exterior storage that a shed provides, even if it's just a broom, things need to be organized and the best part is that it’s inanely easy to build one as well. In most cases, sheds do not require planning permission and if one is enthusiastic enough, with a shed plan and some basic tools, one can do it himself.
You don’t have to take our word for it though, just browse around and you will find your tutorials, your plans and absolutely everything you need to get started right away, it just takes determination.
Final Words
When looking for the right gutter for your shed, remember to consider all your options.
While some options may look more aesthetic than others, their long-term functionality matters the most. It is always best to have some professional help if you are not entirely sure about building a gutter yourself.
That being said, there is no harm in opting for a DIY shed gutter. We hope you are successful in your attempt!
Range hoods in the kitchen are essential for keeping the kitchen SMOKE-FREE and maintaining good air quality within the home.
This is usually done by sucking smoke and blowing it out through an outside vent. But the big question is, "do range hoods have to be vented outside?"
Actually, it depends on the range hood you're using at home, specifically if it's a ducted range hood or ductless range hood.
But that's just the tip of the iceberg. There are still more things to consider when installing range hoods at home. Several factors would change the answer to your ultimate question: "do range hoods have to be vented outside?"
So keep reading, and we'll tell you everything we know!
Can You Install a Range Hood Without an Outside Vent?
Do range hoods have to be vented outside? This is the most common question we get, especially among homeowners worried about spending too much time installing ductwork.
Here's a quick answer to this query: YES, you can install range hoods without an outside vent. But this is only when you go with DUCTLESS range hoods (a.k.a. recirculating range hoods).
Ductless range hoods don't need an outside vent or ductwork to do their job. Hence, it can be installed and used in any home and apartment.
Since you don't need to install ductwork, you can simply mount the ductless range hood to your wall, ceiling above the island, or under the cabinet.
But if there is no outside vent, where does the smoke go? We're certain you're also curious to know the answer.
As we all know, range hoods absorb smoke to improve kitchen ventilation.
Unlike a ducted range hood that sucks and blows the air off, ductless models utilize a carbon filter or mesh filters with activated carbon to clean the contaminated air.
Once cleaned, it will recirculate air back into your kitchen. This is the reason why ductless hoods are also called recirculating range hoods.
Ducted Range Hoods vs Ductless Range Hoods: The Differences
There are many key differences between ducted and ductless range hoods. These factors might alter your thoughts on which range hood you should get for your home.
To help you choose, let's make a ducted vs. ductless range hood face-off! Learn their differences here to help you choose the best range hood for better air circulation.
Efficiency and Performance
This is probably the most basic information to consider, and we've already discussed this in the previous section.
As we all know, a ducted range hood is a type that requires a vent/duct. It absorbs the smoke and expels it through an external vent.
A ductless range hood, on the other hand, doesn't need a vent to clean the air. Instead, it uses layers of carbon or charcoal filters to cleanse the air.
Performance-wise, vented range hoods are more efficient in cleansing kitchen air, promoting better airflow and air quality in the home.
This is because it eradicates cooking odors and cooking fumes, unlike recirculating range hoods that recycle the "cleansed air" back.
Frequency of Use
Regarding the frequency of use, ducted range hoods work better if you're likely to spend a lot of time cooking. If you're looking forward to long hours in the kitchen, vented range hoods are the way to go.
This is also the case if you're using a gas range at home and are likely to do high-heat cooking, grilling, and deep-frying.
This is because vented range hoods are MORE EFFICIENT in removing smoke, cooking fumes, and odor.
But, if you're not fond of cooking, a recirculating hood should suffice for your needs. This is also true if you're utilizing electric stoves because these produce less heat, thus producing fewer fumes from burning gas.
Price
As for the price, ducted hoods appear to be MORE EXPENSIVE compared to ductless hoods.
The price likely varies depending on the size and materials of the ducted hood you wish to buy. Installing ductwork would also add to the cost if ducting is not yet available in your home.
But, despite its pricey initial investment, the ongoing cost to maintain ducted hoods is minimal.
On the other hand, ductless hoods are more expensive in the long run because you need to replace the mesh or charcoal filter from time to time.
Size
If you're living in a small home or apartment, you are free to choose from ducted and ductless models. However, if you have a massive kitchen, the only option is vented range hoods.
A ducted range hood size is customizable and can fit in tight and wide spaces. On the contrary, a ductless range hood follows a more STANDARD SIZING and better suits small houses.
Why a Ducted Range Hood is Better than Ductless Range Hoods
There are many reasons why a ducted range hood works better than a ductless model. But for this article, let's sum it up into four:
Versatile
For one, ducted hoods are more versatile than ductless hoods. These allow you to work with different types of cuisine, as they efficiently remove smoke and grease in the home while you're cooking.
You also have to worry less when slow-cooking dishes because a ducted hood can suck up the dirty air and prevent grease buildup compared to recirculating hoods.
Cost-Effective
A ducted or ductless hood is an excellent investment, ideally lasting up to 10 years. However, a ducted one is more practical if you're looking forward to CUTTING COSTS.
Price-wise, a ducted hood is more expensive upfront. But, on the flip side, it is more cost-effective than a recirculating range hood in the long run because it's cheaper to maintain.
You'll only need to purchase a replacement hood if your current range hood is already worn out to ensure that it has enough power for maximum efficiency.
Easy to Maintain
As previously mentioned, most range hoods ideally last up to 10 years. However, in terms of maintenance, a ducted hood is much better than a ductless hood.
With ductless hoods, you'll need to replace the charcoal filters, along with the mesh and baffles filters, after a few months.
Additionally, since ductless hoods have less energy and power, they can easily capture grease and oil and might build up quickly on the surface.
On the contrary, a ducted vent hood efficiently removes and expels the contaminated air through a duct. Hence, you don't need to clean it as often.
Powerful Performance
A ventless hood can only produce up to 600 CFM, unlike ducted hoods that can be as powerful as 2000 CFM. Hence, if you wish to have a more reliable kitchen hood, invest in a higher CFM range hood.
Avid cooks who are likely to use gas stoves over electric ones might need to take advantage of powerful range hood insertsto keep the kitchen air clean.
Should I Replace My Ductless Range Hood with a Vented Range Hood?
You must consider many factors before replacing your recirculating range hood with models that are vented outside.
You should consider your budget, kitchen layout, building codes in your state, and contaminant build-up. Allow us to discuss each.
Budget
Remember that in every home renovation project, you'll need to spare some cash to materialize the plan. If you're using a recirculating hood, you'll need to install ductwork at home, costing around $200 to $500.
The price depends on the size, material, and complexity of the installation.
Kitchen Layout and Building Codes
Electric work or studs in the wall might make it difficult (or even impossible) to install a vented hood. You have to ensure that there are NO OBSTRUCTIONS to the site where ductwork must be installed.
Additionally, certain areas won't allow installing a ducted vent hood. In most cases, apartment complexes prefer ductless hoods over ducted ones, unlike residential areas.
To help you with this, ask a contractor if your area is suitable for a vented range hood.
Contaminant Build-up
If there is too much grease that builds up near heat sources over time or cooking odors are not eliminated efficiently, it's likely that your range hood is NOT powerful enough.
In cases like this, ductless hoods wouldn't suffice in maintaining clean air. So, switching to ducted hoods is more ideal.
Do Range Hoods Have To Be Vented Outside FAQs
Here are some related questions you might also ask regarding our topic:
How Do I Convert a Ductless Hood into a Ducted Range Hood?
YES, but on a case-to-case basis. Convertible hoods feature a port to install a duct that can be vented outside.
Some models have an opening that allows you to easily connect the duct any time you want, while others feature removable panels.
On the other hand, you can turn your vented hoods into ductless ones with a recirculating kit, which includes a stainless steel vent and charcoal filters.
A kitchen hood is an essential appliance to maintain clean air at home, as it helps eliminate hot air, odor, and harmful pollutants, like formaldehyde and carbon monoxide.
While choosing between one type over the other is quite confusing, you must understand that both have advantages and disadvantages.
We suggest you choose the one that suits your needs, budget, and home situation. Always consider these essential factors before deciding the best model for you.
Like all perishable goods, pool test kits expire after a certain period. If a pool test kit doesn’t come with an expiration date, we recommend discarding the bottle 180 days after you have opened it.
Pool test kits have become an important part of a swimming pool store supply since you can check the quality of the pool water before diving in. For instance, if the swimming pool has high chlorine levels, it alters the pH level of the water, making it more acidic. This can cause skin and eye irritation while proving extremely uncomfortable.
In this guide, we have discussed everything you need to know about pool test strips.
Can Pool Testing Reagents Go Bad?
Pool test reagents go bad because they have a limited shelf life, but they can last longer than regular pool test strips. Normally, pool test strips last for a few months till they become unusable.
Many pool contractors claim that chemicals can last for almost two years without getting expired. But there are a few factors that can reduce the lifespan of testing chemicals, which are as follows:
While storing them in large bottles, make sure the bottles are clean
Prevent dust and contamination to maintain the chemistry of the pool test reagents
Check the expiration dates of the test kits to make sure you are purchasing the newest kits
Don’t leave the testing kit in the wrong conditions, such as high humidity, moisture, etc.
Low-quality or cheap test reagents don’t last long.
Keep pool test strips away from direct sunlight
Can You Use Expired Pool Test Strips?
Once the test strips cross the expiration date printed on the box, you should immediately discard the box to buy a new set of test strips. Old strips also tend to break apart if you dip them in water.
One of the best ways to determine if the pool test strips are expired is when they provide inaccurate test results. Usually, an expired, or defective test strip will show no sign of changes whenever it comes in contact with the sample water. However, many pool owners are not aware of this fact, and end up adding excess chemicals that can ruin the chemistry of the water.
Tips To Prolong Shelf Life Of Pool Testing Chemicals
There are a few ways by which you can make the pool test kits last longer.
For instance, one of the most important rules of preserving pool test strips is to store them at room-temperature. Since most pool testing chemicals are extremely sensitive to heat and freezing conditions, external conditions can prevent them from testing accurately.
If you are storing the pool test strips in bottles, we recommend sealing them properly so that air and moisture can not filter in. Since all test strips are extremely sensitive to water, the slightest presence of humidity can activate them and render them useless for further use.
Lastly, you should avoid mixing used test strips and drops with fresh units as they can contaminate the other kits and cause them to lose their accuracy.
In general, most pool testing kits can be very expensive, which makes stocking them extremely tough. But you can prepare a DIY home kit by dicing a red cabbage into small shreds and letting them soak in boiling hot water. This will cause the red cabbage shred to lose some pigmentation which will get absorbed by the water.
You can use this solution to test the chlorine and pH level of different samples by comparing the change in the sample’s color with a pH color chart.
Can A Pool Test Kit Be Used For An Aquarium?
Most aquarium hobbyists wonder - can a pool test kit be used on an aquarium to keep the fish healthy by testing for the pool’s chemicals. Pool test kits are designed to give accurate results for a water sample, so you can use them to test the water quality of an aquarium.
If you maintain the right pH levels, your fish will be healthier and develop brighter colors. Similarly, you can use the pool test kit to determine if the water quality is ideal for growing aquatic plants.
Do Pool Test Kits Expire Conclusion
Before signing off, here are a few common mistakes you should avoid while storing pool test kits.
When it comes to storing pool test chemicals and strips, you should always make sure that the storage unit complies with the current safety and fire code to prevent accidents. Another factor you should keep in mind while storing the pool test chemicals is to keep them away from extreme temperatures.
Accidentally exposing the chemicals to high temperatures can trigger them to react and cause severe damage to your property.
Tip
While storing pool test strips, you should ensure the room is dry and cool as excess moisture in the room can cause the strips to give inaccurate test results later on.
We were taught at a young age that water boils at an energy of 100 degrees Celsius, or 212 degrees Fahrenheit, and that's still true!
But kettles boil and heat liquids at different temperatures, depending on a few factors. Factors like the power of heat and material are things to consider when you want to buy a kettle.
If you're curious to learn how differently each kettle can heat water, read on to learn more!
Do All Kettles Boil Water to the Same Temperature?
Many factors affect how kettles boil water, tea, coffee, and other liquids. Atmospheric pressure, the temperature of the air, and elevation are among the external factors.
When it comes to the kettle itself, its size and material determine the right temperature at which a kettle will heat water.
The larger diameter of a kettle translates to more surface area where heat is supposed to spread across.
This means that even when two kettles are made of the same material and use the same surface, the kettle with a larger surface will take longer to heat water than the smaller one.
Different metals also have varying thermal conductivity rates. A kettle made of one type of metal can transfer heat much faster than another, even if they measure the same surface area.
What Materials Are Different Kettles Made Of?
Kettles heat water differently depending on the type of metals or material they are made of. Check out the best electric kettles for your home or office.
Let's find out how they contrast from each other:
Steel
Steel is a form of alloy made of iron and carbon. This combination makes steel a strong material in many kitchen appliances, including kettles.
Steel also conducts more heat and keeps hot tea or water, making it a reliable material for any hot-temperature liquid. Plus, steel is the most sustainable. It is reused and recycled all the time.
The only downside is steel tends to rust due to its high iron content, making it dangerous to heat water consistently.
Stainless Steel
The difference between steel and stainless steel is the latter has at least a 10.5% chromium content that reacts with oxygen, resulting in a protective layer making it resistant to rust.
That is why most kettles are made of stainless steel, aside from their quick heating and heat retention abilities in temperature.
This kettle is known to last longer, is easy to maintain, and does not absorb residual odors and flavors. Plus, they are lightweight and add a classic polished look to your kitchen countertop.
Cast Iron
Cast iron is another strong material used in making electric kettles. However, because they tend to rust, they may not be the healthiest kettle for heating water or tea.
It heats liquids well and boils well, making it a good material for warm-temperature liquids!
However, If you do not regularly clean your cast iron kettle, you might experience an unpleasant aftertaste in your hot beverages.
Silver
Silver is another good conductor of heat. But compared to other materials, they're not the sturdiest.
Silver heats and boils water well, hence why it is one of the more popular materials to use when producing equipment.
A silver kettle may look nice and shiny but is prone to scratches when not handled carefully. Plus, silver can be very expensive!
Aluminum
Aluminum is used for cans, kitchen utensils, and many other products, including a kettle.
With how well aluminum conducts heat and boils water, it is no surprise that the material is often a popular choice for manufacturers!
Water boils fast in an aluminum kettle. This metal is resistant to rust, scratches, and stains. They are lightweight and easy to handle too.
Copper
Kettles heat water faster in copper than aluminum, even when pouring cold water into the kettle.
This means it even boils better than aluminum! In addition, Copper does not contain iron either, so it does not rust.
Glass
Glass is a popular option used to make an electric kettle. Most kettles are made with tempered glass or borosilicate glass.
Glass kettles are great at tolerating high heating up to 170 degrees Celsius. And generally, they heat water faster.
Aside from that, glass kettles are dishwasher-safe, easy to clean, and not prone to limescale build-up.
The only downside is they are more fragile and are likely to break and shatter. So best be extra careful when pouring!
Why Are Some Kettles Hotter Than Others?
As the kettle boils, those with a stainless steel outer reach a hotter temperature fast. So keep your kids out of the kitchen!
Other factors that might affect how hot your kettle gets as you pour water out:
If your kettle is pre-heated before you fill it with cold water for boiling
The volume of water in your kettle
If you've allowed your kettle to cool down in between uses
Other than a kettle's capacity to boil hot water, you might be curious to find out why kettles make noise too.
Do Kettles Heat the Water Evenly?
Kettles heat tea or water evenly through convection. The principle of convection means water heats up in a circular pattern around its base.
As the water or tea heats up in a pot or kettle, it rises to the top and then sinks back down, causing a continuous cycle of heating throughout the interiors of the kettle.
The longer you keep the water to a boil, the more pressure increases, and more energy is created to distribute the heat uniformly.
What Are the Different Temperatures to Remember When Boiling Water?
Various factors affect how boiled water or tea is achieved. These factors include elevation, atmospheric pressure, and air temperature.
At sea level, which is an elevation of zero feet, the boiling point of water is 100 degrees Celsius, or 212 degrees Fahrenheit. This is the normal case.
As elevation and air pressure increase, the boiling point of water drops. For example, if you are 1,000 feet above sea level, water will boil at a different temperature of 194˚F.
This is usually true in a high-altitude area with less oxygen and more air pressure. Water boils at a lower temperature than normal.
In other cases, water will take much longer to boil when the cold temperature drops below the freezing point. That's, of course, the ice crystals that are reducing the heat.
How Do I Know When the Water Has Reached the Boiling Point?
Once you've filled up your kettle with water or tea and you switch the kettle on, it will only take minutes for it to boil.
The easiest way to know if tea or water has reached its boiling point is to measure the temperature of the hot water with a thermometer.
The boiling point is the right temperature at which your water or tea begins to bubble and create steam.
This happens as the molecules transfer more energy to each other. This energy transfer creates air pressure
A few things can happen when a kettle boils water that you can observe:
Bubbles forming
Water turns into gas or steam
The vapor pressure of the water is equal to its surrounding air pressure
The temperature of the water no longer increases
When the pressure increases inside the kettle, the water molecules will turn into a gas at a certain temperature. At this point, the temperature of the liquid stops increasing.
Water will boil, and the steam eventually gets trapped. This creates more energy on the water molecules wanting to escape.
What Is the Desired Temperature for Water to Be Used for Tea and Coffee?
Temperature control is crucial for a cup of brewed drink to taste its best! A different temperature will yield a different flavor.
For instance, black tea leaves are best hot between 160˚F and 190˚F.Green tea should be brewed for only a few minutes and at a temperature of 160˚F. Others prefer to have their tea hotter at 175˚F for only a full minute.
Regarding coffee, the ideal water temperature for extraction is between 195°F and 205°F.
However, you might need to raise or lower the temperature of your brew depending on your coffee flavor preference.
A lighter roast needs a slightly higher temperature. This extra heat helps speed up the extraction process.
A darker roast should have a lower temperature. This allows the kettle to avoid over-extraction and bitter flavors.
Check out these best small electric kettles for your convenient tea and coffee-making!
Kettles Boil At Different Temperatures FAQs
We’ve got you covered with FAQs on whether or not a kettle’s temperature varies in specific circumstances. Check these out!
Does Water Always Boil at 100 Degrees Celsius?
Can a kettle boil water at 100 ˚C at all times and places? No. The temperature at which a kettle can heat water will depend on its air pressure at different altitudes.
From Mount Everest to the Dead Sea, water’s boiling point will vary from just below 70 ˚C to over 101 ˚C.
Why Does Tap Water Not Boil at 100 Degrees Celsius?
For pure water to boil at sea level, your kettle must heat to 100 °C. Tap water, however, has many impurities, including microbial and organic contaminants in the water.
You may even find chlorine and fluoride too. These, taken in large quantities, can be toxic.
Impurities present in any liquid will raise its boiling point. Thus, it will take a temperature of more than 100 °C to boil tap water in a kettle.
So that's that! It is a given fact that there is no one perfect temperature when water boils. Its temperature will vary as to the altitude of where you are heating your water.
And in case you can't test the exact temperature of your hot water, remember that as it starts to have bubbles, you're close to its point of boiling.
It's about time to pour hot beverages!
A range hood is an essential appliance if you're in need of an air ventilation system in the kitchen.
You might be wondering, "What is a range hood?" and "Do I need a range hood?"
Here's everything you need to know about the range hood and if you need one for your house.
A range hood is an appliance that captures cooking grease, steam, and smoke. It can either filter and clean the contaminated air in the room or vent it out.
These types of appliances are mounted directly above your kitchen range or cooktop to immediately capture said fumes.
While you may feel that it's just a fan in practice, it has a hood that makes it blend in with and accentuate your space. It can also include lights to help you cook and to improve your cooking experience.
What Do Range Hoods Actually Do?
Range hoods work by sucking upany grease, fumes, heat, and smoke when you cook or grill your food.
The range hood and exhaust should match the output of your gas stove or electric stove to properly eliminate contaminated air.
Whenever you're cooking with heat, it's bound to release gas, steam, smoke, and fumes into the air. These carry odors that can stick to walls and furniture.
A range hood lets you efficiently vent these odors to keep the air in your kitchen air clean and pure. While it may seem like just a fan, it's a great help when it comes to the cooking process and cleanup.
Still asking, "Do I need a range hood?" Not to worry. It has even more benefits.
Benefits of a Range Hood
The best range hoods are designed for more than just the smoke and fumes of cooking.
Grease can also splatter around when you cook with heat, especially frying. You already have many things to clean up after when you cook.
A range hood has enough power to include grease when sucking up air, giving you fewer things to worry about when you cook or clean.
It doesn't just keep the air quality at its best and ensures that the rest of your kitchen remains pristine compared to when you don't have a hood.
Different Types of Range Hoods
There are different types to consider when finding the best range hood. It can depend on how you cook, how you can install it into your room, and more.
These are the two types of range hoods you can choose from.
Ductless Range Hood
This type of range hood is one of the most versatile options for any kitchen.
These ductless models are not connected to any exterior ducts. Instead, it finds a self-contained way of cleaning and filtering the air.
When you cook, it sucks up the air and uses an interior carbon or charcoal filter to clean the air and circulate it back into your home.
Ducted Range Hoods
This type of range hood is connected to a duct that leads contaminated air out of your home.
It's one of the most efficient, making it the default choice in many households.
However, it can also be pricey and selective of where it can be installed.
Ducted Hoods vs Ductless Range Hoods: Which One is Better?
A ducted range hood is usually preferred over ductless hoods. However, choosing the right type usually depends on your kitchen needs.
Some may require ductless models because of their building's structure or compatibility with ductwork.
Choose a ductless range hood if:
You live in an apartment or condo
You cook around three days a week or less
You want a versatile option for your room
You can't connect it to a duct.
You can't afford a ducted hood
Choose a ducted range hood if:
Your smoke alarm tends to go off while you're cooking on the stove-top
You can connect your range hood to the ductwork
You cook almost every day
You're concerned by the air quality and smoke in your home
You like cooking food with strong smells
If you're not sure which type is best for your room or house, it's best to ask the local authorities or landlord for help.
Do I Need a Range Hood?
At this point, if you're probably still asking, "Do I need a range hood?" The answer is most likely yes.
Whether cooking on a gas or electric stove, you will be working with heat. Steam and smoke will inevitably come with it.
On top of that, some building codes may also require vent hoods to keep the complex up to code and standard.
How to Choose a Range Hood for Your Home?
Now that you know how to determine if you need a range hood, you might be wondering how to choose the best one for your kitchen.
These include how to install a range hood, the best size range hood you need, or how to maintain its venting features to keep your kitchen clean.
These are the things to consider to help you know how to correctly choose these types of appliances and install them in your kitchen.
Size and Mounting
How do you know what size range hood to get?
You can compute this based on where your stove is located. If you're mounting it to a wall, it should be 3 inches beyond your stove.
It should be larger by 3 to 6 inches if you have it above an island.
There are four ways to mount a range hood:
Under cabinet: These are mounted if cabinets are directly above your stovetop.
Wall: These can be mounted against walls with their duct head directly connected to your house's chimney.
Insert/liner: A range hood insert is installed by mounting it into the available hood on top of a gas stove. It can be made of copper, stone, or wood.
Kitchen island: These hang down directly from the ceiling just above the island cooktop.
The size and mounting usually depend on your kitchen's layout and exhaust.
Ventilation and Filters
When choosing a range hood, consider how it will clean the air or lead it out of your home. This can greatly depend on where you live.
If your range hood works with a filter, there are two types to consider, depending on the type of range hood and the maintenance that goes with it.
Mesh Filter: This filter traps grease into the mesh, which needs to be cleaned regularly to prevent any restrictions.
Baffle Filter: This filter catches any grease and traps them into a removable tray.
These filters are usually dishwasher safe and can be easily cleaned to keep the ventilation and kitchen air clean.
Power and Noise
You'll need a range hood with enough power to manage the smoke and odor from your pots and pans. The power is measured in cubic feet per minute (CFM).
The power of your hood can depend on how you cook and the types of stoves you use in the process.
An electric range top usually requires 100 CFM per 10 inches of width, while a gas stove depends on the maximum number of BTUs divided by 100.
A professional level hood usually requires more CFM, going above 900. It's necessary, especially for strong-smelling food and specific cooking techniques, like frying and grilling.
The noise of a range hood can vary. While most local blowers can be quiet, a remote one makes the slightest noise in your home. Finding the right noise level will also depend on where you live.
The best range hood brands can provide a powerful vent hood that doesn't make much noise to function.
Need A Range Hood FAQs
You might have more questions about why you would need a range hood.
We’ve found one of the most common questions to help you further understand them.
Why Is It Important to Get Rid of Cooking Odors?
As mentioned, having a range hood above a gas cooktop or electric stove is one of the best ways to improve air quality and eliminate harsh smells.
While the smell of food may be pleasant, any gas and heat circulating in your home can get overwhelming.
You would need a range hood to make managing odor in your home easier.
A proper range hood is a simple appliance to install in your kitchen, no matter how much you cook.
It's a great way to keep your home clean after working with heat.
Looking for an energy-efficient and cost-effective way to keep cool during the warmer months? Go ahead and install a ceiling fan.
However, there’s a common misconception about the energy consumption of ceiling fans. Do they use a lot of electricity? Well, here’s a hint - not really!
Although some models use more energy than others, they still consume relatively less electricity than coolers and air conditioners. That’s why they’re commonly used by most individuals to enjoy the indulgence of a cool breeze comforting their skin.
Still not convinced? Not a problem; we’re here to provide all the required information on the topic.
Through this guide, we’ll not just discuss how much electricity ceiling fans consume, but we’ll also explain the factors that determine their power consumption. Furthermore, you’ll be gaining valuable insight into the key differences between using an air conditioner and a fan.
So, without further ado, let’s get going!
Do Ceiling Fans Use a Lot of Electricity?
There’s no point in beating around the bush, so let’s get straight to answering the primary question, which forms the basis of this guide - do ceiling fans consume a ton of electricity? No, they don’t!
Ideally, most ceiling fans run at 50-80 watts while costing you around $0.006-$0.01 per hour at $0.12 per kWh. However, the cost of running a ceiling fan largely depends on its speed, how long you use it, and if you’re using lights with it or not.
How Much Electricity Do Ceiling Fans Use?
Now that you know that ceiling fans don’t really consume much energy, we’re sure you’ll be interested in learning how much electricity they actually use. There’s a simple formula for this, but you’ll need to know how many watts your fan requires to operate.
Those with a new fan can easily find its wattage listed on the box it came in. For an older fan, you might be lucky enough to find its user manual lying somewhere around the house. If not, it’s better that you go online to look up the manufacturer and model.
Once you know the wattage, simply multiply the number of watts needed to power the fan with the price per kWh electricity charged by your utility company. Let’s take an example to further our understanding related to this.
For instance, your ceiling fan requires 60 watts to run, while you pay your utility company $0.12 per kWh for electricity. The following calculations will help you determine the electricity usage of your ceiling and the total cost you’ll have to pay.
Per Hour Electricity Consumption
The cost of using the ceiling fan for one hour will be: 60 watts x $0.12 = 7.2
Since we’re calculating in kilowatts, and we know 1 kW = 1000 W. So, you’ll need to divide 7.2 by 1000 = 0.007
Therefore, your ceiling fan will cost you $0.007 for one hour of electricity usage.
Per Day Electricity Consumption
Now, suppose you use your fan on an average of 6 hours per day; a single day’s electricity consumption by the fan will be: 60 W x 6 hours = 360 Wh
You can also easily calculate how much you’ll be charged by your utility company for one day’s electricity consumption. Simply multiply the cost per hour by the average number of hours you use the fan, i.e., 6 hours (as per the example).
So, your ceiling fan will cost you $0.007 x 6 hours = $0.042 per day.
Per Month Electricity Consumption
Taking the average electricity consumption of your ceiling fan as 360 Wh per day, the total electricity usage for the month will be: 360 x 30 = 10800
As we’re calculating KWh, you’ll have to divide 10800 by 1000 = 10.8 KWh. Now, taking 1 KWh as 1 unit, the total energy consumption of your ceiling fan would be 10.8 units.
Finally, we’ll calculate the total amount you’ll be charged for using your fan for a month. For this, you need to multiply the total energy consumption for the month by the price you pay per kilowatt, i.e., 10.8 x $0.12 = $1.3.
To sum up, your ceiling fan will cost you $1.3 per month and $1.3 x 12 = $15.6 for the entire year. So, you can well imagine how cost-effective and energy-efficient these appliances are.
Factors That Determine The Electricity Consumption Of Your Ceiling Fan
As mentioned earlier, the electricity consumption and cost of running a ceiling fan may vary depending on a few factors. In this section, we’ll be briefly highlighting these points to create a better understanding. You may also consider these key factors as tips to help you save more energy and money.
Wattage
It’s quite evident that the fan’s wattage plays a significant role in determining its total energy consumption. And depending on the manufacturer and model, the wattage may vary anywhere between 10 watts to 120 watts or more.
Energy Star Certification
If you’re using an older ceiling fan, it’s time you replaced it with a newer Energy Star certified model. These fans have been designed to consume lesser units of electricity, making them more energy-efficient and cost-saving.
Fans With Light Fixtures
We agree that ceiling fans with light fixtures are extremely attractive and help enhance the contemporary or modern aesthetic appeal of your home decor. However, they aren’t really as energy-efficient as ceiling fans without light fixtures
Even if you do plan on getting a fan with light fixtures, make sure you go for the ones that come with LED light bulbs. Being more energy-efficient, they tend to consume much less electricity compared to traditional incandescent light bulbs.
Ceiling Fan Usage
This is undoubtedly another crucial factor that determines the electricity consumption of your ceiling fan. It’s obvious that the more you use your fan in a day, the energy usage is bound to be higher. But even then, it won’t cost you an exorbitant amount to operate.
However, it’s always advisable to not waste energy or your money for that matter when you can save them. So, make sure you switch off the fan whenever you leave a room to reduce the total electricity consumption along with your expenses.
Ceiling Fans vs. Air Conditioners | Which Is Cheaper & More Energy-Efficient?
Before we talk about electricity consumption and the price differences between ceiling fans and air conditioners, we’d like to discuss their functions.
Now, ceiling fans are powered by electric motors, which help in rotating their blades while uniformly distributing air in the surrounding areas. And as the cool breeze touches your skin, the sweat of your body evaporates to cool you down.
On the other hand, air conditioners use chemicals to eliminate the heat from inside your room to the atmosphere outside. These chemicals convert from gas to liquid and then back to gas at a significantly faster rate to carry out the cooling process.
So, which one of the two appliances is more energy-efficient? Well, on average, a ceiling fan requires 10 to 120 watts of power to operate, while air conditioners need a wattage ranging from 750 to 3500 watts. Seeing the huge difference between the two, we’re sure the answer is self-explanatory.
And of course, the higher the electricity usage, the higher the price. So, as the power consumption of a fan is comparatively lesser than an air conditioner, it’s cheaper to use.
Let’s discuss the costs further in detail now, shall we? Ideally, good ceiling fans would require 30 watts of power to operate. In comparison, any decent air conditioner would need around 1.2 kilowatts of power.
That said, using a 30 W fan for three hours will cost you only around 1 cent, while an air conditioner at 1.2 kilowatts per hour would cost around 14 cents. But even then, people still prefer using air conditioners, especially in warmer climates.
This is because ceiling fans fail to cool the room; instead, they only cool your skin, whereas air conditioners actually lower the temperature of the room. Therefore, keeping your fan running for an extended duration won’t alter the room temperature; it will simply waste electricity, especially when you’re not under the fan.
That’s why people often use the combination of a ceiling fan and air conditioner to cut down expenses on electricity bills.
To sum up, using an air conditioner is an efficient way of cooling your room; at the same time, ceiling fans are the cheapest to use. And to cool your room more efficiently, we’d suggest using a combination of both.
Final Words
There’s no doubt that a ceiling fan helps provide cost-effective cooling! It requires minimum units of electricity to run, costing much less than any air conditioner. However, the ongoing debate on whether an AC unit is more energy-efficient than a fan shouldn’t be ignored.
Through this guide, we’ve tried to address these queries using practical examples and explanations. And we hope that you come across clear-enough reasons that answer the most important question, which forms the basis of this article.
On that note, we have reached the end of this informative guide related to ceiling fans and their energy consumption.
Adding a simple lamp is one of the best ways to complete your rustic-themed room. If you've got a used lantern lying around, consider repurposing it to lamps!
Use a dim yellow bulb to give your room a cozy feel. Paint the outside with your favorite color, and you're done!
You can use wall brackets as base for your lamps. It's one of the best ways to create a unique and simple lampshade at home.
It hardly takes hours to do, and all you need is to screw the brackets to the wall! Hang the light bulb on the bracket, and make sure the wires are covered.
Wood pallets are highly durable and easy to work with. They're highly affordable, and you might even be surprised to find wood pallets given away for free!
Create a unique wood pallet table lamp, and make it feature décor in your room. Sanding the wood is also a good idea so you don't encounter any splinters.
If you chance upon a fallen tree trunk, consider using it as a base for your wood lamp. Creating a trunk lampshade is a good way to mix modern and rustic designs.
Make sure to cut the edge to a size that fits your desk or bedside table. Watch a tutorial to help you sand the edges properly.
Geometric wood lamps are always a good centerpiece for a small room. It's a good conversation starter and takes little effort to do.
All you need are wooden triangles or cutouts, which you can glue together to form a shape. Look for a guide or tutorial to help you properly shape the dimensions.
Consider this wood lamp idea if you want to spruce your lamp with style. Cover the whole lamp shade with thin wood cutouts to transform it immediately!
You can use wood samples for the cutouts to complete this lovely rustic and minimal wood lamp.
Another awesome wood lamp idea is this intertwined fallen tree branch. Grab a few tree branches in your garden, and tie them together until you form a smooth, solid base.
Smoothen the surface until you're sure there are no more splinters. Make sure to watch a tutorial to help you with sanding your wood properly.
Adding frames or shelves is a good idea to liven up your home. You can be as creative as you want with your ideas.
A good idea is to start creating a modern multipurpose shelf and wall lamp in one DIY project. All you need are shelves and your favorite lighting to get started.
Don't throw out your used sunshade slats and upcycle them to be wooden table lamps.
The beauty of using slats is that you can place holes and screws, creating an adjustable lamp. You can use a tutorial to help you position your screws.
This wooden lampshade is perfect for adding warmth and elegance to your room. At a glance, this lamp looks expensive, but it's a project you can DIY immediately.
You only need a wood trunk for the base and attach a lighting system on top. We recommend watching a tutorial on how to attach the cord properly.
This simple lamp looks like an eel swimming. The bulb is the head, and its peaking cord is the body. Crafting this lamp is so easy to do. You don't need a tutorial for it.
However, be careful with how you put the wires together.
This hexagon-shaped lamp is the perfect addition to your office, and you can make it as small or big as you want. Not to mention, it's also a perfect gift idea for your friends!
We highly recommend using black walnut wood for that sleek and clean finish. Finish it off with some varnish, and you're done.
At a glance, this quirky wood lamp looks easy to do. But once you've started this project, you might find that there are little bits and pieces you need to worry about.
Finishing this project requires a tutorial to help you out. But rest assured; you'll finish this lamp successfully.
This lamp and shelving unit is perfect for people looking for a space-saving project. Stick these lamps on a shelf on your wall and a lighting system underneath!
Install the shelf properly, so it doesn't fall from your wall.
Chicken wires aren't just for keeping your chickens in. You can repurpose it and use it as the base of your shade!
You need wooden and wire end rings to attach the wires. Be sure to also have glue so that you're ready. Handle the wires carefully cause they tend to be sharp.
IKEA better make a run for their money once you've figured out how to make this modern wood lamp. It looks unique, yet only requires a few pieces: favorite wood and LED strips.
Watching a tutorial on assembling LED strips will help you a lot.
Transform your geometric candle holder as the cover for your DIY wooden project. This project looks unique and intricate but only requires two components.
Grab a solid wood to use as a base, and ensure it is sturdy enough to support your geometric cover.
One of the most stunning wooden lamps we've seen is made of driftwood, and it's probably the last thing you'd expect.
You can tie a couple of driftwood together and assemble them to be the base of your lamps! Add a neutral tone as the shade, and you will have a dramatic-looking décor.
Stir sticks are often overlooked. You'd hardly think you could use it for lamps! But now that you're here, you know this is a project you can do next.
It doesn't cost a lot, and you only need a couple of stir sticks that can be used to form a shade. Once you're done, you've got an IKEA-looking project!
You might also want to check out a tutorial for plastic spoon crafts for your next project.
If you've got an extra stool lying around you've decided to dispose of, don't! You can use it as the base for your floor lamp.
All you need left is your bulb and a clear glass dome as a cover. Drill the middle of one side of the stool to connect the wiring from the bulb to the socket.
Say goodbye to your usual kitchen lights and trade them for a unique natural wood front lighting system. This project is easy to DIY immediately, and instructions are hardly necessary.
You can use a thick driftwood or a fallen thick tree branch. Hang the lights, and you're ready to install!
This is one of the simplest wooden lamps you can DIY immediately. All you must worry about is cutting your wood to a perfect rectangular shape.
Both the lamp base and shade can sport the same rectangular shape to give it a modern minimalist vibe. Choose a cool-toned material as shade, and you're all set.
The inside of a tree trunk looks stunning, especially the closer it gets to the center. A slab of the trunk can get expensive, depending on the wood you use.
Customize your own tree trunk ceiling light. Trade in your usual chandelier for this awesome DIY project.
Building this DIY table lamp is a lot of fun, but it is certainly tricky. You want to create a cracked illusion in both the base and middle, where the light will be illuminated.
Once you finish this project, you'll overwhelm many friends with this cool DIY lamp.
Who would've thought you could use branches as pin lights? Consider picking them up and bringing them home if you chance upon thick branches.
Create holes with a hollow center to insert the pin lights into the hole.
Wooden Lamp Projects Conclusion
Creating your wood lamp is simple, easy, and will hardly cost you a fortune! You can have your IKEA-looking lamp at home.
Be sure to follow along with your favorite tutorial to help you finish your wood project successfully!
We hope you enjoyed this article. Let us know in the comments which DIY project you decided to create. We'd love to hear about it.
You might also want to check out DIY PVC pipe projects that can get your hands busy.
An old, dirty tire doesn't always have to end up in a landfill.
There are actually many ways to reuse them in and around your home. However, you might not be sure of what to do with your recycled tire or how it can be used to improve your home.
Fortunately, we have a few ideas for turning your used tires into outdoor décor or functional furniture inside your house. All you'll need are a few simple tools and a spark of creativity to make that happen.
We've gathered the best DIY tire projects to give you some ideas on how to reuse an old tire and make it functional again.
48 DIY Tire Projects to Reuse Old Tires
There are many ways to reuse an old tire. Depending on the procedures involved, it can be a personal tire craft or a fun family project.
We've collected a few colorful and easy DIY ideas to inspire you to recycle those old tires. Finding DIY instructions online for these crafts should be easy.
Here are 48 DIY tire crafts you can try out for your home.
One of the common ways to reuse old tires is to turn them into something the kids can play with. Try turning it into a tire totter for your backyard, and your kids will have fun for hours on end.
All you'll need is half a tire, a few pieces of wood, and bolts to create this DIY project. Paint it with bright colors to make it more eye-catching and vibrant.
If you have a few plants, you may want to try turning your tires into a recycled tire planter. Using your tire as the base is the easiest way to do this.
This design is best used for vines that need a good base to creep up on a structure.
It's amazing what an old tire can be to our furry friends. If you have a pet puppy, you can try making a dog bed for them, especially since its shape is similar to traditional style dog beds.
This alternative can be cheaper than the most affordable dog bed, giving your dog a comfortable place to stay.
Depending on the design you have in mind, you can add a comfy fabric cushion to make it feel more like an actual bed.
The most traditional way to reuse old tires is to turn them into a tire swing. They're usually built to hang on a tree branch to ensure it's sturdy and can handle people's weights.
This project is great for the kids and those at heart.
Another one of the most common DIY tire ideas is furniture, especially ottomans. Creating a rope ottoman will give a more rustic vibe to your home.
You would need a wooden platform for the base of a tire ottoman. Then, you'll have to wrap the rope around the tire. It may take a few hours to work on the wrapping part, but it would be worth it.
Some of the best schoolyard games tend to happen in a sandbox. If you have multiple tires to work with, you can try turning them into a DIY tire sandbox for your kids and their friends.
A tire sandbox is rounded, making it less hazardous for the kids when playing. It's also a unique way of reusing your old tires.
If you have two tires, you can try turning them into a funky upcycled tire table. It's sure to make your living room more attractive. It can also match your other tire furniture pieces.
A tire table can give off many aesthetics, from rustic to retro, depending on how you design it.
You can top it with a craft made from wine bottles for the centerpiece, creating a cohesive, eco-friendly space in your living room.
If you're looking for outdoor furniture, you can use your old tires to make just that.
The principle for indoor furniture is similar. However, if you're looking for a more rugged and outdoor vibe, we recommend exposing most of your tires' original design.
However, you can spray paint it to a color that would best fit your space.
Backyard décor tends to be expensive, especially if you want a wishing well.
Fortunately, you can also make it with used tires, making the project much cheaper. It's also a rustic way of recycling your old tires. You can also add flowers and other elements to make it more unique.
If you want your well to have actual plumbing, you might need to hire a professional to help you with that.
If you're a cyclist or your family has a lot of bikes, having a place to park your bicycles would be ideal.
You'll have to cut the tires in half and attach wood as your bike tires' stopper. You can do this by drilling holes into each tire to secure the wooden planks.
A tire bike stand is one way of reusing your old tires to keep your wheels in place.
Another tire craft that can be great for kids is a tetherball set. You can set it up in your backyard. The outdoor space will be perfect for this activity.
It should take about an hour to complete this tire craft. You'll only need one tire to act as the base of your tetherball, which you can spray paint with bright colors.
One way to show off your bright flowers is to pair them with a flower pot. For large arrangements, you can use tires to display these flowers outdoors.
You can also spray-paint and design them with similar hues to match your flowers.
Using an old tire as a flower pot is a great way to add color and life to your home.
A unique way of hiding your curtain fixtures is to turn an old tire into a valance. It makes for a memorable and eco-friendly addition to your house's interior.
Whether you're a car lover or are going for a more rustic vibe, reusing your old tire for your windows is a great way to keep them out of landfills.
A tractor tire is excellent for recycling because of its size. There are many possibilities when it comes to this item.
One of the more aesthetic tire ideas for this one is a tire pond in your backyard. It can create a relaxing outdoor space for your family and friends to sit around.
That said, the plumbing may require additional help, especially if you have to tap into your water supply.
If you're looking for a different style of tire ottoman, you can try the pastels and patterned style. It's a great way of turning a recycled tire into something adorable.
These tire crafts are fun to work with, especially with their whimsical outcomes.
They're also less time-consuming than the rope ottoman since the tire would only need to be painted instead of having to wrap some rope around it.
If you're looking for an alternative to the classic tire swing, try turning it into a horse. It's a great way to reuse old tires, especially if you have kids.
Like the other swings, ensure that this one is safely tied onto a strong tree branch or stable structure.
If you're sick of the elevated tire seats, why not try a tube seat? It's set on the floor, making them great for staying cozy and curled up on the ground while hanging out with your family.
All you have to do is wrap your recycled tire with colorful yarn. You can add a pillow to make it more comfortable.
Any recycled tire can be turned into a garden pond, adding a lucky water element to your outdoor décor. It can also match your crafts with bamboo or other woodworking projects.
You would have to drill holes in your background to achieve this project. You might also need professional help when it comes to its plumbing.
Another type of chair you can turn your old tire into is a stool. You can paint it in unique colors and add an upholstered cushion to make it more comfortable.
It's great for those who might use this chair while they paint on a canvas or work on other crafts.
A trug or garden basket is a helpful tool to have around when you're working on your background.
Part of a recycled tire can be used to create this tool to help you carry your things around. Drill a hole in each corner and add rope to help you take it everywhere.
Massive tires are best for décor, especially when you're into video games. Turn them into giant mushroom toadstools to make it look like it came straight out of a Super Mario game.
It's a quirky and whimsical way of turning your recycled tires into exterior décor.
As mentioned previously, tire crafts can be a great way of organizing other things in your house. A great example is turning your tires into toy storage for the kids.
They can put all their toys into it. Not only are you keeping the environment clean, but you'll also be teaching kids how to clean up with ease.
You can easily bend some tires and turn them into something new. One way of creating a small storage space using an old tire is by turning it into a pouch.
You can give this pouch as a gift or use it to keep small items safe and secure.
Why use a boring frame for your mirror when you can use the unique textures and designs of one tire? It's best if you use a bike tire for this crafting project.
Replacing your frame with a recycled tire is an excellent way to personalize this furniture piece.
If you love to play volleyball or badminton, you might want to make space for it in your backyard. Using old tires to create concrete tier piers can keep your net in place.
These are a great way to set up your court and get playing in your background.
What can you do with a large used tire, wood screws, a hot glue gun, and a few pieces of plywood?
You can turn it into a wonderful tire shelf to display small items, from toys to little knick-knacks. Choose the exterior paint that will fit your aesthetic.
Taking inspiration from the rope ottoman, wrapping your tire planter with yarn can be a great way to upcycle it and make it more aesthetically pleasing.
It will surely add a cozy, cottage-core feeling to your classic tire planter.
The rubber used for wheels can also be used to tread stairs. You can cut up an old tire and flatten them against the steps instead of buying new ones, which could be expensive.
Make your stairs safer by trying out this crafting work.
Tire Projects FAQs
You may have more questions about DIY projects for recycled tires.
We’ve gathered the most common questions to help with your tire crafts.
Is It Safe to Reuse an Old Tire?
The common concern for recycling an old tire is the chemicals in the plastics and rubber. People think that they are harmful. However, that’s typically not the case.
The simple answer is yes, old tires are safe to use since volatile organic compounds (VOCs) found in tires are usually gassed out by this time.
Can I Clean My Tires for Recycling?
Yes, you can clean your old tires by washing them with water and scrubbing them with soap.
However, if you’re unsure if your tires are safe for recycling, you can take them to a recycling plant instead.
Conclusion
Many tires end up in landfills, which can be extremely dangerous for the environment. Luckily, there are ways for us to keep them out of there.
If you have a few old tires lying around your garage, why not try out one of these DIY ideas?
It is known that wood is usually associated with warmth, coziness, versatility thanks to its beautiful, unique texture for each piece, versatile role it can play in our lives and homes.It is the go to material for furniture building, elegant flooring and delicate crafty decorations. It can be shaped and molded to take any form and serve any function depending on requirement, including today's chosen topic of DIY Wood Wall Decor That Will Cozy Up Your Home In An Instant. You can create wedding signs for a rustic, vintage wedding, gorgeous driftwood for mirror frames, logs slices arranged in a gorgeous wreath and useful creative wooden clocks.Choose your favorite wooden wall decor from the list we have gathered below and start crafting today.
1. DIY Wood Wall Decor- heart wedding sign cut from a wooden pallet
What do you think about our DIY wood wall decor selection? Which on do you prefer? Choose your favorite and express your thoughts on this topic in the comment section below.
A wedding is one of the biggest events in one’s life and we sure want it to be perfect.
In recent times, rustic weddings have gained a lot of popularity and needless to say, they are a treat to the eyes. If you are worried about the budget, we have the perfect solution for you.
Here's a list we have curated where you can find innovative ways to DIY rustic wedding decor. With this guide in hand, enchant your guests with a rustic charm that will blow them away.
The materials we have suggested are readily available, and most things could easily be bought at a dollar store or on Etsy. Get reading and weave your perfect wedding!
DIY Rustic Wedding Decorations
Rustic Floral Ladder Display
Imagine walking into your wedding venue and seeing rustic wooden ladders displayed with your favorite orchids or tulips placed in bunches. The ladder would be painted white to add to the aesthetics while the flowers will be in a contrasting pastel shade. Short blooms will look the best as we do not want extravagant floral arrangements.
Rustic Ceremony Arches
Just when you thought that wooden arbors would look too dull, we have a suggestion for you. Drape the light shaded wood with beige or peach linen and add flowers at regular intervals to bring out the elegance. Shades of white flowers with green leaves can be used to achieve the perfect color balance.
Rustic Bridal Bouquet
The blush, green, and ivory tones look very rustic and would be a perfect fit while making the bridal bouquet. These shades paired with jute strings and white ribbons to tie up the bunch will add to its uniqueness.
Choose a white or beige paper to use for tying and do not go for anything plastic. Anything too glazy would not fit the theme of the party.
Rustic Wedding Escort Cards
Imagine taking your guests by surprise when they are expecting to be handed paper place cards and instead are given beautifully painted stones with their names written in calligraphy.
The stones could be of a dull green or bluish shade while the writing could be in gold etched letters. These stones could be placed on a black background with lighted up scented candles around it to embrace the tranquility and peace that the rustic look emanates.
Simple Rustic Centerpieces
You can go with a very budget-friendly option here. Instead of intricate designer pieces, go for simple glass jars and milk bottles. Place white and pastel-shaded blooms in them. Wrap a jute string around if you wish to, and have something your guests cannot ignore.
Rustic Table Setting
When you are looking to set up tables, do not go for exquisite tablecloths. Sure, they look nice, but the rusticness of the venue would come about better if you leave the tables uncovered. Opt for wooden tables, and it would be great if you would stick to light wooden tones. The shiny china on wooden surfaces is sure to enthrall your guests
Rustic Wedding Menu
Imagine a giant slice of wood placed on a wall near the dining area, where the menu is carved out onto wood. It sounds fascinating, right? That's exactly how it will be if you replace the standard paper menus for each table with one big piece of wood! Also, go for cursive or calligraphic font to write out the list. That would add to the uniqueness of the whole affair.
Rustic Floral Arrangement
Flowers are a wedding's best friend, and we all admit that! The wrong choice of flowers can destroy the whole decor single-handedly. So one should be very careful while choosing the type of blooms to go with.
Also, choose blooms that would survive throughout the wedding and not look stale or dead after a while.
We would suggest that you stick to one color theme or play with two colors where both the shades are light and compliment each other. White would compliment peach, beige, dusky blue, and shades of pastel green.
Rustic Drink Cart
Guests will want to have a drink before the ceremony making the drinks corner an essential deal. What if we replace the drink corner with a white cart? The cart could have decorative wheels, and the top part could be divided into shelves so as to increase the serving area.
If you are on a budget, opt for a simple cart and paint it white. Add a few green or olive branches here and there, and you have a beautiful piece that will leave the guests in awe.
Playing with Appetizers
Once you have a nice drink cart, compliment it with appetizers to go with. You could go for placing finger food on toothpicks and sticking them into fresh grass or fabric topped floral foam.
Place baskets in which you use the material or grass and stick in the finger bites at intervals. Go with items that one can pick up and eat comfortably.
Dessert Spread
People love desserts and will be amazed if you can serve it differently. We would suggest you use round glass cake plates and add a personal touch to it. A few leaves and a single flower tied to the base of a dish will add the much-needed distinctiveness to it. Use a white string if the glass is transparent while go for a jute string if white glass is used.
Another way to serve desserts will be if you do it on white boat-shaped plates. Arrange the plates in concentric circles on a large table with a centerpiece in the middle. This will look extraordinary while it will not raise the costs at all.
Rustic Metal Chairs
What kind of chairs do you usually see at weddings? The ones covered in white with a big bow behind or white lounge chairs, right? Choose something different. Go for industrial metal chairs, and you would not believe the difference it can make. It will add the much needed rustic touch as well as enhance the seating arrangement.
To add an extra touch, do not place seat numbers on the table, instead carve or write the number in calligraphic font on a small piece of wood and hang it behind all chairs. The wood will be hanging behind the chair and will not be a hindrance to anybody sitting down.
Also, use jute strings to tie the wooden pieces and hang them. Jute looks the best while also being an environment-friendly option to go with.
Post Dinner Tit-bits
Keep a refueling station for your guests. Arrange for a fire pit outside where you could keep a smores counter. Make sure you have the classic items, including graham crackers, marshmallows, and chocolate. If you want to make it unique, elevate the snacks with hazelnut spread, molasses, and mint chocolates.
You could keep a pile of cookies too alongside, this wedding theme idea invites guests to sit, have a snack before going back to dancing inside.
The corner will provide for a place where guests can come and chill beside the fire.
Rustic Alcohol Décor
Get big wooden crates and arrange them by placing one on top of another to reach staggering heights. Ask the bartender to display all the fantastic wine bottles and craft beer you are planning to serve.
You can line the crates with sheet moss, which will add greenery to the boxes, thus making it look rustic. You could also add a few bunches of white flowers at the edges of the decoration.
Baby's Breath Wedding Globes
Baby's breath is something that is almost synonymous with weddings. These flower arrangements are not a complicated affair but will add the much-needed touch to the wedding. You will require foam globes, floral wire, and fresh or silk baby's breath, and that's all.
The wedding globes could be hung all around the venue from the beautifully done up ceremony area to the reception area. For when the sun sets, be a little innovative and add fairy lights around these globes. Keep them switched off in the morning while you light them up as dusk falls.
Gorgeous Table Runners
Be it a wedding you are planning outdoors, in a barn or in the traditional way, adding a burlap table runner will instantly lift the decor. You could go for plain wooden tables as we suggested before and add a beautiful table runner to add to the country's vibes.
The table runner could be lined with white lace, which matches the flowers that you use. To keep with the rustic theme, the color of runners could be in earthy tones. Pair it up with the centerpiece you keep on every table, and you are set!
Burlap and Lace Chair Décor
Burlap is the ideal material to use for a rustic themed wedding and imagine burlap combined with white lace. The combination is perfect to use for chair decorations. Instead of the wooden number plates for every table, you could also decide upon this.
All you would need to do is get large burlap bows and tie lace in the center. Write the name or number on the lace, and you have a beautiful art piece to add on to it.
Burlap Cutlery Holder
These make a great addition to the table. Make burlap pockets and put your cutlery inside. You can ask the caterers to do it for you, or you could get them made separately. It is not an expensive affair, and you can pretty well afford it.
Rustic Twig Letter Banner
Twig letters are a great addition to the wedding and would make people wonder in awe looking at the beautiful idea. You basically need to use twigs to create fonts and then stick them on a banner.
You could use these letters to write the bride and groom's name at the entry point, or you could just write 'Love' or something similar which would fit the mood of your wedding and then hang it up near one of the gates.
If you have a hashtag that you have specially created for the wedding, you could also write it down with twigs and place it at different locations around the venue. This will remind the guests to use the hashtag, and they can add it when they are posting pictures from the big day.
Flower Box Cooler
This is an excellent use of wooden flower boxes. You could use the flower boxes in which your blooms arrive and turn them into coolers. Add dry ice into it, and keep your cold drinks and juice cans. The arrangement will look unique and rustic. Try keeping this outside in the lawn or yard for a more significant effect.
In case you do not have flower boxes, they can be made very easily with wooden planks. Get a carpenter to do it, and he can get it made in half a day.
The Mr. and Mrs. Banner
Burlap makes an entry again here with this very lovely and homespun banner that one could put up above the main table at the reception. It is as simple as it gets as you buy a large burlap cloth and paint out the letters in white.
If you think it is looking too dull, paint a few flowers at the corners and hang it in such a place where you could keep flower vases just below it. This would look amazing if you could hang it over a rack. Place decorations on the shelf, and you are good to go.
Mason Jar hanging Aisle Décor
Mason jars have the country look to them already. All you need to do is take pieces of burlap or pretty lace and tie it around the middle. Add a few twigs and leaves or flowers and stick them to the lace. Now place flower bunches inside the jars and top it with a piece of twine on top.
You have got a masterpiece which you could hang around the venue. Guests would not be able to figure out how easy it was to make them, yet they will look like a thousand bucks! This could also be used as a table decoration at the reception dinner.
Homemade Rustic Wedding Wishing Tree
This tree is meant to add to the rustic décor and inspire guests to leave a note or cash as they please. The wishing tree is very easy to make with a long branch cut from a tree. Remove all the leaves, and you have a branch base in your hand.
Now you can hang tiny envelopes and cards which the guests could fill with their message, a note showing love and maybe add money with their words. Place the branch in a wooden frame and attach it so as it does not come off. Place this near the entry so as it is one of the first objects that guests notice on arriving.
DIY Rustic Driftwood Candelabra
Ever thought of using driftwood to enhance your décor? Well, it is time to try it out, and you are in for a surprise. Take a piece of driftwood, add some moss and fern on it, and attach a few tall candles. This would make a fantastic centerpiece, or you can even hang it at places. Light up the candles and let the glow add a yellowish hue to the surroundings.
After the party, you can actually take it back to your houses and use it for years. This piece would add to the countryside vibes of the marriage venue and would also be a great addition if you are going for a beach wedding theme.
Lighter Hula Hoop Chandelier
Hula hoops can do wonders for the décor! Buy hula hoops from a dollar store, and you would get it for very cheap. Add in some Christmas lights or fairy lights that could be twisted around the circles.
This already makes for great lighting as well as adds to the décor. If you want to go the extra mile, buy some silk or burlap sashes and wrap them around the hoop. You could even add some artificial flowers to it. Tie them with burlap bows, and you have a startling piece.
DIY LED Mason Jar Lights
Mason jars are a hit when it comes to rustic decoration. Place led lights inside mason jars and try buying from a dollar store to save money on this. You already have a perfect light to hang.
Make a few of these, add multicolored lights, or you can stick to warm lights too to give a uniform hue to the place. This will work best if the wedding is post-sunset.
You could also paint the jars for added effect. If you want to hang mason jars before sunset, replace the lights with artificial blooms, and you have a fantastic piece again. Make sure you are attaching the jars in a pattern, be it horizontally, in a crooked line or in a circle, there should be a pattern you follow.
Rustic Wedding Signs
If making wedding signs is on your mind, regardless of where the wedding is, make sure you make these rustic arrow-shaped signs. They will add to the country look that you are attempting to bring about. The signs should look like they are written on a wooden surface, even if it is plastic made to look like wood.
Place them wherever you need to show the guests the way. You could use it to direct people to the reception area, food carts, photo booths, or even the restroom.
DIY Flower Chandelier
This one is super easy to make while they look extremely attractive. Take a wire and twist it into a circle, attach flowers all over, and you have your flower chandelier. You could use real flowers but if the weather is not fine enough, go for artificial silk flowers. These flowers almost look real and will give off the same vibe.
When it comes to hanging the flower chandeliers, you could go for two designs. One is where you hang them horizontally, one beside the other, creating a large design. Another way you could use these chandeliers is by placing them vertically and hanging them at different heights, building a wall of sorts.
Both the designs will look excellent, and guests could use them as a backdrop to click pictures
Birch Wood Wedding Cake Topper
Cake toppers can be pretty expensive, and if you are on a budget, spending too much on a single product needs to be curbed. But again, you would not want to compromise on the earthy feel of the wedding. This birch wood wedding cake topper is an excellent option for you.
It does not cost too much, and it looks perfect for a rustic wedding. Buy it from a local vendor or Etsy and get it personalized with your names.
Distressed Candle Holders
Nothing can replace the warm glow of candles to add to the warmth of love on your wedding day. Go to any local thrift store and get simple candle holders. Work your magic on them by adding twigs all around the holder.
The twigs can literally be plucked from a tree in your backyard and will fit absolutely well with the décor. As you light the candles up at night, the light will peak from within twigs and look like tiny fairy lights.
DIY Rustic Flower Crates
This beautiful flower crate can be made very easily with paint sticks. You just need to get hold of a lot of these sticks, and they will be readily available at your local thrift store. Sit with a bottle of glue and make a crate out of it by sticking the paint sticks together
. Once you are done, tie a silk ribbon around it, or you could just leave it like that. Place flowers inside, and you are done! These crates could be used on tables to keep beside cutlery, or they could be used near the finger foods.
While selecting the flowers, again, make sure you stick to the color theme. Do not go for bright colored flowers, or you could place one bright flower in a bunch of pastel blooms.
DIY Rustic Cake Stand
Wood is something that already has a very rustic feel to it and would help build the country feel of the wedding. Wooden circles can be used to make the cake stands.
This is a great idea for smaller cakes and even cupcakes, but if you are looking for a base for the wedding cake, opt for a wooden circle with reliable support, which would be able to hold the weight of the cake. We suggest you go for a wooden stand as a base.
Rustic Wood Bride And Groom Chair Signs
All you need is a couple of wood pieces and some paint, and you can make your own bride and groom signs. We love the idea of having 'Mr' and 'Mrs.' painted on to these wooden pieces and hung.
It makes the seats look unique and remains reserved for the select two. You can also add burlap or a giant silk bow and use twine to tie it to the chair. This will add to the rustic look of the wedding you are planning.
Stump Ring Holder
Have you ever thought of using a wooden stump to create a ring holder? Remember those fairy tales from your childhood where the prince and the princess got married in the woods? If you want your wedding to look and feel like that, this is an extra touch you can provide. Begin with the ring bearer being a wooden stump with a perfectly created hole in it to hold the ring.
Get a carpenter to make this for you, or you could do it yourself with the proper equipment to carve out wood. If you want to leave the holder as it is without polishing it or making it shine, you can. That will look more natural as if nature itself is keeping the ring safe in its lap.
Tissue Paper Pom Pom Flowers
These easy to make tissue flowers would be a great addition to the wedding. They look exquisite and need only tissue papers to create. You can buy a few packs of tissues from a dollar store and then get to making these.
A full bouquet of these blooms could be made with only a pack or two of tissues. The only crucial decision would be while buying the tissues, decide upon the colors you want to use. Painting these flowers later would not be a feasible option as the paper is fragile and will become soggy.
To make large bouquets, you could attach twigs and branches to the flowers to make it long. Make sure you glue the bases properly because you do not want the blooms to fall off in the middle of the ceremony.
Rustic Ladder Favor Display
End the event with a very rustic display of wedding favors strung on an old ladder. Get hold of a giant ladder and paint it white or beige. Add strings and twine and clip flower seed packets on to them.
We personally love wildflower sachets and would like to choose these over rice or bird seeds, but again, it depends on the availability and the climate of your town or city. If wildflower is not possible, then go for bird seeds.
Make sure every packet is colorful, and you could even add a thank you note with every package. This will be the perfect goodbye that none of the guests will be expecting. See to it that the clips you use match the color of the ladder. If this is going to be placed in the evening, you could even line up the strings with fairy lights.
This would not only highlight the ladder but also make it convenient for guests to spot it. We would prefer that you place this outside.
Wax Paper Backdrop
Want a backdrop that will stand out and be very different from the rest? This wax paper background is an attractive choice to go for. The backdrop is pretty intricate and will take some time to make and assimilate, but once you are done with it, the results are fantastic. This could be your wedding ceremony's main backdrop, or it could also be used to take pictures after the event.
Hang it carefully and make sure it is long enough to cover the background even if groups of 6-8 people stand at once. For hanging the paper, use twines or jute strings and wooden support. This will complete the look and will make the wedding very picturesque.
Rustic Log Wedding Box
Often guests bring cards to the wedding which convey their love and warm wishes. What we create a log wedding box with a hole to drop the cards into? This will add a quaint country touch to the occasion. It is best if you could get help from a professional to carve out the log.
If not, ask one of your friends to help you with this. You just need to carve out a huge hole inside with a lid on top. Carve the names of both, bride and groom on the outside, and you are done. Additionally, you could keep the log on a fake moss and attach a few twigs at the base on the moss. This will make it feel more real and natural.
DIY Wine Barrel Bouquet
We are sure this idea never crossed your minds! It did not happen for us, too, until we started drinking wine one day, and we were closely observing the barrels kept behind the counter. The idea struck us then that we could use these to showcase flowers.
Barrels could come in various sizes, and you would probably have a number of them because wine is almost essential at any wedding event. Do not let the caterers take away the barrel, instead ask them to put it around the venue.
Big ones could be decorated and kept at significant places like where the guests enter and the reception area. Smaller ones could be put on tables at the entrance, with starters or, at the reception area. You would find the smaller ones at art stores or hobby and craft stores. Use these to display beautiful blooms with a few added leaves and branches.
Rustic Wooden Guest Registry
Do you want to keep a registry where the guests leave their names? If so, opt for a wooden version of it. A sizable wooden surface with your name etched will serve as a very folksy way to welcome guests.
Also, something as innovative as this would make the guests want to sign their names on it. The only thing you need to keep in mind is that the surface should be smoothed out because otherwise, writing on it will be difficult.
Etsy has these wooden registers where you could also get your name, and the wedding date etched.
Beautiful Glow Jars
Weddings are already a very pricy affair, and if you are planning one, the costs must already be worrisome to a great extent. Well, what you could do is stick to making most of the decorations on your own and save a lot of bucks.
Buy things off Etsy or a thrift store and paint it out. The beautiful glow jars are an example of luxurious decorations done without losing a kidney.
Buy these jars from any dollar or thrift store where you would get more than two jars for under a dollar. All you need is some glow paint, and these masterpieces can be created in a jiffy. Buy colorful paint so as there could be a burst of colors when these jars are on display.
DIY Rustic Wooden Table Numbers
When you are planning the wedding according to a specific theme, it is very essential to take care of every minute detail. Detailing is crucial, and you should try and look at every aspect of the décor. Every table is numbered, and you can go the extra mile by using circular wooden slices to do that.
Slice off wood from a tree nearby, but make sure you have permission to do that. You can either use a Cricut machine to make the stencils or buy them off the internet. Now all you need to do is place them and etch the numbers onto wood slices. The results will surprise you as they look very vintage and rustic.
DIY Pallet Picture Collage
This pallet collage is a great idea to go with if you want to introduce you and your spouse's life together. Take them on a walk through the memory lane, tell your story of how you fell in love, how the proposal happened, and places you both have seen together through pictures.
The pallet is a very nice way to paint your story. Simply get photos of you and your spouse printed and glue them to the board; however, you wish too. If you want to add small texts alongside, do so with stick-on notepaper. Add in a few twigs and leaves at the edges and hang it with twine.
To add a feather to the wedding theme ideas, you could create a photo walk if there is ample space where you dress up a wall with burlap and place these pallets one after the other horizontally. This could be the walkway that leads from the gate to the main event area. The wall will have your story in parts, and guests could experience it as they walk past them.
Rustic Twine and Lace Unity Candle
If the unity candle is mandatory at the wedding, you might as well choose a pretty looking one. Etsy has some very cheap choices where you can get a pack of large and small candles for an impressive price. But if you plan to make these yourselves, buy some little flowers from an art and craft store and some jute rope to go with.
All you need to do is tie strings around the base of candles. Continue doing it till you reach one third the height and glue flowers on it. Imagine how inexpensive yet enthralling they will look! A bit of lace could also help beautify it further. Play with these items and let the inner artist create wonders.
Rustic Lace and Burlap Garland
To add the final touches to the venue, these rustic looking garlands could be hung at intervals. The garlands have pieces of burlap and lace that are sewn together on a big string. The easiest to make, these would look beautiful, and with lanterns in between, they would add to the aesthetics of the event.
If you have a shortage of time or resources to make it, these are also available online on Etsy, and they are not sold at a very high price. You can easily pick them up off the net and give your wedding the look it deserves.
You are ready to take a step forward and begin planning the best rustic wedding of the year. Begin from scratch and chalk out the decor items which you want for the upcoming big day.
Start preparing to keep ample time in your hand so as the pieces can be assembled and created. Ask your friends and bridesmaids to help plan this big day of yours. Go ahead, have a fairy-tale wedding!
You do not always have to spend a lot on pool volleyball nets. If you can get hold of PVC pipes, an old net, nylon strings, and spray paint, you can make a pool volleyball net at home.
Summer means pool party fun and pool games, and with the best pool volleyball nets, you can have a gala time with friends.
However, you may have a ground pool in a unique size, and you may not be able to find the correct pool volleyball set for it. Well, there is nothing to worry about, as you can make your own net with PVC pipes.
So, let’s start with the things you’ll need for this fun DIY project...
Items Required
PVC
Three ten feet 0.5 inch PVC pipe
Ten 0.5-inch slip caps
Four 0.5-inch threaded male adapter
Two 0.5-inch 4-way cross
0.5-inch top threaded tee
Two 0.5-inch three-way tee
Tools Required
Face mask
PVC cutter
PVC cement
Acetone
Sandpaper or Dremel
Other Essentials
Two foam noodles
Nylon string (50’)
Net (you can use an old basketball net as well)
Spray paint
Beach ball
How To Make A Swimming Pool Volleyball Net
Step 1: Design Your Pool Volleyball Net
To begin with, you will need to design the net and make accurate measurements. If you want to make the swimming pool volleyball net light, then use half-inch PVC pipes as recommended. Thicker pipes may be needed in windy areas to hold the pool volleyball net in place.
Also, the pipe needs to be a little smaller than the width of the pool. For example, if the pool is 11 feet wide, then you can opt for the ten-foot variant of this pipe after attaching the tees.
Step 2: PVC Pipe Cutting
With the help of a blueprint, you can begin cutting the PVC pipe to the required length.
Before you seal the cut ends with PVC glue, you'll need to deburr them. You can make use of good-quality sandpaper or even a Dremel. Put on a mask while you're doing this, as the particles can be dangerous to your health.
Cut the noodles to the desired size, and be sure that they're somewhat longer than your pipe. You can cut more of the noodles as you're working if needed.
Also, clean any text and barcode from the PVC pipes with the help of acetone. You will have to wear a mask while doing this step.
Step 3: Assemble The Parts
Next, you can proceed to put the frame together. To do so, you have to ensure that all the pieces are in place. Then put together everything but do not fix them just yet. Once you have an idea, disassemble it and begin the process of permanently fixing them.
For this, you will have to wear a mask and then use PVC cement. This needs to be applied to the tee’s inner ring. Then you can connect the PVC pipe immediately. Just remember not to apply cement to the threaded ends.
Warning
Be quick with this process, as cement has a tendency to dry quickly, and that can make it difficult to position the pipe.
After everything is in place, you can use a spray paint of your choice to color the different parts of the small pool volleyball net. Use a color that matches the pool so that it looks good. Then do not touch it for a day, and ensure your kids and pets do not go near it.
Step 4: Making The Net
Once you have a proper frame, you will need to attach the net. But let the frame rest for an ample amount of time, so the cement dries well. Then you can take a net and cut it according to the frame size. You can use any old badminton net as your water volleyball net.
Moving on, take a nylon string and tie it to the volleyball net. You can use cable ties to make sure the string and the net stay connected. Then drill a hole in the PVC cap on the top and make your string run through that.
The best part here is that these top PVC caps are not pasted in the pool volleyball set frame. So, you can remove it in case that is needed.
Step 5: Adding The Final Touch
After the cement and paint have dried, it is time to attach the net to the frame. Also, put the foam in place of the legs as well. Once you have mounted the pool volleyball net, you will have to tighten it to prevent it from floating away. It is best to tie the strings to the sides, filter trap, or the main pipe in the pool.
Check if it is stable enough, and you are done. Now since this is a DIY floating pool volleyball set, there is a chance it might tip over while playing. But you can easily put it back in place and continue with your game.
Tips To Remember
There is a tendency for the pool net to float in the pool if it is not fixed in place properly. As such, you can make a device that fits the side of the pool walls with the help of a spring. This should be able to hold the net better.
Also, water volleyball is typically played with a depth that is dependent on the height of your players. The recommended height for a pool volleyball net is 2.5 to 3 feet. This will allow kids and adults to play in the pool. It's also good for pools with a depth of 3.5-4 feet, giving an overall height of 7 feet once the net is in place.
However, if kids are going to play, it's best to keep the net a little lower so they can easily throw the ball into it. Ideally, the water should not be deeper than the person playing.
Diy Pool Volleyball Net Ideas FAQs ?
How to play volleyball in the pool?
The game of pool volleyball is usually played between two teams, each consisting of one to four players. The team choosing the service will never be allowed to serve more than twice in a row, alternating with the other team. The first team to score eleven points is the winner.
Is a repair kit necessary for pool volleyball nets?
Yes, it is best to keep a repair kit handy in case the net tears or snags in places. You might also need to tighten the strings that hold the frame in place at times. Also, for inflatable pool nets, it is best to keep patches handy in case a hole develops on the surface.
What material is best for pool volleyball nets?
For making pool volleyball, there are a number of materials that you can use, like nylon ropes, vinyl ropes, or polyester.
However, when making the material selection, we would advise that you keep in mind that the net is going to get wet during your volleyball sessions. So, it is best to use materials that are resistant to water that would not get damaged easily. Doing so will ensure that the nets last longer, and you don’t need to change them frequently.
What is the ideal width for a pool volleyball net?
For the best experience, we suggest that you keep the width of the pool volleyball net the same as the width of the swimming pool. This will help keep the net in place as you will be able to secure it better and also help you demarcate the playing area properly.
If you are in for a serious weekend sport in the pool, we suggest you do this.
How deep should a volleyball pool be?
Water volleyball is no doubt a favorite among kids of all age groups. But it is important to ensure that they have fun and are completely safe during their playing sessions. And to achieve both these goals, it is important that the pool they are playing in has the right depth. For that, you will need to know how to install a pool volleyball net in a way that all the players are safe.
Ideally, for pool volleyball, the depth should be good enough for the kids to be able to stand up but also swim when needed. So, a depth of three to four feet is the optimum mark.
If you are planning to create a “sports pool” for kids, you can keep the depth on the two sides to 3-4 feet and keep a depth of 5 feet at the center. That’s a configuration people generally opt for when constructing sports pools.
How to maintain safety when playing pool volleyball?
If there are kids in the pool playing volleyball, it is essential that you assign an adult water watcher. Make sure this person knows how to swim and, in case of any emergency, can come to the kids’ rescue. Using fences and nets around the pool can also help ensure that no pets or children fall into the pool unintentionally.
Diy Pool Volleyball Net Ideas Final Words
That’s all we have for you today!
Pool volleyball might not be as well-recognized as a game like water polo in the Olympics. But it can be a fun and energizing game for the little ones. As you must have understood, the rules of aquatic volleyball are pretty similar to regular volleyball, and there are no new rules to learn.
However, there is definitely a learning curve. Kids who are new will have to learn how to balance themselves in water and tackle the ball at the same time. The learning process is fun, and once they ace it, they will refuse to get out of the pool for hours! Know more on how wide a pool need to be to for volleyball with our exclusive article.
We hope that you found our DIY pool volleyball net ideas useful. If so, you can also check out our other reads like “insulated vs. non-insulated smoker.”
Until next time, take care!
Do you ever wonder about indulging your children in outdoor activities? Are you exhausted seeing them play video games and watch television all day long? Now you can give your children their very own playhouse - a perfect incentive to get them playing under the sun, right there in your backyard.
A playhouse is a small clubhouse or a fun house in your backyard where kids can play, read and nap. With a playhouse near your house, you don't have to worry about losing sight of you children. So you can check the safety box too.
Building a little playhouse for your children and their friends to hang out and play in becomes easy, a tad easier than tree houses for sure. With the availability of raw materials and building tools at very economic rates, all you need is a little bit of motivation to start working on your backyard project with these free playhouse plans.
Free DIY Playhouse Plans
So gather your tools, let your imagination and instinct take charge, and you can have one of these beautiful playhouses, right there in your garden. Try these free DIY Playhouse Plans.
The Easy Indoor Playhouse
Let's start with this easy and basic free playhouse plan. It's a miniature simple looking shed, but you can modify it in a lot of ways. You can cut windows in any shapes, cover them with curtains, or attach flower boxes to them. Adding small shelves inside will store your child's favorite toys and games too. Since this has a wooden exterior, you can paint it in different colors. Hanging Christmas lights on the roof will make it look magical at night.
This playhouse is a really amazing project for low-budget and space-saving plan. It uses regular basic products for the build, so you'd hardly need to shop for raw material. Since this playhouse is small in size, it's quite appropriate for toddlers and preteen kids.
The roof, doors, and windows seem easy enough to build so that it won't take much of your time or efforts. The designer of this playhouse used a self-made 3D wall, which frankly gives a different look to the playhouse. Over all, this playhouse seems like a nice hang out place for small children.
This is another simple playhouse that you can construct in your backyard. The instructions are very easy to follow, with a visual step-by-step aid for reference. It has a small play room with a porch out in the front. It uses a single roof slanting on the main room and then the porch.
I love the fact that they have used the framework of an actual house and miniaturized it for a playhouse. This is sure to make your kids smile.
A Wendy House is the above mentioned simple house with feminine touches. But worry not, this idea can be used as a playhouse for all kids. It has a small porch out front, with a small fence around it, and a slanting roof. You could decorate both the interior and exterior of the playhouse in a way your kids like.
Adding a small table and chair set on the porch will look adorable. Keeping small flower pots around the fence will make the house look cute, maybe the kids will be interested in tending their own small garden. You may even paint cartoon characters on the walls to add color to your little Wendy house.
If you're planning to build a traditional playhouse in your backyard, without all the thematic additions, these plans are what you've been searching for. It's a sort of miniature house with a fenced porch in the front. The windows are large to let in plenty of sunlight and breeze.
The homely décor seems quaint. It reminds me of the pretty houses from an English countryside. The pastel colors painted on the outside just adds to the freshness of the house. This playhouse just radiates happiness when you look at it.
Do you have a shed just sitting there in your backyard, with nothing but trash inside? How about you convert the entire shed into a fun playhouse! This will be an easy plan for someone who does not have expertise in building backyard projects, but still wants to take up on one.
Getting rid of the mold is easy. You can make windows with supplies from a local store, fix broken wooden planks, add a fresh layer of paint, et voilà! Your basic backyard playhouse is ready to use.
The Pallet Playhouse
If you're low on budget and not used to detailed DIY constructions, this playhouse design is perfect for a small scale project. The entire playhouse is built using ready-made or recycled wooden pallets. These wooden pallets are easily available.
You can repurpose and modify the pallets to suit your own design. You can experiment with different shapes, reuse old wood, or use different colors to paint this brilliant playhouse. I do think this house will look prettier with hanging flower pots or vines. Your thoughts?
This playhouse will remind you of your childhood at your grandparents’ place in the countryside. It's a simple design looking like it is straight out of the 1950s or 1960s. It's a quaint place with a door and large windows streaming plenty of sunlight.
It's made with wooden pallets so that it won't be as expensive. Give this idea a try, and you may see your kids relive your childhood at your grandparents’ place. You can sit by the playhouse and tell them old tales and amaze them.
Another easy pallet design for an economic playhouse. This playhouse seems larger in size than the previous one. You can use the rustic theme for your playhouse, with pallet boxes doubling as seats and tables. Fairy lights or warm yellow lamps can give a really good look to the playhouse.
Another great thing about this DIY playhouse is that it can also be used by adults for their backyard parties. An underground shack or a garage theme can look amazing. After all, who doesn't like a minimal worn out ambiance for their garden outhouse?
You can build a small cob cottage for your little ones with natural raw materials. It just feels like you've been transported somewhere away from the city, and into the woods. The tiny size of this playhouse makes it look like a fairyland house, somewhere the elves might prefer to live.
The grass thatched roof gives it a very aesthetic look. Using soil and stone also regulates the temperature inside the playhouse, so you don't have to worry about your child playing outdoors in the summer heat. If you let vines grow around the house naturally, this playhouse will look mind blowing.
Do your children love going hiking in the woods and camping in mountain cabins? Now you can build them their own log cabin playhouse that gives them the feeling of camping in the woods. You can use wooden logs instead of planks for a more authentic look. You can also consider building a small pond, or a fire pit nearby.
It's a very economic backyard project if you're running a tight budget. So if your kids insist on having a playhouse, you can give this idea a look.
The Cottage Playhouse
This is a very adorable playhouse. It's a small wooden house with the framework of a cottage. It doesn't look too difficult to build with basic tools. You'll need just simple and basic cuts of wood for this playhouse.
It seems small yet comfortable and cozy. Kids can also have a really peaceful nap in there. I imagine it will look really pretty at night when decorated with fairy or Christmas lights.
Children love the beach! The sand, the water, and palm trees are so amazing to be around. This playhouse can make your child live the island dream every day. It's a simple playhouse with all the characteristics of a backwater cottage house from tropical islands.
The long window shutters, the designs on their railings, the small steps, and the stilts especially just add to the theme of the house. Grass thatched roof will add a natural look to your playhouse. You can build a small pond underneath the playhouse and install a sandbox nearby to make it look like an actual island.
If you have woods or hills behind your house, this playhouse can be yours. It matches the earthiness of its surroundings. This DIY playhouse looks really pretty because of the abstract shape and the rustic wooded look it has. The glass roof gives it a modern contrast, and if there's a less dense canopy overhead, I imagine the stargazing will be the most fun at nights. The entire supporting wooden frame makes it a sturdy structure so that the playhouse won't buckle under rough use. You can also go a bit more rustic, cast a glance at the log cabin playhouse idea at #11.
This playhouse perfectly complements the castle you build for your kids. It's a double storied fun fort that your knights can run around in, with their flags and swords.
You can alter the décor of the fort into a medieval or a modern theme with drawbridges or camouflage tarps. A few lovely tapestries, synthetic flower bouquets, toy swords, shields and axes, small lamp lights, and mini portraits hung inside will add to the charm and feel of the fort. A tiny portable speaker that plays heroic music and battle sounds will spike up the make belief. You can even dig a long circular moat around the fort to give it an extra aesthetic look.
This miniature princess playhouse can fit perfectly in your backyard. You can decorate it to resemble a castle, adding brass décor for the interiors. You may add a dragon and plush fairy toys for your kids to play with.
It seems like quite a detailed project to undertake, but if you're familiar with the basics, this guide can help you easily. You can simplify this design for a simple construction project. But there's a guarantee your kids will love it nonetheless.
If you don't want to build an elaborate play fort, you can build this playhouse instead. It's a simple outdoor playhouse raised on a platform. You can build steps to the house or a ladder, and attach a slide. You can also attach longer tunnel slide that goes around the playhouse and lands in a sandbox.
This play fort comes with obstacles from an obstacle course. You will love this design if you want your kids to pursue some outdoor athletic activities. There are various designs for an obstacle-course playhouse available on the internet to choose from.
You can attach rope ladders, rock climbing walls, pulleys and slides to add charm to your little playhouse. You can even build a small pond as a moat for an extra challenge. See your kids race to the playhouse and have fun doing so.
We have another idea for a play fort in your backyard. It's small and quaint, but it's something kids are sure to love. It's a diy playhouse which can be easily built by someone experienced with tools. It has a small room with three walls. And there's a deck too!
You can decorate the place by storing toys and books inside, or adding chairs. The playhouse will look pretty fun with a slide as an exit. Painting the fort in bright colors will surely attract your child's attention, and your neighbors’ too. You can use different railings to add to the charm.
Here we have a swing set - clubhouse combination which is easy enough to construct. It's a high deck with railings which is quite effortless to construct. The more challenging part is the attached swing set, but don't worry, it's not impossible.
Painting the deck in pastel colors can take away the otherwise monotonous look of the playhouse. Decorate it with flower pots and keep cushions for more comfort. Since it's just a roofless deck, you might not be able to store toys and books around, but you can modify the design to accommodate a roof.
How about building an entire play set along with a playhouse? Yes, it sounds difficult to build, but trust me, these plans are very simple and comprehensive. It's just an upgraded version of the playhouse mentioned above.
It's a comfortably big playhouse with an attached swing set and a tunnel slide. It is two storied, so children can have fun going up and down the ladder and coming down through the tunnel slide. It has a rock climbing wall too! Check it out:
Kids love playing above the ground level for sure, that's why we have so many ideas for elevated playhouses. It is sort of two-storied, with a house on the higher floor, and an empty space on the bottom one. You can add a sandbox there. It's a complicated procedure, but the instructions are easy to understand, and the construction is simple to work on.
If you're up for a challenging backyard project and don't mind extensive detailing, this cottage edition hideaway is a brilliant idea. It is elevated with a small ladder leading up to it, and a slide for the exit. There's a pretty reading corner inside, made all cozy with cushions and pillows. Under the reading book is the storage of toys and books
There's also a mini kitchen for your kids. The entire décor of the playhouse seems so homely, resembling the cottages from Europe. The best part about this playhouse is, the handmade window shutters which slide.
We saw some playhouse designs built on high platforms or elevations. This design is similar to those designs, although this follows quite a detailed plan. You can adjust the height and size of the house if required, according to the space available in your backyard.
The platform is huge, and considerably high. You can reduce the risk of children falling off the edge by adding a deck or slides. You can build an adjoined sand box too. All in all, this playhouse is really fun if your kids love playing outdoors and having a bird's view of their surroundings.
This is a simple outdoor playhouse, easy to build and to charm in looks. It has a simple interior decoration, with curtains hanged around the beams, shelves and small chairs. It seems like a place children will like to nap at, or study peacefully. Teenagers will love to spend time alone here, without going away from home.
You can build it on the ground or elevate it on a platform. Although if you choose to build it on a platform, you may consider adding a slide for extra fun.
How about building a playhouse that's also a treehouse? It's a simple treehouse built on an elevated platform against a tree. It's a low effort project and is quite easily approachable by beginners.
You can decorate the playhouse as you wish, or better yet, give a free reign to your kids and let their imagination run wild. It can be a fun clubhouse, or a treehouse, for the kids to hang out without their friends.
We've seen so many economic and easy to build a DIY playhouse for your backyard. This design is one of them. It's built on an old tree stump, so it's not that high up from the ground. It is made entirely out of repurposed wooden pallets, and it cost around $30 according to the website.
You can add cushions, pillows, and blankets, and use the playhouse as a resting spot for summers. Or you can decorate the place with lights, or install a lamp for late night reading. It feels entirely domestic, and rightfully so.
The Indoor Clubhouse
This playhouse acts as a perfect companion to your child's otherwise normal room. It doubles as a playhouse and a bed. The lower level works as a playhouse, and the stairs lead to the bed, saving up a lot of room space. So if you don't have a backyard to build a playhouse in, you can go for this nifty idea.
This playhouse is really one of its kind, and quite frankly, really clever. It's a converted closet with a very stylish modified entrance. If you look closely, only the porch has been constructed around the previous existing closet door. So you can decorate the entrance according to any theme you like.
The inside of the closet can be large enough for children to play around. You can store books, toys, and games inside the closet. It's a very nifty idea, and economic too. You don't even need to have a backyard to build your very own playhouse now!
More details at allthingsheartandhome.com
PVC Pipe Fort
This diy playhouse is very easy to assemble and disassemble. It can be suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. This design seems quite easy to put together, and the best part is that it is quite portable.
The frame of the playhouse can be built really easily and in any desirable shape. And you can cover it with whatever unique material you like. The playhouse in this picture is a simple cube covered with curtains of varying colors. You can also try to build it in a shape of a tent.
Reading in a garden on a breezy summer day seems so dreamy. It's such a soothing and relaxing activity. You can inculcate this habit in your children or encourage your teenager to read more, by building them their own little library in the backyard.
Using an old tent, or hanging curtains on the poles give it a really homely feeling. Adding cushions and blankets inside can make reading a very relaxing experience. Fix shelves into the wall to store your kid's favorites story books or adventure novels, and see them get lost in their world of fantasy.
Are you looking for a playhouse design which isn't the same old box-shaped one? Then this unique design is something you're sure to love. Building this playhouse doesn't take many skills, and replicating this project is not a far-fetched idea because the instructions are quite easy to understand.
This playhouse built in a triangular shape is small and quaint, and can fit in a small space. It has a small loft, a play area, storage under the floorboards, and the best part - a foldable roof top. So you can keep the toys inside the playhouse without any worries regarding their damage.
Now, this idea is quite ingenious. The designer came up with it on his own because he didn't like simple playhouses, and he made an instruction guide for anyone who wanted to make a similar playhouse. There's a new trend in carpentry where furniture can be folded and fixed into a corner to save space. This playhouse makes a very opportunistic use of that trend.
It's a small minimalist wooden shack, but really cozy inside. There is a foldable table installed inside the playhouse to save space. The windows are made from plexiglass for protection. There's an adorable picnic table too, right outside the playhouse.
The Repurposed Modern Playhouse
If you don't want a pre-fabricated kit for your kids’ playhouse, you can build your own design from scratch. Using repurposed material like wooden planks, corner posts or pipes can reduce your expense on this project.
You may attach a slide and use the area under the DIY playhouse for the sandbox. The interior of this playhouse has been decorated in a way that resembles a modular home. It even has its own mailbox!
A-Frame Playhouses are one of the traditional playhouse designs that still work today. The best thing about these types of playhouses, is that they can be modified and redesigned easily.
This diy playhouse uses old doors with popping bright colors in the place of wooden panels. These doors can be easily found at a local recycling shop. The already painted colors add to the abstract nature of a freestyle playhouse. It can be made cozy with cushions and blankets, with curtains for covering the doorways.
All hands on the deck! Every kid wants to be a pirate and imagine having adventures across oceans. So build your kids a playhouse which lets them explore their pirate adventures. You can attach a steering wheel to the deck of the ship, unfurl flags on the mast, fight with swords, and release the Kraken!
The plans for this playhouse are quite extensive, so you'd need a bit of experience in construction and carpentry. You can even build a small pond around your pirate playhouse for extra charm.
All kids love to be cowboys and cowgirls. This playhouse caters to the theme of the wild, wild West. Building this saloon is simple and quick.
You can use old wooden articles to add a dingy look to the playhouse. Cardboard cutouts and picture frames of Yosemite Sam or Wile E. Coyote will fit just brilliantly with the entire theme. Not to forget the iconic swinging saloon door for a cool entrance. Let your imagination run wild.
This DIY assembly playhouse resembles the medieval gothic architecture from the old times. It has high ceilings with high doors and windows. There's a small porch landing outside the door with picket fence fixed around it. You can decorate the playhouse with different kinds of flower pots, or make a small pavement leading up to the porch with garden pebbles.
Look at this designer yet rustic playhouse! It looks straight out of fancy magazines. The details of this project look amazing. It looks like a house belonging to a wizard from the woods.
It has a small chimney, pretty windows with flower boxes, and tiny benches surrounded by an adorable garden. You can add to the decor of this playhouse by hanging a few portraits inside, some small chairs on the porch for the kids to sit in, and a tiny table inside. Kids will feel right at home with this playhouse resembling an actual house.
The Hobbit is one of my favorite books since childhood, as it is for many kids. If your children love to live life, Hobbit style, this playhouse will be perfect for them! It's short, so no adult can enter the pretty hole in the ground and ruin fun time. The nontraditional design is refreshing to see in the backyard, and will make guests and other kids look awed at your little project.
You can pep it up a little more by adding a lot of fun Hobbit related stuff like the famously infamous one ring, copies of the Hobbit and the Lord of the Rings, a few plushies of the characters, and perhaps some Hobbit themed pies as a weekend serving! Installing a small portable speaker inside and playing the whimsical Hobbiton soundtrack will definitely take the kids to Middle-Earth!
This product looks like it's straight out of the unique architecture catalogs. It's quite different than most of the modern playhouses we've seen so far, but look wise it's really mesmerizing. You can assemble this stylish playhouse anytime, anywhere.
The abstract polygonal doors and windows make you feel like you're in future, on an alien planet. The windows are covered up with thick glass, so you don't have to worry about your child getting injured by it. Monochromatic light will make the playhouse look like a futuristic spaceship.
If you're interested in getting a portable playhouse design, look no further. Modern architecture has brought to you this simple playhouse which needs no tools or carpentry skills. You can assemble or take it apart in no time. The flat interlocking panels can be easily shipped or carried with you to allow assembly anywhere. So if your little one loves to be in the playhouse a lot, you can carry it with you wherever you go.
Paint the panels in bright colors and see you kids have maximum fun. Hang toys from the windows, or store books inside the playhouse. There are infinite possibilities.
This playhouse can be used by both kids and adults. The modern and sophisticated look of this playhouse is very stylish. It has two rooms divided by an indoor wall, and curtains can be added as per your requirement. The sliding doors and windows really add to the entire futuristic theme. So if you don't mind spending on a playhouse, you can consider having this unique product in your backyard.
What do you think of these DIY Playhouse Plans? Find anything unique and likable? Most of them have caught my eye, and I’m sure to try one of these shortly.
What I like most about these designs, is the fact that you can modify them the way you like. You can experiment with absolutely anything: wood, metal, glass, cloth, whatever you can spare. So even if you're tight on budget, you can repurpose old supplies and make something new, something refreshing!
I suppose most of you have pet dogs or cats, or maybe both! So you can build an adjoining kennel too. Kids will surely have a great time playing with their furry friends in their private hideaway.
So get working on your brilliant ideas today, and surprise your little ones with their fun playhouse.
After a tiring day at work, what is the last thing on your mind? Let's take a guess! It’s probably to go home and crash on the bed. Let's be honest here, we all want a cozy and comfortable bed to enjoy the leisure hours. But somehow, the thought of spending a couple of thousand dollars on a new piece of furniture puts you off.
So, what do you do? Don't worry; here are few DIY ideas to make your own platform beds for the bedroom. Here are few ideas about DIY Platform Beds for your bedroom.
The old book has been sitting on the shelf for too long now; why not brew a cup of coffee and read it in the comfort of your new bed?
Easy to Build DIY Platform Bed
Two Toddler Beds
Kids fighting over one bed and you want to put a stop to that? Think there is no way out? That is not true. Get two toddler beds and surprise your kids and the best part is you can construct them yourself. You will need thick plywood of standard size, screws, drilling machine, sander and glue for wood.
Once the beds are ready, choose their favorite colors to decorate them, because a heavenly bed is the key to sound sleep, you can expect to lay your kids fighting to rest now, and forever.
Cannot tolerate that worn out bed anymore? Looking for a new bed that is easy to manage? Get the easy DIY platform bed! This bed is easy to build and maintaining it is even easier. All you need to learn is some necessary carpentry skills. Get the required tools, take proper measurements for the bed, drill the holes for putting screws and then attach the frames.
After the finishing touches are done, set your bed with the perfect mattress and you'll be all set with a new bed at home. This cozy bed would be perfect for your lazy weekend escapades.
Is your room stuffed with baskets and you have just no place to store them? Here is the deal– change your bed. Now you can get DIY platform bed with storage for baskets. The design of this bed is brilliant. The advantage of this bed is twofold – first is the comfort; second is all the leftover space for storage.
You don't need to sneak out for fruits and chocolates in the middle of the night anymore. You can keep them in the baskets because frankly, midnight snack is so much fun.
This is the right time to get bored of your old bed because DIY Expedit Queen sized platform bed is here. Since the plan is for queen size, it is even better because single is too small and king size is massive. We all prefer the queen size, right? This is not it.
The catch is you can build it yourself as the process is simple. Just take the measurements, cut the frames and attach them. Also, you can make the bed at a more significant height if that is what you want. So what is holding you back? Construct the bed, choose the mattress and enjoy its comfort.
Do you want a makeover for your bedroom? Planning to set a platform bed with a salvage door headboard? Utilize this idea to pull off such a fantastic design for your bed. Just so you know you can build this very well by yourself.
Get screws, bolts, washer, stain, coat according to your wish and last but not the least, spray paint. Your bed will be ready within a day. In addition to all these, you can give it a rusty look like the ones in a cottage or a farmhouse. That will just be perfect.
Willing to build a storage but you also need a bed and cannot afford both at once? Here's an idea. How about a platform bed with storage? Wouldn't that be perfect? No matter how many storages you have, it still seems less, right? In that case, this bed is going to be perfect for you.
The bed is a regular platform bed with storage space under it where you can place your magazines and books for midnight crisis. Just build the storage separately and attach to the top frame of the platform bed. That's it! You got yourself a new platform bed with storage.
Twin Storage Bed
The storage under your bed is probably not enough. It is a given that everyone is looking for more storage. Well, you got it. The design for twin storage bed will blow your mind off. This bed comes with twin storage bins which mean ample space to store the rugged clothes or other goods that are not of daily use.
You can store clothes, bags, books, baskets, shoes, etc. The design is so simple that you can build it yourself with the necessary carpentry skills and necessities accordingly. Give your bedroom a new look, and you will be pleased with the result for sure.
Tired of getting up from your bed every night just to put out the light? Here is the solution, floating nightstands! Sounds intriguing, right? It absolutely is. Flourishing DIY platform beds have come up with floating nightstands attached to them.
This is a fabulous idea for late night readers. Let others sleep now. You can have your own light to read books till late, and yes, that feeling is fantastic. Make sure you set the bed with a top-notch and classy look to make the whole thing even better than it already is.
Home should be a place where you want to return at the end of a hectic day. To make your home even more pleasant, you need a good bed. So here is the DIY pallet bed.
This bed is very easy to construct. Choose the kind of pallet you wish to use, you can get them from local merchants, and they can be recycled later if you want to make something else from them. How to make the bed? The procedure is very simple, turn the pallets into frames with necessary skills and just merely attach them. There! You have a new bed at your home.
This is the perfect bed for your daughter. It is not only adorable but also user-friendly. With no storage under the bed, this design does not even take up much space in your room, and it is effortless to build. You will need the wooden platforms, screws, drilling machine and glue to construct the bed.
If you plan to make the bed of a decent height, you might want to leave wooden corners around the bed after setting the mattress. The wooden angles can be used as stairs for your daughter to climb up the bed. This is just an idea; rest is your call.
Do you find it problematic to clean under your bed? Apparently, it is a standard issue faced by many people. That is why floating platform bed has come up with a brilliant idea. This bed has attached wood to the walls, and the bed is built with the support of that wood.
Many prefer to turn that wooden box into drawers for storage space. Sitting on the bed, you would feel like you are floating and that illusion is freaky yet exciting. So it is time you lift up your bed to a whole new level.
The idea of a platform bed with storage under it is superb. Imagine this piece in your bedroom; that is going to be so cool. It is like having a room under your mattress. We always had an idea about beds with storages, but this just reached a whole new height.
The amount of space you can put to good use is impressive. It is not just useful; it looks so classy and cottage-like. You can turn the storage compartments into stairs like the design, which will just put the cherry on the cake.
Your platform bed looks aged? It is high time you change it. Get the new DIY modern platform bed. Moreover, you can build it on your own. Just get the required equipment, do the math and cut the wooden frames as per your measurements.
First, mark where to make the holes and drill it to put the screws while attaching the frames, glue the parts and your bed is ready. Choose your favorite color and place the mattress. You can be rest assured that no place will feel better than your own bed.
Your wife is looking to place drawers somewhere around your bed because the mess is driving her crazy? Here is the perfect design. This design puts the storage in the most stylish way possible. You won't even realize there are drawers at the foot and sides of your bed unless you open them.
It is the best place to store your blankets and bed sheets, isn't it? The sleek look of the bed will impress you beyond your imagination. So what are you waiting for? Get the required things and make yourself a DIY platform bed with drawers.
The design of DIY concrete block bed is so far the most creative design one can come across. It is pretty easy to construct; just form a standard platform bed and cut out wooden blocks. The wooden blocks can be of any size you wish to build.
After building the blocks, paint them with contrasting colors of your bed, which will not only look stunning but will give a unique design to your bed. Be your own interior design, choose your choices and give your pocket a rest. You won't feel like getting out of your new DIY concrete block bed for sure.
Platform Bed on Wheels
Do you find it difficult to shift your bed from one room to another? That is the reason platform bed on wheels is here. Now you can have a car-like bed. It is a simple platform bed but with wheels attached to it so that you can move it frequently to mop the floor or to rearrange furniture.
The bed looks so classy and cool at the same time, isn't it? So what are you waiting for? Just go, get this super cool platform bed on wheels and give yourself a treat.
Do you have twins or two kids? Are you looking for a queen sized bed for them? But you are worried that it would take up so much space? Then you have come across the right choice, bunk bed platform. This concept is not only cool, but it does not take unnecessary space in the room. You can make it on your own; it is quite easy if you follow the instructions correctly.
You will need wood, of course, cut them as per directions, drill the holes, put the screws and attach the pieces. Glue the frames and there, it is ready to be painted, and the finished product would be a delight to you.
Modern style platform bed with headboard
The design of modern style platform bed with headboard is just fantastic. It gives a classy and gorgeous touch to your bedroom but the cost is quite less, compared to the rest.
The requirements to build this design are wood for the bed and headboard, cut them as per your measurements, drill the holes and form the feet of the bed, construct the platform, cut out the headboard panels and assemble the pieces. Once the bed is ready, attach the headboard, and your new bed is all set to be hopped on.
Looking for a platform bed but you can't afford it? Here is the perfect deal for you. This bed is affordable and very easy to build. You can assemble it yourself only; just follow these steps.
First get the tools and materials required. Then, mark the measurements and cut the pieces accordingly. Once you are done with that, drill the holes and assemble the pieces. Next, square up the frames and attach the platforms. Last but not the least, build the legs and glue them. After it is dried up, spray the paint and there, admire your own work and relax on your new bed.
Is your bed taking a whole lot of space in your bedroom? Here is what you need now- DIY space saving bed frame. This design is made keeping in mind about the area as well as the fabulous platform bed.
You can build it yourself with little help from your partner. All you need is the necessary carpentry skills, materials like wood, drilling machine, glue, screws and to follow the instructions. It is a bet that you will love this bed.
A bed that can genuinely conserve space is none other than a cool Murphy bed. 21st century surprised us with a whole lot of innovative ideas and this is one of them. Just to let you know, Murphy beds can be of various kinds, could be attached with your study table, could be hidden under your storage for books, could be disguised as another wall, could be hidden as storage, etc.
There are so many creative ideas for Murphy beds that will amaze you beyond imagination. These could be used as guest beds or single beds for your kids. So run like the wind, plan your own Murphy bed.
Source Unknown
DIY platform bed with shelves
Are you a book lover and you love to read your favorites before falling asleep? Well, then this bed is definitely for you. You can create the bed yourself only as it is effortless if you follow the steps. First, cut out the platforms, cut out the shelves or storage for books and then directly attach the storage to the top frame.
Usually, people prefer to leave a space beside the mattress to decorate in their own way or use it as a table to keep laptops or speakers. Don't waste a minute anymore; get to work and build yourself a brand new DIY platform bed with shelves.
If you are a bit of an antique freak, then you must have a thing for aged wood too. Would you like to build a bed from a 100 years old wood? Wouldn't that be just beautiful? Exactly! So here is DIY reclaimed wood platform bed.
Usually, these beds are custom made and thus very expensive at times. But don't worry; you can build it on your own once you get the wood you want to construct it with. Don't lose this opportunity, grab it right now.
This DIY hotel style headboard and platform bed is a little different than a platform bed with headboard. How is it different? The headboard is not attached to the bed in this case; it is instead attached to the adjacent wall. This bed can be queen-sized, or king-sized according to your wish and not to worry, you can build this piece of furniture yourself with a little helping hand.
Paint it royal blue or sky blue or any blue because blue is classy and it stands out from the crowd, correct? That was just a suggestion; choose any color you want. Place a soft and beautiful mattress, design your bed with cute pillows and you will never want to get out of that bed again.
Floating wood platform bed frame with lighted headboard-quilmes
Here is the new and trendy floating wood platform bed frame with lighted headboard-quilmes. This design is a unique combination of modern as well as antique. It has an overhanging ledge to store your mattress with feet just high enough to give the feel of floating like sitting on a very classy and comfortable boat in an ocean.
The specialty of this bed is it comes with headboards made out of rustic wood and has long lights to match up with the ledge. It is a shame if you don't have this floating wood platform bed with lighted headboard-quilmes.
Would you like to give a luxurious look to your bedroom? Here’s what you need- a brand new DIY stained wood raised platform bed. You will need four pine boards, 2 for head and foot, 2 for the sides and another two boards, wood glue is a necessity obviously, drilling tools and screws, hammer and a screwdriver, nails, a tape to measure and a saw. These are the essential pieces of equipment required to build this platform bed.
All you need to do is construct the original frame, add pieces to the long sides, add the centerpiece, attach the frames, pin the feet and attach the supportive feet and slats and the framework is done. Now the decoration is up to you. You are going to love it once you have the finished product at hand.
The morey platform bed is probably the most unadorned platform bed till date. It is easy to construct because it does not require many pieces and the wood is of your choice, hence pretty much affordable. Usually, this bed is made from mango wood with a rustic yet modern touch to the design.
The platform is raised to a certain height so that you can find plenty of room for storage underneath the bed. All you need is the necessary carpentry skills and the required pieces of equipment. Once you have them, just follow the instructions and build yourself this simple yet classy bed. Treat yourself with this fantastic treat right now.
There are few classic songs you want to listen over and over and books that you keep coming back to. Similarly, the classic four poster bed never goes out of style. Give a lavish look to your bedroom with this updated vintage yet classic four poster bed with an appeal of the 21st century.
And this bed is not as expensive as it seems to be, it is quite pocket-friendly, and the comfort for life is priceless if you possess this bed. Choose your best pick right now.
Modern Boho Platform bed frame
If you want an unusual bed, here is one of the boho platform varieties. This design is crafted from richly varnished wood in India. The best feature about this bed is its extended platforms where you can put your coffee, plate, book, etc.
It also comes with a minimal headboard, and the corners are structured very well, just perfect in shape with the platform. If you are a bit of a perfectionist and love to have breakfast in bed, go for this design.
Don't you think it's time you took a look around your bedroom and realized you have a boring bed? This is the right time, make a choice and get yourself one of these fabulous beds along with their creative features.
You and your family deserve a home sweet home with a cozy bed for the most comfortable night’s sleep.
If you appreciate gas powered air compressors just as much as we do, then welcome home, my friend!
Not only are they reliable and efficient sources of portable power, but they also come with a feel good factor as you opt for a more eco-friendly power source. Yes, most gas operated air compressors are said to emit 30% less carbon monoxide. So, pat yourself on the back.
However, there’s one small problem - the plethora of options which might make you drop the idea of getting one. So that you don’t give up on it, we’ve listed the best 12 gas powered units that suit almost all your needs and of course, your budget!
The first product on today’s list is Makita’s MAC5501G. This heavy-duty air compressor can consistently deliver quality performance without waking up your neighbors. Backed by a robust engine and the ever-reliable Big Bore design, this unit rightfully deserves all our praise and consideration.
No products found.
Why Did We Like It?
For starters, we were really impressed with its robust 5.5 horsepower Honda GX160 engine. On top of that, the V twin-styled pump has been oil lubricated to produce 12.5 CFM at 100 PSI, without getting very hot. This, in turn, enhances the overall durability of the product.
One of the main reasons behind this compressor’s high-intensity performance is the presence of twin 5-gallon tanks. The resultant output is more than enough to simultaneously power multiple nailers, thus making it suitable for a range of outdoor jobs like fencing and decking.
To ensure that you don’t have to wait for ages, the cast iron pump has been equipped with a Big Bore cylinder and piston that effectively reduces recovery time.
We also appreciate that, unlike most other heavy-weight compressors, this unit manages to concentrate most of its weight near the 10-inch non-flat tire, giving the user more control. Moreover, the rubberized feet reduce vibration to improve stability. In tandem with the rubberized carry handle, its portability will hardly make you break a sweat.
Lastly, we should mention that the gauges and couplers are conveniently located at the base of the motor for better protection from physical damage.
What Could’ve Been Better?
It may be helpful to know that this gas air compressor is pretty heavy. Now, we aren’t saying that the wheel and handle won’t make your life easy, but you may require some extra help to move it around, especially during loading and unloading.
Next up on our list is the Industrial Air Contractor CTA5090412. True to its brand name, this unit is indeed a premium industrial-grade compressor that features a compact yet sturdy design to withstand harsh jobsite environments. What’s more, its funky orange color amps up the cool quotient, so that’s a bonus!
No products found.
Why Did We Like It?
Firstly, its highly positive customer feedback tempted us to try this compressor, and we are glad we did. At the heart of the unit lies a 5-horsepower Honda GC160 engine, which accounts for smooth operation and optimum fuel consumption.
With two 2-gallon tanks and a maximum pressure of 155 PSI, you can easily carry out a range of tasks, from inflating tires to nailing roofs. Its patented oil-free pump design comes equipped with a two-piece cooling system that not only cuts out maintenance efforts but also reduces the overall operating temperature for longer service life.
There are a number of things that the brand does to ensure optimum user-friendliness. For instance, you can easily access the drainage valve to drain out excess moisture from the unit. In addition, the regulator and gauges make monitoring a breeze. Plus, the unit has a quick connect mechanism that allows you to connect the hose without much trouble.
Overall, its sturdy design and powerful performance make this unit a popular choice for both professional and residential use.
What Could’ve Been Better?
The relatively higher price tag may make you think twice, but this unit performs well for its premium price. However, we were not happy to see that despite weighing almost 74 pounds, the compressor doesn’t have wheels to facilitate portability.
For the third pick of the day, we have the NorthStar Portable Air Compressor, which is a one-stop solution for all your heavy-duty needs. Its enormous capacity comes with a compact design and low-noise operation. If you are looking to invest in a professional-grade compressor, then this product may just be what you need.
No surprises here as the 20-gallon tank takes the spotlight, but what appealed to us the most is how the unit pays equal importance to other crucial aspects of its design. The very familiar Honda GCX160 engine is what drives the compressor to be one of the quietest and most fuel-efficient units on the market.
Moreover, the unique Low Vibration Technology gives the compressor a suitably powered pump for uninterrupted supply without taking a toll on its service life. Not only that but the pump head is constructed from FC35 Grade cast iron and it uses floating-type Swedish steel valves for long-lasting durability.
Agreed that the maximum pressure of 130 PSI may not be the highest among its competitors, but the brand does well to compensate for that. Its 13.7 CFM allowed us to effortlessly carry a variety of heavy-duty tasks like sandblasting and operating large impact guns for our tractor-trailers. Furthermore, you can easily control the outlet pressure with the help of its pressure regulator.
Last but not least, the built-in wheels and carry handle work just fine to take care of its portability issues.
What Could’ve Been Better?
We felt that the engine is relatively slower than other compressors, but nothing too concerning. Also, the tank does require a substantial amount of time to fill up, so you may want to start early in case you are working on a deadline.
Pros
Low oil shutdown mechanism
Quiet operation
V style cylinder for fast cooling
Bearings on both ends of crankshaft for better support
The fourth product on today’s list is the Ingersoll-Rand SS3J5. Ideal for both construction sites and residential use, this gas-powered compressor boasts of an 8-gallon capacity with high power output. If thinking of investing in an industrial-grade power unit, then this compressor might just be what you’re looking for.
Gas-powered 5.5 horsepower Honda engine with 0.825-gallon...
Why Did We Like It?
First things first, the 5.5 horsepower Honda engine with an easy pull cord start is what helped us put our faith in this compressor. Providing up to 135 PSI maximum pressure, this unit is a suitable choice for all those heavy-duty needs. Besides, its twin disconnects allowed us to simultaneously power multiple pneumatic tools, thereby saving time and effort.
To deliver on its promise of durability, the brand ticks all the boxes of a robust design. In addition to the cast iron frame, its regulator and gauge are securely fastened by an enclosed belt guard to protect the crucial elements from physical damage.
Unlike the NorthStar Portable Air Compressor, this compressor has a fairly quiet operation- thanks to its rubber feet and wide-open design. Since the filter, tanks, and compressor are not cluttered, the sound can escape quickly without bouncing off.
Its wheelbarrow-style handle and rubber tire make a great pair to help you carry around this relatively heavy compressor. Talk about optimum user control!
What Could’ve Been Better?
First-time users may need some practice to ace the maneuverability aspect, so we suggest taking out some time for that. It may also be helpful to know that this air compressor is pretty expensive, but worth the investment, in our humble opinion!
No list of air compressors is complete without a DeWalt product, so the DXCMTA5090412 takes up the fifth spot for the day. With an efficient 208cc Briggs and Stratton engine at heart, this air compressor is a prime example of why the brand has earned such a reputation in the power unit market.
No products found.
Why Did We Like It?
First and foremost, the Briggs and Stratton engine was a welcome break from the Honda engine series. The 6-horsepower motor operates a direct drive and oil-free pump for easy maintenance, which makes it extremely durable for daily use. Allowing a maximum pressure of 155 PSI, it delivers consistent output to run a lot of high-power consumption tools.
Its 4-gallon twin-stack tanks have a patented design to provide better stability. Similar to the Makita MAC5501G, the central controls like gauges and regulators are located in such a way that makes it easy to access. This is a good feature to include, especially for first-time users.
We also liked how its durable build comes with a compact design that’s meant for smooth mobility. Moreover, the carry handle is equipped with a cushioned grip to relieve your hands from the pain of carrying the unit for long hours.
And for all the hard work that this product is capable of, its relatively quiet operation was nothing short of impressive for us.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Much like the Industrial Air Contractor CTA5090412, this air compressor is devoid of wheels. For a unit that weighs 74 pounds, we are not sure if the easy-grip handle can alone suffice maneuverability needs.
The ever-reliable Hitachi, now known as Metabo HPT, is one of the leading names when it comes to power tools. Its EC2610E is a robust, high-capacity air compressor that is meant for better productivity at work. With easy-to-use features, this pro-level power unit is worth your consideration.
ENGINE: Honda GX 160 engine delivers reliable and rugged...
MULTIPLE NAILERS: 9.5 CFM delivered at 90 PSI operates...
Why Did We Like It?
Our previous experience with the 8-gallon air compressors had raised the bar of expectations, and this unit didn’t let us down. To start off, the very familiar Honda GX160 4-stroke engine operates to produce a pressure range of 116-145 PSI, making the unit extremely flexible for a variety of pneumatic tools.
We used it to power some of our framing and roofing nailers, and the power let us complete our job way before time, so add the brownie points! Moreover, the cast iron cylinders ensure a longer service life of the compressor while maintaining low oil carryover and consistent compression.
Before we forget, the wheelbarrow design comes with a pair of rubber grip handles and a flat-free rubber tire to help you move around this otherwise heavy compressor.
Lastly, we were also impressed with Metabo’s attention to detail, viz. the dual drain cocks, safety valves for the gauges, and belt cage for protecting the hose. Similar to the Makita MAC5501G, all the central controls are mounted on the baseplate for smooth operation and better protection.
What Could’ve Been Better?
We had to be extra careful not to damage the main pressure gauge since it awkwardly protrudes out of the port side. Also, the size of the wheels could have been a bit bigger to enhance mobility on uneven terrains.
Halfway through the list and the next entrant on this list is a true professional grade compressor. The Rolair GD4000PV5H features a massive 30-gallon tank, and is backed by a heavyweight engine that helps you run through the most demanding tasks without breaking a sweat.
No products found.
Why Did We Like It?
Without a doubt, the massive 30-gallon tank is what tempted us to try the product. Not only can it hold enough pressure to power all of your heavyweight pneumatic tools, but the 23 CFM output ensures an uninterrupted flow of air to reduce operation time.
In addition to the high-quality welded steel wheelbarrow frame, its cast iron pump improves durability while requiring minimum maintenance for everyday use.
Since the compressor comes equipped with oil and air filters, we were saved from the hassle of working with a startup kit. If you’re running low on time, such features will come very handy to get the job completed in time.
Overall, this is an effective and powerful power unit for full-fledged professional work and high-end DIY requirements.
What Could’ve Been Better?
For once, we can make peace with its exorbitant price while considering the kind of activities it's meant for. However, we just couldn’t understand why a unit that weighs around 500 pounds does not come with a single wheel. Long story short, portability is not the product’s strongest point.
The eighth product on this list is a two-stage air compressor from the house of HPDMC. With a durable body and powerful output, this unit is suitable for both residential and semi-professional use. Its high-capacity tank accounts for an uninterrupted power supply to get the job done.
No products found.
Why Did We Like It?
First things first, the two-stage mechanism makes this unit perform at par with some of the best industrial-grade compressors. Since the compressed air travels to the piston for a second stroke, the resultant double-pressurized air can effortlessly power a range of heavy-duty pneumatic tools.
Moreover, its 13 horsepower gasoline-powered 420cc Loncin engine facilitates a working pressure of 180 PSI while maintaining an output of 24 CFM. In fact, this driving force is what enhances the performance of its already highly capable 30-gallon tank.
The dural cast iron body is meant to withstand harsh jobsite environments, protecting the unit from daily wear and tear. Plus, you don’t have to spend a lot of time and effort on its maintenance, as the bare minimum is enough to make it a long-serving power unit.
While at it, it may be helpful to know that it does come with an expensive price tag, but then again, performs well to justify its premium pricing.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Unfortunately, the cast iron body for better durability takes a toll on its maneuverability. In the absence of wheels, we are not sure if you would be able to carry around this 353-pound unit. For the price tag, easy mobility is the least that we can expect out of this otherwise high-performing unit.
The HPDAVV Piston Air Compressor is heavy-duty and built exclusively for outdoor needs. Comprising a 13-horsepower Loncin engine and 30-gallon gas tank, this unit is a fitting choice for several demanding jobs in the mechanic shop, livestock operation, or service truck.
Details Parameters: Power: 13HP; Tank: 30 Gal ASME; Required...
ASME Tank: Gas powered air compressor with a 30-gallon ASME...
Why Did We Like It?
For starters, its look and feel closely resemble the HPDMC Two-Stage Gas Powered Air Compressor. Backed by a power 420cc 13 horsepower engine, this unit is truly designed to cover most of your heavy-duty construction and framing jobs.
Similar to the HPDMC model, this compressor to features a two-stage mechanism for better productivity. In addition, the cast iron pump is equipped with a durable head to enhance the overall service life of the unit.
Since it is meant exclusively for outdoor needs, we were happy to find that it mounted quite easily on our Ford F-150 service truck’s bed. Besides, a special wear-resistant mechanism cools down the temperature of the piston rings to do away with the need for frequent replacements.
One very important thing to note here is that under no circumstances should this compressor be used indoors, as the engine exhaust contains harmful quantities of carbon monoxide.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Much like the other commercial-grade compressors on our list today, this unit is also an expensive buy. Even though the carbon monoxide warning is in place, we’d have appreciated it more had there been any feature to filter the exhaust.
The Mi-T-M Portable Wheelbarrow Compressor is a lightweight, affordable, and efficient power unit for light to medium tasks. This highly portable compressor comes equipped with a host of features for quick and easy operation. Be it framing, nailing, or inflation- this product will take care of everything.
No products found.
Why Did We Like It?
Firstly, the super-efficient 6 horsepower 196cc Honda engine has a maximum pressure of 125 PSI for your average power-consuming tools. Also, its low oil shutdown feature protects the motor to enhance the durability of this compressor.
Much like the Rolair GD4000PV5H, this compressor also features a splash-lubricated pump for seamless productivity. And if that’s not enough, you have the 12-inch flywheel to cut down on operating temperature, thereby protecting the compressor pump from overheating-related damages.
Furthermore, it has two gauges that allow you to monitor the tank and pressure discharge frequently so that you have an idea of how much power is being consumed at a given time.
One of the most striking features of this simple-looking design is its industrial-grade intake filter, which has been missing in some of the more expensive compressors. By reducing the amount of dust and debris entering the engine, the filter only adds to its fuel efficiency.
Complete with a rugged wheel and easy-lift handles, the Mi-T-M Portable Wheelbarrow Compressor is worth your consideration.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Given its rugged construction and 8-gallon tank, we feel that first-timers may require some extra practice to get a hold on its mobility. Nevertheless, the added effort is far from being a deal-breaker, in our opinion.
Pros
Powder-coated tanks for corrosion resistance
Pneumatic idle feature for fuel conservation
Manual drain valves for quick maintenance
Visual oil level indicator
Cons
Controlling its maneuverability may take some time
The penultimate product on today’s list is yet another two-stage gas air compressor, this time from Campbell Hausfeld. Whether you’re on the hunt for a decent professional power unit or looking to assist the serious DIYer in you, this product can perform equally well for both of your needs.
No products found.
Why Did We Like It?
Honestly speaking, we were desperate to try a compressor that doesn’t run on a Honda or Loncin engine when we stumbled upon this unit. Not only did the Kohler CH440 14 horsepower engine save us from the monotony, but also provided a reliable power source.
Speaking of its compressing capabilities, the single-stage pump has two fully oil-lubricated cylinders for optimum performance. Agreed that oil-based pumps require extra attention, but its smooth operation makes the maintenance effort worth it.
With a maximum pressure of 175 PSI and 26.1 CFM at 90 PSI, this Campbell Hausfeld compressor can take care of a wide variety of air-powered tools, making it one of the most flexible power units on the market. And so that you can monitor the power use, the easily readable gauges find a convenient placement in this compact design.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Perhaps the only issue that caught our site was the absence of a carrying handle. Even though it's a stationary compressor, we would still have preferred a handle to at least place the unit at the desired position.
For the final pick, the Ridgid Zero Gravity compressor deserves a worthy mention. Its unique tank design and superior-grade airflow make it one of the most likable gas-powered compressors up for grabs. If portability and ease of use are at the top of your must-have list, then this unit should definitely warrant your attention.
120-VOLT DRUM MACHINE: Offers reliable power that cleans...
ALL-IN-1 PACKAGE: Includes an induction-style belt motor...
Why Did We Like It?
We were simply amazed by the compressor’s removable tank design. What this means is that you can simply remove the tank and still connect it to the compressor via a standard air hose to regulate the airflow. This feature will come in especially handy if you are looking for optimum noise-free operation.
Moreover, the locking regulator knob will allow you to set the desired pressure as per your work requirement. On this note, we should probably mention that the 5.7 horsepower engine can deliver a 10.2 CFM at 90 PSI. Plus, the 3/8-inch air line construction is meant to provide the operator with a continuous and consistent output.
The presence of two universal quick couplers can connect 1/4-inch industrial plugs by ensuring a secure single-hand connection.
In addition to its low-profile and compact design, the two 10-inch flat-free wheels take complete care of its portability. Not only can the compressor be stored in the smallest of spaces, but it can also be moved around without straining your muscles.
What Could've Been Better?
Our only complaint is that the carrying handle doesn’t have a rubber grip. This can make it difficult to push or pull the compressor for prolonged periods since your fingers wrap around the tough metal bar.
Pros
Cast iron pump cylinder
Ball valve drain tanks for quick drainage
Wrap around roll bars for protecting key components
Zero gravity design for balance
Cons
No comfortable rubber grip
Gas Powered Air Compressor Buyer's Guide
To speak the truth, gas compressors are expensive, and more so if you don’t make the right choice.
We understand that our readers have varied needs and budget constraints. So after introducing you to the top products on the market, we take it upon ourselves to also list out the essential features that should drive your buying decision in the right way.
Tank Capacity
Without second doubt, the capacity of the compressor should be at the top of your consideration list. To put it simply, the larger the size of the tank, the more air it can hold at a given time. If you have a lot of heavy-duty tasks on your hand that need a constant supply of power, we’d recommend buying a unit that has a tank that can hold above 8 gallons of air.
On the other hand, something like a 6-gallon tank is sufficient to carry out day-to-day residential jobs. It might also be good to state that a smaller tank makes portability easy.
Maximum Pressure and Air Delivery
The PSI and CFM of your compressor will give you an idea of the pressure that the compressor can hold and for how much time. Generally, it’s a safe practice to go for a slightly higher PSI (maximum pressure) than is required. Since you don’t buy a compressor to power a single tool, the extra margin can accommodate future needs.
Likewise, the CFM (delivery rate) should also be a little more than what you need, so that none of your pneumatic tools go unserved.
Portability
Bigger tanks and cast iron pumps will invariably cause the unit to weigh more. Although better performance and durability is what we ultimately look for, it's also important that the compressor comes with features like wheels and carry handle that allows you to move around the unit without putting a lot of strain on your muscles.
Drain Valves
Frequent drainage is a good way to ensure that the tank or pumps stay protected from moisture and subsequent corrosion. We’d suggest going for a compressor where the drainage valves are located conveniently to cut out on maintenance time and effort.
Verdict
If not for gas-powered air compressors, working without electricity would have been a tough job.
To help you make a worthy investment, we’ve carefully evaluated each of the recommended products. But before we take your leave, let us quickly recapitulate the notable findings from our scrutiny.
With this, we bring down the curtains on yet another top 12 list. Hope our effort has helped you make the right choice by now, as we eagerly wait to hear from you in the comments section below.
Till next time!
For every DIY enthusiast out there, an air compressor will save so many trips to the gas station!
What’s more, it not only takes care of filling tires, sports balls, and balloons but also operates painting guns and nailers in workshops. These devices can be taken to and from the house and our workshop with no extra effort, thanks to the lightweight and compact design that portable air compressors have.
Now the trouble is that there are a variety of options available in the market varying in sizes, maximum pressure capacity, and hose types. But you don’t need to fret over it anymore. We have reviewed 11 of the best portable air compressors for your benefit with an unbiased pros and cons section for each.
The list ends with a buyer’s guide section to help you make a choice. Without further ado, let’s move on.
Best Portable Air Compressors
Here is the list of the 11 best portable air compressors that you can use to inflate tires, power small tools, and provide a source of clean, compressed air.
The DEWALT DWFP55130 Air Compressor is known for its portability and easy handling. It makes work easy for you and leaves you satisfied at the end of the day. The product will not disappoint with its remarkable number of bells and whistles, to begin with.
3.0 SCFM delivered @ 90 PSI pump, 2.5 gallon tank and 200...
Durable oil free pump of the electric air compressor...
Why Did We Like It?
This unit has exceptional operational endurance, and with a 2.5-gallon tank and a maximum PSI of 200, it allows remarkable tool performance. We used it to inflate tires, and needless to say, it exceeded our expectations.
To add to the notable features, this device is quite compact. Weighing just 39.9 pounds, this unit will take care of all your needs without you having to fret over a heavy body. The compact design is accompanied by strong handles which make it easy to carry around.
Also, we should not miss out on the durable build of his machine, which promises to last long without hindrance. The cast-iron build saw no scratches throughout the time we have been using it. We can say for sure that the sturdy exteriors ensure better operational efficiency.
What Could've Been Better?
With all the brilliant features comes a higher price tag. This device is one of the most expensive units on this list, and it may be an issue if you are an average homeowner like us. We wish that the price could have been slightly cheaper.
Pros
Portable
Lightweight at 36 pounds
Low 12 amp draw motor
Very quiet
Cons
On the expensive side
Dimensions: 21.58" x 17.44" x 13.81" | Weight: 40lbs | Power Source: Corded Electric | Voltage: 120V | Capacity: 2.5 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 3CFM | Noise Level: 71.5dB | Max Tank Pressure: 200PSI | Horsepower: 1.10HP | Warranty: 1 Year
Next up is a machine that is portable, as well as super quiet. The Bostitch BTFP02012 Air Compressor is a powerhouse that is loved by people. We were in awe of how it did not cause any ruckus in the house, and our kids could sleep with the machine working outside their rooms.
The portable air compressor has a long-life oil-free,...
150 max PSI 6.0 gallon tank (22.7 L) and 2.6 SCFM* delivered...
Why Did We Like It?
A brilliant feature that this device has is that it is maintenance-free and would not have you heading to the garage on a daily basis. It features a pump that is super sturdy and lasts long.
Also, the machine is oil-free, and you do not have to worry about refilling. This is a great benefit as there have been times in the past with our old compressor, which stopped functioning during work hours. This hindrance was caused because of a lack of oil, but with this new gadget, we could finally be at peace.
Further, the machine can start up easily, even in cold weather conditions. We live in an area that sees a lot of snow, and we can assure you that for anybody staying in cold places, this device will be a boon.
What Could've Been Better?
What we thought was a slight hindrance was that a hose was not included in the pack. You would have to buy it separately. Now that you are aware, it should not be a problem anymore as you can order both of them together. Other than this, we have no issues with its functionality.
Pros
Portable
High flow regulations
Works silently
Doesn’t produce emissions
Works in cold weather
Cons
Doesn’t include hose or gun
Dimensions: 17" x 17" x 19.25" | Weight: 29lbs | Power Source: Corded Electric | Voltage: 230V | Capacity: 6 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 2.6CFM | Noise Level: 78.5dB | Max Tank Pressure: 150PSI | Horsepower: N/A | Warranty: 1 Year
The pancake-style tank that this device comes with will impress you with its stability. The PORTER-CABLE C2002 Pancake Compressor is a device that is very easy to operate. We were delighted by the easy usage, and we are sure you will be too.
150 psi max tank pressure of the portable air compressor...
2.6 SCFM @ 90 psi of the electric air compressor allows for...
Why Did We Like It?
The 120V induction motor shows impeccable performance at 150 PSI maximum pressure. We have been using this device to fill tires as well as fire a nailer. It has been beneficial in both cases.
Also, the product comes with a steel construction as well as a shroud and console cover. This ensures that the major parts of the body are well protected and cannot be harmed by accidental bumps.
Further, the machine has rubber feet for added stability. We did not feel the device vibrate while operating because the rubber absorbed a lot of it. To add on, the product is part of a 13-piece accessory kit, which also includes a blowgun, nylon hose, and a gauge, to name a few.
Lastly, the machine is easy to move around and can be taken place without any fuss. Owing to its lightweight and compact features, we have been taking it around in our car from the garage to the workshop easily.
What Could've Been Better?
The major problem we faced with this machine is that it is pretty noisy. This is not only a hindrance for us but also for any family member in the house. Try using this machine during work hours only when everybody is awake and working. Otherwise, the sound may cause a lot of disturbance to the neighbors as well.
Pros
Affordable
Tank size of 6 gallon
Easily portable
Easy to start up
Oil-free motor
Cons
Very noisy
Dimensions: 17" x 1" x 18.38" | Weight: 31.2lbs | Power Source: Electric-Powered | Voltage: 120V | Capacity: 6 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 2.6CFM | Noise Level: N/A | Max Tank Pressure: 150PSI | Horsepower: 0.2HP | Warranty: 1 Year
Are you on a budget and looking for a machine that will suffice your basic needs? The VIAIR 400P Portable Compressor may just be the best choice. Being one of the best small air compressors today, it is a great option when it comes to usage around the house.
HIGH PERFORMANCE OFFROAD COMPRESSOR (Model: 40043, 12V, 150...
EXPLORE WITHOUT LIMITS: Trucks, SUVs, Jeeps, Offroad...
Why Did We Like It?
We would not call it one top powerful devices, but it works well for the modest size and lightweight design that it has. We found that the unit could be used to fill up tires measuring 33 inches or less very smoothly.
Additionally, it comes with a 10-foot power cable and can also be powered with alligator clamps that hook up to a car battery. Thus we could use it easily at any place where an electric socket is not available. Also, the device has a LED power indicator that informs you if the machine is switched on or off.
Another notable feature of this product is a 25 feet air hose, which allows you to move around and use the device efficiently. Be it painting guns or filling tires, the long hose allows easy movement.
What Could've Been Better?
This is a smaller gadget and is not suitable for bigger tasks. If you try to attempt jobs like filling up large tires with this device, it will perform slowly and inefficiently. Also, this is not a device to work with for long hours at a stretch. Keep these conditions in mind before choosing the product.
Pros
Affordable
Heavy-duty dual battery clamps
Includes anti-vibration tray
Very portable
Perfect for most tools
Cons
Not suitable for bigger projects
Dimensions: 13" x 11" x 9.5" | Weight: 10.4lbs | Power Source: Electric-Powered | Voltage: 12V | Capacity: N/A | Air Flow Capacity: 2.3CFM | Noise Level: 74dB | Max Tank Pressure: 150PSI | Horsepower: N/A | Warranty: 1 Year
If you want an air compressor that will take care of your heavy-duty projects and be portable as well, the Ingersoll-Rand P1.5IU will live up to its name. With a hoard of brilliant features, the product will easily help you take it from your home to the workshop with no extra effort at all.
User Friendly: A low 80 dBA noise level, an easily...
Why Did We Like It?
This may be heavier than most units on this list, but that should not worry you one bit. The semi-pneumatic wheels with no flat tires will make it child’s play to wheel the device around.
Also, this device is pretty tall, and this has its benefits. It does not take up much storage space, and you can store it anywhere with utter ease. We were genuinely surprised by how we could fit this bulky device in our small garage.
Lastly, the cast iron build of the product worked well for us. Being a heavy device, it is prone to jerks every time we draw it over rough terrains. The sturdy frame ensured there were no marks of wear and tear on the body.
What Could've Been Better?
We faced issues with the capacitors, which failed in the initial stage itself. The customer service was helpful in dealing with our issues, and we got it replaced pretty soon. We related this complaint with certain other users and found that some others have also faced it. Call up customer service if you witness any sign of malfunctioning.
Pros
Semi-pneumatic wheels for extra portability
Oil-lube belt-driven design
100% continuous duty cycle
Durable cast iron frame and cylinder
Thermal overload motor protection
Cons
Issues with the capacitors
Dimensions: 22" x 23" x 43" | Weight: 200lbs | Power Source: Electric-Powered | Voltage: 115V (AC) | Capacity: 20 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: N/A | Noise Level: 80dB | Max Tank Pressure: 135PSI | Horsepower: 2HP | Warranty: 1 Year
If you are looking for a device to perform simple tasks, this is a great option to go with. Be it inflating or powering an air drill, and the California Air Tools 8010 Air Compressor works very efficiently. We found that this device does not hinder conversations and is an excellent option to bring home.
ULTRA QUIET PERFORMANCE: The California Air Tools Ultra...
POWERFUL OPERATION: Equipped with an oil-free Dual Piston...
Why Did We Like It?
This is a pretty quiet device with maximum noise levels at 60 dB. You will only hear a slight whirring sound which is essential for understanding that the device is functioning correctly.
Also, the product is equipped with an oil-free dual-piston pump system that works exceptionally well regardless of any temperature or terrain it is placed in. We were not worried about any kind of oil spills. The oil-free features saved us a lot of effort and there was a considerable drop in expenditure too.
Further, we were awed by the 3000 hours plus life cycle of this unit. It would not show any signs of wear and tear till before this time. This is an impressive feature, as most devices do not exceed 500 hours before they start showing signs of deterioration.
Lastly, the compressor weighs 54 pounds and is accompanied by wheels in the kit itself. The wheels allowed us to move the machine easily, and we did not fret about its weight. The device can also be carried by two people easily if necessary.
What Could've Been Better?
We were disappointed with the material used to make the valve. While it did not break down yet, the thin material keeps us pretty worried about its durability. The walls are paper-thin, and you can almost feel the vibration. Beware of this before you buy the product.
Pros
Fills up rapidly
8.0-gallon steel air tank
Noise level of 60 dB
Powerful and durable
Lightweight
Cons
Cheap materials used to make the valve
Dimensions: 26" x 14" x 23" | Weight: 48lbs | Power Source: Corded Electric | Voltage: 110V (AC) | Capacity: 8 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 3CFM | Noise Level: 60dB | Max Tank Pressure: 120PSI | Horsepower: 1HP | Warranty: 1 Year
Are you in search of a powerful air compressor that will help you deal with any kind of heavy-duty task with ease? The Makita 2.5 MAC2400 Portable Air Compressor is a brilliant option. It is sturdy and works like a beast. We used it for filling big tires, and it worked perfectly.
Cast iron pump with Big Bore cylinder and piston is...
Powerful 2.5 HP 4-Pole motor produces 4.2 CFM at 90 PSI for...
Why Did We Like It?
If you are a professional, this device can be of great help. It is powerful enough to power 2 nailers. We are into multitasking, and we often undertake several tasks together. We needed a machine that could sustain being used continuously. Needless to say, this device did not disappoint.
Moreover, the presence of twin-stacked 4.2-gallon tanks adds to the power of this machine. We think it is the most powerful device on this whole list. And to add on, it supports stability like never before. You do not need to worry about placing the device on uneven terrain.
The pump is oil-lubricated, which ensures that it lasts longer as well as stays comparatively cooler while working. Further, it only emits 79 DB of noise, which makes it a silent machine. You will be able to hear the engine whirring, but a conversation can be continued easily just beside it.
What Could've Been Better?
At 77 lbs, this device is on the heavier side, and this may cause issues if you want to move it around a lot. We would suggest if you do want it to be portable, get a cart on which it can be placed. This will give it the needed ease in portability, but it will also increase the total costs incurred.
Pros
Copper finned discharge tubing
Durable cast iron cylinder
Can be maintained easily
Works very quietly
Powerful
Cons
Heavier and difficult to move
Dimensions: 20" x 18" x 18.75" | Weight: 80.8lbs | Power Source: Electric-Powered | Voltage: 120V | Capacity: 4.2 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 4.8CFM | Noise Level: 79dB | Max Tank Pressure: 130PSI | Horsepower: 2.5HP | Warranty: 1 Year
This is one of the easiest machines to carry around on this list. And what's more, if you are looking for a device that will not disturb your daily conversations at all, the Senco PC1010 Portable Air-Compressor will do the job. Without further ado, let us get into the features.
Lightweight and portable--easy to carry from site to site as...
One horsepower peak ,1/2 horsepower runningand one-gallon...
Why Did We Like It?
It comes with a 10-inch wide tank and handles to make it easy for you to carry around. It is one of the lightest devices at just 20 pounds, and this enables you to take it around with ease. It is so light and compact that we could fit it in a bag and carry it when needed.
Further, the compressor that the machine comes with is oil-free and produces a maximum of 125 PSI of pressurized air. This is quite efficient and will handle all DIY projects easily.
It makes 68 decibels of sound, which is remarkably less and does not cause a ruckus. Lastly, we recommend using this product for smaller needs or projects. It will work very well for renovation and will make the process smooth.
What Could've Been Better?
If you are going to engage in large-scale projects which need a very powerful machine, this product will disappoint you. While it works tremendously well for smaller projects and tasks, the compressor is not strong enough for complicated tasks.
Pros
Delivers 20 to 44 drives per minute
Ideal for renovation purposes
1-gallon tank capacity
Lightweight and portable
Cons
Limited power
Dimensions: 14" x 13" x 10" | Weight: 20lbs | Power Source: Electric-Powered | Voltage: 115V | Capacity: 1 Gallon | Air Flow Capacity: N/A | Noise Level: 68dB | Max Tank Pressure: N/A | Horsepower: 1HP | Warranty: 1 Year
At 68 decibels, if you were looking for a device to use inside your house, the Campbell Hausfeld DC010500 may be the right choice. It makes very little noise, and your neighbors would not be able to hear the machine through the walls. If you live in a flat, this device may work out very well for you.
Compact and Portable: The suitcase design ensures...
Powerful Performance: Delivering 125 Max PSI, this...
Why Did We Like It?
We were impressed by the suitcase-like design that the product came with. It helped us hold and carry it easily thanks to the well-placed handles for convenience. Also, to add on, the device is lightweight and would not weigh more than a real suitcase.
The compact size and design that this device has made it extremely portable and easy to store. We have a very small garage, and there is no ample space, but this device managed to fit in under the workbench.
Additionally, the product comes with a dual-piston pump system. This makes it 4 times easier and quicker to fill the tank. With the busy schedules that we have, this gave us much-needed relief.
Moreover, the product is durable and made with very high-quality metal. We have been using it for a year now, and we have faced no issues whatsoever.
What Could've Been Better?
We have no complaints about the functioning ability of this unit. The only drawback is the process of assembly. It took us a while to understand the process and then go on about it. A better-detailed manual would have been helpful, and we would suggest you call customer care up as soon as you sit with the assembling process.
Pros
Sound level up to 68 decibels
Equipped with an oil-free pump and induction motor
Revolutionary slim suitcase design
Cons
Difficult to assemble
Dimensions: 24.1" x 14.2" x 8.5" | Weight: 29lbs | Power Source: AC | Voltage: N/A | Capacity: 8 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 1.2CFM | Noise Level: 68dB | Max Tank Pressure: 125PSI | Horsepower: 1HP | Warranty: 1 Year
This is another lightweight device from the house of Dewalt. The yellow and black color of the DEWALT Air Compressor, 135-PSI Max speaks of remarkable design and power. Weighing only 24 pounds, this machine will surprise you with its efficiency.
Low 71 dBA* allows for quieter operation (*Tested per...
Why Did We Like It?
This air compressor is equipped with many essential features, including a tank pressure gauge and a regulation knob and gauge. Also, it is super compact, 15 inches wide and 19 inches deep. We wanted a portable device as there was a constant need to take the compressor from our workshop to our garage.
We were very happy with the fact that the device had rubber feet. This ensured that the vibrations from this device would be absorbed by this rubber foot. It will prevent any unnecessary movement of the gadget and will not let scratch marks form on the base.
Do not be tricked by the small size of the machine as it works powerfully. It does make some sound at a maximum of 71 decibels, which is not too much and will not be wiping out conversations if you are talking in the same room.
What Could've Been Better?
We have been using this unit for a few months now, and it has been put to work very often. But the body already shows signs of wear and tear, which is not expected as the machine did not face any kind of injuries. We see the color fading in parts, and the functionality has also shown a slight decline.
Pros
Heavy-duty 1-gallon trim compressor
1 gallon in size
Comes with a protective roll cage
Oil-free compressor
Cons
Not very durable
Dimensions: 19.76" x 1" x 10.5" | Weight: 29.3lbs | Power Source: Electric-Powered | Voltage: 120V | Capacity: 1 Gallon | Air Flow Capacity: 0.75CFM | Noise Level: 69dB | Max Tank Pressure: 135PSI | Horsepower: N/A | Warranty: 3 Years
If you are looking to paint cars, then this product may be exactly what you need. The Industrial Air IL1682066.MN 20-Gallon Belt Driven Air Compressor is a pretty cheap device when it comes to budget while it works very well with painting guns. We have already used this on two of our cars, and it works like a breeze.
1. 6 HP, dual-Voltage, induction motor wired for standard...
135 max psi
Why Did We Like It?
Because of its lightweight and long hose, it was easy to work on all sides of the car. Also, if you have a limited workspace and it is not possible to move large compressors around, this device will solve your problem. It fits into any space with utter ease.
To add on, we also liked the fact that it dissipated heat efficiently. We were operating this device for almost an hour continuously, and it showed no hesitance in performance. All the delicate parts worked smoothly, and there was no build-up of heat inside.
Lastly, we would want to mention its sturdy and durable build of it. It comes in a strong frame and does not get damaged easily. We had not expected this at such a reasonable price and were glad to have gotten such remarkable features.
What Could've Been Better?
The machine works fine for smaller projects. With a capacity of 6.2 CFM at 40 PSI, it is not made to work for extended periods. The drawback is that it only functions with low-volume spray guns. This is expected considering the dimensions of the product but can be a disappointment if you were planning to fill tires.
Pros
Fast heat dissipation
20 gallons in size
Durable construction
Perfect for smaller tasks
Cons
Only works with low-volume spray guns
Dimensions: 28.5" x 19.75" x 48.5" | Weight: 159lbs | Power Source: Electric-Powered | Voltage: 120V | Capacity: 20 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 3CFM | Noise Level: 65dB | Max Tank Pressure: 135PSI | Horsepower: 6HP | Warranty: 2 Years
An air compressor may seem like an easy device to buy, but after going through the 13 types mentioned above, you must be thinking about which one actually suits you. Always remember the following points before making a purchase.
This is because the best product may end up not having that one specific feature that you require. The few things we have noted down will help you not make this mistake while buying a device of your own.
Pressure and Volume
Do you need to work with heavy-duty tools? Or are you looking for a product that will suit your DIY and personal needs? The pressure and volume required will vary according to your answer. Heavy-duty tools need a larger volume and pressure, while smaller devices require less pressure.
A compressor with lesser pressure when used for larger needs like filling large tires, works slowly and less efficiently. Some devices are smaller and cannot be used to fill tires. Be sure to check out the specifications before purchasing a compressor.
Size of the tank
As we all know, a larger tank will have a bigger capacity to store air and can be used for bigger projects. This will allow one to work for more extended periods.
So the question is, do you need a compressor to paint, or are you looking to fill tires? Is it that you want to use it on a nail gun? Again the size and capacity of the tank should reflect your needs. Buying a product with a giant tank for small purposes would be an unnecessary move as bigger devices are heavier and more challenging to move.
A small tank will be enough if it is needed rarely and for smaller projects while a larger tank is required in order to fill up big tires or to paint the house.
Cost
It is vital that you find a perfect product that fits your needs at the best value that you get it in. Imagine going for a lower-end device because of budget constraints and then having to replace the machine again in a few months as the performance does not match up.
This will only lead to spending more money. It is better to buy a device according to your needs and check for its durability. This will ensure that you do not have to invest in other equipment soon.
Material
A fancy product does not mean it is made with the best of materials. If the material used is not thick and strong, the parts, including valves, may form cracks, and you would end up going to repair shops often. This is not wanted.
Cheaper materials corrode easily and get damaged if it slightly bumps against any other surface. Also, if you are going to be using the device on rough terrains, a good build is a must.
Oil-free or lubricated
Some devices do not need oil to function while others are lubricated with oil, to begin with. Oil-free compressors are good for the environment and also come at a comparatively lesser price range.
These machines do not need oil replacement after periods and save you the job of refilling every now and then.
But then lubricated compressors do have their sets of benefits. They are more likely to last longer as they are lubricated, and there is less wearing down of parts due to constant usage.
So both of these types have their sets of pros and cons. It is on you to decide which one seems more beneficial for you.
Noise levels
Initially, the noise was not seen as a concern with air compressors as they were mostly used in professional settings, and the noise was thought of as inevitable. But today with electrical compressors, the sound levels have gone down a lot.
If you want a quiet device, there are many options in the list above. But remember that gas motors are more powerful than electric ones. Though the gas models are noisier, they may be needed for heavy-duty work.
Remember, if using the gadget indoors, you may require a quieter gadget, but if you are going to work in open areas, then a louder machine may not cause too much of a problem. Please consider your usage and where you would need to use it the most before choosing a product.
Portable Air Compressors FAQs
What is the difference between oil-lubricated and oil-free portable air compressors?
Oil-lubricated compressors require oil to lubricate the motor and internal components, resulting in quieter operation and longer lifespan. Oil-free compressors are lighter, more portable, and don’t require oil, making them low-maintenance but typically less durable.
Is a larger tank size always better?
A larger tank size provides more air storage, suitable for tools that need a continuous supply of air. However, a larger tank also increases the compressor’s weight and size. Balance your usage requirements with portability when selecting a tank size.
Can I run multiple tools simultaneously using a portable air compressor?
Yes, many portable air compressors allow for multiple tools to be connected simultaneously. However, ensure that the compressor’s CFM and psi ratings can accommodate the combined requirements of all the tools.
How do I determine the CFM requirements for my tools?
Check your tools’ manufacturers’ specifications for their CFM (cubic feet per minute) requirements at a specific psi. It is crucial to choose a compressor with sufficient CFM to power the tools you intend to use simultaneously.
How do I know when the air compressor tank is full?
Most portable air compressors come with pressure gauges that indicate the pressure inside the tank. Once the gauge reaches the maximum pressure (psi) specified by the manufacturer, it indicates that the tank is full.
Can I use my portable air compressor in cold weather?
In cold weather, the efficiency of air compressors might be impacted. Gas-powered compressors are typically more reliable in cold environments. For electric models, ensure proper power supply and ample warm-up time for the compressor before use.
How do I maintain my portable air compressor?
Routine maintenance includes checking for leaks, draining the tank to remove condensation, inspecting and cleaning the air filter, and lubricating the motor (if it’s oil-lubricated). Periodically replace any worn seals or parts to ensure efficient and safe operation.
Conclusion
Portable air compressors provide incredible convenience and functionality for various tasks ranging from inflating tires to powering tools. With an abundance of options available on the market, selecting the right one to suit your specific needs may seem daunting. However, weighing each model's features, performance, and price, we've narrowed it down to the top three choices tailored to varying requirements.
From the above 11 best portable air compressors, here are the top three expert recommendations:
With its compact design, lightweight build, and powerful performance, the DEWALT DWFP55130 Air Compressor is an ideal option if portability and ease of handling are your top priorities.
On the other hand, the Bostitch BTFP02012 Air Compressor is a good option for those who require great performance in a portable, quiet, and maintenance-free package.
For users requiring a stable, easy-to-use, and versatile compressor for home projects, the PORTER-CABLE C2002 is the right choice.
In the end, the best portable air compressor for you will depend on your specific needs, preferences, and budget. Keep in mind the intended use for the compressor and carefully consider the available features you require. With the top three expert recommendations provided, you are now armed with the knowledge to make a confident decision in choosing the most suitable portable air compressor for your needs.
Air compressors are among the most common items we encounter when it comes to heavy-duty electrical appliances. No wonder, they are also among the most versatile!
These devices are of simple construction and work on a fairly streamlined technology. Powered by sturdy and durable engines, they make for a versatile piece of equipment that gives you years of use without a hitch.
But over time, the market has been inundated with air compressors, each one seemingly better than the previous. With the high number of tasks, a compressor can accomplish, it’s only natural that you may be confused about the right one for your needs. This is where we step in!
The following resource is a roundup of our top 11 air compressors available in the market, highlighting each model’s pros and cons. It’s followed by a guide that outlines the factors to bear in mind while making your purchase.
Let’s get started, shall we?
Best Air Compressors
Here is the list of the 11 best air compressors that you can use to tackle a range of tasks, from inflating tires to powering air tools.
First on our list is a strong and high-performing air compressor from Porter-Cable that is exceptional in the service it delivers. As a product from an established brand, this machine lives up to the reputation of Porter-Cable and elevates it a notch higher!
150 psi max tank pressure of the portable air compressor...
2.6 SCFM @ 90 psi of the electric air compressor allows for...
Why Did We Like It?
This attractive model from the brand scores particularly high on portability and time efficiency. Fitted with an induction motor for increased durability and optimum strength, it is adept at a variety of uses, both commercial as well as household.
The 150 PSI tank offers more storage space for air which results in a longer run-time while the 2.6 SCFM at 90 gallons allows the compressor to recover quickly after each use. In addition to this, the machine features a 6-gallon tank equipped with a water drain valve and rubber feet which together provide great stability in operation.
Furthermore, it is well-equipped for a quick start-up thanks to the low amp 120V motor. And that’s not all; it requires little maintenance, and is also able to support two users. At 30 lbs, it is one of the most portable devices in its range and offers great value for money.
What Could Have Been Better?
Air compressors often get a bad name for being too noisy and unfortunately, this model does not change that perception much. However, while the noise output could certainly be lower, this model is otherwise excellent and promises a stellar, versatile performance.
Pros
Portable, durable, and time-efficient
Outer protection for parts for added safety
Quick to start and recover
Cons
Noisy at the time of operation
Dimensions: 17" x 18.38" | Weight: 31.2lbs | Power Source: Electric-Powered | Voltage: 120V | Capacity: 6 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 2.6CFM | Noise Level: N/A | Max Tank Pressure: 150PSI | Horsepower: 0.2HP | Warranty: 1 Year
This air compressor from Bostitch is one of the lightest on our list, but also one of the most high-performing. It’s a convenient, good-looking device that delivers highly on all desired fronts. They say, don’t judge a book by its cover, and we’d advise you to do the same for this one!
The portable air compressor has a long-life oil-free,...
150 max PSI 6.0 gallon tank (22.7 L) and 2.6 SCFM* delivered...
Why Did We Like It?
As a lightweight compressor, it is impressively adept at a wide variety of tasks. This is made possible by way of its 6-gallon tank with a maximum storage capacity of 150 PSI which significantly extends the run-time.
Alongside this, the unit features a low-maintenance, oil-free pump that offers lightning-quick recovery at 2.6 SCFM. Apart from that, the 78.5 dBA rating ensures a low noise output, thus making it well-suited to quiet work environments. This air compressor, therefore, has all the components of a reliable appliance in any workspace and guarantees a performance that leaves you with little to want.
Lastly, it weighs 29 lbs. Not only is that a stunning value for a machine of this capacity but it also enhances its appeal as a portable and efficient tool. Coupled with a high-flow regulator and couplers to boost air tool functioning, the BTFP02012 is an air compressor that scores well in our books.
What Could Have Been Better?
The only slight problem that could be a red flag for this wonderful piece of machinery is its plastic construction. It poses doubts about durability, not to mention plastic’s infamy as a non-biodegradable material. But this is certainly no deal-breaker and with proper care, the device is bound to run well and for long.
Pros
Comparatively less noise output
Incredibly lightweight and portable
Low maintenance and high operational efficiency
Cons
Plastic construction poses questions on durability
Dimensions: 17" x 17" x 19.25" | Weight: 29lbs | Power Source: Corded Electric | Voltage: 230V | Capacity: 6 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 2.6CFM | Noise Level: 78.5dB | Max Tank Pressure: 150PSI | Horsepower: N/A | Warranty: 1 Year
Next up, is a fully shrouded air compressor from a brand that’s quite a favorite among architects and electrical engineers. It offers a wide array of useful features in an attractive design and is an extremely handy tool to have around.
2.0 SCFM @ 90 psi of the portable air compressor allows for...
1.5 gallon tank in shroud of the electric air compressor is...
Why Did We Like It?
The CMB15 from PORTER-CABLE is an excellent air compressor well-suited to cold weather conditions. The low amp 120V motor offers a quick start-up and also has the option to attach to an extension cord. Additionally, it weighs only 20 lbs and is incredibly portable.
The 1.5-gallon tank further adds to the portability. Fully shrouded and equipped with a water drain valve and rubber feet, the tank offers great ease of operation along with an impressive air storage capacity. The toolkit also comes with a 25-foot coil hose that enables the unit to carry out inflation tasks. Furthermore, the oil-free pump allows for low maintenance and longer shelf life.
Moreover, this is a compressor that emits considerably less noise in comparison to its counterparts. At 79 dBA, it is suitable for quiet work conditions, and thanks to the fully enclosed design, it remains well-protected in all environments. Most importantly, for such versatility, the machine offers great value for money and is one of the best models in its range.
What Could Have Been Better?
The only area in which this excellent compressor falls short is the capacity for balance. The rubber feet are slightly unstable and require attention so that the device doesn’t fall over and get damaged. This is surely no red flag, though. We’d suggest you consider its features well before making a purchase!
Pros
Quick to start; suitable for cold temperatures
Durable and long-running
Great value for money
Cons
Rubber feet are sometimes unstable
Dimensions: 15.5" x 13.25" x 20.5" | Weight: 20lbs | Power Source: Electric-Powered | Voltage: 120V | Capacity: 1.5 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 2CFM | Noise Level: 79dB | Max Tank Pressure: 150PSI | Horsepower: N/A | Warranty: 1 Year
If it’s a workhorse of a machine, rest assured it is made by DEWALT. The DWFP55126 air compressor combines brute strength with the streamlined operation and is competent for a number of versatile tasks. Time and energy-efficient, this device has us thoroughly impressed with its performance and power.
165 max PSI 6.0 gallon tank (22.7 L) and 2.6 SCFM* delivered...
High efficiency motor of the electric air compressor is made...
Why Did We Like It?
We have far too many reasons to love this air compressor; it combines the best features of all the models out there! Starting with the 6-gallon tank with 165 max PSI, the machine features an oil-free pump, two universal couplers, and a cord wrap for convenient storage. Thus, it is low on maintenance and high on utility!
Also, its 75.5 dBA noise level rating takes it far from being an auditory nuisance! What further enhances operational efficiency is the high-flow regulator and a quick-start motor. Together with the couplers, these features maximize air tool performance and guarantee that you’ll never have another day where your air compressor falls short.
Lastly, the DEWALT compressor is smartly designed and bears in mind portability and protection. At 30 lbs, it is lightweight given its capacity and the removable console cover acts as an adequate safeguard against weather conditions and abrasions. Affordable and efficient, we believe that this model deserves considerable attention from any serious buyer.
What Could Have Been Better?
It’s not like DEWALT to leave much room for complaint and this device is no exception to the rule. The only area where it falters is that the fittings are prone to leakage. While we understand this is no light matter, we’d suggest getting in touch with their excellent customer support to sort it out!
Pros
High-performing, long-lasting, versatile
Low maintenance and noise-free
Ergonomic design with ample protection
Cons
Fittings prone to leakages
Dimensions: 16" x 16" x 17.5" | Weight: 30lbs | Power Source: Corded Electric | Voltage: 120V | Capacity: 6 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 2.6CFM | Noise Level: 75.5dB | Max Tank Pressure: 165PSI | Horsepower: 0.2HP | Warranty: 1 Year
The next item on our list is another workhorse with tremendous power and high operational efficiency. This air compressor from Makita, the MAC700, is thoroughly impressive when it comes to technology and ease of operation, and ensures that all tasks are carried out perfectly and without any hassle.
Cast iron pump with big bore cylinder and piston, combined...
Substantially lower noise levels with a large 1,720 RPM...
Why Did We Like It?
As a leading global brand in electronics, Makita makes no compromises on power, utility, and ease of operation. The MAC700 features a ‘Big bore’ pump cylinder for high power output and low noise emissions and is backed by a 2.0 HP motor with a 2.6-gallon tank. The ‘Big bore’ allows for faster recovery and increased compression, thus making it ideal for industrial work in tough conditions.
Further, it is a highly durable piece of equipment that is built to last and give the least trouble. While the oil-lubricated pump enhances operational efficiency, it is the roll bar handle that offers greater portability and control to the user. Also, the oil sight glass allows for quick and easy maintenance!
At a considerably lower RPM (1730), this is a compressor that you can definitely trust when it comes to noise-free operation. Far quieter than its counterparts, the MAC700 is a dependable device that comes in handy in a variety of situations and promises to deliver.
What Could Have Been Better?
Priced slightly high on the scale, the MAC700 from Makita makes for a premium purchase and is not affordable to the average engineer. However, the hefty price tag is well-justified and we’d recommend taking a good look at all that it has to offer before judging the price right off the bat.
Pros
Considerably noise-free operation
Powerful piston and motor
Portable and well-suited to industrial work
Cons
Expensive
Dimensions: 18" x 22" x 10" | Weight: 59.6lbs | Power Source: Electric-Powered | Voltage: 120V | Capacity: 2.6 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 3.3CFM | Noise Level: 80dB | Max Tank Pressure: 130PSI | Horsepower: 2HP | Warranty: 1 Year
This is another lightweight model from a new brand on the list, Senco, that is well-equipped to perform a wide variety of tasks demanding good power output and smooth operation. It is compact and delivers as promised, and is especially good for household projects. Read on to find out more!
Lightweight and portable--easy to carry from site to site as...
One horsepower peak ,1/2 horsepower runningand one-gallon...
Why Did We Like It?
The PC1010 is a competent air compressor that offers excellent power combined with ease of operation and is backed by a direct-drive motor with a capacity of 1 HP at peak functioning, and ½ HP while running. The tank has a capacity of 1 gallon and is ideal for renovation and a range of household tasks.
Furthermore, it features an oil-free pump that eliminates mess and disposal issues, thus rendering the device low maintenance and easy to handle. In addition to this, the aluminum cylinder makes for a highly durable component, and ultimately, such features come together to make this air compressor a reliable and handy tool suitable for a variety of functions.
Last but not the least, the design of this unit is another feather in its cap! Extremely lightweight and portable, it can be easily transported from one job site to another and is backed by a 1-year warranty from the company. In addition to this, the model is fitted with rubber feet that keep hardwood floors abrasion-free and only add to its appeal!
What Could Have Been Better?
This air compressor from Senco is close to flawless and makes for a worthy purchase. However, the only issue is with the company’s customer support which is at times unresponsive. But we also strongly feel that given its features and durability, the device is highly unlikely to give you any trouble in the first place.
Pros
High-functioning motor and pump
Low on maintenance and reliable
Lightweight and portable
Cons
Customer support occasionally unresponsive
Dimensions: 14" x 13" x 10" | Weight: 20lbs | Power Source: Electric-Powered | Voltage: 115V | Capacity: 1 Gallon | Air Flow Capacity: N/A | Noise Level: 68dB | Max Tank Pressure: N/A | Horsepower: 1HP | Warranty: 1 Year
Another outstanding product from DEWALT, the DWFP55130 is a long-lasting and long-running air compressor that supports a number of pneumatic and air tool applications. Backed by a powerful motor, it works quietly and efficiently to ensure that even the most heavy-duty tasks are taken care of with the utmost ease.
3.0 SCFM delivered @ 90 PSI pump, 2.5 gallon tank and 200...
Durable oil free pump of the electric air compressor...
Why Did We Like It?
Right off the bat, we were impressed by the 2.5-gallon, 200 PSI max tank that fulfills the two-pronged function of adequate air storage and quick recovery time. Adding to its efficiency is the oil-free pump that reduces the need for maintenance and offers a longer shelf-life.
Further, this air compressor is highly energy-efficient. Drawing only 12 amps, its motor utilizes only as much energy as required, provides easy start-up, and considerably lowers the chances of tripping a breaker. In addition to this, with a dBA rating of 71.5, the noise output of this device is lesser in comparison to its counterparts in the market.
This is a compressor whose design is a key aspect in its favor. It features a roll cage design that is comfortable to handle in terms of use, storage, and protection. Operated with equal ease either horizontally or in a vertical position, the design allows for great versatility for the user. Lastly, being 14 inches wide and weighing 36 lbs, the device is lithe and lightweight, and an excellent addition to any toolkit.
What Could Have Been Better?
Compared to other similar models, DEWALT’s product is priced on the higher side. This is not an expense suited to the average engineer’s budget, but given its capacity, we are certain it will find willing buyers more often than not!
Pros
Motor and tank are highly dependable
Energy-efficient and low-noise emission
Lightweight, ergonomic design
Cons
Expensive
Dimensions: 21.58" x 17.44" x 13.81" | Weight: 36lbs | Power Source: Corded Electric | Voltage: 120V | Capacity: 2.5 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 3CFM | Noise Level: 71.5dB | Max Tank Pressure: 200PSI | Horsepower: 1.10HP | Warranty: 1 Year
The second product from Campbell Hausfeld on this list, this compressor is geared towards high functionality and long-term durability. Powered by competent internal parts, the DC080500 boasts a stunning array of features that ensure a commendable performance with a high degree of proficiency.
Quiet Compressor: Operating at just 65 db, this quiet...
120 Volt Power: Powered by a reliable 120 volt system, this...
Why Did We Like It?
This Campbell Hausfeld compressor gives us a number of reasons to feature it among the top products in the market. Probably its most impressive feature, at 68 dBA the noise level rating is quite unique and ensures one of the quietest operations on the list, for both indoor and outdoor use.
This device also scores high on durability and functionality. While the key components last four times longer than most other models, they are also oil-free and work on a dual-piston pump system that ensures greater efficiency, lower maintenance, and a longer run time.
Compatible with a number of electrical appliances, this air compressor kit is highly versatile. It comes with a 17-piece accessory kit that enhances its utility a great deal. It is ideal for inflation, hobby painting, stapling, and nailing projects among others. Lastly, this is a lightweight and portable machine, equipped with a durable, rubber-grip steel handle for ease of transportation and maneuverability from site to site.
What Could Have Been Better?
This is another excellent device that only falls short of good customer support as here too, they were found to be unresponsive on occasion. However, this is not strictly a dealbreaker and apart from this minute glitch, the unit is quite without faults!
Next up is a high-performing product from another trustworthy brand and it is equipped with all the features required for versatile functioning combined with ease of operation. Simple in construction, this compressor is durable and promises a high degree of efficiency for years to come.
The portable air compressor is proudly made in the USA with...
PORTABLE: 6 gallon capacity maximizes portability and stored...
Why Did We Like It?
First up, this air compressor leaves no stone unturned when it comes to fulfilling its primary functions with ease and elan. The 6-gallon air tank provides sufficient storage for air and it is complemented by a 150 max PSI for good cut-in pressure. Functioning is further augmented by the 120V motor with a 2.6 SCFM that allows for quick recovery time for the compressor.
Also, the model requires little maintenance while offering great operational efficiency. It features an oil-free pump and ensures a smooth start-up in cold weather. Highly durable and long-running, the compressor comes with a 1-year warranty and is highly unlikely to give any trouble to the user.
Lastly, the USP of this model is its versatility which is made possible due to the 13-piece accessory kit that accompanies the unit. It includes a multitude of essential parts such as an air hose, a coupler, and a blowgun among others. Given the already reasonable price, we feel that the addition of this toolkit enhances the value for money offered by the compressor.
What Could Have Been Better?
Although high in functionality, this device is prone to malfunctioning with respect to certain parts such as the safety control valve. However, Craftsman’s attention to customer support is well-established and we’d recommend getting in touch with them in case of an issue.
Pros
Powerful motor and tank with good storage
Easy and quick start-up
Versatile accessory kit
Cons
Safety valve acts up occasionally
Dimensions: 16.5" x 16.5" x 17.88" | Weight: 32.5lbs | Power Source: Corded Electric | Voltage: 120V | Capacity: 6 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 2.6CFM | Noise Level: 78.5dB | Max Tank Pressure: 150PSI | Horsepower: 0.2HP | Warranty: 1 Year
There is a lot to love about this air compressor from California Air Tools but what stands out the most is how quiet it is. If noise-free operation combined with durability is what you’re looking for, then you need not search for much longer. Read our review of the 8010A to find out how it is ideal for your requirements!
ULTRA QUIET PERFORMANCE: The California Air Tools Ultra...
POWERFUL OPERATION: Equipped with an oil-free Dual Piston...
Why Did We Like It?
The 8010A from California Air Tools is an efficient worker that delivers excellence in silence. We were stunned at how incredibly low the noise emission was for a machine of its capacity, and it is ideal for any work environment that does look favorably upon loud machinery.
The brand is particularly reputed for its durable and high-quality products and this model lives up to that name. The oil-free pump of this device eliminates the need for fastidious maintenance and offers uninterrupted use in a variety of weather conditions. Alongside this, the inclusion of a rust-free aluminum tank makes the compressor even more reliable as an appliance.
Lightweight and compact, this unit is efficient in both performance and energy consumption. A powerful 1 HP motor operates at 1680 RMP and reduces friction between internal parts thus extending the shelf-life of the compressor. Moreover, given its high portability, it is ideal for multiple-site use as well as numerous DIY projects.
What Could Have Been Better?
The only area that doesn’t fall under the expertise of this air compressor comprises heavy-duty industrial-level tasks. However, the market is flooded with models specifically tailored to them and we’d suggest you consider this device on the basis of its unique specializations!
Pros
Nearly noise-free operation
Durable components for prolonged use
Compact, portable, and energy-efficient
Cons
Not suitable for heavy-duty tasks
Dimensions: 26" x 14" x 23" | Weight: 37.25lbs | Power Source: Corded Electric | Voltage: 110V | Capacity: 8 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: N/A | Noise Level: 60dB | Max Tank Pressure: 120PSI | Horsepower: 2HP | Warranty: 1 Year
Last on the list is also a California Air Tools product but it is by no means the least in any aspect. Robust and quiet, it is the ideal companion for the discerning and dedicated engineer and makes for a worthy purchase that lasts a long time.
ULTRA QUIET PERFORMANCE: The California Air Tools Powerful...
OIL-FREE DUAL PISTON PUMP TYPE: An oil-free pump for low...
Why Did We Like It?
Smartly designed and equipped with a powerful motor, this air compressor promises excellent performance while making very little noise. Operating at 1680 RPM, the motor is energy-efficient and leaves little room for wear and tear, thus extending the durability and run-time of the machine.
Further, its features allow for greater operational efficiency with inputs such as the oil-free dual-piston pump geared towards high functionality under various weather conditions and uneven terrain. Additionally, it also allows for quick starts and utilizes fewer amps.
Lastly, given the capacity of its tank, the device is fairly light. Weighing about 67.2 lbs, it does not pose many difficulties in portability on job sites. Offering a good price for its functions, this is the perfect air compressor for anyone in search of the right combination of power, low maintenance, and minimum noise.
What Could Have Been Better?
California Air Tools’ products tend to be priced higher on the scale and this model is no different. But while its price may not be feasible for the average engineer, it does outdo a lot of its counterparts in terms of functioning and durability.
Pros
Durable and long-running
Versatile functioning under tough conditions
Powerful, nearly noiseless motor
Cons
Priced higher on the scale
Dimensions: 20.7" x 18" x 21" | Weight: 67.2lbs | Power Source: Electric-Powered | Voltage: 110V (AC) | Capacity: 6 Gallons | Air Flow Capacity: 6.4CFM | Noise Level: 70dB | Max Tank Pressure: 125PSI | Horsepower: 2HP | Warranty: 1 Year
With that, we have reached the end of our list of the best air compressors out there. Surely you must’ve noticed they are all quite excellent!
So how do you make the correct choice? Air compressors have an astounding number of features, each with its own functions and minute details, and it is important to have a thorough understanding of the mechanism. Once this is done, you must be able to delineate what your needs are and whether they are compatible with the device’s specifications.
To make the task slightly easier, we have put together the main factors that are key to buying the right compressor for your needs. Take a look!
Size of Tank
In case air is depleted in the tank, the motor works to replenish the used-up air. The size of the tank, therefore, determines how much reserve air will be available to you when, say, you are working away from a power source. For heavy-duty tasks or prolonged work, larger tanks are preferred. But bear in mind that the larger the tank, the less portable the device.
Horsepower of Motor
The usual range of horsepower is between 1.5 to 6, which are generally used for small to medium-sized compressors. Larger, industrial compressors work on motors with higher HP.
CFM (Cubic Feet per Minute) value
This numerical value signifies the volumetric flow and is dependent on the PSI of the compressor. In order to compare devices, if two share the same CFM then we must look at the SCFM. Standard CFM is measured as 14.5 PSIA at 68 degrees Fahrenheit, with 0% relative humidity.
Piston-type or Portable Compressor
Compressors are primarily categorized into these two groups. A piston-type compressor utilizes a motor that builds up air pressure when it gets depleted. The compressed air is stored in tanks.
On the other hand, a portable compressor runs continually to supply air for operation and does not make use of tanks.
Air Compressors FAQs
Are gas-powered compressors better than electric ones?
Gas-powered compressors offer more mobility and higher power, but also emit exhaust fumes and produce more noise. Electric compressors are more suitable for indoor use, are quieter, and energy-efficient.
What are single-stage and two-stage air compressors?
Single-stage compressors have one piston to compress the air. Two-stage compressors have a second piston that further compresses the air to a higher pressure for more demanding applications.
Are there differences between oil-free and oil-lubricated compressors?
Yes, oil-free compressors are typically less expensive, lighter, and require less maintenance, whereas oil-lubricated compressors generally offer a longer lifespan, better performance, and lower noise levels.
Are pancake compressors a separate type?
No, pancake compressors are a type of portable tank design common in oil-free, single-stage compressors. The term refers to the flat, round tank shape.
Are there safety tips for using air compressors?
Safety tips include using safety glasses, wearing hearing protection, regularly maintaining your compressor, and following the manufacturer’s guidelines for intended use.
Can I use an air compressor with a generator?
Yes, but ensure the generator has sufficient power output (watts) to accommodate the compressor’s power requirements. Always consult the manufacturer’s guidelines for proper usage.
How do I determine the right CFM and PSI for my needs?
Consider the requirement of your air tools or intended application, and choose a compressor with higher CFM and PSI values than the minimum needed to ensure optimal performance.
What type of maintenance is required for air compressors?
Maintenance tasks vary depending on the type and intended use, but generally include checking and changing oil, inspecting and cleaning air filters, and draining moisture from tanks and air lines.
How do I store an air compressor when not in use?
Store the compressor in a clean, dry area that is free from excessive dust, debris, or temperature fluctuations to prolong its lifespan and maintain performance.
Conclusion
In the world of air compressors, there are various factors to consider before making a purchase. From portability to noise output and overall performance, each product offers its own unique set of features that cater to different needs and preferences. Finding the perfect air compressor may seem like a daunting task, but we've done the research and analyzed various options to bring you a comprehensive guide.
From the above 11 best air compressors, here are the top three expert recommendations:
The PORTER-CABLE C2002 is an ideal option due to its lightweight design, user-friendliness, and efficient performance. Its 6-gallon tank and overall durability make this a solid choice for both commercial and household applications.
If noise levels are a priority, then the Bostitch BTFP02012 is a good option. With a noise output rating of just 78.5 dBA, this air compressor can easily be used in quiet work environments without disturbing others. Its 6-gallon tank, low maintenance, and ease of portability further add to its appeal.
For those working in cold weather conditions, the PORTER-CABLE CMB15 is the right choice. Its quick start-up feature and suitability for cold temperatures make it stand out from competitors. This small but powerful air compressor with a 1.5-gallon tank is also low-maintenance and highly portable.
By understanding the specific features and benefits of each air compressor, you can make an informed decision about which product will best suit your needs. With the above expert recommendations, you're armed with the knowledge necessary to invest in high-quality equipment that will serve you well for years to come.
Many complain that their impact wrench does not work properly as it needs more air supply. We are here with a solution.
It is very easy to go wrong with air compressors as not every one of them is suitable for impact wrenches. Higher airflow and pressure are needed to get these devices working, and most DIYers and professionals are unaware of it initially. We have been there and faced the same issue previously, and here we are with a way out!
After going through hundreds of reviews and pitting multiple devices against each other, we have come up with a list of the 10 best air compressors. These will get your impact wrenches working smoothly. Every item here is reviewed unbiasedly with their pros and cons listed down.
Without further ado, let us get down to business.
Best Air Compressors For Impact Wrenches
Here's the list of the 10 best air compressors for impact wrenches in 2024, chosen after extensive research and comparison to provide you with the perfect power for your tasks.
Cast iron pump with Big Bore cylinder and piston is...
Powerful 3.0 HP motor produces 6.5 CFM at 90 PSI for...
We will begin with the star of the list! The Makita MAC5200 Big Bore 3.0 HP Air Compressor is an all-rounder and offers everything you may need to have a wrench functioning smoothly. It has the right capacity paired with a strong motor and is lightweight. We could not have asked for more!
Why Did We Like It?
So, what are the basics you look for in an air compressor? A good motor, a durable pump, and enough capacity to work smoothly? This machine will give you all these benefits and more.
It is intricately designed to house a 3 HP motor with thick copper wire, which enhances the durability and performance capacity. While most devices use aluminum or copper wire to reduce costs, Makita does not compromise on their quality.
Along with it, the unit has a Big Bore Pump. This pump includes three parts - the cylinder, piston, and joining rod. They are designed in such a way that more air can pass with less power consumed. This is the perfect combination and makes sure you save up on power.
Also, the device comes with a 5.2-gallon tank capacity, which is enough for ½-inch impact wrenches. Finally, we should tell you about how lightweight the unit is. Weighing only 88 lbs, moving it is not going to be a hassle.
What Could've Been Better?
A product loaded with so many features is bound to come at a higher cost. This is one of the most expensive products on the list. But with the best of features, it is a perfect fit for impact wrenches, thus, we would say it is worth the price.
Pros
Ranks high on durability
Weighs 88 lbs and highly portable
Removable cylinder for easy maintenance
Rugged wheels
Storage compartments fitted inside
Cons
Expensive product
Capacity: 5.2 Gallons | Dimensions: 29 x 19.5 x 19 inches | Weight: 75 pounds | Voltage: 120V | Horsepower: 3.0 HP
one-piece cast iron crankcase and 12 inch caast iron...
This is a massive device made for superior performance. The Industrial Air ILA4546065 Air compressor is a compressor that will help you operate multiple wrenches together. It has an enormous tank volume and will not disappoint you with its smooth and efficient functioning. Let's get into the features to know more.
Why Did We Like It?
It is a perfect gadget for 3/4th inch wrenches, which require higher power than ½ inch ones. Powered by a 4.7 HP motor, this device is ideal to use with heavy-duty tools. The job would be done efficiently.
What’s more, you can work with it continuously for long hours, thanks to the 60-gallon capacity of the device. This is huge, and you do not have to worry about refilling the tank for a really long time.
Also, you usually would need 7 CFM at 90 PSI to work with a 3/4th-inch wrench. But this device offers 14 CFM at 90 PSI, exceeding all expectations. We were blown away by the sheer perfection with which it worked.
Lastly, for ease of movement and stability, the product has a wheel and stands on two sides. You can not only move it around, but the stands provide absolute stability when needed making it a plausible option on rough terrains too.
What Could've Been Better?
Though the machine comes with a host of outstanding features, it tends to heat up when used for long. If you are going to use it for long hours, it is best to give the machine some rest in between for a few minutes and wait for it to cool down. Once it has, proceed with the job at hand.
Pros
Pneumatic tire for efficient mobility
Oil-lubricated pump
Heavy-duty motor
Has a quick-set regulator
Cons
Tends to heat up after prolonged usage
Capacity: 60 Gallons | Dimensions: 38 x 29 x 76 inches | Weight: 250 pounds | Voltage: 230V | Horsepower: 4.7 HP
ULTRA QUIET PERFORMANCE: The California Air Tools 2.0 HP...
POWERFUL OPERATION: Equipped with a powerful 2.0 HP motor...
Next up is an ultra-quiet device from the House of California Air Tools. It only makes 70 decibels of noise and will not disturb you and your conversations at all. For all the noise-conscious mechanics and DIY enthusiasts out there, this is a tool that will keep you happy throughout.
Why Did We Like It?
First of all, we will mention that the tank is oil-free. This saves a lot of effort as you do not have to worry about refilling or lubricating the machine from time to time.
Moving on to the pressure capacity, it delivers 5.3 CFM at 90 PSI. This is sufficient for a wrench and will get it working smoothly. It also comes equipped with a 10-gallon tank, which is double the one that Makita offers. A larger tank enabled us to work continuously for long hours with the impact wrench.
Weighing 82.5 lbs, this machine is one of the lightest on the list. To provide ease of movement, it comes with two wheels on both sides. Taking it up and down rough terrains is also not a difficult job anymore.
To add to it, the compact size makes it easier to carry around as well as store in garages with very limited space.
What Could've Been Better?
We felt that considering usage, the 2.0 HP motor is not as powerful as most of the other devices. It takes time to refill the tank and can be a hindrance if you want to do the job quickly.
Pros
Quick-Connect Coupler
Low maintenance
Works in all weather condition
Lightweight
Affordable product
Cons
Not a very powerful motor
Capacity: 10 Gallons | Dimensions: 16 x 15.1 x 35.9 inches | Weight: 82.5 pounds | Voltage: 120V | Horsepower: 2 HP
ULTRA QUIET PERFORMANCE: The California Air Tools Ultra...
OIL-FREE DUAL PISTON PUMP TYPE: An oil-free pump for low...
Next up is a remarkable product from the House of California Air Tools, which is super quiet while boasting powerful features. We were floored to see the efficiency that this device offered while it whirrs quietly without causing any disturbance. With a compact design and a powerful engine, this unit is unparalleled when it comes to performance.
Why Did We Like It?
Imagine if a single machine came with dual motors, and a big 20-gallon tank, and did not cause a ruckus in the garage. Does it not sound perfect? We think this is one of the best devices in the market currently.
It generates 10.60 CFM at 90 PSI, making it ideal for use in the case of both ½ inch and 3/4th-inch impact wrenches. This is a brilliant feature and combined with a dual-piston pump system; you can be assured of longevity and high performance.
Also, it emits only 75 decibels of sound, which is the icing on the cake. With a powerful machine such as this, we did not expect it to be so quiet. It cannot be heard outside the workshop and will not be of any hindrance.
To top it all, the machine comes with an aftercooler, which keeps cooling the air that is emitted. This will keep your device cool on the one hand and also prevents the room from getting overheated.
What Could've Been Better?
We believe the price could have been lower! Yes, it comes packed with features, but the higher rate often makes it problematic to afford. On the other hand, though, it is incredibly durable, and it makes sense to spend more on a machine that will last long.
Pros
Ultraquiet emitting 75 decibels
Two pressure control gauges
Fills tank in 150 seconds
Heat dissipates quickly
Available with manual and automatic drain valve variants
Cons
High price tag
Capacity: 20 Gallons | Dimensions: 39 x 25 x 28 inches | Weight: 0.39 pounds | Voltage: 220V | Horsepower: 4.0 HP
150 psi max tank pressure of the portable air compressor...
2.6 SCFM @ 90 psi of the electric air compressor allows for...
Being one of the most reliable impact-wrench air compressors, the Porter Cable C2002 is a great option in its price range. This is one of the most affordable devices in the list and comes in a pancake shape, making it easy to store. A suitable companion to take around, this device is compact and will not give reasons to fret.
Why Did We Like It?
Weighing just 34 pounds, this is way more portable than you had imagined it to be. It can easily be taken around and can fit into the tiniest of cars. But let the size not fool you! Equipped with built-in thermal overload protection, it delivers 2.6 SCFM at 90 PSI. You can imagine how fast the recovery time is.
Another great feature is that the motor works perfectly well in all weather conditions. Our old compressor would not start in winders as it gets pretty chilly, and the machine would get severely affected.
Chances are you have the same story to tell. With this device, the 120-volt motor is well protected and will start even in the coldest of temperatures.
To add on, the pump is oil-free, and you would not need to worry about refilling it or lubricating it once in a while. It runs very smoothly without any extra effort.
What Could've Been Better?
The only thing which bothered us here is the noise that is emitted. It becomes a problem more for those around us. Your neighbors may be disturbed, and the people in your house may not be able to function normally with this machine switched on. So we would recommend that if you purchase this device, use it during work hours and not at odd hours.
Pros
Low amp 120-volt motor
Oil-free motor
Affordable and cost-effective
Lightweight and easily portable
Easy to startup
Cons
Very noisy
Capacity: 6 Gallons | Dimensions: 17 x 1 x 18.38 inches | Weight: 31.2 pounds | Voltage: 120V | Horsepower: 0.2 HP
Next up is a device that can run multiple impact wrenches all at once. Industrial air focuses on making long-lasting and very efficient devices for professional usage, and this is one of its most excellent examples. Packed with a host of specifications, the Industrial Air 20-Gallon Belt Driven Air Compressor is known to be reliable and versatile.
Why Did We Like It?
At 90 PSI, the device generates 5.3 CFM of air volume. Now this works perfectly for ½ inch impact wrenches because they need a minimum of 5 CFM at 90 PSI, and the device surpasses the essential requirement criteria.
Also, the 20-gallon size makes it a plausible choice to run a wrench continuously for a long without having to switch it off or without needing any form of extra pressure. Now, if you are thinking that running the machine continuously may lead to it heating up too much, there is no need to worry.
The device is made in such a way that it dissipates heat constantly and performs without hesitance. Heat does not build up inside it, and all the delicate parts work smoothly without hindrance.
To add on, the device comes packed in a sturdy frame, which provides excellent support to the machine inside and keeps it safe from external injury.
What Could've Been Better?
While it comes packed with features, the product costs are pretty high. Now we would say the price is justified given the host of remarkable specifications, but then it can be a problem for an average person to buy. So if you have a bigger budget, then do not think twice about it.
Pros
Fast heat dissipation
V-twin, cast-iron pump
Durable construction
Pneumatic tires for smooth movement
Perfect for smaller tasks
Cons
Expensive product
Capacity: 20 Gallons | Dimensions: 34 x 22.5 x 33.5 inches | Weight: 166 pounds | Voltage: 120V | Horsepower: 1 HP
Next up is the ultimate product of your dreams! The Powermate Vx PLA4708065 80-Gallon Electric Air Compressor is the device specially made for industrial needs. If you are a garage or repair store owner, this machine, with its bells and whistles, will meet all your needs without a doubt.
Why Did We Like It?
We will begin with the massive tank capacity that it comes with. The 80-gallon tank allows one to work for long hours with multiple devices at once. We are sure that you will tire out before the machine does!
To top it, the device has a 4.7 HP motor, which is able to provide outstanding power. With so much power used, you must be wondering if the machine heats up due to the heavy usage. Well, the company did think it through! With a wired formed belt guard and an operational capability at average RPM, the machine will not heat up even when working with it for long.
Moving on, it delivers 14 CFM at 90 PSI, which clearly adds another diamond to its crown. This works superbly well with 3/4th-inch impact wrenches.
What Could've Been Better?
The product is heavy, and that is expected with a tank capacity as big as this. But a word of caution here! Most of the weight of this device is concentrated near the top, and there is a chance of it toppling over. Make sure that while moving this device, at least 3 people hold it from the sides.
Pros
Equipped with oil-lubricated pump
Cast iron sturdy body
Maximum pressure of 155 PSI
Wired formed belt guard for cooling
Cons
Challenging to move with no wheels
Capacity: 80 Gallons | Dimensions: 31.5 x 34.75 x 77 inches | Weight: 354 pounds | Voltage: 230V | Horsepower: 4.7 HP
Another powerhouse that you can boast of, Quincy, has come up with this brilliantly powerful air compressor fit for every need of yours. It will leave you astonished with out of the world specifications in one device. With a motor that can function for continuous hours, in the end, we only have good things to say about this device.
Why Did We Like It?
Firstly we will begin with the 5 HP motor which is by far the largest we have seen. Because of its massive size, there is a built-in thermal alert system that will inform you every time the machine heats up. This will in turn save you from constantly having to check on the temperature of the tank.
Further, the device comes with a two-stage air compressor, which has the ability to generate 15.2 CFM at 175 PSI. It also sports a 100% duty cycle allowing you to work with this machine continuously.
Also, this device is known for its durability. It can work for 30000 hours before you need to change the pump. The pump is as reliable as it gets! Another remarkable feature of the pump is that it provides vibrations quietly. Imagine a giant device such as this to be producing a very low sound. Can it get any better?
What Could've Been Better?
We have no complaints about this massive multi-functioning device other than the time that it takes to fill up the tank. It almost takes 6 and a half minutes, which is pretty long when compared to other devices. It could make you pause work for a while in between, but again, we will not hold this against the host of brilliant features.
Pros
Two-stage air compressor
Built-in thermal overload
Operating costs are low
Sports a 30,000 hours pump life
Cons
It takes time to fill the tank
Capacity: N/A | Dimensions: 29 x 21 x 64 inches | Weight: 475 pounds | Voltage: 230V | Horsepower: 5 HP
Next up is a smaller device but made for professionals. If you are a serious DIYer, or professional, and own a garage or store, this is one device that will satisfy all your requirements. Perfect for ½ inch wrenches, you will be floored with the efficiency it shows.
Why Did We Like It?
Firstly the 20-gallon tank capacity will make sure that you have enough airflow for multiple impact wrenches. This capacity will help you, especially in the store, when there are a lot of machines that need your attention.
Further, it generates 5.7 CFM at 90 PSI, which is good enough and will suffice for ½ inch wrenches. We had our device functioning smoothly throughout the process.
To top it, the model has a twin-cylinder pump, which is accompanied by valve plates and a coated head. This ensures that heat does not build up and helps disperse it quickly. A heated device cannot be used for long, and this feature is beneficial in having the device running for long hours.
Also, high flow regulators present inside assure more rotations, which in turn lets you take out nuts and bolts with ease. The device is compact in size while performing heavy-duty functions.
What Could've Been Better?
The device comes with a hoard of brilliant features and is made for serious users. If you are planning to use it irregularly or your need is less, spending on this unit may not be fruitful. This is because the costs are high, and the expenditure makes sense only if you plan to use it efficiently.
Pros
Robust dual voltage motor
Both light and heavy-duty jobs
Equipped with a quick-set regulator
Oil-lubricated pump
Cons
Not for irregular users
Capacity: 20 Gallons | Dimensions: 32 x 21 x 32 inches | Weight: 166 pounds | Voltage: 120V | Horsepower: 1.9 HP
Heavy-duty 1.6 HP, 15 Amp induction motor for maximum...
Durable cast iron V-twin pump provides good heat dissipation...
If you are a DIYer who needs an affordable device for infrequent use, this is an excellent option. Perfect for ½ inch wrenches, it has all the essential features required and will impress you with its smooth functioning. Also, the compact size makes it portable and can be taken around easily.
Why Did We Like It?
With a 20-gallon tank, you will not have to worry about working continuously with the device. The tank has ample capacity and will take care of your needs with perfection.
Also, it comes with a cast iron V-twin pump, which is oil-lubricated and increases the durability of the machine. The oil keeps the parts healthy and working in a smooth condition. While the cast iron protects the body, providing it with a long life.
Additionally, the machine comes with flat-free tires for easy portability. The tires are a boon, as you do not have to worry about filling air into them. These tires will last you long with zero maintenance.
What more! The device is quieter than most devices on this list and will not cause a ruckus in the workshop whenever it is switched on! You can carry on a conversation with the machine running by the side.
What Could've Been Better?
A major complaint that we have with this product is the pressure regulator. It comes with the compressor often malfunctioning, leading to mishandling of the PSI and CFM levels. Though the issue can be fixed, it becomes time-consuming, and we wished if the regulator could be made better.
Pros
Portable and versatile
Quiet machine
Longer pump life
Very efficient customer support
No flat solid tires
Cons
Faulty pressure regulator
Capacity: 30 Gallons | Dimensions: 26 x 24.5 x 52 inches | Weight: 171 pounds | Voltage: 240V, 120V | Horsepower: 1.6 HP
Best Air Compressor for Impact Wrench Comparison Table
Buying Guide For The Best Air Compressor for Impact Wrench
Since you have a specific use in mind, buying a random air compressor would not make sense. Buying a product just because it has some good features or is the most expensive one on the list may lead to unnecessary spending. To make it simpler for you, we have listed down some of the top points to keep in mind before choosing a device.
Size of impact wrenches
There are two standard sizes of impact wrenches, the ½ inch version and the ¾ inch one. Both have different requirements and thus you need to buy a machine that is compatible with your wrench. The 12-inch one requires a device that at least delivers 5 CFM at 90 PSI. Anything above this is considered fit to be used.
While for ¾ inch wrenches, the required pressure would be 7 CFM at 90 PSI. A machine that is fit for the former wrench may not be appropriate for the latter. And buying a vast machine for the 1/2-inch version would be pointless and expensive.
Portability
This is an essential feature as the devices which have a 60-gallon tank or above are pretty heavy, and if you are buying it, mobility may be an issue. Now some devices come with wheels that allow you to move the machine smoothly, but some tools are devoid of wheels.
They need 2-3 people to carry them and thus are not portable. They are useful if you want a device to keep in the garage.
Smaller devices with a tank capacity of 20 gallons or lesser are easily portable as they generally weigh less.
Oil-free or lubricated
Some units function without oil, while some need oil lubrication. The oil-free models are better suited for the environment and will save you a lot of time and effort. On the other hand, lubricated machines are more powerful and last longer. Also, they wear down slower even when the parts are used very frequently.
Since both have some advantages and disadvantages, it depends on you as to which one is more suitable.
Noise levels
This is something people often tend to ignore in the beginning, but in the long run, noise levels matter a lot. If you are looking for a device that does not make a lot of noise, there are options above. These devices are beneficial, especially if you have neighbors staying very near you.
A loud device can not only be a hindrance to you and disrupt conversations, but it can also not let your family members function normally. Also, imagine the problems of working in a garage with more than one air compressors switched on and emitting high levels of sound!
It may really be bothersome. So make sure you consider the usage and where you need it before buying a product.
Air Compressor for Impact Wrench Comparison Table FAQs
What size of impact wrench requires a compatible air compressor?
There are two standard sizes of impact wrenches: ½ inch and ¾ inch. The ½ inch wrench requires a compressor that delivers at least 5 CFM at 90 PSI, while the ¾ inch wrench requires 7 CFM at 90 PSI.
Should I choose an oil-free or lubricated air compressor for my impact wrench?
It depends on your preferences and needs. Oil-free air compressors are environmentally friendly, require less maintenance, and are suitable for lighter applications. Lubricated compressors are more powerful, last longer, and are better for heavy-duty use.
How does portability factor into choosing an air compressor for an impact wrench?
Portability is an important consideration, especially if you need to move the air compressor frequently. Larger compressors with 60-gallon tanks or above can be heavy and less portable, while smaller devices with a tank capacity of 20 gallons or less are easily portable and weigh less. Some air compressors come with wheels for easy mobility, while others may require multiple people to carry them.
Conclusion
Finally, it is time to choose the best of the lot. When it comes to ½-inch impact wrenches, the Makita MAC5200 Big Bore 3.0 HP Air Compressoris a clear winner. It comes with a large tank capacity and a strong motor to do the job like a pro. If you are planning to use ¾-inch impact wrenches, the Industrial Air Hi-Flo Single Stage Cast Iron Air Compressoris the best choice. It is powerful, portable, and ranks high in efficiency.
We are at the end, and while we will take your leave, it is time for you to go out there and explore the options. We are sure you will make the right choice.
Till next time, happy shopping!
Is your standard 30-gallon compressor falling short? If you're planning for a major upgrade, take a look at our top-performing 80-gallon options.
You'll be pleased to know that while compiling our list, we consulted with several industry experts, conducted thorough research, and individually tested each unit.
It was only after all that groundwork that we ended up with the 7 best 80-gallon air compressors, engineered to deliver high power and precision. Also, to ensure fair ranking on our part, we judged each unit across different parameters, thereby highlighting their advantages and areas that need work.
Listed below are the top 5 recommendations for the best 80-gallon air compressors:
DeWalt DXCMLA4708065: Features a robust 230V motor and an integrated control panel for convenient access to essential functions. Its substantial weight and limited portability make sufficient storage space imperative.
EMAX ES05V080I1 Stationary Air Compressor: Impressively boasts 50,000 working hours and incorporates cool-operating technology. Potential buyers should consider its requirement for substantial storage space.
Industrial Air IV5048055: Exhibits a commendable maximum air capacity of 17.0 CFM at 175 PSI and includes a thermal overload protection mechanism. Users should be aware of its notable operational noise level.
DeWalt DXCMV5048055: Distinguished by thermal overload protection and relatively quiet operation. Its considerable weight poses challenges in terms of mobility and storage.
Schulz Single Stage Air Compressor: Stands out for its compact size, affordability, and easy-to-read pressure gauge. It surpasses the average weight of air compressors, potentially affecting transportability.
Here’s the list of the 7 best 80-gallon compressors for you to explore and choose from.
1. DeWalt DXCMLA4708065 - Best Overall Performance
Our top product from Dewalt is a beast and is often dubbed as one of the most powerful single-stage air compressors on the market. Made out of solid cast iron, this 230V heavy-duty stationary unit is designed to satisfy customers with superior performance without compromising on safety or efficiency.
This compressor is engineered to provide maximum power to support several heavy-duty tools at the same time. Also, it's capable of delivering up to 16.1 CFM at 40 PSI and 14 CFM at 90 PSI, taking care of all the pneumatic tools you have in the workshop.
Furthermore, this 230V product features 3 cylinders and a Hi-Flo pump, streamlining high air pressure needs in a snap. Other than that, we're very impressed with the integrated control panel on the DXCMLA4708065, allowing access to pressure gauges, airflow regulator, pressure relief valve, and quick-connect air outlets.
Besides, this high-tech compressor yields maximum pressure at 155 PSI, which makes it ideal for an extended run time while using air tools such as ratchets, impacts, sanders, and cutting tools. But that's not all; design-wise, we like the incorporation of the oil-level sight glass, oil fill, and large intake silencers, which contribute to the model's exceptional durability and functionality.
We're absolutely stoked with the performance of this reliable compressor and recommend using this if you're a heavy tools person. However, it's quite bulky and not the most convenient when it comes to portability. Also, if you're buying this, make sure to arrange sufficient storage space at the workshop.
What We Like
Powered by 230V induction motor
Maximum pressure capacity of 155 PSI
Comes with an integrated control panel
3 cylinder pump model includes an oil-level sight glass
What We Don't Like
Too heavy and difficult to move
Motor: 4.7 HP | Maximum Pressure: 155 PSI | Air Flow Capacity: 14 CFM | Weight: 345 lbs
2. EMAX ES05V080I1 Stationary Air Compressor - Best for Heavy-Duty Tasks
The EMAX ES05V080I1 is a top-performing product that has us thrilled with its high capacity and extended working life. This latest addition from the brand is a two-stage, patented pressure-lubricated pump that ensures oil flow to all critical components, thereby minimizing wear and tear.
The USP of this resilient unit is its unique mechanism of delivering 19 CFM at 100 PSI at as low as 100 RPM. And the best part - the manufacturers promise a life expectancy of about 50,000 hours, which is nothing short of extraordinary. Therefore, owing to such remarkable specs, this model is genuinely useful in factories, heavy industries, and large-scale workshops.
Feature-wise, we're very impressed with the cast iron flywheel, crankshaft, and rebuildable connecting rods that contribute to the smooth operation of the unit. Also, it comes equipped with an oil pressure gauge that allows users to monitor the running oil pressure with low oil pressure shut down.
Besides, this 5 HP compressor incorporates Cool-Tek technology that lowers the operating temperature by 35% and reduces moisture build-up. Lastly, we like its quiet functioning as it dissipates intake noise and brings down the sound level by 25%. All in all, it's an excellent product that offers great performance combined with precise tolerances.
Well, there's no sugarcoating this, but the ES05V080I1 is one giant compressor and takes up a lot of storage space. Therefore, if you're short on space and cannot accommodate such a bulky unit, it's better to invest in something more compact and easily manageable. Regardless, it's still an excellent option and will serve you well throughout your lifetime.
What We Like
Provides 50,000 working hours
Cool-Tek technology lowers the operating temperature
Quiet operability with 25% less noise
Motor runs lowest at 100 RPM
What We Don't Like
Takes up a lot of storage space
Motor: 5 HP | Maximum Pressure: 175 PSI | Air Flow Capacity: 19 CFM | Weight: 715 lbs
3. Industrial Air IV5048055 - Best for Industrial Applications
The Industrial Air IV5048055 model is an excellent acquisition for large projects involving multiple power tools. So if you're looking for a dependable model that you can easily store somewhere in your workspace, get cracking with this superior two-stage compressor, resolving air pressure needs in a pinch.
First off, this commercial-grade unit is designed to meet demanding needs at the busiest of work sites. That being said, this model can produce up to 17.0 CFM at a maximum pressure of 175 PSI, which is enough to support several high-demand tools at once. Also, we're thrilled about its rugged construction that makes the pump ideal for harsh industrial applications.
The other outstanding feature of the IV5048055 is the thermal overload protection system that protects the motor from voltage inconsistencies. Additionally, this mechanism enables the unit to shut down automatically when the temperature level rises above its threshold value during operations.
Other than that, the oil-lube pump comes equipped with aluminum fins that prevent overheating and keep the compressor cool while running. What we like best is that the model comes with a pre-wired and mounted magnetic starter, providing hassle-free function from the get-go. Therefore, we recommend this badass machine to tradesmen and industrial users who need faster and proven results each time.
Well, this is a monster air compressor that is primarily meant for industrial purposes, but it's futile trying to have a conversation anywhere near it as the unit is astoundingly loud. So if you can make peace with noisy mechanical sounds while working, you won't regret investing in this otherwise top-notch option.
What We Like
Maximum capacity of 17.0 CFM at 175 PSI
Motor has a thermal overload protection system
Aluminum fins on the pump prevent overheating
Comes with an in-built magnetic starter
What We Don't Like
Model is way too loud
Motor: 5 HP | Maximum Pressure: 175 PSI | Air Flow Capacity: 17 CFM | Weight: 623 lbs
4. DeWalt DXCMV5048055
The DeWalt DXCMV5048055 Two-Stage Air Compressor is a premium choice for industrial applications and serious DIY enthusiasts. In this review, we will dive deep into the features that make this air compressor a top contender, as well as the areas where it could improve.
The DeWalt Industrial Air Compressor stands out due to its performance and functionality. Equipped with an 80-gallon tank and a 2-stage pump, it can deliver air pressure up to 175 PSI, making it suitable for a wide range of air tools such as sanders, ratchets, impacts, and cutting tools.
This powerful air compressor is perfect for heavy-duty tasks and can operate multiple air tools simultaneously without any issues.
Its HP motor runs on 230 volts, which is sufficient to power your air tools efficiently and effectively. In addition, the compressor features thermal overload protection. This not only protects the engine from voltage fluctuations to prevent overheating and overloading but also increases the lifespan of the unit, ensuring you get years of reliable performance.
When it comes to noise levels, this air compressor is quite impressive. While it may not be completely noiseless, its sound emissions are tolerable, allowing for a comfortable working environment.
As for areas that could use improvement, the main drawback of the DeWalt Industrial Air Compressor is its size and weight. Due to its large dimensions and heavy construction, this unit will require a significant amount of storage space and may be challenging to move around your workspace. So, if portability and storage space are high on your priority list, this might not be the perfect match for you.
What We Like
Thermal overload protection for enhanced durability
Strong construction for long-lasting use
Easy to operate with a minimal learning curve
Relatively quiet operation for a comfortable working environment
What We Don't Like
Heavy, making it challenging to move around
Motor: 5 HP | Maximum Pressure: 175 PSI | Air Flow Capacity: 17.9 CFM | Weight: 470 lbs
5. Schulz Single Stage Air Compressor
The Schulz Single Stage 80 Gallon Air Compressor is a top-notch, heavy-duty air compressor that offers versatility and power to tackle a variety of pneumatic tasks. It gives the DeWalt system a run for its money, with impressive performance, durability, and safety features. Though a bit heavier and louder than our top pick, it still boasts a compact design, making it an excellent choice for professionals and DIY enthusiasts alike.
One of the standout features of the Schulz air compressor is its compact shape, which makes it ideal for tight spaces and areas where other large compressors might not fit. Despite its size, it remains an affordable option compared to other industrial-grade air compressors. Its robust cast iron construction results in a durable and long-lasting system.
With an easy-to-read pressure gauge and the auto start/stop pressure switch operation, this air compressor is user-friendly, allowing for precise operation while enhancing safety.
Additionally, several components of the Schulz air compressor contribute to its durability and safe operation, making it a worthwhile investment. The noise output of merely 70 dB is another strong selling point, as this makes it the quietest air compressor on our list.
Despite its numerous advantages, there are a few drawbacks to the Schulz air compressor. Due to its loud noise output, it may not be suitable for use in certain locations. Also, its weight, heavier than most air compressors, can make it challenging to transport and move around. Lastly, the pump is prone to oil leaks, which require constant monitoring.
What We Like
Compact size for tight spaces
Affordable compared to similar options
Easy-to-read and adjustable pressure gauge
Safer and more durable components
What We Don't Like
Heavier than most air compressors
Motor: 5 HP | Maximum Pressure: 175 PSI | Air Flow Capacity: 20 CFM | Weight: 524 lbs
6. Ingersoll-Rand Air Compressor
The Ingersoll-Rand 80 Gallon Two-Stage Compressor is a powerful and durable air compressor designed for various industrial applications. As a versatile tool, it is perfect for construction work, metalwork, and other commercial tasks. With its efficient performance and sturdy design, it's time to take a closer look at this air compressor and see how it performs.
One of the main reasons we liked this air compressor is its powerful performance. It can deliver 24 CFM at 90 PSI, with a maximum of 175 PSI, making it ideal for tools such as Tire Hammer. This is mainly due to the 7.5hp motor and 100% running power at 230 volts.
Another standout feature of this unit is its cast iron crankcase, which adds to its durability and overall build quality. Additionally, the one-piece connecting rod and overhung crankshaft makes maintenance much more accessible and less time-consuming.
Furthermore, the manufacturer promises over 15,000 hours of trouble-free use, thanks to the synthetic oil-lubricated system which only requires oil changes every 15,000 hours instead of the typical 2000 hours. This not only ensures longevity but also lower maintenance costs.
Lastly, the radial fins paired with the Cooper intercooler contribute to a cooler-running compressor, extending its life even during heavy use. The two-year warranty also provides users with added peace of mind and confidence in their investment.
Despite its impressive features and performance, there are a couple of drawbacks to consider. Firstly, the Ingersoll-Rand 80 Gallon Two-Stage Compressor does not include start-up kits, which means an additional cost for customers. Moreover, this compressor isn't considered portable, potentially limiting its application in certain scenarios where mobility is required.
What We Like
Powerful 7.5hp motor with a high PSI output
Durable cast iron crankcase construction
15,000 hours of trouble-free use and extended oil change intervals
Radial fins and Cooper intercooler for cooler operation
What We Don't Like
Does not include start-up kits, which add extra costs
Motor: 7.5 HP | Maximum Pressure: 175 PSI | Air Flow Capacity: 24 CFM | Weight: 611 lbs
7. EMAX ES07V080V1 Vertical Air Compressor
Finally, the EMAX ES07V080V1 Vertical Air Compressor - is a robust, high-performing, and impressively quiet air compressor. Designed for both outdoor and indoor use, this air compressor stands out among its competitors with its solid construction, powerful motor, and remarkable 5-year warranty.
The first thing that caught our attention with the EMAX air compressor is its outstanding 5-year warranty and guarantee of 50,000 hours of use. This is provided that you maintain the air compressor properly and regularly. Another point worth noting is the compressor's ability to produce 36 CFM at 90 PSI, far exceeding the airflow requirements of most regular air tools.
What sets this air compressor apart is the integration of the Whisper 100 technology. This feature effectively dissipates noise through pre-filter media and baffles plates with a noise reduction channel, ensuring a quieter environment even with its powerful 7.5 HP motor that can deliver 175 PSI.
Furthermore, the EMAX ES07V080V1 air compressor is designed to have a solid cast iron crankshaft and a precision balance for smooth and efficient operation. With its splash lubrication system, this air compressor guarantees a satisfying user experience.
There are a couple of areas where the EMAX ES07V080V1 air compressor could improve. Firstly, the manufacturer might consider enhancing its duty cycle, as it currently offers a 70% duty cycle. Additionally, it's worth noting that the air compressor is a bit heavy, which could make transportation more challenging.
What We Like
Impressive 5-year warranty and 50,000-hour guarantee
High airflow of 36 CFM at 90 PSI
Whisper 100 technology for quiet operation
Solid construction with cast iron crankshaft
What We Don't Like
70% duty cycle could be improved
Motor: 7.5 HP | Maximum Pressure: 175 PSI | Air Flow Capacity: 36 CFM | Weight: 620 lbs
What Is the Best 80-Gallon Air Compressor?
This table outlines key specifications for a selection of 80-gallon air compressors, focusing on critical attributes such as motor power (in HP), maximum pressure (in PSI), air flow capacity (in CFM), and weight (in pounds).
Buying Guide for the Best 80-Gallon Air Compressor
Knowing all about the 10 best 80-gallon air compressors available right now may seem like an information overload. However, we don't want to leave you all confused and worked up with all this detail, and that's why we went ahead and put together this brief and informative guide.
Following is a list of factors that you must consider before investing in one of these high-performing options. Take a look now!
Purpose
This may seem like a no-brainer, but an 80-gallon air compressor is a substantial machine that you can't just buy in a blink. Since most of them come with a considerable price tag, it's essential to weigh in on the purpose and usability of one before selecting an option.
For instance, if you need a unit for minor tasks around the home or workshop, like inflating tires, mattresses, or powering tools like grinders, nailers, etc., a simpler model will suffice. Conversely, you can go for something heavy-duty if you need a model for commercial use.
Two-Stage vs. Single-Stage
By now, you already know that there are mainly two types of models in the market: two-stage and single-stage compressors. As the name suggests, the dual-stage units go through two cycles to compress the air and deliver higher pressure and power to the tools. However, they take quite some time to implement said power since the compressing mechanism is performed twice.
Conversely, single-stage compressors are faster but provide lesser power. So depending on your priorities and budget, make your choice wisely.
Noise
If you want a unit for home purposes, make sure that it's quiet, especially if you will also be using it inside the premises. Also, the larger the model, the louder it will be is the usual norm for most heavy-duty appliances. Nevertheless, you can find 80-gallon units that operate almost noiselessly and yet pack in a lot of power.
Even for industrial use, we recommend using models with quieter operation as they not only reduce noise pollution but also ensure a comfortable work environment.
Horsepower
Horsepower is the unit for measuring the power that the motor provides to the pump. Obviously, the more horsepower, the higher the air pressure will be, but it's essential to have a clear judgment to assess how much is enough. High horsepower can be dangerous in unskilled hands and is not necessary for minor tasks.
Usually, a 7 HP 80-gallon air compressor is sufficient for industrial purposes, but you can always buy anything lower than that.
Durability and Longevity
While evaluating durability, you must take into account the construction of the unit and the quality of the built-in motor. While all our options are cast iron air-made, they differ in their weight, proportions, and design. Some options come with aluminum parts that ensure low wear and tear while some feature enclosed metal belts for added protection.
Other than that, learn about the motor mechanism and its capacities as the air pressure ultimately depends on motor functions. Also, consider the working span of the unit and select the one that will serve you best.
How much power do I need for an 80-gallon air compressor?
The power requirements for an 80-gallon air compressor will depend on the compressor you select, as they can vary. Most 80-gallon air compressors require a 230V electrical supply and can have horsepower ratings ranging from 5 to 7.5 HP.
You should consult the manufacturer’s specifications to determine the power required for your specific air compressor.
What is the difference between single-stage and two-stage air compressors?
A single-stage air compressor compresses air in one cylinder and delivers it directly to the storage tank. In contrast, a two-stage air compressor has two cylinders – the first cylinder compresses the air and then transfers it to the second cylinder for further compression before sending it to the storage tank.
Two-stage air compressors typically have a higher maximum pressure and are more efficient, making them ideal for heavy-duty applications.
How often do I need to maintain my 80-gallon air compressor?
The frequency of maintenance for your 80-gallon air compressor depends on usage and the manufacturer’s recommendations. Regular maintenance tasks may include changing the oil, checking and cleaning air filters, and inspecting the drive belt.
Generally, it is advised to check and maintain your air compressor monthly or after every 200 hours of usage, whichever comes first. However, always refer to the owner’s manual for specific maintenance guidelines.
Can an 80-gallon air compressor be used for sandblasting?
Yes, an 80-gallon air compressor can be used for sandblasting, provided it has enough capacity and air pressure to meet the requirements of the specific sandblasting equipment being used. Generally, sandblasting requires a high volume of air, around 20-25 CFM, and a pressure of 80-100 PSI.
Check the specifications of your compressor to ensure it can deliver the necessary air pressure and volume for your sandblasting needs.
An 80-gallon air compressor is an ideal investment, especially if you have to work with multiple power tools most of the time. But it's important to choose a unit that gives value for money and consistently delivers across all critical parameters.
On that note, we have come to the end of this comprehensive guide. We hope you were able to select the ideal option from our all-star selection that will best meet your needs.
For those who desire maximum power and support for heavy-duty tools, the DeWalt DXCMLA4708065 is an ideal option. Its solid cast iron design and high-pressure capacity make it perfect for extensive work in any workshop. However, keep in mind its bulkiness and storage requirements.
If you're looking for an air compressor that promises extended working life with minimal wear and tear, EMAX ES05V080I1 is a good option. It is specially designed to cope with demanding industries and large-scale workshops, delivering an extraordinary 50,000 hours of working life.
Lastly, for commercial-grade usability with a thermal overload protection system, consider the Industrial Air IV5048055 Air Compressor. This powerful and dependable model can fulfill large project requirements involving multiple power tools.
No matter which air compressor you choose, remember that selecting the right one depends on your specific needs and requirements. Take your time to weigh the pros and cons before making the final decision.
Armed with the knowledge from this article, you can confidently find the ideal 80-gallon air compressor that caters to your needs and enhances your work efficiency.
Till next time!
Whether the job is as simple as inflating a tire or as tough as carpentry, air compressors are the unsung heroes we need in every garage.
For those who are searching for an essential tool for a much-needed upgrade in their workspace, an air compressor is a versatile power tool that can be availed easily without crossing your budget.
But, there is an abundance of brands launching new products in the market every day. Apparently, that makes it almost impossible for any first-time buyer to distinguish between a reliable and an average model.
That's why we have handpicked 5 of the best 30-gallon air compressors of 2024 so that you can avail of the latest technology at an affordable price. Also, we have included a brief buyer's guide to walk you through the fundamentals to consider while buying these products, so don’t miss out on that in the end.
Now, without any further ado, let's get into it!
1. Industrial Air ILA1883054 30-Gallon Compressor
If you're searching for an all-rounder product that handles medium-duty jobs with precision, then the Industrial 30-gallon air compressor is probably the most appropriate product to consider. We're in love with its 155 PSI motor, which gives it sufficient power to handle simple and professional jobs with ease. Let's find out what more it has to offer!
We're quite impressed with how the manufacturers haven't compromised product durability even a little bit while designing this model. Initially, the Industrial air compressor had left us in awe with its sleek futuristic design. But while testing, we've found it to be quite lightweight and compact, so we're hoping that storage wouldn't be an issue with this unit.
It isn't usual for medium-duty air compressors to feature such an ultralight frame, which sets it apart from the competitors.
Coming to its key specs, this product features a professional-grade dual-voltage induction motor. This feature enables us to operate this compressor at both 120v and 240v, depending on the intensity of our jobs. Furthermore, this product also offers a set of twin cylinders and an oil-lubricated pump, both of which combine to enhance its efficiency by several notches.
Speaking of power, its 1.9 HP motor takes on the toughest of jobs quickly with a maximum operating pressure of 155 PSI. Although it's a single-stage compressor, it can efficiently power up to 2 different air tools simultaneously at 7 CFM and 5.7 CFM.
As a bonus, the manufacturers have also attached a set of pneumatic tires for quick transportation. So, if you're a sucker for high portability, the Industrial Air Compressor is a treat you can't miss.
While testing it personally, we've found a few grounds that this product could improve on for a better user experience. For instance, this unit isn't as capable while being used in cold weather. So, it's recommended that you not use it outdoors in winter, as the motor may malfunction.
Also, we'd like the manufacturers to fix its loud noise levels so that we're a little more comfortable using it for a longer time.
Considerably powerful and somewhat portable, the Direct Drive air compressor is one of the most economical air compressors you’ll find these days. Apart from Dewalt's goodwill as a global brand, this product itself offers some useful features that make it a smart recommendation. Read on to learn more about this reliable air compressor!
This product was recommended to us by multiple construction professionals, so you can guess how useful it can be for regular commercial usage. We've found it to be quite similar to our former recommendation, considering both these compressors operate at 155 PSI. In this sense, this unit can power either a single heavy-duty tool or two medium-duty tools with ease.
Also similar to the Industrial air compressor, the Direct Drive unit features a 1.9 hp motor. And although it can function at only 120v, it's still nothing less than a dual voltage motor when it comes to performance.
As evident, it also features a 30-gallon tank that has been certified by ASME, which means that its durability is second to none. Dewalt has left no stone unturned at maxing it out performance-wise, as you get a quick coupler and high-flow regulator for enhanced motor efficiency. While testing, we found its high-flow regulator to deliver around 48% higher airflow to the attached pneumatic tools, helping it perform at its peak.
On top, the product features Dewalt's patented pump design and an efficient induction motor, both specially engineered to last for years to come. Finally, you get an advanced valve that can drain the tank in seconds if needed.
Although we're quite satisfied with its 120v support, it'd have been better if this product was also compatible with 240v. Furthermore, we're a little concerned about how the unique wheel placement design of this model makes it difficult to remain stationary without constant support.
What We Like
Highly powerful motor
Reliable and long-lasting
Suitable for amateurs
The tank is drained easily
What We Don't Like
Always needs support to stand
Motor: 1.9 HP | Operating Pressure: 155 PSI | Air Flow Capacity: 5.7 CFM | Weight: 190 lbs
3. Industrial Air ILA1683066 30-Gallon Compressor
The Industrial Air ILA1683066 is a 30-gallon cast iron oil lube air compressor that offers great performance at an affordable price. In this review, we'll cover the key features of this compressor, its pros, and cons, and why it could be the right choice for you.
The Industrial Air ILA1683066 air compressor stands out due to its versatile and powerful dual-voltage 1.9 HP oil-lubricated pump, which can run on either a 120 V or 240 V socket. This ensures compatibility with various power sources and a quieter operation. Moreover, the reputable brand behind this product guarantees its durability, longevity, and reliability.
For added convenience, this vertical air compressor weighs only 154 pounds and comes with pneumatic wheels, making it easily portable. Its airflow rating is an impressive 5.3 CFM at 90 PSI or 6.2 CFM at 40 PSI, and it can handle a maximum pressure of 155 PSI, offering excellent performance for its price range.
Lastly, the 2-year warranty provided by the manufacturer further establishes trust in the product's quality and overall performance.
Although the Industrial Air ILA1683066 offers various benefits, it does have some downsides. Firstly, the 5.3 CFM at 90 PSI airflow rating might not be sufficient for some heavy-duty applications, limiting its usefulness for certain tasks. Secondly, it may take longer to refill the tank once it's empty, which could impact productivity in demanding work environments.
In the search for a reliable air compressor, the Campbell Hausfeld 30-gallon Portable Air Compressor stands out as a noteworthy option. It features a robust XC302100 compressor, delivering high-performance capabilities suitable for both business and household applications. With a vertical design, it offers a CFM rating of 4.1 and an impressive maximum pressure of 175 PSI. The compressor's dual voltage capability (120V and 240V) adds versatility to its functionality. It operates quietly, making it well-suited for home use. The inclusion of semi-pneumatic wheels ensures ease of transport, and it's compatible with various accessories to enhance its utility. Crafted from durable cast iron, it houses a sturdy, oil-lubricated two-cylinder pump, ensuring long-lasting, heavy-duty performance.
What We Like
Quiet operation for enhanced user comfort
Durable construction for long-lasting performance
Reliable twin-cylinder pump
Convenient semi-pneumatic wheels for easy transport
The Powermate PLA1683066 Vertical Air Compressor is a powerful 30-gallon vertical air compressor designed to deliver high-performance results. It comes equipped with a heavy-duty induction motor that can operate on both 120V and 240V, providing versatility for various applications.
One standout feature of this compressor is its manual thermal protection, which safeguards the motor from overloading, ultimately enhancing its longevity. The inclusion of a cast-iron, twin-cylinder pump that reaches a maximum of 155 PSI ensures top-notch performance. Additionally, the aluminum head and machined cast iron valve plate efficiently dissipate heat, contributing to its durability.
The oil-lubricated pump not only guarantees smooth operation but also comes shipped with synthetic oil for initial use. This thoughtful detail simplifies the setup process. Plus, the inclusion of a glass for oil level checking and easy access for replenishing the oil makes maintenance hassle-free.
The control panel offers convenient access to regulators, pressure gauges, and an on/off switch, streamlining operation. Stainless steel ball bearings and a reed valve, along with a cast iron crankcase and 10-inch flywheel, contribute to its robust construction.
Furthermore, the vertical tank design and heat-resistant cylinder body optimize space efficiency, making it easy to place or transport to any job site. The addition of pneumatic tires and a front handle further enhance its portability.
While the Powermate PLA1683066 Vertical Air Compressor excels in many aspects, there are a few areas that could see improvement. The product received a lower rating in some instances, which may warrant further consideration. Additionally, there have been reported instances of oil spill-off, highlighting a potential concern for users. Lastly, some users found the small-sized pressure gauge to be challenging to read, which could be a minor inconvenience.
What We Like
Small footprint
Noise-less operation
2-year limited warranty
Dual Voltage convertible
Oil-level checking option
Thermally stable cylinder
Vertical tank for increased portability
Easy to transport on pneumatic tires
What We Don't Like
Low rating in some instances
Reported oil spill-off issue
Small-sized pressure gauges may be difficult to read
Motor: 1.6 HP | Operating Pressure: 155 PSI | Air Flow Capacity: 6.2 CFM | Weight: 154 lbs
What is the Best 30-Gallon Air Compressor?
This table provides key specifications, including motor power (in HP), operating pressure (in PSI), air flow capacity (in CFM), and weight (in lbs).
Buying Guide for the Best 30-Gallon Air Compressor
Now that you know the 13 best 30-gallon air compressors available out there, you must be ready to buy the perfect one for your needs. Wait, are you confused about two or more of our recommendations? We knew that could happen, so we included this guide to help clear the air!
Without any further ado, here are a few things to cross-check before you purchase a 30-gallon air compressor.
Airflow
It's highly essential to ensure that the product you're buying offers a satisfactory air flow rate. Remember, the CFM rate of the air compressor has to outweigh the CFM rate of the pneumatic tool it'll be attached to. Unless it's so, the equipment has overworked to offer adequate airflow.
Size
As apparent as it gets, you should buy a large air compressor only if you have sufficient storage space. Nobody likes to go through the post-purchase storage hassle, so let's try not to regret our decision from the beginning. Unless you have ample space in your workspace/garage, buy a vertical air compressor.
Noise levels
Mind you; these machines can get seriously loud and cranky! Most of us are tricked into buying noisy machines, mostly because they're more powerful. However, recently launched models feature unique pump designs that eradicate this issue.
Portability
If you're a professional who's always on the move, you'll need a machine that's relatively easy to carry around. In such cases, single-stage cylindrical air compressors are the smartest option to consider. However, if you're looking to add a new tool in your garage, you can also go for the horizontal stationary ones.
What size air compressor do I need for my tools?
The size of the air compressor you need depends on the type of tools you plan to use and their air consumption requirements (measured in CFM – cubic feet per minute). To determine the appropriate size, add up the CFM requirements of all tools that will be used simultaneously and multiply the total by 1.5.
This will give you the ideal air compressor size with a little extra capacity for safety.
What is the difference between single-stage and two-stage air compressors?
Single-stage air compressors have one piston that compresses and delivers air to the storage tank in a single stroke. These compressors can typically reach pressures between 110 to 135 PSI and are ideal for light to moderate use.
On the other hand, two-stage air compressors have two pistons that compress air in two stages, allowing them to reach higher pressures (up to 175 PSI). Two-stage compressors are more efficient and better suited for heavy-duty and professional applications.
How often should I change the oil in my air compressor?
The frequency of oil changes in your air compressor depends on its type and usage. For oil-lubricated compressors, it is generally recommended to change the oil every 500 to 1,000 hours of use. However, we advise checking the manufacturer’s guidelines for specific recommendations.
In the case of oil-free air compressors, there is no need for oil changes as their components are designed to function without lubrication.
What air compressor accessories should I consider purchasing?
Some useful air compressor accessories to consider include an air hose, hose reel, filter regulator, air dryer, couplers, and connectors. These accessories help to improve the efficiency and longevity of your air compressor and its components.
How long do air compressors last?
The lifespan of an air compressor depends on factors such as its quality, usage, maintenance, and environmental conditions. If well-maintained and not overused, a good-quality air compressor can last for 10 to 15 years or more. It’s essential to follow the manufacturer’s maintenance guidelines and address any issues promptly to ensure a long life for your air compressor.
When you're hunting for the ideal product, the goal is usually to choose an efficient air compressor that fits all of your needs without exceeding the budget. But, most people eventually end up buying non-reliable products when they find out it's priced low, as there's not enough relevant buyer info either.
On that note, we hope that you can learn a thing or two about the best air compressors through our extensive guide. Remember, if you're looking for medium-duty tasks, the Industrial Air ILA1883054 30-Gallon Compressor is an ideal option due to its lightweight frame, dual-voltage induction motor, and impressive performance. If you're looking for an economical choice, the Dewalt 30-Gallon Oil-free Direct Drive Air Compressor is a good option because of its 155 PSI operating pressure, brand reliability, and suitability for amateurs.
That being said, we'll return soon with more new product guides.
Till then, stay tuned!
For any DIYer worth their salt, an air compressor is a must-have in the garage or workshop. And for home use, most prefer the 20-gallon variety.
If you think about it, there are multiple reasons for doing so. 20-gallon air compressors are portable, affordable, and, most of all, versatile. Whether it’s inflating the kiddie pool or powering that nail gun, a 20-gallon air compressor can come in handy for a plethora of uses.
The trouble is, that there is a large variety of these products out there in the market, and for the layperson, it can become challenging to make the right choice. But don’t worry, we’re here to make sure you don’t fall into that bracket!
Today we’ve gone ahead and reviewed some of the best 20-gallon air compressors in the market that you can buy. What’s more, we’ve even included an informative buyers’ guide to help you make the decision.
Let’s get down to business then!
Listed below are the Best 20 Gallon Air Compressors:
Industrial Air IL1682066.MN: A 20-gallon air compressor notable for robustness, ideal for heavy-duty tasks. Its 1.6HP induction motor, twin-cylinder, and max 135 PSI offer optimized performance. High price positioned towards the premium segment.
California Air Tools 20040DC: Distinct for its ultra-quiet performance and longevity, with 4HP motor and dual-piston pump system. High prices may limit accessibility for some buyers.
Porter Cable PXCMF220VW: A cost-effective choice, offering oil-free operation and low maintenance. Limited by relatively low horsepower and extended air tank fill-up time.
Campbell Hausfeld DC200000: A low-maintenance 20-gallon air compressor with hassle-free, oil-free pump delivery. Noise levels may be higher than some comparable models.
DeWalt DXCMPA1982054: Distinguished for its rugged durability and optimal tool performance with a max of 155 PSI pressure. Operational endurance may be affected by occasional safety valve leaks.
From portability to power, we've got you covered. So without further ado, here's the list of the 10 best 20-gallon air compressors.
1. Industrial Air IL1682066.MN - Best for Heavy-Duty Users
The first item on our list is one of the best, and naturally among the priciest. The IL1682066.MN from Industrial Air is an air compressor that both DIY-ers and professionals swear by. A testament to the heavy-duty design of the brand, this product is not for the faint of heart.
If reliable and robust performance is what you’re looking for, then you can’t do better than this 20-gallon beast. With a 1.6HP induction motor at its heart, this air compressor is ready to deliver optimal performance with a maximum of 135 PSI.
What’s more, the motor has been designed to operate at dual voltages. This means it can be wired for standard 120-V as well as higher-level 240-volt requirements. And with a twin-cylinder, an oil-lubricated pump made of cast iron, this is a durable device.
Next, we must mention the 20-gallon vertical portable tank, which acts as the air reservoir of the device. Equipped with a quick-set regulator and pressure gauges, this device can be operated at the flick of a switch.
And finally, we were quite impressed with the portability of the product. It comes pre-attached with pneumatic tires, which allows you to move it around the garage or workshop with immense ease.
Honestly speaking, feature-wise there’s nothing missing from the product. The only point of contention might be the price, which is indeed rather steep for the average buyer. But given the feature set that this product boasts of the high price tag is expected.
What We Like
Ensures faster heat dissipation
Simple and smooth operation
Pneumatic wheels for portability
Dual voltage induction motor
What We Don't Like
High price tag
Max PSI: 135 | CFM at 90 PSI: 5.3 CFM | Horsepower: 1.6 HP | Voltage: 120V | Noise Level: 65 dB | Weight: 159 lbs
2. California Air Tools 20040DC - Best for Ultra-Quiet Performance
A stellar offering from California Air Tools, the 20040DC is an ultra-quiet model that packs a punch. With an oil-free compressor and 4HP under its hood, this product can easily make many others look pale in comparison. No wonder we were floored to see its operation.
Just think of a dual-motor, 20-gallon air compressor with a total of 4HP (two on each motor), an extremely low sound level, and oil-free operation. What’s not to like? This is one of the most powerful products on the list.
The device comes equipped with a dual-piston pump system that promises longevity, high performance, and durability. California Air Tools is known to be pretty thorough with its product testing, and this device has been tested to give at least 3,000 hours of service.
Storage of air compressors is usually a pain point, but the compact yet horizontal build of this product ensures that you can use it in any location. What’s more, the product is also equipped with air dryers that are designed to remove water vapor from the air.
Finally, we must mention the after-cooler, which is used for cooling the discharged air from the compressor. Overall, with so many features, this one is well worth the price tag.
While we are on the price, the price could’ve been lower! In keeping with the well-packed feature set of this product, the price tag is still pretty high. But this was something we expected, so it really didn’t come as a surprise.
What We Like
Oil-free twin-cylinder pump
4HP motor for that extra punch
Air drying system for ensuring better maintenance
Available with manual and automatic drain valve variants
What We Don't Like
Pretty steep price tag
Max PSI: 165 | CFM at 90 PSI: 6.4 CFM | Horsepower: 4.0 HP | Voltage: 220V | Noise Level: 75 dB | Weight: 100 lbs
3. Porter Cable PXCMF220VW - Best for Value-Conscious Buyers
The Porter Cable PXCMF220VW 20-gallon air compressor makes the fourth spot on this list on sheer merit. Affordable, great looking, and above all of impeccable quality, this product is known for providing continuous and dependable performance during all tooling operations. Interested by now? Time to take a closer look.
The first thing that stands out among the features of this value-for-money device is the oil-free motor that delivers 150 psi of air pressure. Seeing as the motor is oil-free, this translates to low-maintenance operation.
Further, the device boasts a low startup voltage. This means that, unlike other devices in its class, this motor doesn’t have to deal with much power impact. Coupled with the low-maintenance engine, this gives the device a longer operational life.
The 20-gallon air tank of the device is UL and CSA certified, and along with the Twin-V cast-iron pump, makes the perfect combination of quality and power. The device also comes with 7-inch semi-pneumatic wheels that give the device mobility.
Finally, we need to mention the low decibel rating of the device, which at 84 dBA is low enough for ensuring noiseless operation. Together with the Quick-Connect feature, built-in regulators, and pressure gauges, this is a product for the pros. So whether you’re bolting or hobby painting, this is the one.
The only fly in our ointment about this device is that due to the relatively low horsepower of 1.5HP, the air tank takes considerable time to fill. For those looking for faster operation, this can be considered as a letdown.
What We Like
Fully enclosed design
Slim and portable build
Low noise operation
Doesn’t need regular maintenance
What We Don't Like
Relatively low horsepower
Oil tank takes time to fill
Max PSI: 150 | CFM at 90 PSI: 4.0 CFM | Horsepower: 1.5 HP | Voltage: 120V | Noise Level: 84 dB | Weight: 97 lbs
4. Campbell Hausfeld DC200000 - Best for Low-Maintenance Requirement
Three of the first four on our list were vertical tank air compressors. So we decided to change the style and go for a horizontal one again for the fifth. The DC200000 from Campbell Hausfeld represents the company’s over 150 years of experience. Sleek, stylish, and portable, this is a device that any DIY-er would love in their workshop.
As we mentioned before, the horizontal design of the device makes for easy portability, although storage does require more space. The oil-free pump has a durable construction and provides extended and hassle-free operation.
Due to its oil-free nature, the pump requires very little maintenance and has superior longevity. At 150 PSI pressure and a 1.3HP motor, the product is enough to get you through any home-based or DIY projects.
The optimally placed control panel further enhances the usability of the device. This allows the user to read the pressure settings easily and thus control the airflow. Plus, the delivery of 4CFM at 90 PSI ensures that all your projects are completed on time.
We began our description of this product with the portability factor, so it’s only natural that we end with another aspect of its portability. This time, we need to mention the steel handle and large trolley wheels that allow the device to be quickly taken from one place to another. Talk about ease of use!
Despite its great features, we found the device to be quite noisy. So don’t expect as quiet an operation as the previous product. Plus, there have been reports of the device working up after a few weeks of use, though till now, we’ve faced nothing of the sort.
What We Like
High-performance motor
Easy to manipulate and use
Portable build
Very low-maintenance product
What We Don't Like
A rather noisy device
Max PSI: 150 | CFM at 90 PSI: 4.0 CFM | Horsepower: 1.3 HP | Voltage: 120V | Noise Level: 65 dB | Weight: 92 lbs
5. DeWalt DXCMPA1982054 - Best for Rugged Durability
Nothing extra needs to be said about DeWalt, the all-American brand that has made waves around the world. DeWalt air compressors are designed for tough and durable operation, and this 20-gallon model has all the bells and whistles of the first product on our list, only a bit pricier. Just check it out below.
Being an oil-lubricated air compressor, this is a device that promises extended operational endurance. The model boasts a 155 PSI maximum pressure, which allows for optimal tool performance.
As regards portability, this device scores high on that account as well. With a 20-gallon ASME portable air tank and horizontal design, this product is as stylish as it looks. Further, it even comes with pneumatic tires for enabling maximum portability.
For most air compressors, the main problem area remains the motor, which often gives out due to regular use. This product, however, has a durable dual-voltage motor that is wired for both 120V as well as 240V operation. This ensures that you get prolonged service even with regular use.
Finally, we must mention the quick-set regulator, which makes operating the device a simple task. Together with the pressure gauges and easy-flip on/off switch, this is a product that certainly isn’t all air.
Even though this is a rather well-equipped device, the problem lies in the safety valve. We’ve found the faucet to spring a tiny leak from time to time. However, this is sporadic and can be fixed pretty quickly. So don’t let it deter you from buying the product.
What We Like
Extended operational endurance
Portable horizontal tank design
Equipped with regulators and gauges
What We Don't Like
Occasional leaky faucet
Max PSI: 155 | CFM at 90 PSI: 5.7 CFM | Horsepower: 1.9 HP | Voltage: 120V | Noise Level: 78 dB | Weight: 166 lbs
6. North Star Single Stage 20-Gallon Air Compressor
If portability is your prime criterion for selecting an air compressor, then this is the one you should settle with. One of the most portable ones around, this 20-gallon air compressor from North Star, makes it easy to take the work away from the workshop. Ideal for pressurizing smaller tools, this is a product worth looking into.
As mentioned, this is one of the most portable devices there is, even though it’s weightier than the previous products on the list.
Equipped with ball-bearing wheels and no-flat tires, this device can be wheeled wherever your need takes you. Further, the vertical design means the storage footprint of the device is small, which allows it to be stored with bulker instruments easily.
One of the greatest enemies of air compressors is heat, which can destroy the pump and render it inoperative. Thankfully, this is not the case with this North Star product. Equipped with a V-style cylinder that provides consistent cooling, this product offers a longer pump life.
Finally, we must mention the cast-iron build, superior crankshaft support, and superb customer service that the product comes with. And to top it all off, it even boasts a 2HP induction motor, one of the higher ones on our list.
Our only pain point about this device is the cost, which seems a bit too high for average buyers. Other than that, the noise levels on this device are rather high. But if you can overlook these two factors, then this is a good choice.
What We Like
Highly portable build
Great for pressurizing smaller tools
Superior customer service
Longer pump life
What We Don't Like
Expensive product
High noise levels
Max PSI: 135 | CFM at 90 PSI: 5.0 CFM | Horsepower: 2 HP | Voltage: Dual Volt | Noise Level: 80 dB | Weight: 205 lbs
7. California Air Tools CAT-20015 HPAD
This product by California Air Tools is yet another noiseless product on our list. At just 70 dBA, this product has one of the lowest noise levels that you can ever hope for. We were glad that we took time out to experience this product; otherwise, we’d have missed out on a lot.
For those of you looking for an ultra-quiet product, this is the one to go with. Similar to the EA-6500, this device also offers very low noise levels. However, a lack of sound is not the only thing this product has going in its favor.
The two-stage compressor of this device has 1.5 HP of power, which is comparable to some of the best products in the market. Plus, the motor operates at only 1750 RPM, which contributes to the low noise of the product.
An exciting feature of the device’s motor is that it has been designed to increase the duty cycle of the product. This allows for continuous operation over prolonged periods.
Finally, we’d like to mention the dual piston pump system and oil-free design that improve the usability of this device. Overall, one of the better products available in the market.
Without a doubt, the price; considering the features, this device has one of the highest price tags on the list. This makes it well beyond the means of the average householder. We wish it were a bit cheaper, but if wishes were horses…
What We Like
Provides the user with a high operating pressure
Has an automatic tank drain feature
Longer duty cycle
Very easy to start in cold temperatures
What We Don't Like
High price tag
Max PSI: 175 | CFM at 90 PSI: 4.0 CFM | Horsepower: 1.5 HP | Voltage: 110V | Noise Level: 70 dB | Weight: 114 lbs
8. Ingersoll-Rand P1.5IU
Created with durability and dependability in mind, the Ingersoll-Rand P1.5IU has been dubbed the Garage Mate, and rightly so. Equally handy in any work location, this vertical compressor more than lives up to its name. The following are some of the reasons to go for this model.
An ideal device for portability and durability, the Garage Mate single-stage portable compressor can be easily wheeled anywhere you desire. No more dragging or lugging around a cumbersome device.
The product comes equipped with a 2HP air compressor that offers a maximum of 135 PSI operating pressure. This makes it the perfect fit for nail guns, drills, and other air-powered instruments.
The next highlight of this product is the durable cast iron build that promises a long operating life. Further, the device sports a belt-driven design that ensures noiseless operation, which is a plus if you’re using the device at home.
Finally, we must mention the easily accessible side-drain valve, automatic start-stop pressure control switch, and manual overload motor protection, which lend superior operational efficiency to the product.
There have been complaints from certain sections of the user base that the capacitors in the compressor tend to fail a bit early. Aside from this claim, there isn’t anything else to find fault with this device.
What We Like
Semi-pneumatic wheels for extra portability
Powerful 2HP compressor
100% continuous duty cycle
Thermal overload motor protection
What We Don't Like
Occasional problems with the capacitors
Max PSI: 135 | CFM at 90 PSI: 4.3 CFM | Horsepower: 2.0 HP | Voltage: 115V | Noise Level: 80 dB | Weight: 200 lbs
9. Industrial Air IPA1882054
We’ve already presented you with one Industrial Air product, and now we’re here with yet another. The IPA1882054 has one of the best compressors around, is relatively noiseless, and provides plenty of air as and when required. The following is a detailed look into the device.
Industrial Air products are known for their heavy-duty operation, and this device is no exception. Built from high-quality cast iron material that ensures superior and long-lasting performance, this is a product with several nifty features.
First off, we’d like to mention the heavy-duty induction motor that ensures a steady pressure of air. The maximum air pressure is 155 PSI, which promises optimal tool performance. Also, the device is UL and CSA certified, which speaks to the level of quality that the device embodies.
Continuing about the motor, we’d like to mention that the motor is wired for dual-voltage operation, which means it can operate for 120V as well as 240V applications. Further, the onboard controls allow easy manipulation of the device.
Coming to the portability factor, the device is extremely portable with pre-attached pneumatic wheels and a compact horizontal tank design. And though a 20-gallon tank, the design has been optimized to have a minimum footprint. This allows it to be stored anywhere with other tools.
Just as this product sticks to the brand’s best quality benchmarks, it also ensures that the price tag that it comes with is on the higher side of the spectrum. We’d have really preferred it if the device had been a little less costly.
What We Like
1.9HP dual voltage induction motor
Oil-lubricated pump for quiet operation
Lightweight and portable design
2-years warranty
What We Don't Like
High price tag
Max PSI: 155 | CFM at 90 PSI: 5.7 CFM | Horsepower: 1.9 HP | Voltage: 120V | Noise Level: 83 dB | Weight: 154 lbs
10. DeWalt DXCMLA1682066
We end our list with another quality product from the house of DeWalt, the all-American brand we all know and love. As we know, DeWalt is considered a specialist in small to mid-range air compressors, and this vertical 20-gallon unit is a prime example of their engineering prowess.
Equipped with a 1.6HP air compressor, this device provides power enough for the professional handyman or domestic DIY-er. Featuring a single-stage oil-lubricated cast iron pump, the device sports a twin-V design that ensures distributed heat dissipation.
Along with that, the product features a one-piece cast-iron crankcase and iron cylinder body that promises durability and lasting performance. Plus, the device is thermally stable, which adds an extra layer of security.
We were also pretty impressed with the full-size metal belt guard that enhances the motor’s protective capacity. Add to that the friction-lowering ball bearings, stainless steel reed valves, and oil lubrication, and you’ve got a device that’s meant to provide smooth and efficient operation.
Straight out of the box, the product comes with a loose belt that requires some adjustment at the beginning. Also, after getting a taste of the massive 4HP behemoth that is the 20040DC, 1.6HP seems a little too low for a compressor. But it gets the job done, and we’re not complaining.
What We Like
Heavy-duty design
Thermally stable body
Dual voltage induction motor
Attached wheels for portability
What We Don't Like
Loose belt may need adjusting
Low power compressor of 1.6HP
Max PSI: 155 | CFM at 90 PSI: 4.0 CFM | Horsepower: 1.6 HP | Voltage: 120V | Noise Level: 78 dB | Weight: 159 lbs
What Are the Best 20-Gallon Air Compressors?
The following table presents a comparative review of the top 20-gallon air compressors, ranked according to key performance and specification parameters. Each entry is evaluated against its maximum pounds per square inch (Max PSI) output, cubic feet per minute (CFM) at 90 PSI, horsepower (HP), operating voltage, noise level in decibels (dB), and weight in pounds (lbs).
Buying Guide For The Best 20-Gallon Air Compressor
Now that you know all about the 10 best 20-gallon air compressors right now, we’re sure you’re ready to go out and get one.
But don’t; at least, not until you’ve finished reading this entire resource. That’s because merely knowing about the best air compressors doesn’t equip you with enough information to make the right choice.
To make the right decision, you need to have an idea about the different facets that need to be considered while evaluating the performance of air compressors. And to help you do just that, we’ve compiled this comprehensive buyers’ guide that’s meant to help you out.
Once you’ve gone through all the finer points of this guide, then will you be ready to choose the air compressor that can fulfill all essential needs.
Let’s get to it then.
The Motor
Your compressor motor is the most crucial part of the device, and rightly so. It is the motor that is responsible for compressing air into the tank and also refilling it. So you can realize that it’s the motor that undergoes the greatest amount of use in a compressor.
As a result, you need to look for units that have a powerful and high-quality compressor. This is essential to ensure that you don’t end up spending too much time and money on repair work and maintenance. For best results, settle with a motor that connects to the compressor via a belt. And make sure of any lubrication requirements of the motor.
PSI And CFM
These are two very important metrics to look after when you’re choosing the right air compressor. PSI and CFM are the numbers that define the power and speed of your compressor.
PSI stands for Pounds-Per-Square-Inch, and CFM denotes Cubic-Feet-per-Minute. CFM is essentially the rate at which air is pumped out of the compressor. Naturally, the higher the CFM, the faster the tank will be depleted.
PSI, on the other hand, represents the amount of force per unit area that the compressor can deliver. Naturally, CFM and PSI are inversely related to each other: the more air that you let out, the lesser will be the pressure of the device, and vice-versa.
You can find PSI and CFM readings on the manufacturers’ websites or on the packaging for each model. Many units even have the metrics printed against the air tank.
Tank Capacity
When it comes to air compressors, the most noticeable aspect is the tank. In our guide, we’ve focused on 20-gallon models, but there can be compressors with lesser or greater capacity.
Understandably compressors that have a larger tank will be able to hold a more significant amount of air. This allows them to work for more extended periods without the need for refilling. Plus, they are also able to maintain their peak PSI for more extended periods.
So if you are going to use the compressor with a tool that requires a large amount of power, then go for one with a large tank. However, for low-powered applications, a smaller tank will suffice.
Oil-Free Or Lubricated
When going through compressor listings, you’re bound to notice that some air compressors are oil-free while others are oil-lubricated. Both types have their advantages and disadvantages, and which one you go with depends on your needs and preferences.
Oil-free compressors are generally cheaper to maintain. They don’t need periodic oil replacements and are also better for the environment.
But don’t think that means oil-lubricated ones are out for the count! Oil-lubricated compressors undergo less frictional wear and tear and hence last longer than oil-free compressors.
Noise Levels
Let’s face it: air compressors are not meant to be quiet pieces of equipment. They are designed to operate under industrial conditions; hence noise dampening may not be considered necessary.
Nevertheless, if you’re looking for quieter compressors, then you won’t be disappointed. In general, electric motors are designed to be quieter than ones that run on gas. On the flip side, gas motors are more powerful.
Also important to understand is where you’re going to use the product. In case you’re planning on using it in an open space such as a construction site, a louder one will do. But for closed workspaces, it’s best you get a quieter one.
What can I use a 20-gallon air compressor for?
A 20-gallon air compressor can be used for a variety of tasks, such as powering air tools like nail guns, spray guns, and impact wrenches, inflating tires, and operating pneumatic equipment like sanders and grinders.
How much power do I need for a 20-gallon air compressor?
The power needed for a 20-gallon air compressor depends on the type of tools or equipment you plan to use. Generally, a 20-gallon air compressor with a horsepower (HP) rating of 2-3.5 is sufficient for most DIY and light-duty professional tasks.
How loud are 20-gallon air compressors?
The noise level of a 20-gallon air compressor varies depending on the model and brand. Most 20-gallon air compressors produce noise levels between 60-90 decibels (dB). However, some models are designed to operate more quietly than others.
Can I transport a 20-gallon air compressor?
Yes, most 20-gallon air compressors are designed with portability in mind. They often come with wheels and handles, making them easy to move from one location to another. However, it’s important to ensure that the compressor is securely mounted before transporting it.
How do I maintain a 20-gallon air compressor?
Proper maintenance is crucial to ensure the longevity and performance of your 20-gallon air compressor. This includes regularly checking and changing the oil, cleaning or replacing the air filter, draining the tank, and checking for leaks in the hoses and connections. It’s also important to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for specific maintenance tasks.
Thank you for reading our comprehensive review of the 10 best 20-gallon air compressors available on the market. We understand the importance of having a versatile and robust air compressor that suits your needs, whether you are a DIY enthusiast, hobbyist, or professional. With so many options to choose from, we wanted to make the selection process a breeze, allowing you to make the perfect choice.
Out of these 10 best 20-gallon air compressors, here are our top three recommendations:
Best for heavy-duty users:Industrial Air IL1682066.MN is an ideal option. With a 1.6HP induction motor, dual-voltage operation, and excellent portability, it justifies its higher price tag for those who need a top-of-the-line compressor for demanding work.
Best for ultra-quiet performance:California Air Tools 20040DC is a good option. This model offers a powerful 4HP motor, an oil-free twin-cylinder pump for maintenance-free operation, and an air-drying system that ensures better air quality for your tools. It's perfect for those who need a quiet and powerful solution.
Best for value-conscious buyers:Porter Cable PXCMF220VWis the right choice. It offers an oil-free motor, low-noise operation, and a fully enclosed design with a slim and portable build. The Porter Cable compressor is ideal for users looking for a balance of quality and affordability.
At the end of the day, the best air compressor for you will depend on your specific requirements and preferences. Our review provides a wide range of options suitable for different uses, budgets, and performance characteristics. We hope this review has helped you identify the perfect air compressor for your needs. Happy shopping and may your next project be a breeze with the right 20-gallon air compressor!
Deciding to buy an air compressor is an easy task. After all, it’s one of the essential pieces of equipment you can have.
Whether it’s pumping up a tire or inflating a soccer ball, air compressors can come in handy in a variety of situations. But the real challenge in buying an air compressor lies elsewhere.
Most air compressors come with a boatload of features. While some score high in portability, others offer unmatched air pressure. The decision of which one you should go with depends on a variety of factors.
That’s why, to make the task easy for you, today we’ve decided to go ahead and review some of the best 12V air compressors in the market. We’ll give you the complete lowdown on the features. And to make matters easier, we’ll also introduce a buyers’ guide to help you make the decision.
So, let’s get going and see what’s what!
Best 12V Air Compressors
Here's the list of the 6 best 12V air compressors of 2024, providing you with the complete lowdown on their features and a helpful buyers' guide to simplify your decision-making process.
Seeing as people usually look for the best first, we’ve decided to list the top product on the list at the beginning. And this 12V powerhouse from Viair is undoubtedly the best one on the list if not the market. Sleek, powerful, and handy, this is one air compressor you need to have in the trunk of your vehicle.
ON-THE-GO PERFORMANCE for VEHICLES, BIKES & SPORTS...
Why Did We Like It?
To be frank, it was the brand name that attracted us in the first place. Viair has been serving the air compressor market for over two decades, and being an ISO-certified business, they’re known for products that have impeccable quality.
If you’ve ever been stuck with a flat tire by the roadside, then you know the importance of a reliable air compressor. And this 12V wonder from Viair didn’t disappoint one bit. Viair has certainly distilled its 20 years of experience in this machine.
The device offers a 120PSI max operating pressure, which is enough for any make or model of car. We’ve tested it on several vehicles, including trucks and SUV tires, and the compressor provided an impressive performance on all tires up to 33 inches.
What’s more, the device comes with a 10-feet power cord and 16-feet air hose, which means you have an ample range of movement. It has even got a 3-piece inflation tip kit that improves its versatility. In short, this is a complete compressor for all vehicular needs.
What Could’ve Been Better?
The only thing we’d have improved in the device is the power sourcing mechanism. It’s powered by alligator clamps that must be attached to the car battery, which means your engine needs to be running for it to work. We’d have preferred if the device ran from a lighter socket, as this is more convenient.
Pros
Tough metallic construction
Long power cord and air hose
Versatile usability
Ample working pressure
Cons
Doesn’t work from a lighter socket
Maximum PSI: 120 | CFM: 1.47 | Weight: 4.5 pounds | Dimensions: 9.8 x 3.2 x 5.6 inches | Weight: 4.5 pounds | Features: LED work light, thermal overload protector
The second place on the list is occupied by EPAuto, another well-known manufacturer of portable air compressors. And convenience is the key operating word when it comes to this model. If you’re looking for a powerful compressor that fits your trunk and purse, then this is the one to go for.
Convenience: Plug directly into Cigarette Lighter Socket of...
Multiple Uses: Inflate tires on cars, bikes, sedan and...
Why Did We Like It?
When it comes to portable air compressors, the first combination that anyone looks for is that of convenience with power. And this model from EPAuto fits the bill perfectly.
With a maximum working pressure of 70PSI and inflating speeds of 1.06CFM, this is decidedly a powerful machine. What struck us the most, however, was that it delivers this power in a surprisingly compact body.
The compressor itself weighs merely a pound, which means you won’t have any trouble carrying it in your trunk. Further, it plugs directly into any car’s cigarette lighter socket, which means there’s no need to connect it to the car battery, like with the previous item.
Versatile in use, the device can be used for inflating tires on cars as well as bikes. What’s more, it’s even equipped with an easy-to-read digital display and LED flashlight. Add to that the auto-shutoff feature, and you’ve got a compressor that’s worth the money.
What Could’ve Been Better?
The only downside to this otherwise excellent product is that it’s not suitable for inflating truck tires. This is a damper for truck owners who’d like to get a taste of the ease of use that comes with it.
Pros
Lightweight build
Power-cable with backup fuse included
Overheat protection
CE certified
Cons
Doesn’t work with truck tires
Maximum PSI: 70 | CFM: 1.06 | Weight: 1 pound | Dimensions: 13.5 x 8.1 x 5.6 inches | Weight: 3.8 pounds | Features: Auto shut-off, digital display, LED flashlight
The final item on our list comes from Slime, but don’t be turned away by the name. Though not as renowned as Viair, Slime’s got a reputation for turning our quality products that get the job done. And this highly portable device from their end is decidedly compact but delivers power enough to blow you away.
This Analog Tire Inflator is a lean, mean inflating machine...
With the push of a switch, the inflator springs to life,...
Why Did We Like It?
We’ve already seen some of the top performers in the 12V air compressor category. So for the final item, we’ve got one that strikes the perfect balance between compactness and affordability.
Weighing in at a little under two pounds, it’s got all the necessary features without the added weight. Just plug it into your car’s 12V port and voila! You’ve got a full tire in under eight minutes flat (pun intended!).
Another useful aspect of Slime inflators is that they are tire-sensor safe, which makes them perfect for regular use. The built-in pressure gauge measures up to 100 PSI, and the single-touch startup button makes for smooth operation.
It’s even got a long enough air and power hose, with cord storage facilities built into the product. And for the price, it packs sufficient power to fulfill all your inflatable needs. The best budget buy, in our opinion.
What Could’ve Been Better?
We all agree that this is a rather nifty product, but there are two minor points that we’d like to improve. First, we’d like the housing for the power cords and hoses covered, as this helps to maintain the aesthetics. Secondly, it’d be more power-efficient if the LED light had a dedicated on/off switch.
Pros
Remarkably slim and compact design
Built-in pressure gauge
Standard 12V operation
Storage compartments for power cords and air hose
Cons
No on/off switch for LED lights
Storage compartments lack cover
Maximum PSI: 35 | CFM: N/A | Weight: 1.85 pounds | Dimensions: 8 x 2.75 x 6.13 inches | Weight: 5.05 pounds | Features: Built-in pressure gauge, LED work light, inflatable adapters
Up next, we’ve got the AstroAI 12V air compressor, which boasts of being made from high-quality materials. Fast and straightforward to use, it makes inflating tires a comfortable and enjoyable task. Promising and delivering unmatched accuracy of pressure, this is an option you should seriously consider.
INCREASED SAFETY: Properly inflated tires provide better...
ADVANCED ACCURACY: Professionally calibrated to always...
Why Did We Like It?
Our primary reason for including this product is its advanced accuracy and safety features, which make this a secure option for most users. The highlight of the piece is an integrated inline fuse that improves the safety of the device.
And while we’re on the subject of safety, we need to mention the overheat protection feature that ensures the device turns off automatically on overheating. Also, its simple operating mechanism means that anyone can use it without much difficulty.
Coming to the accuracy levels, we were glad to note that the device has been calibrated to give readings that are correct to 1% of the desired pressure. This eliminates all the guesswork from the inflation process and ensures proper tire pressure.
Finally, we must mention the LED-backlit measurement screen, built-in LED flash, and additional adapters for inflating anything from air cushions to balloons. In short, a complete solution for all your inflation needs. And it also comes with a three years warranty, so that’s a bonus.
What Could’ve Been Better?
The only downside to this product is the fact that it can only run on 12V DC. This means you shouldn’t risk using the device with home electricity supplies, as this might damage the fuse. Stick to your car’s 12V port, and you’ll be good to go.
Pros
Integrated inline fuse
Highly accurate measurements
Three years extended warranty
100PSI max pressure
Cons
Works only on 12V DC supply
Maximum PSI: 120 | CFM: 1.06 | Weight: 4.61 pounds | Dimensions: 10.51 x 7.64 x 4.92 inches | Weight: 2.2 pounds | Features: Auto shut-off, digital display, LED flashlight, overheat protection
Portability is the crucial component of this portable air compressor by Kobalt, one of the better manufacturers of air tools. And this two-in-one portable air compressor is perfect for all your on-road as well as in-house requirements. Wondering what we mean by that? Just read on to find out more.
Kobalt Portable Air Compressor Inflator provides up to...
Perfect size to keep in your car, quickly inflates items...
Why Did We Like It?
One look at this product and you’re sure to want one for your car, or whatever use it needs to fulfill. This versatile air compressor isn’t limited to being good enough for only inflating tires. It’s also great for several other applications.
Whether you need to inflate an air mattress or set up the kiddie pool for your toddlers, this can be the go-to device. Apart from the standard air hose, the product includes a pair of sports needles, a raft nozzle, and even a Presta Valve Adapter.
This only leads to a quantum increase in the versatility of the device. Plus, the compact design ensures you can store and carry it in your car or even on a motorcycle for emergencies. It’s also got a digital gauge that displays the air pressure you are using.
When it comes to power, this device has the dual capability of operating from a 12V power outlet as well as a 120V one. This means you can use it as quickly at home as on the road for your vehicle.
What Could’ve Been Better?
There are two things that we’d like to improve in the product. First, the air hose, which is only two feet long and needs to be increased substantially. Secondly, it doesn’t come with an on-off switch; you have to plug and unplug it for operating. This can lead to unnecessary hassles.
Pros
Lightweight and compact design
Auto shutoff feature
Quieter operation than many other models
Additional storage compartments for accessories
Cons
Short air-hose
No on/off switch
Maximum PSI: 120 | CFM: 2.6 | Weight: 6.21 pounds | Dimensions: 9 x 12.75 x 7 inches | Weight: 29.1 pounds | Features: Oil-free pump, 2.0 HP motor, vertical design for storage
The next item we have for you is by Wagan, an all-American firm located in Hayward, California. And with over 35 years of experience under their belt, every product they make is imbued with unmatched expertise. Just take a load of this air compressor from their stable and see for yourselves.
Two in one AC & DC Powered: Both AC (wall outlet) and DC...
Digital display: Easy to read Display Modes: PSI/bar/kPa &...
Why Did We Like It?
As you might have already picked up, the highlight of this product is the twin AC/DC operation. This simply translates to the fact that you can use it with the cigarette lighter socket of your car as well as any standard 110V wall outlet.
The dual operation gives the compressor an added advantage over cigarette-socket-only models. The twin operation means you can use the unit at home and on the road for emergencies with equal ease.
The digital display ensures that you get exactly the pressure you need, and shows readings in multiple units. Plus, the auto-shutoff feature protects your tires (and other inflatables) from over-inflation.
With a 100PSI max pressure and flow rate of 15 liters/minute, this is indeed a powerful air compressor. What’s more, the lengthy power cords ensure restriction-free operation, and the price is reasonable enough, so it’s a steal deal either way.
What Could’ve Been Better?
The warranty, which only extends for a year and is a bit too little, in our opinion. Another concern that we’d like to point out is the flip-down lever that attaches to the tire stem. It’s a bit flimsy looking, but we’ve used it without significant problems till now.
Pros
Works with both AC as well as DC power
Automatic operation
Sufficient cord length
Versatile operation
Cons
Only one-year warranty
Flimsy flip-down lever
Maximum PSI: 100 | CFM: 1.8 | Weight: 3.8 pounds | Dimensions: 9.5 x 5 x 7.5 inches | Weight: 4.4 pounds | Features: Auto shut-off, digital display, LED work light, multiple nozzle adapters
Auto shut-off, digital display, LED work light, multiple nozzle adapters
Buying Guide For The Best 12V Air Compressor
Wait a bit! If you’re ready to rush out and get the first item on the list, then be advised: it might just not be the best for your needs.
12V compressors come with a bevy of features, all of which are comparable. Yet there are a large number of factors that play an essential part in the choice of the right device. Unless you pay attention to them, then you might just end up with the wrong compressor.
That’s why we’ve decided to simplify the task with this handy buyers’ guide. Outlined here, you’ll find all the information that you need to make the right decision when it comes to 12V air compressors.
Let’s see what factors you need to keep in mind.
Socket Type
The socket type determines the kind of power input that your air compressor requires. Most portable 12V compressors come equipped with a cigarette lighter connector that plugs into the 12V port of your car.
There are certain compressors, however, which can also be plugged into standard wall sockets. The choice depends on where you plan to use your device. If you’re primarily interested in using it on the road, then go for the cigarette lighter type.
However, if you also need to use it at home for inflatables, then make sure the compressor has a wall socket connector. As an alternative, you can even go for ones with rechargeable batteries.
PSI Levels
The PSI levels determine the maximum pressure levels that your compressor can deliver. Usually, the higher the PSI levels of your compressor, the greater its inflating power. However, you must take care to adjust the PSI levels on your device according to requirements, as too high a pressure can lead to damaging your inflatables.
Safety Features
When buying a 12V compressor, you must keep in mind the safety features of the device. One such important feature is auto-shutoff, which ensures that your tire doesn’t get overinflated.
The auto-shutoff feature works by turning your device off automatically once the desired pressure level is reached. This helps to maintain the correct tire pressure and also ensures the device’s safety.
Compressors tend to get hot with repeated operation; this means they need to cool off between use. The best way to ensure this is to go for a model that has an overheating protection mechanism, which indicates when the device is getting heated above the safety levels.
Cord And Hose Length
The next thing that you should keep in mind when deciding on a 12V air compressor is the length of the power cord and air hose. Unless these two are amply long, you’ll have trouble maneuvering the compressor and reaching complicated tire orientations.
Take care to ensure that the air hose, as well as the power cord, is at least ten feet in length. This way you’ll have enough room to move around and won’t have to attach the compressor in an awkward position.
LED Lights
Let’s face it: tires don’t go flat only at opportune moments, as anyone who’s been stuck with one on a dark highway will testify. In such a situation, it can become confusing, not to mention hazardous, to get out on the dark road and inflate your tire.
That’s why, if you’re planning on using your compressor on long road trips, then we recommend getting one with LED lights. This not only helps you to see the tires correctly but will also make you visible to any oncoming vehicles and thus avoid accidents.
Additional Attachments
Finally, we’d like to mention that if you want to use the compressor for inflating anything other than tires, make sure it comes with the right attachments and pins. Otherwise, you might face difficulty in using the product to its fullest possible versatility.
12V Air Compressors FAQ's
What are the different types of 12V air compressors?
There are two main types of 12V air compressors: tire inflators and air compressors. Tire inflators are designed specifically for inflating tires and typically have a lower PSI rating, while air compressors are more versatile and can be used for a variety of tasks.
What is the maximum PSI rating for a 12V air compressor?
The maximum PSI rating for a 12V air compressor varies depending on the model. Some models have a maximum PSI rating of 100 or 120, while others can go up to 150 or higher.
Can a 12V air compressor inflate a car tire?
Yes, a 12V air compressor can inflate a car tire. However, choosing a model with a high enough PSI rating to handle the pressure required for car tires is important.
Are 12V air compressors loud?
The noise level of a 12V air compressor can vary depending on the model. Some models are designed to be quiet, while others may produce a higher level of noise. It is important to check the noise level before purchasing to ensure it meets your needs.
How long does inflating an object with a 12V air compressor take?
The time it takes to inflate an object with a 12V air compressor depends on the object’s size and the compressor’s PSI rating. In general, smaller objects such as sports balls and air mattresses can be inflated quickly, while larger objects like car tires may take several minutes.
Can a 12V air compressor be used to power pneumatic tools?
No, a 12V air compressor is not powerful enough to run most pneumatic tools. These tools typically require a higher PSI rating and a larger tank size to function prop
Conclusion
Now that you know all there is to know about 12V air compressors, you can take the leap and choose the best one. Before you do that, however, here’s a quick recap of our best picks from the list.
The overall winner is the Viair 00088 model, which is the first item on our list. This model provides unmatched power and value for money. Coming at a close second is the EPAuto model.
And yes, if you’re looking for a budget buy, then you can’t do better than Slime. It’s slim, sleek, and has all the power you need, minus the unnecessary frills.
With that, we’ll take our leave, hoping that you enjoyed going through this compilation as much as we enjoyed putting it together. Here’s wishing you find the best air compressor that money can buy.
Till next time!
“How difficult can it be to buy a 10-gallon air compressor? You just hit the store and pick the one that suits your budget!”
If you share this mentality while buying devices as exclusive as these, we have some expert advice for you - please stop! Although we understand that budget is an imperative factor when buying such an expensive product, a lack of sufficient knowledge often leads to an impulsive purchase that you’ll subsequently regret.
But worry not, we don’t want our readers to take L’s when it comes to shopping heavy-duty tools. And that’s why our experts have carefully handpicked the 6 best 10-gallon air compressors that are guaranteed to fit both your needs and budget.
We’ve also added a brief buyer’s guide for you to acknowledge the essential factors that need to be taken into consideration while buying these products.
Now, without any further ado, let’s get down to business!
6 Best 10-Gallon Air Compressors
Whether you're a DIY enthusiast or a professional mechanic, there's an option on this list that will meet your needs and exceed your expectations. So without further ado, here's the list of the 6 best 10-gallon air compressors.
Our first pick of the day is the California Air Tools 10-Gallon unit, arguably one of the most efficient compressors in the game right now. Be it professional or personal jobs; this model has it all covered with its vast array of features. Let’s check out its core features!
ULTRA QUIET PERFORMANCE: The California Air Tools 2.0 HP...
POWERFUL OPERATION: Equipped with a powerful 2.0 HP motor...
Why Did We Like It?
To begin with, this product features quite a visually attractive frame, which can grab anybody’s attention at first glance. Although its futuristic design may make it appear like an expensive machine, be assured that it’s pretty budget-friendly. Apart from that, we’re in love with how ergonomic and easy to use it is, which makes it highly appropriate for first-timers with zero experience.
Moving on, this model also ranks high in terms of maneuverability, and the credit goes to its pneumatic rear wheels. Not to forget, the model is also ultralight and compact, so it becomes a lot more comfortable to move it around. However, do not mistake its size for its performance, as it carries some serious muscle that can make the hardest of air compression jobs look like a cakewalk.
Speaking of performance, you get a powerful 1680 RPM engine that can generate as much as 125 PSI of pressure output. In brief, the machine can deliver up to 5.30 CFM at 90 PSI, and 6.40 CFM at 40 PSI. However, despite such high power, this machine is surprisingly quiet. Last but not least, the motor is significantly energy-conserving and drains only 14 amps.
What Could’ve Been Better?
To be honest, this product’s design would’ve been perfect if it weren’t for the inconvenient drain valve. While testing, we noticed that its drain valve is very close to the floor, which can be detrimental to its durability. Furthermore, we don’t find the water drain to be large enough, which is a bummer.
Pros
Lightweight and compact
Quiet motor
Energy-conserving motor
All-steel construction
Cons
The water drain is too small
Max PSI: 125 PSI | CFM @ 90 PSI: 5.3 CFM | Horsepower: 2 HP | Noise Level (dB): 70 dB | Oil-Free: Yes | Weight (lbs): 82.5 lbs
If you’re looking for a long-lasting air compressor without breaking the bank, there’s hardly another brand as reliable as WEN Tools. We’ve recently tested the all-new WEN 2289 unit, and we’re very impressed with its maximum operating pressure. Let’s dive deep into its key features!
10-gallon tank constructed with reinforced steel for a...
Provides air flow rates of 4.0 CFM at 90 PSI and 5.0 CFM at...
Why Did We Like It?
First things first, this one might just be the most portable air compressor in the game right now. With such a maneuverable structure and large 7-inch wheels, transporting this machine is as easy as ABC. You also get an easy-grip handle for easier portability. Not to forget, this model also features a very user-friendly interface, which makes it a lot more convenient for beginners to operate.
Coming to its core specs, the WEN unit is an efficient oil-free air compressor, offering the best values at a budget-friendly price tag. In brief, being oil-free leads to lower maintenance expenses, setting the bar higher for cost efficiency. The model also comes with easy-to-reach valves for higher convenience.
You also get a powerful engine that is capable of delivering up to 150 PSI, which is too good for a medium-range compressor. To break it down, this model delivers around 4 CFM at 90 PSI, which instantly beats most of the best-selling units on the market, in terms of performance. Moreover, its motor features a breakthrough low-load feature for higher user-friendliness. This feature enables the engine to turn on in the coldest temperatures.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Although this model beats the California Air Tools unit in terms of higher pressure output, it takes an L at fundamental criteria. To be honest, its tank takes almost forever to refill, which can be troublesome if you’re a regular professional. Furthermore, we found it to be a little noisier than other typical units, so that’s strike two.
Pros
All-steel construction
Auto shut-down to conserve energy
Bargain-basement price tag
High-powered motor
Cons
Refill tank is too slow
Max PSI: 150 PSI | CFM @ 90 PSI: 4.0 CFM | Horsepower: 1.5 HP | Noise Level (dB): 75 dB | Oil-Free: No | Weight (lbs): 71 lbs
Be it longevity or budget-friendliness; Stark is a brand that has always won over our hearts with the best values it delivers. We’ve recently tested its 3.5 HP air compressor, and its multi-tasking abilities have impressed us a lot. For those who are searching for reliable devices under a budget, this product is worth a shot.
Personal and Professional Use – More than an average tire...
Ultra-Quiet Airflow Operation – The best air compressor...
Why Did We Like It?
This model might just be one of the best picks for DIY enthusiasts, considering its user-friendliness and high-end performance. To be precise, this product packs one of the meanest motors in the game. This 3.5 HP motor can generate up to a throbbing maximum output of 125 PSI, offering exact value for money. And although it’s not as powerful as the WEN 2289, it’s still eligible for both semi-professional and DIY personal jobs.
Speaking of durability, this model features a sturdy frame that is guaranteed to last for years to come. On top, you also get an aluminum head for extra protection, which protects the motor from any unforeseen damages. Furthermore, it also minimizes heat emissions to a great extent, extending overall product life by a great deal.
Moreover, the cylinder also features a cast-iron construction, supported by the crankshaft and valve plate. Yet, despite such an iron-construction body, the model weighs as less as 55 pounds. And even though it’s oil-lubricated motor leads towards frequent maintenance, it also makes the product a lot more long-lasting. Overall, if you’re running low on a budget right now, this is a smart option to consider.
What Could’ve Been Better?
As we’ve mentioned, the maintenance of its oil-lubricated motor can be a hassle. Mostly, this product calls for support very frequently, which is pretty time-consuming. Also, multiple buyers have reported a common oil leakage issue, so be careful while handling the motor.
Pros
Ergonomic design
Long-lasting product
Powerful motor
Value for money
Cons
Leakage issues
Max PSI: 125 PSI | CFM @ 90 PSI: 5.2 CFM @ 40 PSI / 4.2 CFM @ 90 PSI | Horsepower: 3.5 HP | Noise Level (dB): 78 dB | Oil-Free: No | Weight (lbs): 84 lbs
Although Pro-Force may not be a name that you’ve heard often, be assured that it’s one of the most reliable up-and-coming brands in the game. We’ve had the opportunity to test its 10-gallon unit personally, and we wouldn’t describe our experience as anything less than “satisfactory.” Let’s dive deep into its key features!
This one may not be the most powerful model on our list, but it still manages to hold its own against the competition with its wide array of features. To begin with, we’re in love with how ergonomically it has been designed, which makes it pretty convenient to work with. Not to forget, this product also eliminates any sort of storage space issue with its intelligent body construction, making it easier to store anywhere.
Moving on, this model can be carried around anywhere with ease, and the credit go to its all-black sturdy tires. If you’re a DIY enthusiast, this serves as a perfect go-to option that can accompany your small-duty tasks with its decent pressure output. As a bonus, you also get an advanced regulator that lets you adjust the pressure as per your needs.
Not to forget, the gauges are very easy to read, which altogether turns it more and more appropriate for inexperienced beginners. User convenience is further raised with its 120-volt standard plug support that makes operating this device as easy as cake. Overall, there’s hardly any other product as convenient and reliable as the Proforce unit under this price category.
What Could’ve Been Better?
To begin with, we’re not a fan of how the manufacturers have used cheap plastic for the casing. Also, we’ve found its motor to be excessively loud, which makes us like it a little less. Multiple users have further reported air leakage issues, which makes us question their efficiency.
Pros
Ergonomic design
High versatility
Powerful motor
Value for money
Cons
Air leakage issues
Max PSI: 125 PSI | CFM @ 90 PSI: 3.8 CFM @ 90 PSI | Horsepower: 1.5 HP | Noise Level (dB): 87 dB | Oil-Free: No | Weight (lbs): 72.8 lbs
EMAX has recently been making waves in the market with its top-notch products. The HULK 10-gallon model stands out to be a powerful compressor with its advanced features. If you’re tired of compressors that are so loud that they can damage your hearing abilities, then give this model a try.
SPECS AT A GLANCE - 2 HP Portable Air Compressor designed...
SILENT AIR TECHNOLOGY - Designed to be ultra-quiet,...
Why Did We Like It?
Just as the name implies, this model comes equipped with a hulking motor that generates a maximum pressure output of 125 PSI. To break it down, this product delivers around 8.39 CFM at 40 PSI. But it gets better as you get 5.77 CFM at 90 PSI, which is the highest in this mid-range category.
You also get a super-quiet motor, as its 2 HP motor has been engineered to produce sound levels that are not more than 41 dB. Consequently, this product offers an 80% quieter operation than the generic alternatives in the market, giving itself an instant advantage.
Speaking of convenience, we’ve also noticed it features a low amp draw, which enables it to support almost any outlet. Moreover, you get a sturdy copper winding that minimizes the average decay, enhancing the product’s life to a great extent. Not to forget, its heavy-gauge steel cylinders also raise the bar higher to reliability. Last but not least, its large pneumatic wheels help in easy transportation.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Unfortunately, this product doesn’t leave much room for complaints, performance-wise. However, it could’ve been better if the product came along with a more ergonomic handle, as we didn’t find it to provide a secure fit.
Pros
Impressive recovery time
Clean air for tool operation
Long-lasting construction
Two-years warranty
Cons
The handle could fit better
Max PSI: 125 PSI | CFM @ 90 PSI: 4.0 CFM @ 90 PSI | Horsepower: 2 HP | Noise Level (dB): 73 dB | Oil-Free: No | Weight (lbs): 92 lbs
Next on our list is Campbell Hausfeld, the brand that has redefined the dynamics of power tools with its breakthrough innovations. Its 10-gallon air compressor has left us in awe with its ultra-quiet operation and top-class motor efficiency. Let’s have a full scoop on its core features.
No products found.
Why Did We Like It?
The Campbell Hausfeld unit efficiently bridges the gap between easy-to-carry and heavy-duty performance motors with the all-new 10-gallon unit. To begin with, its brilliant design eliminates any sort of maneuverability issues. This model features a very compact body, which is supported by an easy-grip handle for easy transportation. Moreover, you get a set of wheels that makes moving it around easier.
Coming to its core specs, this model saves you from the high-maintenance hassle that usually comes along with typical air compressors. It’s an oil-free pump, so you don’t have to pay for regular maintenance. Also, we’ve noticed that this model is as quiet as 68 dB, which is quite impressive for a mid-range model.
You also get a long-lasting engine that can provide up to a maximum operating pressure of 125 PSI. In brief, the model offers 2.4 CFM at 90 PSI, which is suitable for any sort of indoor/outdoor job. Overall, if you’re looking for an advanced unit under a meager price bracket, this should be your cup of tea.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Numerous buyers have complained that the head pressure switch stops functioning within a few months of us, which appears to be a prevalent issue with this product. We’re hoping that the manufacturers address this bug ASAP for a better user experience.
Pros
Durable construction
Lightweight and compact design
Maximum pressure output of 125 PSI
Pneumatic wheels for easy transportation
Cons
Malfunctioning head pressure switch
Max PSI: 175 PSI | CFM @ 90 PSI: 3.7 CFM @ 90 PSI | Horsepower: 1.3 HP | Noise Level (dB): 82 dB | Oil-Free: No | Weight (lbs): 64 lbs
Buying Guide For The Best 10-Gallon Air Compressor
If you’re a first-timer at buying such tools, the chances are that you’re not aware of the critical factors that need to be considered while choosing an efficient air compressor. Worry not, here are the main features that you must cross-check to ensure that you’re making a smart purchase that serves your needs precisely.
Air Flow Rate
Starting with the basics, the most important criterion that determine the efficiency of a compressor is its CFM (Cubic Feet per Meter) capacity. Usually, professionals measure the CFM of these devices at a standard pressure output of 90 PSI. If you’re someone who’s searching for products for personal use, then the average CFM of 3.35 CFM should suffice.
Shape Of The Tank
Not to forget, storage becomes quite an issue when you’re buying products as spacious as these. It’s best to check whether you have sufficient storage space before investing in a large model. In case you have less storage space, it’s wiser to go for vertical models.
Noise Levels
These devices deal with heavy-duty applications, most of the time. It leads to the production of deafeningly loud sound levels, which can be quite disappointing. It’s recommended to go for products that produce sounds lower than 80 dB. But if your machine is louder, wear noise-cancellation headphones while working.
Horsepower
The higher the horsepower, the quicker it takes for the air tank to refill. So, if you’re a regular professional, always go for models with a higher power for an uninterrupted user experience.
10-Gallon Air Compressors FAQ's
What kind of air tools can I use with a 10-gallon air compressor?
You can use a wide range of air tools with a 10-gallon air compressor, including nail guns, spray guns, impact wrenches, air hammers, and more. However, it’s important to check the tool’s CFM (cubic feet per minute) requirements and make sure they are within the capacity of your air compressor.
Can I use a 10-gallon air compressor to power a sandblaster?
Yes, you can use a 10-gallon air compressor to power a sandblaster. However, you may need to check the sandblaster’s CFM requirements and ensure that your air compressor can supply enough air to meet them.
How loud is a 10-gallon air compressor?
The noise level of a 10-gallon air compressor can vary depending on the model and brand. However, most 10-gallon air compressors produce around 80 decibels (dB) of noise, which is equivalent to the sound of a vacuum cleaner.
Can I run a 10-gallon air compressor on a generator?
Yes, you can run a 10-gallon air compressor on a generator. However, you need to make sure that the generator can supply enough power to the compressor and that the compressor is compatible with the generator’s voltage and frequency.
How often should I change the oil in my 10-gallon air compressor?
The frequency of oil changes in a 10-gallon air compressor can vary depending on the model and usage. However, it’s generally recommended to change the oil every 500 to 1,000 hours of use or every 6 months, whichever comes first.
How do I maintain my 10-gallon air compressor?
To maintain your 10-gallon air compressor, you should regularly check the oil level, drain the water from the tank, clean the air filter, and inspect the compressor for any signs of damage or wear. It’s also important to follow the manufacturer’s maintenance guidelines and schedule.
Conclusion
We are thrilled that you've spent your valuable time reading our article on the best 10-gallon air compressors, and we hope you found it extremely informative and useful. We've had the great pleasure of testing these air compressors and diving deep into their features, discussing the pros and the cons in order to help you make an informed decision. Now, without any further ado, let's proceed to our top three recommendations.
Out of these 6 best 10-gallon air compressors, here are our top three recommendations:
California Air Tools 10-Gallon Air Compressor is an ideal option for those seeking an air compressor that looks stylish, provides exceptional performance, and conserves energy, all while allowing for easy mobility and storage.
WEN 2289 10-Gallon Air Compressor is a good option for users looking for an affordable air compressor that offers easy portability and high maximum operating pressure despite some slow refilling and noise concerns.
Stark 3.5 HP 10-Gallon Pneumatic Portable Air Compressor is the right choice for budget-conscious buyers who value durability, power, and convenience yet don't mind dealing with frequent maintenance and potential oil leakage issues.
In conclusion, all these air compressors have their unique strengths and weaknesses, and your choice will ultimately depend on your specific requirements and preferences. Be it power, portability, noise levels, or budget constraints, we believe our list has something for everyone. Once again, we're grateful for your time and interest in our article, and we hope that this information helps you find the perfect 10-gallon air compressor to suit your needs.
Hey there! Christmas is just around the corner and you should be all getting ready to decorate your home in the festive spirit. The decorative items don't just look good but they make us feel great too. If you want to wake up all your senses during the most wonderful time of the year, then I suggest you to check out this article cause you will be amazed with these scented decorations for sure!
Scroll down and see the Stunning DIY Orange And Cinnamon Sticks Decorations That Will Make Your Home Smell Like Christmas.
It's amazing when particular things bring us memories of particular people, places or events, and the orange and cinnamon will make your home smell exactly like Christmas. In these crafts you will need to use dried orange and cinnamon sticks in order to make your home look, feel and smell more enjoyable!
Everyone will be able to feel the wonderful aromas in your house and will be wondering what you did to get that lovely smell in your home. If you were thinking about making a cool and unique garland this year, this idea will catch your eye!
Candles are a must during this period of the year because they have the power to make the ambiance in our home more warm and welcoming. Make yourselves a brand new candle holder and decorate it with dried slices of orange and cinnamon sticks to feel the magic.
You are probably going to have lots of guests for Christmas, so pay a little more attention to your table decor if you want to get lots of "wows". Adding a cinnamon stick to each plate will do the trick, so give it a try!
Does your Christmas tree look somehow empty but you are too lazy to go shopping for new Christmas tree ornaments? Well, it's the perfect time to gather the family and bond by creating some of these awesome ornaments made of cinnamon sticks and orange slices! They will certainly give a unique touch to your Christmas tree and you are going to enjoy the smell of them every time you pass by!
There are so many ways in which you can make yourselves fantastic Christmas decorations, so make your picks and do them when you are feeling bored and you have nothing to do! It's a great way to be productive, plus your home will smell more than lovely!
What do you think about this collection of DIY Orange and Cinnamon Sticks Decorations for Christmas? We would love to hear your thoughts and suggestions in the comment section below!
Why spend hundreds of dollars on sophisticated lights, when you can make much cooler ones for a fraction of that money? We are quite confident that after traversing our list of 33 Super Smart DIY Lighting Ideas, you will be inspired to work on an incredibly cool lighting idea. So, without further ado, let us begin with the amazing Rustic Whiskey Bottle Lamp DIY project.
Smart DIY Lighting Ideas
1. Learn How to Build a Rustic Whiskey Bottle Lamp
Take a look at this incredibly cool Whiskey Bottle Lamp. Impressive, isn’t it? The best part of the project is that it is quite simple to create, and we believe you can build it even without any prior experience in DIY projects.
While the whiskey bottle looks quite sophisticated, it is actually a standard bottle which is filled with metallic copper decor sand. If you have a hard time gathering copper decor sand, then you can use small rocks, glass pebbles, or glitter instead.
If you are interested in building your very own Whiskey Bottle Lamp, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
If you want to take your Candle Light Dinner to the next level, then this is one way to do it. To get started with this project, you will require three candles and three wine bottles, which are preferably of different shapes and colors. This circular wooden stand you see in the illustration is optional, but we must say that it adds a touch of class to the entire décor. Finally, you will require a glass cutting tool to cut your wine bottles.
Once you manage to cut the wine bottles to your satisfaction, light up the candles and place your wine bottles over them. That’s it; you are done! This project will surely woo the special someone in your life. Just make sure that you put the same effort into cooking the dinner.
Do not worry all you environmentalists; this lamp is not made from a real sea urchin. It just looks like one. Now, that we have got the confusion out of the way, let us talk about this incredible project.
For this DIY idea, you will need a large LED Glow Ball, preferably one which can change colors. And, for the spines of the sea urchin, you will require a large quantity of cable ties. The more the merrier, we believe.
The detailed step-by-step instructions are mentioned in the link below the illustration. If you are interested in this project, then we suggest you click on it to learn more about this incredible project.
Take a look at this incredible Crystal nightlight. It seems straight out of a fantasy realm, doesn’t it? However, we must say that it is not exactly a simple project and you need some prior experience with DIY projects to bring this idea to fruition.
While the execution of the project may not be as simple as the ones featured earlier on this list, all the materials required for this idea are easily available. If you want the detailed step-by-step instructions for creating this incredible magical crystal nightlight, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
Although the last project was not for everyone, we believe that anyone can execute this amazing idea, albeit with a little time and effort. Moreover, the material list for this project is surely one of the simplest featured on our list.
In fact, all you need is a thick sheet of paper (250 GSM), mount board, Styrofoam sheet, LED array or normal LED bulbs, double-sided tape, and a 9V battery. The rest of the items required for this project are already present in every home.
If you are interested in building your very own origami light, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration. In case the white paper triangles seem too mundane for your taste, you can always paint them up and add your unique artistic touch.
Batman fans, we have something incredibly cool for you. Feast your eyes upon the amazing Bat Signal. The best part of this project is that it is incredibly simple to create, and you can even have a lot of fun building this with your kids. However, before you get your hopes too high, we must say that the Bat Signal fails to call upon the Silent Guardian. Believe us, we tried!
Jokes aside, the materials required for this product are also easy to acquire, and all you need is an empty can of Pringles, black paint, an LED light bulb, tape, foam, and a hot glue gun. That’s it; you are now ready to get started with creating your very own Bat Signal.
If you are interested in learning more about this project, then we suggest you click the link mentioned below the image. The DIY Bat Signal is an amazing idea, especially if you are planning on dressing up as Batman for Halloween.
7. Stunning Ceiling Light Made from Reclaimed Wood
Take a look at this charming ceiling light made from reclaimed wood. Stunning, isn’t it? What is even more impressive is the fact that you do not need to invest in anything to create this amazing DIY light. However, this project only makes sense for those who have woodworking tools lying around. Needless to say, you need some experience with those tools as well.
If this DIY project is right up your alley, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration. Although this light looks amazing as is, you can take it a step further by polishing the reclaimed wood using varnish.
8. Understatedly Cool Plane Light – Perfect for a Modern Home
Here is another project for woodworking lovers. While the last DIY light project would look charming for a rustic home, this incredible Plane Light will feel right at home in any contemporary environment. In some ways, this is reminiscent of an ice-cream cake, wouldn’t you agree?
If you are interested in building this amazing Plane Light for your home, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration. P.S. It is incredibly detailed and an excruciatingly long article, so brace yourself for that.
9. The Incredibly Cool Ceiling Skateboard Light – A Must for Skateboarding Enthusiasts
Take a look at this amazing ceiling Skateboard light. While this DIY project, may not appeal to everyone’s tastes, it will surely pique the interest of any skateboarding enthusiast. This is a surprisingly simple project to execute, and you can easily do it using a single tool – the power drill.
Needless to say, you will need to sacrifice a skateboard for this project. And since the bottom of the skateboard will be visible at all times, make sure you get one with minimum damage on that side.
If you are interested in learning more about this project, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration. We are confident that you will love this idea.
10. A Project for Tech Geeks – The Amazing Fountain of Light
If you wanted to work on a cool and funky project, then you surely need to check out this amazing Fountain of Light. However, we must admit that this is not meant for everyone. In fact, you need to be a tech geek to be comfortable with executing this idea.
In case you believe that the Fountain of Light is something you can tackle with ease, then go right ahead and click on the link mentioned below the illustration. It will surely keep you enthused for a few days. If you manage to bring this idea to fruition, then do share it with us. We would love to hear from you.
Take a look at this amazing Softbox Light. It is almost hard to believe that this is a home-made project. Although this DIY idea looks quite sophisticated, we believe that you can execute it, albeit with a little time and effort.
To get started with this project, you will require a 26-inch road bike wheel + tire, white lycra material, cotton thread, LED light strip, among others. The detailed step-by-step instructions along with the full material list are mentioned in the link below the illustration, and we suggest you click on it if you are interested in this project.
Although this project is perfect as is, we believe that the use of an RGB LED strip will take it to the next level. There are many inexpensive options available in the market, and it will be a worthy investment over a standard white LED strip.
12. Learn How to Make an Incredibly Cool Wireless Tea Light Chandelier
Why spend hundreds of dollars on a chandelier when you can make something much cooler for a lot less cash? This amazing tea light chandelier looks stunning in the dark, doesn’t it? However, we must admit that this is not a simple project by any means and you need to be accustomed to using tools like routers, hand drills, and circle cutting bits.
If you are already comfortable with the tools mentioned above, then this project will be a piece of cake. Moreover, the materials required for this project are easily available and inexpensive as well.
The best part of this project is that it will be completely devoid of electrical lines. Whether you use LED tea light candles or actual candles, you do not have to connect any complicated wires. Moreover, you can save on your electrical bills by using this solution to light up your living room.
If you want to learn more about this project, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
13. Yet Another Hanging Skateboard Light for Skateboard Lovers
Skateboard lovers, we have yet another amazing Hanging Skateboard Light project for you. And yes, unlike the last project, this one requires fewer tools.
To get started with this project, you will require a skateboard, two-way light bulb sockets, LED light bulbs, a hand drill, wiring, cable clips, chocolate block connector, screws, and a screwdriver. Most of these items will already be present in your home, and if not, they are readily available.
The detailed step-by-step instructions for this incredible DIY project is mentioned in the link below the illustration. And, if you are interested in bringing this idea to fruition, then we suggest you visit the link. We are quite sure that you will love this idea.
14. The Incredibly Hip Light Chest – Perfect for Your Nightstand
Feast your eyes upon this incredible light chest. It looks straight out of a fantasy game, doesn’t it? However, we must say that building this amazing wooden chest from scratch is by no means an easy feat and it will surely require some woodworking experience to get started with this project.
Although the lighting used in this project may seem quite complicated, you may add your own twist to make things more convenient. If you are interested in bringing this idea to fruition, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration. You will find the detailed step-by-step instructions along with the full material list over there.
This amazing shard light was made in collaboration with famous YouTuber DIY Perks and instructables. The best part of this project is that it is quite simple to create, and you can do it without any prior DIY experience. Moreover, all the materials required for this idea are readily available for purchase, and that just makes it even more convenient.
If you are interested in creating this project, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration. Although this Shard Light looks quite incredible, we believe you can take it a step further by etching some cool design patterns on the plexiglass. That will make it truly unique.
16. Spice Up Your Christmas Lighting with This Amazing Light Ball
Feast your eyes upon this amazing Light Ball. Impressive, isn’t it? We believe that this project will be perfect for your Christmas décor!
Although the Light Ball may look quite sophisticated, it is actually incredibly simple to create. Moreover, this is one of the most inexpensive projects featured on this list. In fact, all you require are some transparent plastic cups, drill, LED lights, stapler, and a string. That’s it!
If you are interested in learning more about this project, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration. This is a fantastic project that everyone can create, and you should definitely give it a try.
17. Create A Rustic Themed Chandelier with Mason Jars
If you loved projects made with recycled items, then you surely need to check out this product. The chain, mason jars, the vintage light bulbs, and the saw blade, somehow seem like they were meant to be together. It really is a cohesive design.
However, we must say that you need to be careful while drilling holes into the saw blade. In case, you are not comfortable with it; then you can use a circular piece of wood instead. If you can get past that hurdle, then this project is fairly simple, and we believe that you will be done with it in a few hours.
The detailed step-by-step instructions along with the material list are mentioned in the link below the illustration. We are quite confident that you this project will be well worth your time, and you should surely visit the website.
18. Learn How to Make This Surreal Bio-plastic Light
Would you believe us if we said that the non-electrical part of this project was made entirely from cornstarch, gelatin, vinegar, and water? We know, it is incredibly hard to digest what we just said, but it is the truth nonetheless. Although this part looks quite sophisticated, it is actually quite simple to execute.
However, we cannot say the same about the electronics used for this project. And, if you are someone who shies away from coding and electronics, then the Bio-plastic light might not be for you. On the flip side, if you love messing around with Arduino controllers, then you will feel right at home working on this idea.
If you feel you can take on this project, then go right ahead and click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
19. Learn How to Create This Rainbow Pinecone Light Using Spoons
While the last project featured on our list by contacting for everyone, this one surely is. In fact, it is incredibly simple to create you can do it even without any prior DIY experience. Moreover, the materials used for this idea are not only readily available, but also inexpensive.
To get started with this project, you will require an LED light bulb (preferably one which is RGB), 2-Liter Bottle with Lid, multiple plastic spoons (at least 100), light socket, and a string of feathers, which is optional. In addition to that, you will require some everyday tools like hammer, center punch, scissors, screwdriver, and a hot glue gun. Although the item list is big, you will mostly have all these materials in your home.
If you are interested in learning more about this project, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
Take a look at this simple yet elegant pipe chandelier light. Beautiful, isn’t it? The best part of DIY chandelier light is that it is incredibly simple to create. In fact, the hardest part is gathering all the supplies.
To get started with this project, you will require 3 – 0.5-inch Black Pipe "T" fittings, 2 - 0.5-inch Black Pipe Nipples (18-inch long), 1 – 0.5-inch Black Pipe Nipple (10-inch long), and 2 - 0.5-inch Black Pipe Reducer Fittings. Moreover, you will also need 2 Light Fixtures of your Choice, and, an Outdoor Circular Metal Light Cover with 3 holes (0.5-inch). All the items mentioned here are easily available, and you should not have a problem purchasing them.
If you are interested in building this pipe chandelier light, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
This incredible Dodecahedron Light Fixture is truly a sight for sore eyes, wouldn’t you agree? Moreover, it is hard to believe that this is a DIY project. In fact, Dodecahedron Light Fixture such as this one can easily sell for north of $500. However, with some woodworking experience coupled with a few woodworking tools, you can bring this amazing light fixture to fruition for less. A lot less.
The creator of this project has gone to great lengths to make this complicated woodwork of architecture as simple as possible. So, suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more about this DIY idea. We bet you will love it.
If you are tired of complicated projects which are tedious and require a lot of expertise, then you should definitely check out this DIY Garden Globe Solar Light. Moreover, the materials required for this project are readily available, and you can purchase most of the items in the second-hand market.
To get started with this project, you will require a plain wire, a can of metal spray paint, 2 hanging baskets, curtain rod, washers, and Solar String Lights. If you want the detailed step-by-step instructions for creating this magnificent Garden Globe Solar Light, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
23. The Amazing LED Light Tube – Perfect Choice for a Night Light
Here’s yet another simple project which you can create without any prior DIY experience. While the LED Light Tubes may not illuminate your room, they do create a soothing ambiance.
For this DIY idea, you will require LEDs, coin cell batteries, tape, mason jar lid, acetate, paper, and a glue gun. The building process is as easy as it gets, and you can finish this project within an hour.
If you are interested in checking out the detailed step-by-step instructions for the LED Light Tubes, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration. Although this idea looks magnificent as is, we believe you can take it a step further with an RGB LED light. With that simple modification, you will be able to change the ambiance whenever you want.
A picture will not do any justice to this incredible LED Night Light project. You surely need to watch this video, before we proceed any further.
Now that you have finished watching the short video clip, we bet you are as excited as we were when we first experienced this amazing LED Night Light.
Needless to say, this is one of the more complicated projects on our list, and if you do not have any prior DIY experience, you should try out one of the simpler projects featured here. Having said that, we must say that the creator has explained this project in great detail and you should not come across any hurdles while attempting to bring this idea to fruition.
If you want to try out this amazing project, then follow the link mentioned below the image.
25. The Incredible Kusudama Night Light by Ezycraft
Although the Kusudama Night Light may look like an incredibly sophisticated DIY project, it is deceptively simple. And, the best part is that you can create it without any prior DIY experience. Moreover, the materials required for this idea are not only easy on the wallet, but they are also readily available.
If you are itching to learn the detailed step-by-step instructions for creating this surreal Kusudama Night Light, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration. It is definitely worth checking out.
If you loved the last project from EzyCraft, then you surely need to check out this amazing DIY Pilea Lamp. This is yet another project which will test your prowess in arts and craft. In other words, you do not require any complicated woodworking tools or hand drills to bring this idea to fruition.
To get started with this project, you will require a foam board (4 – 5 mm thick), sketch/watercolor paper (210 GSM), and bamboo skewers (25 cm long). In addition to that, you will require an X-Acto knife, craft knife, double-sided tape, ruler, super glue gel, pen (ink and ballpoint), and last but not least, PVA glue.
If you want to check out the detailed step-by-step instructions for this project, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
We just can’t seem to get enough of EzyCraft’s amazing DIY Light projects, and we are sure that you feel the same way. So, here is yet another magnificent DIY Light made by the master himself.
It is almost hard to believe that this amazing Swirl Pendant Lamp is made entirely of paper. In fact, you only require an A3 sketch/illustration pad (250 GSM), craft knife, super glue gel, glue gun, measuring tape, pencil, and ruler.
If you are interested in learning more about this project, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration. EzyCraft has put up an amazing video tutorial so that you can bring this project to fruition in a matter of hours.
28. Learn How to Make a Glowing Black Light Night Light
If you are looking for the easiest project on this list, then this is it. It is almost impossible to believe that this impressive Glowing Black Light Night Light can be made in a matter of minutes. Moreover, you can do it with minimum effort. This is surely the ultimate DIY project for lazy people.
To get started with this project, you will require a black light, highlighter, a jar of clear water and a cutting tool. That’s all!
The instructions for this project are mentioned in the link below the illustration. So, we suggest you click on it if you are interested in bringing this cool idea to fruition.
29. Beautiful Tea Light Lanterns – A DIY Project for Everyone
Take a look at these amazing Tea Light Lanterns. Beautiful, aren’t they? While this DIY project may not be as simple as the last one, we believe that anyone can create these wonderful lanterns.
For this DIY Tea Light Lantern project, you will require an A4 sheet of translucent paper, a pair of scissors, printer, tea lights/candle (preferably the electronic ones), glue stick, ruler, and any picture software. Since the translucent paper is flammable, we suggest you avoid normal candles and go for electronic tea lights.
If you are interested in learning more about this project, then click on the link mentioned below.
This stellar pair of LED Night Lights is truly a sight for sore eyes, wouldn’t you agree? However, despite its simple appearance, it is surely not the easiest project on this list. Having said that, we must say that the creator has gone to great lengths to make this project as simple as possible. So, it should not be as complicated as the list of materials suggests.
For this project, you will require a moderately large piece of wood, glass jar, glass beads, a charging brick which outputs 9V DC, and an LDR. In addition to that, you will also require an NPN transistor, 10K ohm resistor, 100 ohm resistor, 10K ohm trim pot, and 4 LEDs.
If you do not feel perturbed by all the electronics involved, then go right ahead and click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more about this project. However, we should tell you that the white light used in this project is not a wise choice for night lights. You should go for RGB LEDs instead.
Take a look at this amazing Leaf-Light made by DIY Perks. Impressive, isn’t it? The best part of this project is the simplicity. In fact, anyone can attempt to make this in a matter of an hour or two.
To get started with the Leaf-Light, you will require a dried-up hydrangea head, an LED bulb and a piece of drift wood. That’s all!
If you would like to know the detailed step-by-step instructions for this amazing DIY project, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
The Christmas Light in a Jar is a perfect DIY project for the Holiday season, wouldn’t you agree? Moreover, it is an extremely simple project and one that you can create with your kids.
For this DIY project, you will need an LED tealight, a printed motif, scissors, and a cylindrical glass jar. In addition to that, you will also require glue, muffin paper cup, pencil, and a ruler. All the materials are inexpensive and easily available, so you should not have a problem acquiring everything.
If you are interested in learning more about this project, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
We have saved the best for last! Feast your eyes upon this glorious Multicolor Runway Light. It really is a sight for sore eyes, wouldn’t you agree? However, this incredible DIY project is quite complicated to build, and you need to delve into some serious electronic circuits to bring this idea to fruition. Having said that, we must give props to the creator for going to great lengths to explain every step of this project. So, you should not have much trouble if you have some experience with electronic circuits.
The material list for the Multicolor Runway Light is quite long, and it is best if you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
That brings our article to an end. We hope you enjoyed our list of DIY Lighting ideas. If you bring some of these incredibly cool ideas to fruition, do share your project with us. We would love to hear from you.
Lighting is one of the most important parts of the interior of the house. A good light can bring in character and liveliness to the house, in addition to the obvious function - providing brightness.
Most of us would definitely want the right kind of light fixtures that also adds to the look of the house, but chic light fixtures may be really expensive. So, what to do when you don’t want to compromise the lighting along with the look and feel of it? The simple answer is ‘Do It Yourself’!
So, if you’re someone who enjoys actively indulging in making the best out of your little living space, here are 33 light fixture ideas that could come to your rescue to illuminate your humble abode without burning a hole in your pocket.
Cool DIY Light Fixtures
Mason jar hanging candelabras
Ever walked into a cafe or a bar and looked in awe at those beautiful light fixtures made out of mason jars and other glassware? Well, what you don’t know is that it can be replicated at your home quite beautifully and can be a wonderful addition to your dining space or kitchen counter, if you have a big one, that is!
Tutorial in full at marthastewartweddings.com
All you would need for this project is a large plywood board, ropes, and of course, mason jars. These mason jars must be filled with an electric tea light so as to give a soft yet radiant shine and make the ambiance much more pleasant. They must be attached to the plywood board and suspended with the help of a rope to make the look complete.
More mason jar pendant lamps
If the one above is about planning and precision, these simple lamps could make a beautiful display for your living room, or even perhaps the garden area. It is way easy to make and could be a wonderful DIY project for your weekend. All you need are a couple of mason jars, a hanging lamp kit, and a perfect spot to hang the lights from.
Source Unknown
Plastic glass pendant lamps
Now, plastic glasses are something that can be available in any house. A beer night or a get-together, you’ll just have these lying around. But do you know that you could make a really beautiful glass lamp with something that’s available in our houses, as easily as these normal plastic glasses?
Put on your creative caps, and just think of ways to make it beautiful and colorful, if you aren’t that much of a creative, well here’s one idea. Wrap the glasses in colorful fabrics to make a lampshade. Now make multiple lampshades like these, tie them together with a thread, fix in some LED or fairy lights, and hang them above the bed, the picture gallery, or maybe even near the door.
Candle holder pendant shades
In case you’re looking for the perfect lighting for your outdoor dining area, this might just be the perfect one. Just collect a few candle holders and cut off the bottom from them and fix them around the usual pendant lights. Now just suspend them to a wire and place them in the outdoors. Voila, you are successful in creating a dabbled subtle light effect that you can enjoy during your dinners with family or loved ones.
Globe pendant lamp
I remember my parents buying me a globe during my school to help me study geography. As I grew up, I didn’t have any need for that and I guess it’s lying somewhere in those boxes. Now I think this would be a great idea for me to make use of that long-forgotten globe of mine and turn it into a study lamp or something. Perhaps, you should try it too if you have one.
Tutorial in full at rosebudscottage.typepad.com
Just cut the globes into two halves and hang in from the ceiling. It’s that easy, and you can also flaunt your nerd side with these uber-cool lampshades. What’s also great about this is that you can make two shades with one globe, turning each hemisphere into one.
This is a wonderful idea for all those wine and drinks lovers out there. What do you do with the empty bottles left over after your drinking sessions? Why don’t you turn them into wonder lighting fixtures instead?
Tutorial in full at styleitchic.blogspot.ro
These could be done in two ways. You can cut off the bottoms of the wine bottles and fix a bulb into it and suspend it from the ceiling. This would be a great way to give subtle lighting to your kitchens, dining space, or living areas. You can also use the same bottom-cut bottles as candle holders or electric lamp shades, by placing them on the stairway or in the corner of the room.
Faux capiz chandelier
If you are looking to get a chandelier for your house, look no further and indulge in this beautiful, sophisticated, and alluring DIY chandelier. It sure looks difficult to make and is time-consuming. But I believe that the end product is definitely worth it.
For this project, you would be needing, a couple of rolls of wax paper, scissors, white spray paint, parchment papers, ribbons, a hot glue gun, a circle cutter, an iron, and a cutting mat. Start off by spray painting a planter basket and making the capiz shells. Take the wax paper, cut them into three pieces, and place them in between the parchment paper. Fix ribbons to the planters’ basket and glue the capiz shells to the ribbons until the desired height and you are done.
Tree branch chandelier
A wonderful idea for houses with big dining spaces, a tree branch chandelier needs some branches, candelabra sockets, and lamp cords. You need to collect as many twigs, branches, and barks as you want, clean them, and screw them together into the desired shape. Then you have to wire the sockets together, screw them onto the branches and add a cord to give it a final touch.
Tutorial in full at apartmenttherapy.com
Tulle pendant lamp
This cute lamp looks like a tutu skirt for little children, but could definitely give a soft yet brilliant lighting effect to small dining spaces. All you would be needing is a large tulle, a light bulb, an embroidery floss, an embroidery needle, safety pins, and a cutting mat. Take the tulle and cut it into a 17” wide strip, and fold the piece that is larger of both so that the shade could be of three layers. Secure these with safety pins and sew them carefully. In the end, place a cord in the shad and fix a lamp and you will be done with your project.
Tutorial in full at craftynest.com
Folded paper lamp
This one is for those who enjoy the craft of origami and paper folds. It is simple and subtle but needs a lot of patience and time to make. So, perhaps you can sit on the couch and make this one while watching a movie or binge on a TV show. It would probably take around 7-8 hours to finish the whole thing, but the final outcome will never disappoint you.
Tutorial in full at ahyiyi.blogspot.ro
Bamboo orb pendant lamp
This elegant lamp is made with bamboo strips and one CFL bulb and is said to resemble a Cassiopeia chandelier. The kind of bamboo used for this project is flexible and can be bent as per your need. More materials needed for this project include glue, cords, scissors, and mini spring clamp. You have to cut the strips and bend them to form a circle. Later, glue them together and fix the lamp from the top of the shade and suspend it from the ceiling.
Tutorial in full at craftynest.com
Snowball wall light
Perfect to be placed above the headboard of your bed, this light fixture can be done with the help of basket-shaped coffee filters, fairy lights set, and a sheet of hardware cloth. You have to take the cloth, fix the lights and place the filters in such a way that the hardware cloth would not be visible anymore. If you desire, you can even color these coffee filter ruffles by dipping them in paint.
Tutorial in full at craftynest.com
Book lampshade
Just looking at this beautiful lampshade struck me with a Cupid’s arrow. For book lovers like me, this is perhaps a perfect lampshade. I mean, look at how the light sears through the pages of the book, giving it a brilliant aura!
Tutorial in full at instructables.com
To make this project, choose one of those big books you’ve always hated to read or a book you’re willing to give up, and then, cut a rectangular piece big enough to place the bulb inside. That’s it and you’re done!
Stainless steel pendant light
Another wonderful way to illuminate your dining areas is by making lampshades out of stainless steel utensils. They are easy to make and can be created just by modifying caddies. All you need to do is attach a cord to fix a bulb and suspend it from the ceiling. In case you want it colored, you can even go right ahead and paint them.
Hemp string pendant lamp
This is one of the DIY lamp projects that have been famous for quite a while now. So I wouldn’t be surprised if you have heard of this before. Though they look very intricate, they are very easy to make. You would just need a bouncy ball or a balloon, yarn, hemp string, or wool, and craft glue. Wrap the hemp around the ball/balloon, leaving a small circle on the top to fix the cord. You could apply the glue directly onto the ball, or dip the string in glue before wrapping it. Then let the whole thing dry, and burst the ball so that you can remove the deflated ball easily. Now you just need to attach a cord to the shade and suspend it from the ceiling.
Tutorial in full at craftynest.com
Elegant delicate chandelier using twigs
Another way to use twigs to make a chandelier is to collect some small twigs, clean them up, tie them together and suspend them with a cord. You have to take small LED lights and fix them to the twigs, all the way to the edge to give the perfect lighting. This one is much smaller, as compared to the one made with the branches mentioned above, but is perfect for the small dining areas, or tables in study areas.
Source Unknown
Lighting fixture with spoons
With some creativity and imagination, you can pull off something great even with the most unconventional of objects. This fixture is so simple and doesn’t need anything except spoons. Yes, you read that right. All you have to do is take some spoons and tie them around a lighting fixture in the shape of a flower, or a shade, to evenly distribute the light. Amazing, isn’t it?
Source Unknown
Origami Chandelier
If you have the art of origami in your hand, then nothing is impossible. Earlier in the article, I talked about a DIY lampshade that can be achieved by folding paper. If that’s not your cup of tea, then you could simply take some newspapers and make these tiny houses with them and suspend them together with strings. Place a light amidst these tiny paper houses, and you’re left with a beautiful lighting effect.
Source Unknown
Teacup chandelier
This one definitely looks like something taken straight out of an ‘Alice in Wonderland’ movie, doesn’t it? It’s simple to make and only needs those cups and saucers lying in your kitchen that you don’t use anymore. You have to attach the cups and saucers together with strong glue and suspend them upside down from the ceiling to achieve the desired effect.
Source Unknown
Embellishing an old chandelier with twigs
Twigs! We’re definitely talking a lot about them today. Well, this project doesn’t really need to build something straight from scratch. But rather upcycling something that’s already there. Take an old chandelier and decorate it with pieces of small twigs. You could repaint the whole thing together like in the picture to give it a different look altogether.
Source Unknown
Another mason jar chandelier
Here’s another kind of chandelier you can do with the help of mason jars. Pick a few mason jars, preferably in multiple glass colors, make holes on the top to attach a cord, and fix them to a circular frame using string, in an orderly fashion. This image places mason jars in the manner of ascending order of height. Once you are done, you can suspend the whole chandelier from the ceiling.
Source Unknown
DIY lamp with tin cans
You can also use something as simple as tin cans to make light fixtures. I am sure that tin cans are available at almost every other house. Just take these, cans, clean them up, perforate them using a drill, and paint them in your desired color. Voila, you have finished making your lampshade. You can make a few like these and attach them together to suspend it like a chandelier, or just use single ones by placing a string of LED lights in it. Simple, right?
Source Unknown
Adding graphic perforates to an existing lamp
Like the twigs and old chandelier above, this project too, doesn’t need a lot of work, as it is just upcycling, If you want to renew an old lamp that’s already at home. You can perforate it in a graphic design to give it a completely new look. You have to choose how you want to drill holes in them, and what design to go with. Then sit patiently and start drilling holes in them. It might take a lot of time, but rest assured, the final outcome will be simply stunning.
Source Unknown
Grater lights
Another unique yet wonderful way of adding light in the kitchen is using graters as your lamp shades. It’s simple and doesn’t really need a lot of work. You have to just place the cords into the graters, and fix them to a plank of plywood. This whole setting can be suspended from the ceiling. You can even place a few artificial crawling flower plants to give the whole fixture an extra effect.
Tutorial in full at recyclart.org
Doily lamp
This one is like the hemp string lamp, but only with lace. That means you have to replace the hemp string with huge pieces of lace instead. Just take a balloon, blow it into a round shape, apply loads of craft glue onto it, and fix the lace onto the balloon. Let it dry completely before bursting the bubble and attach a cord lamp kit. You can then hang the light from the ceiling. What I really love about this project is that it is so simple and even children can make it without any problem.
Tutorial in full at dosfamily.com
Plastic bottle lights
When I looked at the picture of this chandelier, I couldn’t even figure out that it was made of plastic bottles. It’s so simple and elegant. And now that I observed it, I noticed that it’s really easy to make as well. All you have to do is collect as many bottles as possible, preferably of the same size, and cut the bottom parts of it.
Tutorial in full at blogilates.com
Now this is what we will use for the chandelier. Simply attached these floral-shaped plastic bottle bottoms with string and suspend everything from a rounded frame, something like a planter basket. You can now fix a cord in the center of the chandelier for the bulb, and every time it lights up, it gives an angelic light effect.
Plastic spoons and water jug lamp
Yes, this sounds crazy, but they actually make for an amazing texture. For this, you need a lot of plastic spoons and one water jug. Chop off the handles of the plastic spoons and stick them on the water jug. Start from the bottom of the jug. Now, for the light, place the cord on the brim of the jug and then suspend the whole lighting setup from the ceiling.
Tutorial in full at techeblog.com
Sharpie lamp
For this, you can already use an existing plain lampshade or make one with paper yourself. You can then write verses from your favorite poem, movie dialogues, or quotes from the books using a black Sharpie. This gives an excellent way to reflect your love for words, even through the light.
Tutorial in full at veryirie.blogspot.com
Plumbing pipe light
These days, using plumbing tools for interior decor has become quite the rage. So, you can try this pipe lighting fixture where you can fix the bulbs to the plumbing pipes and suspend them from the ceiling. What’s even better is that you can get this whole thing done for well under $100.
Tutorial in full at thegatheredhome.com
Cylindrical wood veneer pendant lights
You can now make wonderful pendant light fixtures with the help of wood and cans. The number of cans depends on the length of the pendant you want. Fix these cans together and wrap them in wood veneer. You can then fix the cord light kit inside and suspend it from the ceiling. You can use different colors and textures of wood veneers for different pendants.
Source Unknown
Woven wood lamp shade
This is another wooden lampshade, but here the wood is woven instead of being fixed to the tins. To make this kind, you would need a normal lamp shade, balsa wood strips, a glue gun, and glue sticks. You have to first take the lamp shade and weave the wooden strips around it and stick them tight with the help of a glue gun. The finishing look is elegant and worth having a second look.
Source Unknown
Stir stick pendant lamp
This is a lamp that you can make at almost no cost. All you need are stirring sticks. Collect as many as possible and stick them together to form a pendant. You can paint them in any color you want. Then you can attach a light with the help of a cord and suspend it from the ceiling.
Source Unknown
Simple wall table lamp
This rustic wall lamp is simple and easy to make. All you need is some pieces of wood to support the lamp, a light bulb, hardware, and cable. First, you need to make a frame for the bulb and mount it on the wall. Then fix the setting for the light and add a bulb. That’s it, you now have a great light fixture that could be perfect for a reading spot.
Tutorial in full at fingerfabrik.com
These are a few ways of enhancing your home decor while giving yourself some amazing DIY light fixture projects. With a little bit of imagination and these ideas to give you a kick start, who knows, you might just end up achieving something much better!
What do you think? We would love to hear from you!
If someone asked you to tell them exactly how many pieces of jewelry you have, including necklaces, bracelets, earrings, rings and other accessories, would you be able to give them an accurate answer?
Probably not, not even close to the actual amount.
Why do you think that is?
It is quite simple. There's no way to know how much jewelry you have if you can't actually find all of the different jewelry pieces that you posses. You probably have them scattered all around the house. Some in the bathroom, others in the bedroom drawers and then some might have made their way in the living room cabinets. But the point is that you don't know where you've stashed all of your jewelry.
The solution is quite simple, and you also get a nice bonus with it. Storing your jewelry properly requires a jewelry organizer that can hold everything that you have. The benefits of a jewelry organizer will allow you to always know where to look for that one ring or necklace that you wanted to wear tonight. But there is also a bonus. You can use the jewelry organizer as a display that will make your jewelry decorate your home while you are not wearing it, because, let's be real, you can't wear everything at once, obviously, so why not make use of the jewelry as a decorative addition to your home decor while it's sitting idle.
Check out our latest collection of DIY projects in which we are going to show you how to make yourself a DIY jewelry organizer that will help you keep track of your various jewelry and fashion accessories while also being able to present them as a decor addition.
1. Repurpose a coat hanger into a DIY jewelry organizer
Can help you create an extraordinarily beautiful hanger that will keep you jewelry organized, at your grasp; simply dedicate 30 minutes to the craft and the results will be extraordinary.
Guinea pigs might be cute and cuddly, but housing them is no easy feat. Sure, you can keep them locked away in a cage with the occasional outing time, but that is no way to treat a pet. Regular Guinea pig cages can not only prove to be too small, but have other potentially adverse drawbacks that may harm your fluffy friend.
So, what do you do? You can always build a custom cage on your own, and that too without spending a lot of money. These cages will have solid floors and also have enough space for them to move around and play. Today, we’re going to give you 23 helpful plans to build your own guinea pig cage at home. So, keep on reading
One of the cheapest guinea pig cage you can construct if from an old dresser. Instructables provides a free DIY plan in which you can turn a dresser into your guinea pig’s house. The process of building this cage is straightforward, and the site provides a step by step approach that you can easily follow if you the list of materials and tools required for the construction.
If you already have an old dresser, you can easily start with removing each drawer. This project does not need you to buy too many materials, which should save you a lot of money.
The Cubes and Coroplast, commonly known as the C&C cages are the most popular DIY guinea pig cages. Most importantly, you can build a sizeable C&C cage providing ample space for your guinea pigs to roam around at a very low price. If you are looking for a cage from the readily available cages in the market, you will spend much more for a smaller cage than your smallest designed C&C cage. Another best thing about this C&C cage is that you have endless possibilities to make a design of your own like an L-shaped cage, a cage with cube stands, a cage with tops, etc.
With all the materials listed and step by step instructions provided by PetHelpful to follow, you can easily make this cage. Moreover, after the completion of the project, there will be a lot of unused pieces leftover. With these, you can use in creating some other areas to make a rack or some other useful things.
If you want to make a house for your two guinea pigs, consider this DIY plan from Instructables. You only need cardboards, non-toxic glue, and an X-Acto knife to make this wonderful project. You can easily understand the extremely low cost required to accomplish the project from the requirements of the materials. A detailed instruction is provided with a lot of illustrations to make them follow easily.
One of the most strong and durable cages you can make is from the PVC pipes. It might look difficult to make initially from the very look of the cage, but it is indeed a very easy process. Moreover, as per your needs and space, you can modify the shapes and sizes to make the cage. The cage can sit on a platform or the floor, but for cleaning purposes, the platform makes it easy to move.
You can use 3/8 painted strand board with plastic pebble finish for bottom and shelves to prevent warping which is cheaper than using plywood or plas-tex. Sahja provides a detailed list of the materials required and all the instructions to construct this beautiful cage for your guinea pigs.
With mostly ugly looking guinea pig cages available in the market, Instructables have come up with a special DIY guinea pig house plan which makes it look amazing. If you want to showcase your cute little pets, this plan will be ideal for you which you can also boast of in presence of guests. The accessories including a fence, mini-disco ball, and Christmas ornaments make this project look even more incredible. Simply, follow the step by step illustrated instructions to complete this task.
If you have a very low budget but need to make an enclosure for your guinea pig, this DIY plan will be perfect for you. With minimal woodworking skills, you can easily follow the detailed instructions provided with illustrations to make this project within a day. The best portion of this project is that you can expand the enclosure and it is very lightweight.
If you have a good space and want to make a grand home for your guinea pigs, consider this DIY plan. This design is not only gorgeous but also extremely durable which will serve you for many years. This design can be easily made with a budget of approximately $70 in about 5 days. The illustrated step by step instructions provided by Instructables are very easy to follow to make a dream gift for your beautiful pets.
If you have some expertise in carpentry, you can quickly build this guinea pig house from plywood. This project is also very cheap and a fantastic addition to your home if you can make this. If you have excellent carpentry skills, you can even complete this within a day. Also, if this is your first woodworking project, you can build this guinea pig house by following the instructions carefully.
This is another easy-to-build DIY plan from Instructables. Also, it costs very less to make this cage. It is also shaped as an enclosure which is very sturdy because of the wooden frames that are used to make it. Cleaning is an important factor while taking care of your guinea pigs and this model makes it very easy to clean for maintaining hygiene. Just follow the steps to make this guinea pig shed and it also has many other tips to consider while constructing this design.
With a budget of around $20, you can easily make this beautiful guinea pig house with the free DIY plan provided by Instructables if you already have the tools required. If you have little carpentry skills, you can easily accomplish the task within 2 hours. This model is sturdy and the wooden structure gives a sophisticated look to keep your pets.
This design is one of the most sophisticated models you can make. However, this process requires some expertise in carpentry. If you are a beginner, follow the instructions very carefully and then consider giving this project a try. The supplies for your guinea pigs including bedding, hay, and other stuff can be kept in the shelves below the penthouse made for the guinea pigs and you can close the doors to keep a neat look.
This design looks like a proper furniture. The list of tools and materials with the detailed instructions are provided which are easy to follow.
This is another simple design which you can easily make for your guinea pigs, and if you are a novice at carpentry, this project is the ideal to start. The entire projects costs around $20 which is around 1/4th of the price of similar types of models that are available in the market. With few wooden frames, wire netting and screws, construct this large enclosure for your guinea pigs. The pictures and instructions provided are extremely easy to follow.
If you are checking for a guinea pig cage with an enclosure and also have a low budget, this is the ideal plan for you provided by Instructables. If you are already skilled in woodworking, it will only take a couple of hours for you to complete this project. However, if this is your first woodworking project, you can definitely try this project as it is easy-to-build and also the instructions are easy-to-follow.
If you want to make a large cage to keep all your guinea pigs and also keep all the pet supplies in the same unit, consider this DIY plan. With basic lumber and wire screen, you can easily build the cage and the storage space below the cage, allows you to stack all the pet supplies. This makes the model very functional and also the guinea pigs get a large space to move around freely. The project is also designed to make the cleaning process to be easy.
If you already have a playhouse in your home and your children are done playing with it, modify this one to create a mansion for your cute little-loved ones. It costs very less to make a few modifications and will look extremely beautiful. You can also boast of this redesigning of the model in front of your guests. Follow the easy step by step instructions provided with pictures to make this unique piece.
If you are not able to afford the very expensive cages or if you are unable to find a proper cage for your guinea pigs in your area, consider this DIY plan. The project is very much affordable with the bin costing around $10-$12 and the other materials required include grid style mesh, zip ties, duct tape, and other materials which cost very less. You can also make a double-decker bin cage if you want. Hammy Happenings provide the detailed instructions to make this guinea pig cage.
If you have a high budget and want to make a large guinea pig house that will look extremely sophisticated, this DIY plan is sure to make you interested. This DIY plan has been provided by IKEA Hackers. This guinea pig house can be made from 5 coffee tables from the LACK series. This beautiful project is fascinating and requires some woodworking skills which will add character to your space once completed.
Rogue Engineer provides this free DIY double story cage plan along with the entire list of materials required to make this beautiful cage. This plan was actually designed to be a rabbit hutch which can also be used for guinea pigs as well. It provides ample space for the pets to move around and is a great shelter for them. Moreover, it is extremely sturdy and durable which is sure to serve for several years.
You will always love your guinea pigs to see them play freely around and not cramped for space. If you have a good space in your room, this DIY plan is an ideal choice for you because it is exquisite in looks and also costs less with great functionality. The pet supplies can be stored below the lofted area. With only coroplast and poster boards, you can make this beautiful model.
This is another C&C cage plan you can consider to make. This plan with detailed instructions and diagrams have been provided by Guinea Pig Cages. This plan is one of the most popular models as it is easy to make and also because it can be cleaned easily.
If you are fond of wooden cages, consider making this design. It is very simple to make yet beautiful to look. Your guinea pig will have a huge space to move freely, and if you are an expert at carpentry, this project will take very less time for you to complete.
This is a luxurious cage for guinea pigs which sports an elegant appeal. You need to be a great craftsman to build this splendid model. The Plexiglas plates used for adorning the second floor are removable which assists the cleaning of the cage.
This is another beautiful model with a huge space with a loft for your guinea pigs to play around. However, this model is not as functional as it does not that the space for storage of pet supplies. Also, it is comparatively smaller than the previously mentioned one, but undoubtedly, this can also be built very easily at a low cost of around $40 with coroplast and boards.
Now, you have the information required to make your homemade guinea pig cages. From the entire list of DIY designs, choose your favorite one and start building. They are all more or less easy-to-build plans requiring less expertise and money. However, apart from your desired style of the cage, you also need to consider the space you have for doing the right project.
Apart from the above-mentioned DIY plans, you can also check for other plans online or may see videos on how to make a guinea pig's cage. You can also gain a lot of knowledge from your research, but these are the simplest easy-to-make designs with a touch of style. Just shop for the materials and start with your tools to construct your favorite guinea pig's cage.
There is a certain charm about eating homegrown fruits and vegetables. Not only are they healthier than the options available in your local market, they can be flavorful too, especially when grown under the right conditions.
Now, extreme climatic conditions can destroy the growth of your fruits and veggies. And to get the best out of them, you need a controlled environment. And that is exactly where greenhouses step in.
In this article, we will talk about 72 unique DIY greenhouse plans which will help make the most out of your homegrown crops. So, read along to find out which greenhouse suits your needs the best.
You have seen many weird and amusing things on the Internet, but we bet you are flabbergasted by this incredible greenhouse made of plastic bottles. Using plastic bottles which are harmful to the environment, to build something environment-friendly is kind of ironic, isn’t it?
The trick to building this greenhouse is to construct the frames first. Once you are done with a frame for a single wall, cut off the bottoms of your plastic bottles and stack them on top of each other using a garden cane as support. Make sure you remove any labels and wash all the bottles before you stack them.
If you are interested in learning more about this wonderful DIY project, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
If the last DIY greenhouse project did not appeal to your tastes, then this simple DIY greenhouse might just do the trick. Moreover, we believe that gathering the supplies for this project will be easier than acquiring 1500 plastic bottles. However, the downside to building this greenhouse is that you need to have some familiarity with woodworking techniques.
All the materials required for this DIY project along with the detailed step-by-step instructions are mentioned in the link below the image. And we suggest you click on it if you are interested in learning more.
If you are looking to build a large greenhouse but do not want to spend thousands of dollars on it, then you surely need to check out this amazing DIY project. This greenhouse plan is specifically for a 12’x32’ hoop-style greenhouse. However, you can make some alterations to suit your needs.
To get started with this project, you will require (4) 2x6 – 16’, (2) 2×6 – 12’, and (14) 2×4 – 12’ green, treated wood pieces. In addition to that, you will also require (19) ¾” x 20’ white PVC pipe, (9) 10mm x 10’ rebar, (1) 20’x50’ roll of 6mm plastic, (1) Bundle of 50 4’ wood lathe, zip ties, nails or screws, metal banding, and finally, door hinges and handles. All the materials required for this project cost a shade under $ 400, and that is impressive for the size.
The creator of this project has gone into great depths to explain it, so we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
Now, we understand that the last hoop style greenhouse project might be a little too large for most people. And if that is the case for you, then this greenhouse might just be perfect for your needs. Moreover, this DIY greenhouse project only costs $ 50 to build! Yes, that’s right!
The materials required for this project are similar to the last one, albeit more streamlined. If you are interested in learning more about the materials list and instructions for this project, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
5. Create This Incredibly Cool Geo Dome Greenhouse For Your Backyard
Take a look at this Geo Dome Greenhouse. Not only does it look incredibly cool, but it is also quite simple to create, as long as you are comfortable with some basic woodworking techniques.
To get started with this project, you will require untreated spruce lumber or Douglas Fir, screws, greenhouse plastic, hinges for the door and windows, and automatic window openers. In addition to that, you will also require measuring tape, pencil, level, utility knife, safety glasses, and hearing protection, drill, and last but not least, a radial arm saw, or dual bevel miter saw.
If you believe you can take on this DIY challenge, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
6. Learn how to build a mini greenhouse using upcycled storm windows
If the previous greenhouse designs were too utilitarian for your taste, then this will surely pique your interest. Not only is incredibly easy to build, but it looks really cute, doesn’t it? Moreover, this project is only made of upcycled materials. In other words, it costs absolutely nothing!
For this incredibly cute DIY greenhouse, you will require three storm windows of the same size, scrap lumber and other materials like hinges, nails, and screws.
If you love this DIY idea, then we suggest you click on the link below the illustration to learn more.
7. Build A Sophisticated Greenhouse For Your Lawn
While this might be a DIY greenhouse project, it is one of the more complex ones featured on this list. In fact, to build this sophisticated greenhouse, you need to have some prowess in woodworking techniques. In case you are already comfortable with woodworking, then creating this DIY greenhouse will be a breeze.
For the outer frame, you will require 330ft (100 meters) of 1 1/2"x 3 1/2" (90 mm x 45 mm) treated, or natural decay-resistant wood for the frame, 10ft (3 meters) 3/4"x 7 1/2" (190 mm x 19 mm) treated board for the fascia and, 36ft (11 meters) of 4" x 4” (100 mm x 100 mm) treated wood for the base (sawn wood will also work). In addition to that, you will also require a sheet of 4ft x 8ft x 3/8" (1200 mm x 2400 mm x 10 mm) treated plywood for the gussets, 350sq ft (30sq m) ultra-violet-resistant polythene for the covering and miscellaneous items like nails, galvanized plates, strapping, hinges, and so forth.
The creator of this project has gone into great depths in explaining it, and we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
Although the last project might have been for everyone, we believe that anyone can build this simple bamboo greenhouse. Moreover, the materials required for this project are not only simple but also quite inexpensive.
To get started with this wonderful DIY project, you will require bamboo poles measuring 2 ½ inches or 5 inches around and of varying lengths, a roll of heavy grade clear plastic sheeting, cement, stakes and twine, and heavy-duty Velcro strips. In addition to that, you will also need post digger, hacksaw, drill with a 0.5-inch drill bit, 0.5-inch nuts and bolts, and last but not least, a staple gun.
If you love this DIY idea, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
9. Learn How To Create A Durable and Functional Greenhouse
If you are up for a challenging DIY greenhouse, then this just might be it. Needless to say, this DIY project requires some familiarity with basic woodworking techniques, and it is certainly not for a beginner. However, if you manage to bring this idea to fruition, it will not only be durable enough to stand the test of time, but it will be quite functional as well.
For this DIY greenhouse project, you will require two 16’ pieces of 4” x 4” lumber, two 10’ pieces of 4” x 4” lumber, four 16’ pieces of 2” x 4” lumber, four 10’ pieces of 2” x 4” lumber, 46 8’ pieces of 2” x 4” lumber, one 16’ piece of 2” x 6” lumber, and three 8’ pieces of 2” x2” lumber. In addition to that, you will also require 500 pieces of 2 ½ inch screws, film, vent opener, thermostat outlet, and finally, hinges and latch.
If you believe that this DIY greenhouse project is right up your alley, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
While the DIY greenhouse made using storm windows might have been too small for your liking, this incredible greenhouse project can accommodate a lot more. Moreover, it is entirely made using upcycled materials.
To get started with this amazing DIY project, you will need multiple pairs of old windows (no need to collect windows of the same size), 2” x 4” lumbers for the studs, 4” x 4” lumbers for the corner posts, coated deck screws, and other miscellaneous items.
If you are interested in learning more about this wonderful DIY project, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
11. Learn How To Build An Amazing Barn-Style Greenhouse
Take a look at this Barn Greenhouse. It looks amazing, doesn’t it? However, we must say that this is not a simple DIY project by any means. In fact, it is one of the toughest projects featured till now. You will not only need to be proficient in woodworking techniques but also require great perseverance to execute this greenhouse idea. Moreover, the materials required for this project will be more expensive than the ones featured earlier.
If you are interested in learning more about this sophisticated barn greenhouse, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
12. Make An Instant Cloche To Protect Your Seedlings
If you are looking for an incredibly easy but functional greenhouse idea and do not care much for aesthetics, then you surely need to check out this simple greenhouse project. Moreover, this DIY greenhouse is extremely light on the wallet. In fact, you can complete the entire project using only upcycled materials.
To get started with this DIY project, you will require six small curved branches from a conifer tree, a clear plastic sheeting, a long straight piece of lumber, and a sharp cutting tool. That’s all!
If you think that this DIY idea is well-suited to your needs, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
Take a look at this whimsical greenhouse made of CD cases. It looks really cute, doesn’t it? However, due to its tiny size, this greenhouse is not meant for all. Then again, if you love the idea, you can make multiple greenhouses instead of just one.
To get started with this project, you will need old CD cases (40 to make a greenhouse with dimensions 11-inch x 18-inch x 20-inch), plastic glue (make sure it dries clear), painter’s tape, safety glasses, and a pair of tweezers. In addition to that, you will also require a craft knife, ruler, cutting board and a large flat surface.
If you are interested in learning more about this wonderful DIY project, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
14. Learn How To Build A Gabled Roof DIY Greenhouse
Now that you had your dose of simple and easy DIY projects, let us move on to something a bit more complex. Needless to say, you need to have some prowess in woodworking techniques to bring this DIY idea to fruition.
To get started with the base, you will require six 4-inch x 4-inch x 8 feet treated wood posts, two 15/32-inch x 4 feet x 8 feet plywood sheathing (you can also go for a thicker plywood), and 1lb of 3-inch galvanized decking screws. For the walls, you will need 22 – 2-inch x 4-inch x 8-inch treated framing lumber, 3lbs of 3.5-inch exterior decking screws. You will also need two 2-inch x 4-inch x 2 feet boards, one 2-inch x 4-inch x 8 feet board, nine 2-inch x 4-inch x 51-inch piece of lumber and 1lb of 2-inch decking screws for the roof.
The rest of the materials required for the floor, siding, and shelves, along with the detailed step-by-step instructions are mentioned in the link below the illustration, and we suggest you click on it if you love this DIY greenhouse idea.
Take a look at this Fold-Down DIY Greenhouse. It looks lovely, doesn’t it? Moreover, this is extremely simple to build, and if you follow the instructions properly, it should not take you more than a day or two to complete it. And if you already have pre-cut pipes, you can finish it in just two hours!
For this cool DIY greenhouse idea, you will require eight 1-inch x 10 feet PVC pipes, eight 1-inch elbow fittings, two 1-inch tee fittings, four 1.25-inch tee fittings, two 0.75-inch x 5 feet metal conduits, and a box of eight 0.75-inch lath washer head screws. In addition to that, you will also need two 0.25-inch x 3-inch bolts, 25 feet x 12 feet x 4 mm plastic sheeting, three 3 feet long coated light-duty utility chain, three spring links, and some other items.
If you love this wonderful DIY greenhouse idea, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration for the detailed step-by-step instructions and the full materials list.
16. Build this beautiful cedar greenhouse for your plants
Who said that greenhouses could not be pretty? Just take a look at this amazing cedar greenhouse! Not only does it look really beautiful, but it is also quite functional. In fact, the angle wall windows which are made of a high-performance thermoplastic transmits up to 90% of visible light. It also filters out the harmful ultraviolet light.
This specific DIY greenhouse project can be built using a kit, and that makes things even more convenient. Needless to say, you might be able to salvage materials for a lesser cost if you are willing to put in that extra work.
If you are interested in learning more about this wonderful DIY project, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
Just take a look at this amazing greenhouse project. It looks quite grand, doesn’t it? Surprisingly, this lovely project was made using free recuperated windows. In fact, the creator used 24 French windows of various ages and designs for this greenhouse.
This entire project only cost the 50 euros ($ 59) to build. However, the owner states that since he already had access to some of the materials required for this project, he did not have much to spend on other than some wooden supports, metal stakes, guttering, leaded lights, and the horticulture grade polyethylene for the roof. A more realistic budget for this project should be in the $ 100 to $ 150 ballpark range.
If you are interested in learning more about this amazing greenhouse idea, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
Not everyone requires a humongous greenhouse for their plants. Sometimes, a tiny greenhouse project such as this one will do a great job for a few seedlings or a small plant. Moreover, it is incredibly simple to make and will have almost no effect on your wallet.
To get started with this DIY greenhouse project, you will require cage wire (even chicken mesh wire will do), and plastic wrap. A lot of plastic wraps!
If you love this wonderful DIY greenhouse idea, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
19. Learn How To Make A DIY Greenhouse Using A Trampoline
Take a look at this amazing greenhouse made out of a trampoline! Yes, a trampoline! Not only is it one of the simpler DIY greenhouse projects featured here, but it is also very inexpensive. In fact, the total cost of the materials required for this project only amounts to a shade under $ 100. That is quite impressive, isn’t it?
For this amazing DIY greenhouse project, you will require a trampoline frame, piping, wood, thermometers, red tape, plastic, and screws. That’s all!
If you are interested in learning more about this incredible DIY idea, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
20. Easy DIY bottle greenhouses for your seedlings
If you thought that the mini hothouse project was the simplest, then take a look at these DIY bottle greenhouses. Not only is it easy to make, but it truly costs nothing. Sure, this greenhouse project is not meant for every kind of plant. In fact, it can only support seedlings. However, it is surprisingly effective at increasing the temperature by about 10+ degrees Fahrenheit. And that is a great way to give warm season plants such as tomatoes, peppers, eggplants a significant head start.
Needless to say, the only materials required for this project are clear plastic bottles and a cutting tool. That’s all!
Although this project is pretty self-explanatory, we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to thank the creator of this wonderful DIY greenhouse project.
21. The UnBrella – A Simple and Portable Greenhouse Project
Take a look at this ingenious greenhouse project. Not only is it one of the simplest projects featured on this list, but it is also one of the most inexpensive. However, its simplicity is not the best part about it; that honor would have to go to its portability. Yes, this greenhouse is portable, and it features a sprinkler system! If that is not impressive, then we do not know what is.
To get started with this project, you will require a clear plastic umbrella, 6 ft - 3/8" clear plastic tubing, bubble level, garden hose adapter, and a 3/8" tubing to garden hose adapter. In addition to that, you will also need a 3/8" tubing T-adapter, 12 zip ties, and finally, a roll of plumber’s tape.
If you are interested in learning more about this wonderful greenhouse project, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
22. Learn How To Build This Beautiful Octagonal Greenhouse
If you are tired of boring greenhouse designs, then you surely need to check out this amazing Octagonal Greenhouse. However, we must confess that this is not a simple project by any means. In fact, you need to be handy with woodworking tools to bring this greenhouse idea to fruition.
All the materials required for this greenhouse project along with the detailed step-by-step instructions are mentioned in the link below the illustration. And we suggest you click on it if you believe you can take on this DIY idea.
Although this tiny greenhouse is not meant for plants, it can make a substantial difference for your seeds. And, if that is what you are looking for, then you surely need to check out this DIY greenhouse project.
For this DIY idea, you will require cardboard or wood (the creator used cardboard cut by lasers), plastic for the windows, glue, and a cutting tool. In addition to that, you can use your favorite color of paint to make the greenhouse more attractive.
If you are interested in learning more about this simple greenhouse idea, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
24. Learn How To Make This Incredibly Cool Automated Greenhouse
If you are a tech-savvy person with a coding background, then this amazing Automated Greenhouse will definitely appeal to you. This greenhouse has multiple sensors to measure external temperature, ambient temperature, luminosity, and even the soil moisture! Moreover, the different components react according to the sensor readings to make this fully automatic. That is impressive to say the least!
If you are worried about coding this project from the ground up, then we must tell you that the creators of this project have been kind enough to provide all the code required for it. Moreover, they have listed all the materials required for this greenhouse. So, we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn everything you need to know about this brilliant DIY greenhouse idea.
We understand that the last project might have been for everyone, so we have followed it up with a simple countertop greenhouse that you can easily make with some basic woodworking knowledge. Needless to say, this tiny greenhouse is only meant for a small plant. However, you can make a few of these to accommodate multiple plants.
The creator of this project has done an excellent job in explaining it in great detail. And, we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more. You will also find the full list of materials required for this greenhouse idea in the link.
26. Build an Upcycled Geodesic Dome For Less Than $ 20
Geodesic domes are always cool but what is even cooler is a geodesic dome made entirely using recycled materials. In fact, this greenhouse cost less than $ 20 to build! That is impressive to say the least!
If you love this DIY greenhouse idea, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more. All the materials required for this project along with the detailed step-by-step instructions are mentioned there.
27. Beautiful Backyard Greenhouse Made From Reclaimed Windows
Take a look at this backyard greenhouse made from reclaimed windows. It looks amazing, doesn’t it? The trickiest part of this project is acquiring windows of the correct size. However, in case you are not after reclaimed windows, then that should not be a problem at all. On the other hand, if you are adept at woodworking, then you can also modify the structure to fit windows of different size.
The creator of this project has done an excellent job in explaining it in great detail, and we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
Have you ever seen a modular greenhouse before? Well, feast your eyes on the ingenious Casa Verde Greenhouse Project! The best part of this project is the simplicity and it does not require any woodworking or complex coding skills.
To get started with this amazing greenhouse idea, you will need sheets of 2.5 mm Polystyrene (or any similar transparent plastic material like PVC, HDPE, and PMMA), 1 mm PVC sheet, 24 cm cable ties, and 58 cm (A + 2 cm) wooden poles. In addition to that, you will also require a cutter, hole punch, hand drill, ruler, protractor, and a pencil. All of the materials are easily available and quite inexpensive too.
If you are interested in learning more about this amazing DIY greenhouse project, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
29. Amazing Greenhouse Made From Upcycled Glass Jars
If you love upcycling, then you will surely appreciate this wonderful greenhouse idea made entirely out of glass jars and fence posts. Although this project is quite simple, acquiring hundreds of glass jars will be a tough task. But, it is nothing quite as complicated as building an automated greenhouse.
The creator of this project has gone into great depths to explain it, so we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more about this fascinating greenhouse idea.
Here is another incredible DIY greenhouse project for coding geeks. However, if you are someone with basic computer knowledge, we believe you can execute this idea as the creator has done an excellent job in providing all the necessary instructions and code.
To get started with this DIY idea, you will require servo motors, push buttons, Raspberry Pi 3 Model B, a moisture sensor, temperature sensor, breadboard, universal power supply, transistors, resistors, MCP3008, LED, wires and ethernet cable. In addition to that, you will also require 5.2 V adapter, 8 GB Micro SD card, hinges, aluminum blind rivets, bright polystyrene plate, angle section, soldering tin, double-sided tape, pins, electrical heat shrink sleeve, cable ties and a box.
Finally, you will also need some tools like rivet pliers, multifunctional saw, drill diameter 1 mm, step drill 8 mm, tape measure, file, sandpaper, snap-off knife and last but not least, a soldering iron. Sure, the list of materials required for this project is one of the most complex featured here, but it is worth noting that all the items are easily available and will cost a shade under $ 200.
If you are interested in learning more about this amazing DIY greenhouse idea, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
31. Simple Greenhouse Made Using Reclaimed Windows
This DIY greenhouse is a simple but lovely project for environmentalists. In fact, it is completely made of upcycled materials and can house a medium-sized plant. In case, you have the need to store more plants greenhouse; you can make an elongated version of this structure using more windows of the same size. However, be sure to reinforce the structure so that it does not get knocked over by heavy winds.
For this DIY greenhouse idea, you will require four large windows of the same size, some reclaimed wood, hinges, nails, and screws. If you want to populate your greenhouse with small plants, then you can also fit shelves inside it.
The creator of this project has done an excellent job in explaining it, so we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
32. Easy and Inexpensive DIY Greenhouse project for your tomato plants
If you are looking for a simple yet effective greenhouse construction for your tomato plants, then this idea might just be it. Not only is it light on the wallet, but it only takes a few minutes to complete a single greenhouse.
To get started with this DIY greenhouse idea, you will require a tomato pole, plastic foil, some 3D-printed parts or wooden parts of similar shape and size, plant pod, and last but not least, potted tomato plants.
You will find all the necessary details for this project in the link mentioned below the illustration. And we suggest you click on it if this greenhouse idea suits your needs.
33. Learn How To Build A Simple Portable Greenhouse In A Few Hours
If you love simple, portable greenhouse ideas, then you surely need to check out this amazing DIY project. However, we must tell you that this project is not meant for every kind of plant. In fact, it is only meant to give your seeds a head start.
For this DIY greenhouse project, you will require a large wooden box, a similarly sized sturdy piece of glass to cover the box and two large wood screws. In addition to that, you will also need four rubber O-rings matched to the size of the screws, six small wood screws, and a small piece of wood which is sized to the thickness of the glass. In case you want a more convenient method to move your portable greenhouse, you can also add 4 rotatable wheels to the bottom. For doing that, you will require 8 additional wood screws.
If you are interested in learning more about this DIY greenhouse idea, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
34. The Greenhouse with an automatic solar powered watering system
While the last few DIY greenhouse projects might have been quite simple, this one requires a fair amount of time and effort to bring to fruition. Before we proceed further, we must confess that this is not a greenhouse project from the ground up. Rather, it is a tutorial for building an automatic solar-powered greenhouse watering system.
To get started with this project, you will need a water butt, 12 V bilge pump, 12 V solenoid valve, 12 V programmable timer, 12 V solar panel, 12 V solar charge controller, and a 12 V battery. In addition to that, you will also require pipework, fittings, hose clips, and cable.
If you want to install an automatic solar powered greenhouse watering system for your greenhouse, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
35. The High-End Greenhouse Made Using Only Recycled Materials
Take a look at this amazing greenhouse project. However, it is not the design which stands out the most. That honor would have to go to the fact that this greenhouse is entirely made of recycled materials! In fact, this greenhouse was constructed out of salvaged materials from a renovation site. Now that is impressive to say the least.
If you are interested in learning more about this wonderful greenhouse idea, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
36. Amazing Indoor Greenhouse With Touchscreen Controls
If you thought that the teched-out greenhouses featured earlier were cool, then wait till you check out this amazing Indoor Greenhouse with Touch Screen Controls. However, unlike the ones featured earlier, this is programmed for indoor use.
To get started with this amazing greenhouse idea, you will require a mini greenhouse (you can make one yourself or buy it online), Arduino mega, touchscreen (the creator used a 2.8-inch screen with the ili9341 chipset), NeoPixel strip, two 12 V motors, DHT22, two hygrometers, RTC, and a mesh heat pad from Adafruit. In addition to that, you will also need small PCB, four relays, two buck converters, two toggle switches, and 3 or 5 pole power distribution block.
However, that is not all; you will also need some extra items like 6 mm tubing, power barrel (male), water tray, housing case for greenhouse and touchscreen, mounting screws in M2 and M3 sizes and a power cable. Phew! That is a long list of materials! Then again, this is no ordinary greenhouse.
If you believe you can take on this epic DIY challenge, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
While the last greenhouse project was not meant for everyone, this one surely is. In fact, this is surely one of the simplest greenhouse projects featured here. Moreover, it costs practically nothing!
For this DIY greenhouse idea, you will require a large plastic jar, some rocks, and a nail or a drill. That’s all!
Although this greenhouse idea is pretty straightforward, we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to thank the creator.
38. Learn How To Build The SerreMatic, An Automated Greenhouse
There is nothing quite like building an automated greenhouse. Not only do you not have to worry about watering the plants ever again, but you can also program it to ensure that your plants automatically get enough light even on a dark and cloudy day.
Moreover, the moisture sensors combined with the irrigation system provide the plants with just enough water, and only when they require it. By doing so, you are saving a significant amount of water over an extended period.
If you are interested in learning more about this project, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration. You will find the detailed step-by-step instructions along with the full list of materials there.
Now, an automated greenhouse may not be for everyone, especially due to its tiny size. And if that is the case with you, then you should surely check out this spacious DIY greenhouse project. And the best part of this project is how detailed it is. In fact, the instructions do not just cover the construction of the greenhouse; it goes a step further by providing all the information you could need about the plants which are suitable for this greenhouse.
To get started with this project, you will need a multi-layer Co-Ex Polypropylene sheet, netted sheet, transparent sheet, mist sprinkler, 24 mist heads, aluminum extruded profile, and zig-zag wire. In addition to that, you will also require aluminum profiles for double spring locking, greenhouse film repair tape, 1.5 HP motor, A-shape stand, pots, hanging pots, fertilizers, large plastic 0.5-inch pipes, GI pipes, insecticides, and finally, a disc filter.
If you feel that this DIY greenhouse project is right up your alley, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
40. Incredibly Easy DIY Greenhouse Made From Coffee Stirrers
If the last couple of projects was a bit too complicated for your taste, then you surely need to check out this simple DIY greenhouse project. In fact, it will hardly take you an hour to complete. Moreover, the materials required for this idea are among the simplest featured on this list.
For this DIY greenhouse idea, you will require 30 wooden coffee stirrers, two A4 size sheets of cling film, marker pen, ruler, PVA craft glue, a cutting tool and kitchen clips. That’s all!
If you love this DIY idea, then be sure to click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
If you have a spacious, flat rooftop, then this DIY greenhouse project might just be perfect for you. The great thing about having a greenhouse on the rooftop is that it is likely to receive the maximum sunlight possible. Unless of course, you are surrounded by taller buildings on all sides.
To get started with this unique DIY greenhouse idea, you will require three 100-liter plastic boxes, 18 plastic pots, a 3m aluminum profile, five standards pieces of 2” x 4” wood, few thin strips of wood, and 14 small plastic containers. In addition to that, you will also need two 19-liter buckets, 6m x 6m UV coated greenhouse plastic, a small roll of annealed wire, three 120cm x 60 cm metal grids, vermiculite substrate and finally, hydroponic nutrients.
If you are interested in learning more about this wonderful DIY greenhouse project, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
42. Learn How To Make This Easy DIY Portable Can Greenhouse
Just take a look at this DIY greenhouse project. Not only is it completely portable, but it is incredibly simple to make. In fact, you can complete building this greenhouse in just a few hours. Moreover, if you use recycled materials, then it will hardly affect your wallet!
For this DIY greenhouse idea, you will require a large plastic can (preferably something which lets in light), transparent or semi-transparent UV coated plastic sheet, and four screws with four nuts. In addition to that, you will also require four tiny pieces of plywood, a bike tire’s inner tube, duct tape, and a slat which is as long as the plastic can.
If you love this DIY greenhouse idea, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
43. A Beautiful DIY Greenhouse Made Using Repurposed Windows
If you love DIY greenhouse projects made using repurposed windows, then you surely need to check out this lovely greenhouse. This is surely one of the most well-built greenhouses we have ever come across.
However, this is one of the more expensive projects featured on our list. In fact, the owner spent $ 1695 on materials and a shade over $ 2000 for labor costs. We believe that you can cut down on both these costs if you are planning on making the whole thing yourself. And, with a high level of upcycling, you can easily bring the total costs below $ 1000.
If you are interested in learning more about this wonderful DIY greenhouse project, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
44. Learn How To Build This Unique DIY Greenhouse With A Removable Top
Take a look at this unique DIY greenhouse project. The cool part of this greenhouse is that it features a hinged cover so that you can remove it when required. Moreover, it is quite simple to build, and it will hardly take you a day to complete.
To get started with this DIY greenhouse idea, you will require 2 x 6 pieces of redwood, 2 x 2 pieces for the cover frame, 2 x 4 pieces for corner bracing, wood screws, a 10 feet long 0.5-inch PVC pipe, pipe clamps, large weave wire mesh and chicken wire. In addition to that, you will also need zip ties, plastic sheeting, staples, two hinges, two eye hooks, and a 6 feet long chain cut into 3 feet pieces. As for the tools, you will need a miter saw, drill and a staple gun.
If you want the detailed step-by-step instructions for building this cool greenhouse, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
45. Build This Amazing DIY Fold-Up Greenhouse For Your Plants
If you thought that the last DIY greenhouse project was cool, then wait till you check out this amazing Fold-Up Greenhouse. Yes, you read that right! This greenhouse can be folded up and stored inside when you do not need it, especially during a harsh winter.
For this amazing DIY greenhouse project, you will require quite a few materials, more so than a standard wooden frame greenhouse. Then again, this is quite a unique greenhouse, and we believe that it is well worth the extra effort.
If you are interested in learning more about this wonderful DIY greenhouse idea, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration. The creator has done an amazing job with providing a detailed list of materials along with all the necessary instructions for building this greenhouse.
46. Simple But Lovely DIY Greenhouse Made From Repurposed Windows
You have already seen a few greenhouse projects made from repurposed windows. However, those were fairly large. Just take a look at this tiny greenhouse. It looks really cute, doesn’t it? Moreover, it is quite easy to build, and you can easily finish it during the weekend.
To get started with this beautiful DIY greenhouse project, you will need six wood-framed windows, 2x4 lumber for frame and table base, 4x4 lumber for table legs, 1x6 lumber for tabletop, self-tapping screws, and L brackets. In addition to that, you will also require sandpaper, carpenter’s wood glue, primer paint and wood stain, embellishments, and door hinges and handle.
Finally, you will also need some tools like a pocket hole system, electric drill, compound miter saw, and a carpenter square.
If you love this wonderful DIY project, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
47. Learn How To Create An Amazing DIY Barn Greenhouse
You have seen barn houses before. But have you ever seen a barn greenhouse? Just take a look at the illustration below. While it may not be stunning, it surely has a unique and pragmatic design.
However, the most impressive part of this project is its simplicity. In fact, according to the creator of this DIY barn greenhouse, you can complete this entire project within a day. Needless to say, you need to be proficient with woodworking tools and have all the materials ready to pull this off.
If you are interested in learning more about this amazing DIY barn greenhouse, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
48. Build This Lovely DIY Greenhouse For Your Seedlings
Take a look at the greenhouse featured in the illustration below. It looks rather lovely, doesn’t it? If you look closely, the roof slope with a golden knob can fold down so that you can access the interior without any hassle.
However, this tiny greenhouse is only meant for your seedlings or small plants. And if this is exactly what you require, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more. The creator has gone into great depths to explain this DIY project. So, we suggest you check it out.
If you have some experience with woodworking, then you must be familiar with the YellaWood brand. They are quite famous for their high-quality lumber. Now, you might be wondering why are we talking about a lumber brand in our greenhouse article. Well, YellaWood has been kind enough to provide a detailed plan for creating a sturdy and functional greenhouse. Needless to say, you can purchase your lumber from a different brand or use your existing stock.
To get started with this project, you will require 26 pieces of 2” x 4” x 8’ lumber, eight pieces of 1” x 4” x 8’ lumber, and a 2” x 4” x ¾” exterior treated plywood. In addition to that, you will also need 30” x 80” hot-dip galvanized or vinyl door, ten pieces of 4’ x 8’ fiberglass panels, two hinges, a ¾” metal fasteners with neoprene washers, and nails.
If you believe that this DIY greenhouse project fits your needs, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
50. The Simple DIY Greenhouse By Black + Decker
If you always wanted to build a large greenhouse but could not do so because of the complexity, then you surely need to check out this wonderful Black + Decker DIY project. Not only does it look lovely, but you can also complete this project within a day.
For this lovely DIY greenhouse idea, you will require a 20’ x 50’ UV Coated roll of Polyethylene sheeting, 12 pieces of 24” No. 3 rebar, eight pieces of 8” timber screws, compactable or drainage gravel, excavation tools, reciprocating saw, and a large hammer. In addition to that, you will also need 3” deck screws, wire brads, brad nailer, scissors, utility knife, and last but not least, a tape measure.
Black + Decker has done an amazing job in explaining this DIY greenhouse project. And we suggest you check it out by clicking on the link mentioned below the illustration.
51. Build A Greenhouse Extension
Take a look at this greenhouse extending from the rear end of the cabin. It looks absolutely lovely, doesn’t it? Now, is this DIY greenhouse project as complicated as it looks? Yes and no. Sure, you will not be able to pull it off without some basic woodworking knowledge.
However, the creator of this project has done an amazing job in explaining all the nitty-gritty surrounding it. And so, we believe you should not have much of a problem in executing this wonderful greenhouse idea.
If you are interested in learning more about this DIY greenhouse project, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
52. Learn How To Build An Insulated, Raised-Bed Greenhouse
Although this DIY raised bed greenhouse will never win an award for its aesthetics, it is utilitarian in every respect. When it comes to the difficulty of this project, it should be a piece of cake for those who have a basic understanding of woodworking.
To get started with this DIY greenhouse project, you will require three sheets of 2” x 4’ x 8’ hard insulated foam, six 4” x 4” x 8’ fence posts, two 2” x 6” x 10’ treated boards, two 2” x 4” x 10’ treated boards, eight 2” x 4” x 8’ treated boards, four 1” x 3” x 10’ treated boards, and 0.5” x 2’ x 2’ treated plywood.
In addition to that, you will also need four metal corner brackets for the door, two hinges, one 20’ x 24’ roll of 6 mm plastic, galvanized framing spikes, galvanized 1 5/8” screws, 4 yards of clay dirt, 2 yards of topsoil, and finally, 4 yards of gravel.
If you feel that this DIY greenhouse project fits your requirements, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
53. Create A Medium-Sized Greenhouse For Less Than $ 25
If you are on a tight budget but still want to build a moderately large greenhouse, then you surely need to check out this wonderful DIY greenhouse idea. Not only is it incredibly simple to make, but this entire project only costs a shade over $ 20. That is impressive to say the least.
For this DIY greenhouse project, you will require four sections of 0.5” PVC pipe, four 0.5” corner elbow connectors with three ports, four 0.5” adapters with connectors, and primer and PVC cement. In addition to that, you will also need scissors, long zip ties, hacksaw, and finally, 6’ x 6’ plastic sheeting.
If you love this DIY greenhouse idea, then be sure to click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more about it.
54. Make An Inexpensive Greenhouse With A Plastic Fruit Basket
Not always do we have the requirement for a large greenhouse. Sometimes, a small greenhouse like the one featured in the illustration below is more than enough, especially if you are only planting seedlings. And, if this is exactly what you require, then you should surely check out this simple but effective greenhouse project.
To get started with this DIY greenhouse idea, you will require a plastic fruit basket, plastic film, duct tape, plier, and a sharp knife. That’s it! This is surely one of the simplest lists of materials featured here.
If you are interested in learning more about this easy DIY greenhouse project, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
55. Learn how to build this tiny windowsill greenhouse using upcycled materials
If you thought that greenhouse projects could not get any simpler than the last one featured on our list, then wait till you check out this greenhouse idea. You can make this entire windowsill greenhouse using only upcycled materials. In other words, you will most likely not have to spend any money on this project. Moreover, you can complete this entire project within an hour.
For this simple DIY greenhouse project, you will require wooden skewers or twigs/sticks, a translucent bag or any kind of plastic sheeting, cutting tool, and glue or thread to tie everything together. Quite simple, right?
If this DIY greenhouse project appeals to your needs, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
56. Thumbelina – An Automated DIY Indoor Greenhouse
Now, we have featured quite a few automated indoor greenhouses. However, the biggest drawback for each of those greenhouses is clearly the tiny size. Most of them can only house a single small plant or a handful of seedlings. Enter Thumbelina – the largest automated DIY greenhouse featured here.
However, we must say that this is one of the more complex projects featured on our list. And if you have not delved into the world of electronic circuits before, then we suggest you look at some of the other greenhouse ideas features here.
If you believe you can take on this amazing DIY challenge, then be sure to click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
57. Learn How To Build This Simple DIY Cold Frame Using An Old Window
If you are looking for a small greenhouse for your seedlings which is aesthetically pleasing, then this might just be it. Not only does it look quite lovely, but it is also easy to build. In fact, you can complete this project within a few hours.
To get started with this DIY greenhouse project, you will require more pieces of 2” x 6” x 8’ cedar boards, two hinges, and two ¾” screws. This list of materials is to accommodate an old window with dimensions 32 ¼” x 30”.
As for the tools, you will require a miter saw, circular saw, Japanese dozuki saw, orbital sander or sandpaper, power drill, straight edge and pencil, clamps, tape measure, and last but not least, some safety equipment.
If this project fits your requirements, then go right ahead and click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more. Before we move on to the next item on our list, we must say that although this greenhouse is excellent as is, you can go a step further and make it more aesthetically pleasing by painting it.
58. Build A Small Greenhouse For Plantations On Euro Pallets
Take a look at this small greenhouse. It looks rather lovely, doesn’t it? Just like the last greenhouse idea, this is only meant for seedlings and small plants. And needless to say, this is one of the simpler builds featured on our list. In fact, you can easily complete this greenhouse over a weekend.
For this DIY greenhouse project, you will require two 32” pieces of wood, two 44” pieces of wood, four metallic angle brackets, one box of 4 x 30 mm (0.16” x 1.18”) screws, one 10 - 15 m long plastic tube, and plastic film.
If you are interested in learning more about this wonderful DIY greenhouse project, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
59. A Sophisticated DIY Greenhouse With Solar Powered Ventilation
If you are looking to build a large and sophisticated greenhouse, then you surely need to check out this amazing project. Not only does it look contemporary, but it also has a few cool tricks up its sleeve. In fact, it has a hydroponic system along with solar powered ventilation. What is more impressive is the fact that this entire project cost less than $ 600 to build!
To get started with this brilliant DIY greenhouse idea, you will require a greenhouse kit. This greenhouse was built using a 10’ x 12’ greenhouse kit from harbor freight. However, you can purchase a similar greenhouse kit which best suits your needs.
The creator of this project has provided a detailed list of materials along with an exceptional guide for building this greenhouse. And we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more about this fantastic greenhouse project.
60. Convert A Swamp Cooler Into A Hydroponic Rooftop Greenhouse
We bet you have not seen a greenhouse project like this before! And thanks to some creative individuals, you can now build a rooftop greenhouse using a swamp cooler. Although the illustration featured below makes this greenhouse seem quite unassuming, let us assure you that it is quite sophisticated. Even more so than the last project featured on our list.
For this amazing DIY greenhouse project, you will require a swamp cooler (you can buy a used one for cheap), some vinyl tubing, a rack to hold the plants, wood, screws, and some clear plastic. In addition to that, you will also need hydroponic supplies (net pots, substrate, and nutrients), and various hand tools (wrench, screwdriver, and a drill).
You can also take this project a step further with high-tech elements like a data logger, control system, lights, fan, and a heater.
Now, this is not a simple project by any means and if you believe you can bring this greenhouse idea to fruition, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
61. Learn How To Build A Poly Pipe Greenhouse And Shade House With Sprinkler System
If you are looking to build a simple but spacious greenhouse, then you surely need to check out this lovely DIY greenhouse project. The creator of this project has built it to serve two purposes. During an extreme summer, this structure can be converted to a shade house with a sprinkler system. And when the climate turns cold, it can be switched to a greenhouse. That makes it perfect for places with extreme weather conditions.
Since this is an article about greenhouses, we will only focus on that part. So, to get started with this DIY greenhouse idea, you will require ten 65” star pickets, 20 m of 2” green line rural grade poly, star picket post rammer, and 50 m roll of heavy duty builder’s plastic.
In case you are looking to install the sprinkler system, you will also need 30 m of 13 mm poly pipe, three pieces of 90° 13 mm corner connections, three pieces of ‘T’ 13 mm connections, and 20 full jet spray bits.
If you are interested in learning more about this excellent greenhouse project, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
You do not always need to spend extra cash on UV coated polyethylene sheets. Instead, you can cover your greenhouse structure with stretch film. And yes, this also works for medium to large-sized greenhouses as well. In fact, for a moderately large greenhouse like the one featured in the illustration below you will be spending less than $ 20 worth of stretch film.
To get started with this project, you will need wooden slats, cling film, nails, and adhesive tape. As for the size of the slats, it will depend on the size of the greenhouse structure.
For more details regarding this DIY greenhouse project, we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
We are complete suckers for smart greenhouses. And so, here is yet another automated greenhouse project. What is impressive about this particular smart greenhouse is the fact that it can be monitored and controlled over the internet. Yes, you read that right. You can keep an eye on your plants even while sitting on the other side of the world.
Sure, this greenhouse is tiny, and it will not make much difference whether you monitor it or not. But, think about the implications. You can scale this greenhouse to a larger size to house multiple plants. It will surely be useful then. Needless to say, you need to be proficient with electronics and DIY projects to execute it to perfection.
For this incredible DIY greenhouse idea, you will require an Intel Galileo Gen 2, Arduino Uno, thermoelectric cooling device, water pump, a 15 W LED for the heater, two pieces of 1 W LED, a 16 GB microSD card, LDR, Relay 4 Channel, and LCD 20 x 4 along with LCD i2c module. As for the sensors, you will need a DHT22 sensor and a soil moisture sensor.
In addition to that, you will also need an RTC module, fan, 10k resistor, IC 74HC125, water pump, breadboard, wires, IP camera, home router, LAN cable, greenhouse box, and last but not least, an Internet connection. Sure, this is surely one of the longest lists featured here. But, no other greenhouse is as teched-out as this one.
The creator of this project has done an amazing job in providing all the necessary instructions. And so, we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
Just take a look at the greenhouse featured in the illustration below. It is a thing of beauty, isn’t it? Moreover, this is a DIY project! Sure, you need to be adept at woodworking to bring this greenhouse idea to fruition. But the fact that you do not need to be a professional to build this structure is exciting nonetheless.
Before the creator of this project started working on this greenhouse, he explored the market to find out an approximate cost. And, would you believe it, all the estimates were north of $ 24,000. Sure enough, he decided against it and finished building this lovely greenhouse for less than $ 3,000. That is impressive to say the least.
If you love this DIY greenhouse idea, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
65. Make A Robust Greenhouse Which Can Withstand Extreme Weather Conditions
If you live in a cold place, up North, you surely need to check out this amazing greenhouse idea. This greenhouse is built to withstand heavy snowfall! Yes, that’s right! The gable roof-esque design makes it possible for the snow to slide down easily. Moreover, the structure is quite sturdy to withstand extreme weather conditions.
To get started with this project, you will need twelve pieces of 12’ x 2” x 4” wood, 6 mm plastic sheeting, plywood, screws, tie-wraps, and ¾” 40 PVC tubing. In addition to that, you will also require a 2 feet rebar, five pieces of 45-degree ¾” PVC connections, four metal fence posts, and last but not least, four 2 by 4 end brackets.
If you are interested in learning more about this wonderful greenhouse project, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
66. A Simple, Slim DIY Greenhouse For Your Backyard
If you are looking to build an easy, petite DIY greenhouse in your backyard, then this just might be it. This is an incredibly easy build and one that you can complete in a few hours.
For this simple DIY greenhouse project, you will need five pieces of ¾” x 10’ PVC pipes, eight pieces of ¾” elbows with a ½” to ¾” screw in slot, and eight ½” to ¾” connections. In addition to that, you will also require a roll of 3.5 mm clear plastic and last but not least, a roll of duct tape.
If you believe that this DIY greenhouse idea suits your requirements, then go right ahead and click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
67. Lovely Verandah Style Greenhouse Made From Recycled Materials
Take a look at this verandah style greenhouse. It looks quite lovely, doesn’t it? Although this is not a simple DIY project, we believe that you can do it if you have some experience with woodworking.
This greenhouse is mainly constructed using recycled materials, like wood-framed double-glazed French windows, wood from crates, old ship timbers and so on. And that makes it all the more impressive.
If you love this beautiful DIY greenhouse idea, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
68. Upcycle Your Egg Cartons To Make A Greenhouse For Your Seeds
If you are looking for a simple DIY greenhouse idea for your seeds, then this just might be it. Not only is it incredibly easy to make, but it will hardly cost you any money.
To get started with this DIY greenhouse project, you will require a clear plastic egg carton, a budget cardboard egg carton, potting soil, and a pair of scissors. That’s it!
If this greenhouse idea is perfect for your needs, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
69. Make An Indoor Greenhouse For Your Seedlings Which Is Cat-Proof
No matter how adorable cats are, their curiosity almost always results in something being broken. And that is why it is impossible to have a thriving indoor greenhouse and a cat living under the same roof. But, thanks to this ingenious solution, you can now make the impossible possible.
To get started with this simple DIY greenhouse idea, you will require a clean, empty 2-liter soda bottle without any labels, and knife and punching tool, a hammer, a small nail, fishing line, and a piece of cardboard.
If you are interested in learning more about this DIY greenhouse project, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
70. Learn How To Build A Greenhouse Using Wooden Crates
We love greenhouses which are made of recycled materials, and this is yet another project which features a high level of recycled materials. However, this is not a simple DIY idea, and you need some expertise with woodworking tools to bring it to fruition.
As for the materials required for this DIY greenhouse and the instructions, we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
71. A Compact Greenhouse Made Using Reclaimed Windows
Just like automated greenhouses, we are complete suckers for DIY greenhouses made using reclaimed windows. So, here is one such wonderful DIY greenhouse project which is also quite simple to build.
The creator of this project has done an excellent job in providing all the necessary instructions for building it. And, we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn more.
72. A Greenhouse Which Is Also A Clubhouse And Yoga Hut
What better way to end our list than with this epic greenhouse project. Not only is it a functional greenhouse, but it also doubles up as a Yoga Hut and Clubhouse.
If you are interested in learning more about this lovely greenhouse project, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
So, which greenhouse idea did you like the best? If you are inspired to build your very own greenhouse, do share your story with us. We would love to hear from you.
I love fire pits for how they look like, the warmth they provide, of how family and friends gather around it and have a good time. The absolute satisfaction that comes from kindling the fire and leaning back comfortably, watching the flame and falling into a sweet sleep is a feeling you cannot replicate.
So, making a fire pit on my own is something that feels like a rewarding experience and also something that saves on the expense. Thankfully, there is no one way of building a fire pit and the options will leave you spoilt for choice.
Most fire pits are pretty rudimentary in their design and very easy to make. Plus, the cost of making a fire pit is considerably cheaper than buying one. It also gives you the chance to decide just how big you want your pit to be or just how high or deep and made of what material. There is significant amount of space for experimentation and the outcome is satisfying. Without further ado, here are some easy, pretty and pocket-friendly DIY fire pits.
Some people like complex designs, while others like things simple. In firepits, you see extensive ideas suggested to you, but sometimes both the budget and the vision is not too elaborate. For this reason, building this very simple fire pit is a good idea. And though it looks simple, it has a rustic charm to it, while also resembling a well.
A simple yet effective design, this fire pit does not require any great expertise. It’s like stacking Lego blocks in a circle and above one another. The gravelly texture adds to its appeal, while the finishing on the topside makes it look neat. It has a very wide neck space to light a big fire with enough room for a good chunk of firebrand to fit in.
I know this isn’t something that you can do it on your own, but this purchase is quite something. Carved from a boulder, this fire pit looks very earthy and runs on gas, instead of firebrand. From a distance it does look like it is made out of wood and the texture adds to the illusion. The decorative moss completes the aesthetics of this fire pit. But, if you don’t want to purchase it, what you could possibly do is build a firepit out of a boulder for yourself, and one that does require logs for burning.
This is as simple as it gets. All you need is a bunch of large sized rocks. Huddle them up close and leave no space in between them, and you have a firepit ready for you to burn firebrand in and have a delightful outdoor party. Digging up a lovely circular patio for it completes the look and you’re ready to toast marshmallows over the fire!
Though this particular fire pit looks very furnished, it is actually something that has been built using a bunch of very cheap materials and in no time at all. All you need are fire resistant cinder blocks, a couple of bags of lava rock and a bag of mortar to get the fire going. The inner lining of the fire pit wall has a lovely arrangement of bricks that makes it stand out from any angle, giving the appearance of an atrium or a stadium of sorts. There is also enough room to fit a barbeque grill in there, if you’re in the mood for it. Light the fire and enjoy the cold evening with your warm fire pit.
This extremely cost effective and simple to make fire pit is quite literally a pit. Just get a couple of spades and a pair of helping hands and dig your own fire pit over the evening. Line it up with two sets of rocks and light it up to enjoy the warmth. With the vagueness of the design and the simplicity of it, you can always experiment with the shape and number of rocks and what kind of rock you want to use. You can add a few layers on top of the base one to bring more completeness to it or simplify it even more by having a single toned pattern. The options are at your fancy.
Source Unknown
7. The Homestead Series Fire PiT
There isn’t much to a fire pit actually. So, when you get to making it, the designs that are available are usually similar and quite simple to replicate. This particular fire pit is one of those and it additionally eases your task by showing you a step by step process that is very easy to follow. Such guides are very handy as the visual companions for each step give you a clear idea of how the pit should look like and how the end product should be.
A basic stone and circular fire pit, it can be put together in under an hour and so it seems to be very simple to make too. It has a shorter neck than most standard fire pits, but has more space to light the fire. There doesn’t seem to be any patio built around the fire pit, but if you feel the need to create one, it is all the better. Patios are always a safer option when you’re building or installing any fire pit as the grass around is susceptible to catching fire. What it does provide is a great space for cackling fire and your family and friends to warm up to.
There are a couple of steps that you need to follow to build this fire pit. Though it is circular, it has a dug-in pit as a base which is lined with grey bricks. You can decide how deep you want the pit to be, but the depth provided in this how-to is more than adequate. Once you set that up, a metal ring is installed in it which is tall enough to protrude above the ground considerably. This fire ring gives extra security to the brick wall around it as repeated exposure to the bricks can affect their resolution. Finally, around this metal ring a stone pit is constructed for reinforcement. You can choose the color of the stone or even the type of it, based on your preferences. The same applies to the shape and placement of the stones.
10. Basic Fire Pit And Seating
In addition to building a very simple and standard fire pit, this design also includes a especially terraformed seating area in the midst of the garden. It looks lovely and easy to build and can be completed in a couple of days. I especially like how it has the shape of a teardrop and has a narrow pathway leading to it.
This is a very cost-effective and time saving fire pit design which follows the standard circular fire pit scheme. It has a tall neck and deeper fire area, so a large fire would be well contained inside of it. I resembles a well and has a really dense wall. It lacks a metal fire ring, though it honestly doesn’t need one. An interesting element that you can add to this pit is by coloring the outer area of the wall, either in multiple colors or just a single one, and/or paint something ancient on the bricks for that added charm.
A fire bowl instead of a traditional fire pit, this one resembles the fire bowls shown in period films and looks absolutely gorgeous. The stones that fill it only add to its aesthetic appeal and I would love to build one for myself. What’s fun about a design like this is that you can decide to build a bowl of any size, as long as it is large enough to give you ample warmth, and the contents of the bowl can be retrofitted according to the size and your taste.
This fire pit uses a fire ring as its center base but does not dig an actual pit to set it up. Then it covers the fire ring with stone to give it the standard circular shape but with a neat finish. Its wide neck and thick walls sort of remove the need to build a patio around it, but you can always go for it if you wish.
I love how this fire pit area looks. The actual fire pit itself is the simplest piece of this installation. The fire pit only has a single storey wall around it and that wall extends into a full circle to stand on. But, on the top side of the pit, the circle then expands into a gravel and stone semi-circular disc with a long, wooden bench on it.
Breaking from the monotony of circular fire pits, this particular fire pit has a high neck and deep pit area, filled with large pebbles and a metal bowl in the center for the pit. It is square shaped and is lined with variegated stone for a very neat finish. You can go for two variants here. Either you can opt for the traditional wood burning fire pit and just add firebrand to warm yourself or you can go for a little more elaborate and cost effective in the long run option of using gas. Even though gas does not have that appeal, synthetic logs can be installed to compensate for the lack of real ones.
These fire pit designs are a little innovative and claim to help you make these pits within a day each. I like how these pits look and they seem to have a great enough space to light a big fire.
I love this fire pit and seating design. The pit itself is made using stacked stones that give it a very magical appeal. It reminds me of desert stone formations and a lovely fire burning in its midst would make for a great picture. What’s even lovelier about this design is the seating arrangement. Using tree trunks to create seats and benches, this fire pit area is enchanting to behold.
This is a very simple yet functional fire pit design. It is easy to make and inexpensive on the budget side. But, it does look lovely, even though it follows the same circular design as most fire pits.
Instead of making a fire pit, this DIY technique shows you how to make an outdoor fireplace that looks absolutely imposing, regal, rustic and charming. With an elaborate set up around it, this fireplace will surely charm any family, friend or acquaintance who looks at it.
This beautiful, circular fire pit wouldn’t be a stand out of any sort if not for the metal grilled pan in the center of it. The pan helps the wood stay above the ground and impresses on the aesthetic side. It also gives you enough space to cook something over it properly.
Though this fire pit doesn’t look it, it is entirely a DIY construct. It is small, it is chic and it resembles a kit assembled fire pit. The lid and fire ring and the fire bowl were not constructed, but rather purchased, but that still doesn’t take away the DIY angle of the pit. Moreover, it is quite cheap to make.
This is your standard, run of the mill circular fire pit. But, it comes with a set of detailed instructions, pictures included, which helps in setting it up quickly and for a very small cost.
This outdoor fireplace design resembles something straight out of an archeological site. I like how it looks and the chimney is imposing. Rough and with not too many parts, this is a fireplace you might like to make.
This fire pit has a very low neck yet a wider pit than most. You can add a few chairs around it, their designs entirely up to your selection, and have a warm and cozy fire pit area to have a good time with your friends.
What’s really amazing about this fire pit is the little personal touch added to the center of it. Bringing a beautiful sense of family bonding to the construction and immortalizing it in concrete, the hands imprinted on it are a lovely gesture of unity. You too can add such heartwarming touches to your soul warming fire pit.
I like how this fire pit has a tooth like, flower like design element running in the outer ring of it. Using four separate slabs of concrete, this fire pit replicates tree rings, both on the outside and in the inner layers wherein, covered with rocks, concrete and metal.
Using large boulders and a very dishevelled and rough arrangement, this fire pit breaks the monotony of circular fire pits and brings a more organic feel to the set up.
Source Unknown
28. The Old Mason’s Fireplace
This really neat fireplace set up is very appealing. I like how the flooring around it is of wood and with criss cross designs. This fireplace is large enough to light a big fire and can warm a good number of people huddling around it.
This cute little firepit is very easy to make. It has a metal fire ring in its center and has an undug surface. The rest of the pit is pretty standard.
It is a lovely medium-height fire pit that you can make very easily. The instructions for this pit are very detailed though and are easy to follow. It wouldn’t cost you much either.
31. The Dollar Ten Fire Pit
This is a truly innovative DIY method to build your own fire pit. You can either remove the drum from an unused washing machine or go the junkyard and get a washing machine drum from there. Weld a few legs to it and voila! It is ready. Not only is it easy on the budget, but it looks amazing and is very portable.
First, this fire pit isn’t like other fire pits. It is square. Not circular. Plus, it doesn’t use any typically earthy material to make it either. It only has four sheets of steel and stones filled in its center.
This is a tiny fire pit that can comfortably fit on a table. The great thing about a tabletop fire pit is that it can be carried anywhere and you don’t need to huddle around to get its warmth. It is very personal and can be made for real cheap.
This patio fire pit is very neatly set up. With a lovely set of chairs and a couple of barrel pots to decorate the area around the pit, this setting is great for a good evening time with family or friends. The pit itself is your standard circular shape, but you can replace it with any other design you deem fit.
Upcycling is fun. It is all about taking stuff that is not in use and putting it to use for some other thing. So, turning a shopping cart into a portable fire pit is an amazingly innovative and inexpensive idea. You can add logs to the bottom end of the cart and seal the upper area with a retractable lid.
A square fire pit isn’t really a common sight, but when there is one, it is truly a delight. I like this particular fire pit and how its just the perfect size for you and your family or friends to warm up around it on a chilly night.
Even though the firepit design itself is pretty standard, in spite of being cute, the real deal here is the how-to process listed by the makers. They have detailed their method from the start and show you both the successes and failures in their attempts. This really helps you understand what to do and what not to.
This DIY isn’t about the fire pit. It is about the patio underneath. A patio is sort of a standard for any fire pit installation, given the fire hazard rogue sparks can create if they fall upon grass. So, even if you do end up buying a fire pit instead of making one on your own, you can ensure the safety of your home all on your own.
Upcycling is always rewarding. It is one of the most creatively resourceful things to do. So, if you have a tractor wheel that is of absolutely no good to you, then turn it into the metal fire ring for your fire pit and save on money.
This is absolutely my favorite fire pit DIY on this list. It reminds me of ancient Rome and has such an aesthetically pleasing symmetrical design. I can imagine myself seated around with my friends, with some delicious barbecue, and some lovely orchestral music on the jukebox, enjoying the perfection of this fire pit.
What’s a fire pit without the fire? What’s the fire without people to warm? What are people to do without a seating area? And so, this post helps you with this one essential aspect of your fire pit installation by offering you plentiful ideas.
Source Unknown
42. The Budget Friendly Fire Pit
What I like about this fire pit is the arrangement of the stones. They are not arranged in the standard way and give an extra appeal to the exterior of the pit. As for the interior, the readymade pan ensures the burning wood doesn’t touch the ground. And all this in just a hundred and twenty five dollars.
43. The Mosiac Pit
Who would’ve thought it? Mosaic pattern on a fire pit? Well, someone luckily did and now you can replicate it, with your own variations! It brings a bit more life and character to an otherwise standard fire pit design and something I’d really like to try.
44. Capstone Fire Pit
A fire pit with the fire in it to stand out amongst its peers? This fire pit here definitely seems to be doing just that. Firstly, it’s square. Secondly. It has a very lovely capstone. Thirdly, it has a really low neck when compared to most pits. Quite fantastic, I believe. The maker of this pit knows this and hence guides you through the building process in detail.
I don’t think there is a need for a very detailed DIY manual for something like this. Taking a Koi pond and turning it into a fire pit is a brilliant idea and one that is very artistic to look at. With good observation, it can replicated quite easily.
You can add to the decor of this fire pit by carving stools from rocks and installing them around the pit.
I like how this particular fire pit is actually just a pit. It has no extension above the ground once it is dug up and established in a hole. Moreover, it is box shaped and not a circle, so that adds to the bonus points.
I travel a lot and I like fire pits a lot too. So, for someone like me a portable fire pit would be extremely convenient. I would like to carry it with me in my car on long drives and use it when out camping. It’s fantastic and looks neat and is easy to build.
Wheelbarrows are so simple yet so enchanting. They carry this amazing aura with them and there is something beautiful about turning a wheelbarrow into a fire pit. Setting it up in the middle of your garden and lighting a fire on a foggy morning is a sight anyone would cherish. It is extremely simple to set up as well.
Using the same basic mechanics as a wheelbarrow fire pit, this exceptionally lovely and awe-inspiring ship shaped fire pit is the decorative piece that deserves all the attention. This is the only instance where a ship on fire is actually not a bad thing and the wood burning inside does not go to waste.
A barrel’s usually filled up with beer, wine or...milk. But, a barrel does not provide warmth, unless, in an unfortunate circumstance it has been set on fire. In this case, it does have a flaming crown but one that does not drown it in fire. Rather, the s’mores are mild and warm enough for you to gather around in your living room and enjoy.
51. The Grand Pit Of Fire
This grandly titled pit is indeed pretty big. But, the stuff you’ll need to make it is actually not much plus it can be made pretty quickly. I would love to set it up in my backyard for a great bonfire to revel in. Wouldn’t you?
52. The Fire Flower Pot Pit
Turn a flower pot in a fire pit for a table top fire pit to warm you up quick during wintry evenings, for practically dirt cheap. S’mores work wonders for small places and in this case they replace flowers for a different kind of fragrance.
This does require some pottery skills and a little more time than usual due to the nature of the craft. But, difficulty wise it isn’t on the tough side, nor is it expensive to make. It is a lovely tabletop s’mores lit fire pit for you to decorate your centerpieces with.
Pallets are very resourceful and easy to procure. They are also used for innumerable interior and exterior decor objects, especially in DIY techniques. So, it is highly unsurprising that a movable pallet DIY fire pit is a thing. It looks very unique, provides enough height and doesn’t need to be lodged in one place in your garden. Anything portable is definitely of more long-term convenience than the alternative.
I’m in love with the engravings on this fire pit drum. The pit itself is made by using a flower pot, a fire ring, a board and propane. Gas fire pits are seen in less favorable light when compared to their more traditional counterparts, but they are very convenient and easier to get going. Plus, why wouldn’t you want to have a pit like this in your porch?
Though this square fire pit appears to be made of wood, it is actually made out of slabs of concrete placed one above another. All you need to do is create a cast for the concrete and then cut it and replicate the process for as many slabs as you want.
Our final fire pit idea is just that, an idea. The post doesn’t share in-depth details on how to create this yourself.
However, if you are someone that can see a picture and recreate it then you would probably be able to safely design this.
How to rekindle an old, dead tree’s spirit in your backyard? By lighting a fire in its heart, quite literally. By installing a safety fire ring in a hollowed out tree stump, you can create a beautifully unique fire pit.
This fire pit is a little unusual than most. It uses a very basic concrete slab design as a tub and fills it up with the required ingredients to light a spicy fire for your lovely gathering. Pretty simple in build and not time consuming either, it is stylish to look at and goes well with many sofa sets.
59. The Semi Oval Fire Pit
This semi-oval and very simple fire pit is a neat alternative to its bulkier cousins. On a cold fall evening, this fire pit is what you need to help you fall into a lovely sleep.
60. The Fancy Victorian Fire Pit
I like how the one iron grill on the top of this otherwise normal seeming fire pit makes it look such a prized possession, as if it is wearing a crown of fire. With a lovely decor around it and a garden to complement it with, you have a fantastic setting for your guests!
61. The UP-CYCLED Industrial Fire Pit
This fire pit, with lava rocks and an upscaled and recycled industrial steel tube, is really unique and stunning to look at. Sitting on a big block of concrete as if in some exotic art gallery, this fire pit is a show stealer and incredibly eco-friendly.
62. Simple Metal Bucket Fire Pit
There’s really nothing much to it than to just look at this and...just do it. Take a metal bucket, fill it with lava rocks and light it for some exhibitionary evening around the fire and a good night ahead.
63. Lively Small Fire Pit
This low necked, wide-mouthed and simple fire pit might look unremarkable on paper but looks really good when built with some lovely furniture around it.
64. The Coliseum Styled Fire Pit
This fire pit gives a new twist to the usual circular shaped fire pit design, just with some creative arrangement of bricks. It resembles a coliseum on fire and can be quite eye catching as an installment.
Source Unknown
65. Peacock Tail Fire Pit
This fire pit takes a completely different tangent for its design, discarding all the boxes, rectangles, circles and semicircles and going for a more flamboyant style, one resembling a peacock’s tail inverted. I would like to give this design a shot. Moreover, there is room for customization here.
via Pinterest
66. Colorful Barbeque Fire Pit
This fire pit uses tiles with two shades of lavender in a very creative manner and we have a wonderfully assembled fire pit that also works perfectly as a barbeque grill. It has four layers for the outer base ring, and five layers for the inner ring. In the large space between both rings, gravel and pebbles are used as fillers. A barbeque grill rests in the very center of it, filled with lava rock, ready to be lit for a lip-smacking preparation. The height of the grill is tall enough for the sparks to be contained. There is also need for digging an actual pit.
via Pinterest
67. Cinder Block Square Pit
A very simple design, but an effective one. This is extremely easy to make, absolutely cost saving and doesn’t take too much time to set up. If you’re looking to just assemble a fire pit on short notice, this is your best bet.
via Pinterest
So, which of these DIY fire pits did you ultimately decide to go with? Do you think you can create something entirely new on your own inspired by these lovely designs?
A house is not a home unless it has something different. Memories are the ones that make the biggest difference but having a few items made by ourselves and perhaps the loved ones can truly make a place special. Sofas, wardrobes or even dining tables require more work and knowledge but an end table can be easily put together with materials that might be at our immediate disposal. The expression "end table" comes from the 1850's in America and represents a small table that is placed beside a chair or at the end of a sofa. It's a project small enough so it doesn't take much time to design and create but big enough to make a difference, just like a chair, a lamp or a coffee table. Wood is perhaps the easiest material to work with but go ahead and be creative. See the potential in anything, add a little work and passion and you'll end up with a unique home. We hope the examples in this article will improve your imagination and challenge you to make your one of a kind end table.
No wood beams or metal pipes hanging around? No problem. This model can be built with materials found at any construction store. Go ahead and play with the design. The satisfaction of spending some time working and then seeing it done is priceless.
This might be the easiest approach to building such an object. Wooden pallets are very common, easy to take apart, cut and reassemble in a variety of shapes that can suit any available space. Moreover, you can give them any look you want. Do you have a rather rustic living room? Then go ahead and use a wool-vinegar solution to give it an old look. Or perhaps you painted one of the walls turquoise. No easier task than buying some paint and a brush and having some fun while creating a beautiful diy end table.
Stacking two wooden boxes on top of each might not seem such an intriguing idea at first but the picture speaks for itself. By themselves, the boxes are no design pieces but they stand out near the blueish new couch and look very good with all the books stored inside. This is what imagination is all about. Seeing potential in any item. Perhaps you have some laying around and don't even know it.
4. the beauty and adaptability of a diy end table project
Are you struggling to find a furniture piece that fits perfectly near your new couch? Then look no more and build one yourself. The principles and the materials used do not differ much and you'll definitely enjoy the building process.
via thefriendlyhome.blogspot.com
5.combining wood with metal-fancy milk can end table
Who would have thought that you can turn a metal milk can into a table right?
Well, your guests will definitely be impressed and admire its one of a kind nature. Look around the house. What other apparently useless objects do you have? Think twice before throwing them away. Instead, save, repair and paint them and you won't regret. I bet you won't find this in a regular store. Furthermore, this diy end table masterpieces can be used in a variety of spaces, both indoors and outdoors.
Combine various items for increased practicality and looks. Figure out what your needs are and what is the most appropriate storage idea.
via thisbetterhome.com
7. creating a set of tables can be a great choice
Decorating your home with special furniture items is great but having a set of similar looking objects is even better, giving your living room a rather unitary appearance. Don't overdo it. Too many individual looking designs can be displeasing.
Don't know what image to go for? A clean looking white end table is something that no one can argue with. A simple design fits anywhere and is less stressful to accomplish.
9. a small wood diy end table fits perfectly near the new couch
Opt for contrasting or blending colors; a striking looking piece of furniture is usually meant to be an accent. The main color of the room should be chosen according to its size and lighting.
If you want something made by you, custom-made for your home but do not know what it should be yet than think about what you need. It's the easiest way. Maybe it's a small table to put the remote or an end table with shelves that can store the books you read on the armchair.
11. creating a diy end table with store-bought items
There is no need to build something complicate that takes hours. Go to the store and get creative. There are many objects that can be merged together to create something beautiful.
Size, shape and color. Those are the attributes that define an object. You only need to emphasize one of them to create something beautiful to look at.
Source Unknown
14. patio diy wooden end table
Wood is very easy to work with. Cut the pieces in various shapes and sizes to create patterns on your diy end tables or coffee tables.
With this diy nightstand or end table it's the shape that makes it look good. Not the size or the color. The beautiful craftsmanship makes it looks very tidy.
17. raw piece of wood turned into a furniture item
Combine this element with other rustic elements or, by contrast, with a new piece of furniture. Either way, you will impress. This simple but beautiful log can work as a diy nighstand or an end table in your living room.
This end table was made from an old crate or a wooden pallet. Leave it like this and it's perfect for your backyard or paint it and it will fit just as well inside.
via covenantnetworksupport.com
19. playing with shapes and colors
Don't resume to a simple design. Find some inspiration and cue the music. The Japanese wood art is a very good place to begin, they take wood craftsmanship to a whole new level. Not sure what colors to use? Pastel pallets are always a safe bate.
via ryobitools.com
20. creating the perfect fit for your new couch
Always think about the relation between the new object and the existing ones. A regular layout will only limit your imagination. Take a design and adapt it to your place.
Source Unknown
21. fresh looking end table
This item is even more connected to the sofa. The small table top is supported by two thin legs and it simply looks great.
22. unique rope end table for your cozy living room
Wood and metal are not the only materials available. If it looks good and it is durable, it can be used. This rope end table is lovely and quite easy to make. The next step would be to create shapes or combining it with other materials.
One or two colors are enough. You don't want to have a crowded room that is tiring to look at; too many materials and colors and you'll feel like in a general furniture store.
The color pallet is just right, keeping the room clean and full of light. Hairpin legs on a beautiful savage wood table top might be all you need.
via goinghometoroost.com
25. clean looking wooden table for a neat living room
You can never fail by using a simple design. Add a little flavor by using contrasting colors, here the table top contrasts the table base elegantly in relation with the context.
26. an industrial end table will definitely stand out
Depending on your skills and tools available, you can go for something that requires more work. Envision the end result before you start anything though, ensure that the project complements or contrasts your place in pleasant, beautiful way.
via thegoldensycamore.com
27. attractive log slice end table
Contrast can be achieved by employing not only colors but also shapes, sizes and textures. A beautiful slice of a wooden log receives the legs of an inexpensive ikea stool and magically becomes a legendary side table.
The combination between metal and wood is always interesting. Here a piece of wood doubles as a warm table top while the table base supporting is industrial looking, heavy duty, a beautiful balance.
This design is definitely exclusive. There are many ideas that can help you choose the right one for your place. Acrylic is a inexpensive material that looks like glass and manages to emphasize the feeling of space through transparency.
34. a special project - a himmeli copper pipe base for a geometric end table
This example is rather intriguing and easier to make than it looks. It was inspired by Himmeli, a Nordic technique used to make Christmas décor that has influenced many other designs over time. It's a beautiful project that will offer you a lot of satisfaction once it's done, it will impress any guest. It might not fit in a rustic room but place it near modern furniture and it will look amazing.
via homedepot.com
35. a chick presence - the diy wire bin end table
Unlike the Himmeli end table above, this design is made of two store bought items that manage to look appealing with less work involved. Working hard definitely pays off sometimes but take advantage of any opportunity.
36. thinking simple can result into lovely exclusive furniture items
This is the essence of an end table. No fancy copper tubes or intricate wood design. Just the basics. Something to rest a book on. It's not a simple design though. The creator did put some thought into it and carefully calculated the proportions to achieve something simple and beautiful at the same time.
I love the detailing on this small end table. The creator matched the base of each leg to the ones of the couch. The natural dark wood matches perfectly with the pastel pink.
What do you think about this particular DIY End Table gallery ? Would any of these be a good fit in your home? We would to hear your feedback in the comment section below.
A furry friend is something else, he`s always there when we need him, he loves us no matter what. The simple sight of his wiggling tail makes us smile when we get home, they are joyful and excited to see us regardless of our day, their love is unconditioned. Simply cast a glance at the little one below, awaiting his friend, gazing through his own petite window.
It goes without saying that the feelings are mutual, in them we find a comfortable peace and balance that we hardly find in any other relationship, dog-love is epic, different. We invite you to cast glance at the following gallery, we have curated a selection of DIY dog bed ideas meant to invite one to pamper his furry ally in life.
1. Shabby chic crate dog bed
You can simply modify a wooden crate and paint it to fit your design needs, here a shabby chic finish has been applied over the crate wearing the name of the furry one along with his title, "No.1".
Simply upgrade the dog house with a small ladder and a simple terrace. Get two-three treats on top so he can learn to use the ladder and he`ll be ready to enjoy the new feature shortly.
3. Use pillows to shape a puf-pouf dog bed
The process is rather simple yet the rewards are spectacular.
The smaller width of the tire looks far better than a regular car tire, simply paint it with the color of choice and create a small pillow to nestle in.
No doggy should ever need a den yet when for a couple of minutes we have to set a boundary between them and our guests they ought to stay safe, in a place that they actually like.
via bbkustomkennels.com
6. Dress up the dog crate
In small spaces dog crates sometimes double as dog beds, this helps them feel safer while traveling too. In this case you can create something interesting over the dog crate to emphasize practicality and comfort for you and your furry friend.
A vivid color and wallpaper can help, here the toys are also categorized and wall art has been featured.
via yourdogsuppliesstore.com
12. Craft a fluffy dog bed box
Sewing skills are required to make it happen but we all have that skillful friend eager to help, make a day of it !
via ezele.ru
13. Chevron diy dog bed mattress
Textures and colors can change everything, notice how vivid the dog beds above look.
via thewhoot.com.au
14. Blanket and pillows diy dog bed
A neat treat that puts old pillows to good use.
via madebyhaley.com
15. DIY barrel dog beds
The opportunities are there, numerous shapes and sizes can be sculpted with the right barrel. Enjoy the process and the little one will definitely enjoy the result.
To spoil a friend is a treat for both parties, spoiling your furry friend will enrich your experience with him, you will see them satisfied snuggled into the crafted bed, happily wiggling his tail. What do you think about the DIY dog bed ideas above? We would love to hear from you in the comment section below.
One second would be all a cat owner would need if he was to remember a funny instance with his furry friend ! Cats are somehow super positive creatures that manage to bring a really good mood really easily despite their immense lack of interest, they are curious, they are fluffy and somehow naïve, they can make you laugh easily and every now and then, some more than others, they seek affection as well !
The list that follow contains easy homemade diy cat toys and accessories that aim to give the little one more comfort and more toys, we invite you to cast a glance and let us know what you find interesting !
Easy Homemade DIY Cat Toys
1. Epic two level coral hanging cat bed
A level of comfort surely ain`t enough for our feline friend, we know it too well, comfort is key. Aesthetics should not be overlooked either, here teal with a really elegant, royal inspired gold tree describes a really interesting look, fit for the lovely furry companion, an epic easy diy cat worth pursuing.
2. Craft an easy DIY cat condo out of original wine crates
Sumptuous, elegant, royal, what material can suit a kitten better than original wine crates, items with tradition that tickles their ego. Use these to craft something graphic and use sufficient scratching surfaces to trigger their play interest.
3. Simple and effective cat brush scratching installment
Installing these DIY cat toys will take only a minute and if the feline responds to them, they will give you days, weeks or even months of quality time to both you and your furry friend.
via Ana Julia
4.Transform a wooden shelve into a diy cat palace
The procedure is rather simple as any regular IKEA shelf can be disassembled to become a cool corner palace for your furry friend, choose surfaces that your feline finds scratch-worthy and you are good to go, diy cat toys for cat queens and kinds !
via Laurie Crawford
5. Branches and fluffy surfaces cat tree kingdom
A really easy diy cat toy to realize that will definitely be of interest for your your kitten, one that offers it entire new levels of happiness through comfortable platforms of observation and new scratch surfaces to play with. It is also worth noting that there you`ll need little to no costs to craft this.
via cattreekingdom.org
6. DIY cat tree made with real branches featuring greenery
Just like the craft above, Brittany used real branches to create an awesome diy cat toy that uses real branches. Brittany went the extra mile an added some faux leaves that bring color into the picture thus enhancing the naturalness of the ensemble.
Several branches can be tied together by simple wood platforms, beautifully sculpted to highlight the naturalness of the ensemble. All you need is a hand saw, nails and if possible, a jig-saw to cut the contour easier. Do your best to pick interesting branches that have several ramifications, these will add a different dimension to the ensemble that you and the furry friend will find interesting in this homemade cat toy.
A simple wooden box can become rapidly so much more, you`ll be needing a colorful texture, a tad of paint to stencil the name of the little one and you are good to go. Some sort of sponge or an old pillow could greatly enhance the comfort of the pet also, diy cat toys can hardly get easier than this!
The craft is insanely easy to realize, you will need a wooden post, plywood, carpet, staple gun, some sort of glue and L brackets, almost all these can be salvaged from old projects or from the scrapyard thus minimizing the cost a great deal. You will know what carpet you need to use to make the pole attractive, the cat surely already pointed out a winner in your home.
via coolcattreeplans.com
10. Old drawer becomes cat luxury bed
A really simple craft if you take it step by step, a craft with an extraordinary customization degree, one that you control entirely, insanely easily. You`ll be needing an old drawer or an old wooden box that can receive the treatment of a drawer, you can add some old drawer handles or knobs for that exquisite look; you decide whether the drawer receives legs or not and if you paint the drawer a certain color, if you upholster it in a certain fabric using a staple gun or if you lave the wood bare, all up to you. In the drawer, an old pillow is recommended to boost comfort.
Certain crafts are simply to awesome to be described, they are indeed but we are going to do our best ! The overlapped box game above gains a really distinct, interesting, geometric play thank to its sculpted edges and circular windows; the wood naturalness also boosts the ensemble overall. It is worth nothing that furs contained exude a coyness that can hardly be matched by anything else and yet to make things even more interesting, the stairs leading to the skyscraper are cantilevered thus emphasizing the feeling of space and a very cool airiness that we greatly appreciate.
A great effort has been made to offer the furry friends sublime comfort in a really graphic manner, a simple expression with an extraordinary result overall.
via Pinterest
12. Epic DIY smart cat door climber
The principle is extraordinarily simple, one could easily realize the playful tiered toy at home yet if time is an issue, see the link below, your cat will surely find it interesting !
They look adorable, the texture chosen make them timeless, really graphic, especially for a cat toy, this would be a toy that would not alter the aesthetics of your home if left randomly in the house.
Compared to simple, up-cycled textiles, felt may be a more appealing material to kittens, it is also super easy to work with and it can be found in really awesome colors that you can mix and match to create something interesting.
A simple and insanely durable, resilient craft that will entertainment your cat for years and years to come. You can dye the rope at home to match it to the rug or carpet below or you can purchase it already colored; leaving it bare functions as well.
via dreamalittlebigger.com
16. Craft a sculptural PVC pipe ensembles wrapped in yarn
Extraordinarily creative craft able to shape a really dynamic cat toy, one that you can customize great deal, this piece can be fit onto the wall, completely independent, short or long with variable girth, it can even sculpt a long route around the apartment at a certain height, one that would not interfere with human activities. The yarn can be natural or dyed, infinite customization opportunities that can be realized rather easily thanks to pvc pipes.
via catssery.com
17. Epic wrecking ball inspired DIY cat bed
A great craft for Halloween, one that will surely scare a few fellas while they roam the house looking for candy.
Here two wide PVC pipes hold two yarn baskets, all wrapped in something that would suffice the cat`s scratching instinct. In the baskets, two furry surfaces await the royal couple.
via Pinterest
19. DIY cat self petting brushes
The DIY Project itself is really swift but that is not the biggest selling point, the immense selling point is that the cat themselves will find great comfort in this toy and they will free up some of your time, petting themselves with the new, inexpensive cat toy. The items that make a difference in this craft ? Toilet brushes !
A piece of pipe, preferably PVC can be anchored onto the wall and wrapped in yarn, this small installment ought to raise the interest of your furry friend and its greatest advantage is that one can install it anywhere, in a small corner between doors, above a door itself, in the mudroom, living room or kitchen, you make the rules.
via purrrfectpieces.co.uk
21. Adorable DIY yarn wrapped cat toy
The image above is inexplicably beautiful, adorable, simply cast a glance at the furry`s face ! You can realize the craft above with an old plastic toy that you can wrap in yarn. It will take a great deal of patience and time to obtain the neat effect above but the result is certainly worthwhile.
A project that can be realized entirely out of salvaged wood, possibly wooden pallets, beautifully tailored into a base and post that you ought to sculpt in to create the rotation, swirling effect that you see above; power tools, experience and protection equipment can help you realize the cuts easily yet if these are not a tool in your arsenal the post can remain square or it can be replaced with a branch that would exude the naturalness that you pursue without your input. Don`t forget the yarn ! You can wrap the entire post or small segments to create a rhythm that your kitten may enjoy; colorful yarn is an option as well !
You can always go the extra mile and create a kitten heaven that would seamlessly integrate into your modern furniture ensemble, you just have to put your mind to it, it is simple to realize yet it somehow looks dangerous, unnatural, presenting a lot of corners, edges in which both the human and the furry friend can get hurt. How do you see the piece above?
via Ank van Meerkerk
24. Recycled paper DIY cat bed
The craft will keep you busy for a while but it will repurpose a lot of paper in the process. You can get inspired by the weaving process above only to materialize a design of choice later on, you decide how you use the technique. The color patchwork design looks extraordinarily well too yet paper can be filtered out by the colors contained if need be.
The super simple homemade cat bed can be realized rapidly and for the creature's comfort it can be placed over a radiator during winter, you can use the same technique to rapidly scale this up to a construct of your own mind; needless to say that the fabric itself can be changed and cleansed rapidly.
26. Transform a small IKEA stepper stool into a cat suite
A simple IKEA hack for which you will need rope, scratchy surfaces and an hour of two of patience to realize the craft. The feline will surely appreciate your efforts !
A few branches, faux lives, rope to tie things together and a scratchy surface on top of a piece of plywood, that is literally all you need, nothing else. The small tree can emphasize your decor with a bit of green yet the furry one will be the one really excited about the new addition.
via Amy Cicconi
28. DIY cat hammock and bed
One mundane cardboard box can become both a cat hammock and a cat bed, a few piece of textiles, possibly up-cycled bed sheets, pillow covers or tablecloths can easily do the trick.
Simple shelve consoles can be modified to create a vertical labyrinth for your furry friends, use your creativity to shape something original, tailored to layout, something that would not interfere with your current furnishings. Such ensembles can also be purchased yet we all know that is far better to adapt these to your setting.
Pom Poms may be everything you need for your fluffy friend, they`re super funny even when left randomly around the house, they can be super super colorful and they are easy to make. This naturally opens up great possibilities, you can scale these to create awesome awesome stuff.
The image above describes a simply extraordinarily rug, one constructed with T-shirts, in this case, highly colorful ones that develop a gradient. A beauty for feet and eyes alike.
Fluffiness attracts fluffiness. A simple pom pom is interesting indeed yet a bunch scaled can create a really cool surface that can be mounted in the vertical plane just as in the horizontal one, regardless of choice spreading happiness in the eyes of the feline and the homeowner alike. In the example above, the splendid gradient helps the piece double easily as wall art in its setting.
Yes, the tutorial was meant for humans, indeed, yet the extraordinary result might be better appreciated by the pretentious felines in their playground or cat bed one might imagine. The simple, repetitive process allows you to start this project at any time as you can work on it across several weeks, every now and then creating one more pom pom and adding it to the rug. The extraordinary secrets behind the really voluptuous look stand in the pom pom`s different size and colors and their density, as you can clearly notice they are a lot jammed into a small surface thus creating a really awesome effect.
A piece of driftwood on which colorful pom poms are anchored can work beautifully as wall art and a cat toy alike. It goes without saying that certain cats have no attraction to pom poms or toys in ensemble for that matter but if your furry one is into pom poms, she`ll love this, especially when it moves around, triggered by the homeowner.
via reniqlo.co.uk
38. DIY upcycled paper cat rug
Swift, colorful and somehow, sustainable as it up cycles paper, it reuses the energy invested into the piece of paper once more before hitting the recycling center. Paper in this shape entices the furry friend due to the noise it makes on one hand and due to the really unusual texture on the other. He will be curios at the very list, it might even become his favorite spot ! It is worth nothing that this rug cannot be cleansed and therefore it will have a rather short lifespan but the advantage is that it holds excess cat hair trapped between the pieces of paper somewhat.
Probably the easiest and the most rewardful tutorial in our list, one that simply cannot be overlooked if your first kitten joined the family and you don`t know where to start from.
One colorful fluffy sock wrapped around a small plastic bottle can form an immense, colorful candy, one that is often very appreciated by the small felines as it is quite noise when tossed around; it also rolls and it also furry`ish, a quite compelling package.
via gooddogsco.com
41. Ingenious DIY magnetic cat toy
For the cat it might look like a simple pendulum that moves around, the DIY project is easy to realize too happily but rewards are far out of the realm of "easy". Give this magnetic cat toy a chance !
One small plastic bottles and some corn and you are good to go. Feel free to paint the corn so it attracts the cat visually too or if you can , replace them with something similar that does the job, you need to make sure that the plastic bottles rattles in the process, that is all.
44. DIY sphere cat toy made out of toilet paper carboard
The easiest and the least expensive diy cat toy in our list can be constructed in three minutes. You can paint the toilet paper rolls or use some washi tape every now and then to make things interesting but the project is rewardful regardless!
Source Unknown
45. Easy to crochet cat toy
If your crocheting is a tool in your DIY arsenal you already know how much more opportunities do you have, how far greater projects you can realize, just cast a glance at the epic example above ! One new piece of epicness at your grasp that will make your furry friend happy !
It can be realized with one seam, that is all you are going to sew for this epic cattail catnip toy, your cat will love it and fully appreciate its owner for the craft ! Keep in mind that kittens ignore catnip and not all cats actually love catnip but most of them do and if they do, you surely know by now that you should limit their contact to catnip, maybe let them play with it once or twice a week to avoid desensitization. Craft away !
From simple to complicated, the DIY cat toys above are meant to make you and the little furry one happy ! We all know how many smiles are these small creatures provoking, we all know how easily they can bring on a good mood, we all know how much we love them and we would surely be willing to craft for them!
What do you think? We would love to hear from you in the comment section below!
Furry friends around us are no stranger to spoils, from special food to extraordinary toys we do our best to make them happy, to reward them for being always positive, always playful, ready to liven up the atmosphere. The following article builds on this extraordinary relationship between us and the furry ones, below you will find super simple and creative diy cat tent ideas, that can be easily interpreted as DIY dog tent ideas if the situation requires it.
Incredibly simple to realize, insanely practical for the furry friend and with infinite customization options, this is definitely a craft to consider, cast a glance !
Four wooden sticks, a colorful piece of cloth, scissors and string and you are good to go, choose a a texture that really shines, and enjoy every moment.
via woonblog.typepad.com
A small tee pee can also be shaped with scrap cloth that can be sewn together into something extraordinary, colorful, positive.
The gallery above is dedicated to our furry friends but we would love to hear your valuable feedback in the comment section below, what do you think about them? Pick your favorite, and craft it to spoil your little one, we will love to see the results!
There is absolutely nothing that can be a permanent companion, a friend and sometimes a guide other than a good book! One is never alone in the world of books. It’s like an ocean of learning, for the young and the old. The earlier one picks up the habit of reading, the better it is.
If one is fortunate enough to own many of these, a convenient storage place is always a welcome in the house. It’s even more exciting if it can be created!
“I have always imagined that Paradise will be a kind of library” Jorge Luis Borges.
Considering something super simple to build on your own, that is less time consuming? This one idea won’t let you down!
This personal home library requires some basic material such as wooden planks measured and cut depending on the space it needs to display in, and a few supports for the wood used. They could be either wooden (as suggested in the tutorial) or one can utilize any leftover metal pipes or brackets from previous home renovations.
The final product- a contemporary bookshelf, build with a simple apparatus. Do check out the tutorial in the link provided below, for further details.
Storage can never be enough for a home with children. Especially if the family is midsized to a large one! A headboard with optimum storage space is an ideal solution in children’s room to accommodate most of their belongings, so that they can have an easy access to them on a daily basis, and not litter them everywhere. The headboard can be revamped for them, according to their choice of colors and need.
The same can also be replicated for the adults, where they could use it for storing their books, maybe the best architecture books that they must read and daily use; it was made to look sophisticated and modern to suit the room interiors.
The tutorial in the link below will show you how to do it!
A great idea in homes where there is space constraint to have an area dedicated for a bookshelf. Also, if one does have a large place, but doesn’t want to put the shelf on the floor due to children around (as they tend to be fidgety with books sometimes!), this one idea shall help you build what you need.
Designed with a barrier on each level, the books don’t tend to fall off, when taken in a hurry. It can be easily hung on the wall, without taking up too much space. It’s extremely practical and useful.
A fun design, shaped like a tree, which your child and you would love! It will spruce up a dull corner or wall of any room that needs a lift. Can be polished or colored to match the mood of the environment and be a productive solution to store your books.
Building it requires a straight forward step-by step guide, to make the construction of the tree uncomplicated, which could be followed while designing for a child’s study or play room, a home-office or your living room- to stock books according to interest.
The availability of well designed shelves in any room is a great option! Not only do they solve the purpose of storing decor objects but also daily utility things. Be it a country looking stack of shelves or an industrial one, this unit shall be work for a lot of different things, especially books.
This particular design gives an industrial look which works well with both contemporary and traditional home decors, with an extremely simple assembly. Hang it on a wall or just place it against a suitable wall in your house, it comes very handy.
A classic piece for displaying all things pretty like precious curios, charms, photo frames, tiny trinket boxes and last but not least, a prized collection of books. A simple yet detailed method to assemble this bookshelf helps the user feel like a pro, with self explanatory images to understand the construction better.
Not only does this design look chic in a house it’s also very simple yet eye-catchy. If one doesn’t desire to keep it in its natural tone of the wood, it can be simply spray painted into vivid hues to match the interiors or to bring life to a wall.
When considering something for your home-office or a study room, this design will be a great choice. The combination of metal and wood in this bookshelf gives it a very professional appearance.
A clean design that involves the usage of larger tools for building it that can be used with the help of someone who is experienced in how to operate them, just in case you are not, for the purpose of safety.
With the help of only a few materials required to build this design, it’s pretty cost effective yet extremely sturdy! The detailed manual in the link below is very comprehensive in order to help for the desired design.
Looking at a bucolic piece for your home? Then this is the one for you!
Very inexpensive and affordable, this bookcase comes with four wooden shelves placed at a considerable gap, to house large to smaller books, not worrying about if a particular favourite of yours would fit or not!
A simple, easy to build design, primarily introduced by Shanty2Chic- that is run by two DIY-professional- sisters who create attractive yet affordable furniture designs for homes.
The tutorial to built the Kentwood bookcase, comes with detailed images that will step-by-step will help achieve the target, along with a list of places from where the materials required can be bought. What more can one ask for when looking at a DIY project!
A stunning modern piece to add a glam quotient to your living or study, this L- shaped design will add an extra oomph to any corner, thereby making it appear classy.
A sectional design that comes with baskets to be fitted in it looks very different from the ones suggested above, unique in its own way.
The baskets could be organised and labelled according to the objects in it, or if one is using it only for books then they could also be sorted according to interest. Another way of doing the books would be the ones with beautiful covers can be stacked together and the worn out ones be kept inside the basket, so that they don’t look ugly outside.
Similar to the children's bookshelf discussed above, this one can be hanged on the wall, taking up very little space that makes it easier to keep it dust free. Due to that it makes it very practical for a small home-office or even a children's room.
The design is very appealing and modern day, and the manual comes with to- the- point notes, that are simple to follow.
The Floating bookshelf is strong enough to take the weight of heavy books or journals, along with adding a touch of art if you please.
The looks of this one is very formal when installed in any room, hence, it’s suggested to limit it to a living area, a study or your home-office. Comes with an optimum width and height, it doesn’t take up too much area, unlike its industrial counterparts.
With a dual toned finish, the bookcase looks particularly elegant, that can be adorned with metal decorative objects along with books, to give a breathing space in between shelves. If stacked with books without any spaces in between them, the design can lose its appeal.
Similar bookcases are often available at high end furniture stores, with a soaring price. The same if replicated at home, at a cost which is not even half as the market price, it becomes self-built- cherished possession.
This bookcase falls in the ‘Classic’ furniture category that can be accommodated in any style home. A very spacious design, it has a good capacity to house several hard-bound books along with the regular ones. One can even decorate a few miniature house plants such as succulents, to make it look interesting.
Can be constructed using basic plywood, as building the entire piece with hardwood would be expensive, one can even opt to paint it according to the color scheme of the room interiors.
If looking for a fun yet productive element for your home, this one will surely appeal to you. A great way to re-use an old piece, in this case a ladder, this one ensures that you make most of what is already available in your house. The result, cost effective and strong!
Due to its rustic appearance, it would look great on a patio or a porch where one can relax, read and unwind. The tutorial that comes with it even shows how to build in a desk within the ladder for better productivity. Enjoy building your own!
Very fresh in its design, this is for the ones who absolutely love having all nautical-inspired things in their homes. Also, if you are fortunate enough to be living near a beautiful water body, this design is ideal to be adapted with your surroundings.
An out-of the box design, you may rarely see this in anyone else’s home, making it quite unique. Looks great with a smooth finish and a wood color of your choice, and can be combined with materials such as glass rather than going the all-wood way.
Works best for large rooms that have ample space on or near the walls to place it, as the design form takes sufficient space, for it to look catchy. As far as the productivity goes, it can house a variety of things, such as decor items, frames, or even tiny storage boxes and most of all books.
An industrial appeal, it can go well with any room interior as long as you’re willing to mix and match materials and are not rigid to a follow only one particular theme. Looks great against a light colour wall, it can also be improvised according to choice.
This bookshelf displays a simple and concise design, which has an equally easy way of building it. Can be considered as one of the classics in furniture, this one holds good amount books due to its sturdy property, once being built with solid wood and not ply.
If your purpose of having a bookshelf is only to display books of your choice and not keep other materials with it, this one is totally for you, due to its measurements. However, those can always be altered but then the same would require more space too.
Designed with legs, it can be easily placed on the floor, without it being wobbly, due to the strength it holds. A fun fact, you can always take help of the younger member in your house to build this up, as it’s not too high, and they can easily reach it. Education and fun!
Another fine example of remodelling furniture and re-using what already exists in the house. The bookcase involves using your old kitchen cabinets, and building new shelves on top of them. The final product can also be used as an entertainment unit, housing a television, books and things of your interest along with ample storage to keep other utility objects.
Multi-purpose in its design, it can be made to look ultra chic, when in contrast to the colour of the wall it’s placed on, along with keeping the upholstery of the room in mind.
The simplest of all DIY’s discussed above; this one can be even made by children themselves with minimal adult help. Also would look great in their room!
All it involves is re-utilizing old crates that have probably been condemned by the storeowner or if you’re looking at new ones, a variety is available online from where they can be procured at a good price. Choose the height needed and stack three to four of these, to make a bookcase.
If the basic brown of the crate doesn’t appeal, they can spray painted in vivid hues to brighten up the room.
More details at crazylittleprojects.com
19. DIY Colorful Crates Bookshelf
An interesting project especially if one is a beginner in the DIY field, and a bit wary about taking on a more crafty design, this one will totally grab your attention.
Simply built on a ladder with wooden planks going through each level, it can be made to look cheerful by painting it in a bright color and placing it in a living space. Whether one uses it for stacking books or attractive decor pieces, this one is sure to suit every pocket and space.
A perfect fit for a room, where one wants to laze around and relax while grabbing a good read. This design makes for a distinctive coffee table, not worrying about the extra space required to accommodate a separate bookshelf.
With divisions within the round table, books can be easily accessed, making the pleasure of reading more comfortable. Space constraint or sufficient space, there is always room and requirement for a good coffee table. The fun part, it can be easily moved from one room to the other simply by rolling it through the wheels in its design.
A box like- portable bookcase, it is very handy, in a way that it can be carried from one room to the other. Though in its actual design it doesn’t have the capacity to hold many books, not more than five or six, but it can be customised according to ones need.
One can have their most favourite collection stored in this one, which needs to be read or referred to over and over again. It makes for a great centrepiece on a console table or a side-board.
Discover it yourself and bring it to your home, by following this.
More details at whollykao.com
22. The Dresser Bookshelf
A combination of two-in-one, this design acts as storage cum bookcase, ideal for an adult or children's bedroom.
A dresser that can be extended by adding shelves on either side to store books, this design can be altered to suit ones book needs, i.e. the larger the book, the deeper is the shelf needed and vice versa. Also acting as a dresser, one can use the storage drawers in it for everyday clothes, thereby making it a dual purpose piece of furniture.
It is always best to utilise old furniture and refurbish it into something that looks as good as new, rather than discarding it. Especially storage objects that are made of solid hardwood, that doesn’t come cheap.
This bookshelf is a perfect example of something like that. It’s designed in order to reclaim those old condemned drawers that you think cannot be used in any way. A simple method to do so is by stacking them and arranging them in a way that they don’t fall off.
Most of the ideas discussed earlier use trips to the market, but this one surely takes the place for grabbing something from your storehouse. Drink crates that have been discarded after a house party, can be made to use here.
The crates not only act as book storage shelves but also, take up the bare minimal space when hung on the wall. All you have to do is just cut each crate into half, and there you go! To spruce it up it’s important to give a shade of your choice, so that it doesn’t look dull and boring hanging there.
No matter how easy this sounds, it’s always better to follow the instruction guide for the same.
Distinctive in its look, this one looks extremely cute when hung in a child’s room. Suspended by ropes on either side for hanging on hooks, it gives a very marine-like look. A great idea for kids who love to swim or just be near the water, this one can be used to display their books along with bright patterned photo frames.
The shelf appears perky yet productive and adds a charming look to the wall it’s hung on.
If you have a picture of a modern yet advanced kind of design in mind for your bookcase, this DIY will surely grab your attention. This bookshelf comes with plenty of curves that form shelves, giving a lot of storage for all sized books.
Its organic design appears to be an extension of the wall it is fixed on, but in actual it is not. This feature makes the large bookshelf exceptional in its own way, giving the room an ultra-modern feature.
How to build it? It simple yet has to be crafted very carefully.
Create shelves within the sides of the kitchen island table, and invent a whole new storage for yourself. This is you end up saving a lot of space to store your books! The kitchen table can house your cookery books, which you may want to refer to during your time in the kitchen.
These compartments could also be used to display colorful pottery in the kitchen, along with the books, to make most of the space designed.
Mysterious yet productive, what a fascinating combination is that!
This bookcase lets you have plenty of storage for your books, without you having to show it openly. With a locking system, light mechanisms and a lot of built in shelves, this design form maybe the most high tech of all the others we have discussed. Many interesting features such as a folding door, leading to another area of the house, which a guest may never know- completely steal the show!
A large bookcase that can accommodate plenty of reading material, considering that it is 7 feet tall, this one is dirt cheap at this cost!
The productivity is plenty, not only can you use it only for books but also to stack stationary stands, picture frames and daily use trinkets, along with some house planters- the final product a perky bookshelf.
Try this DIY for your house and you’ll love how useful it will be for you. All you need to do is embark a suitable spot for this one, as it’ll go taller than you!
One doesn’t need to begin from scratch in this one, but primarily mark out a built-in corner of the house where the placement of shelves could be done. This corner could be below the staircase or the corner of a living room that hasn’t been used in a productive fashion.
Only by adding a few layers in this built in corner, one can convert it into an attractive bookshelf that’s way more appealing than leaving that area bare.
Looks very opulent especially in a living area where the family likes to unwind with each other. These book-cases have ample storage space for books, housing shelves at multiple levels for decor items too. The middle portion of the bookcase if left blank can be used as a space for the television unit, serving as a complete entertainment area in the house.
Running from one end of the wall to another, they look extremely classy.
A must have if space allows. The manual for the same shall help you achieve it!
Another marvel primarily originated from the DIY queens, Shanti2Chic, this one comes with wide shelf’s to allow a dual stack of books on one level, or one can store books on one side and a decor object on the other to bring some character.
Looks great in a bedroom or a living area, and can be polished in a color to match the interiors of a room. It gives a very country-furniture appeal, that helps it to gel with modern- contemporary and even traditional setups.
Strong and classic, this one finishes really well due to the walnut wood used for making it. The wood is popular for furniture to be handed down to generations, and one can never go wrong while building a piece with this heartwood.
If you do happen to make up your mind to use this wood, be sure that it wouldn’t wither away with time! A bankable book case that gels really well with traditional as well as modern furniture, as it has its own distinct appeal.
More details at rockler.com
34. Knock Down Shelves
It’s important to take care of your books just the way they continue to entertain and absorb you. With that regard, whether you tend to shift homes or just like to keep re-setting furniture from one room of the house to another, this one will totally work to your advantage.
A non-cumbersome piece, this bookshelf can be easily dissolved if need be, and re-structured accordingly. An extremely portable option, this one involves are really simple building process too!
More details at instructables.com
35. The IKEA Hack
A tri-sectional bookshelf, with sufficient space to house books or can be used for storage too. Its low level design can be dually used as a bookcase as well as a bench. So, one doesn’t need to walk to a bookshelf situated in some area of the house, to grab a book, but can sit on this bench and pull one out from the lower section. How convenient is that!
Can be placed under the staircase or on the front foyer of the house, it would look good almost anywhere.
Source Unknown
36. Large Cubby Bookshelf
A large cube with segregated box-like sections, this is a great way to display books along with other prized decor possessions. Right from using it in your home-office to placing it in a hallway, this is bound to grab attention due to its simple yet impactful design.
If working on a budget this shall surely work for you. Apart from having storage capacity within the bookshelf, things could also be displayed on top of it, and the best thing about this design is that the shelves can be adjusted according to the size of the object being stored.
Great for little children who love to pull each book out of the book rack in order to see the cover and then decide which one they would really like to hear the story to, as some of them may not read themselves.
This rack is a great craft at home idea that is made of fabric, through which the child can see the picture on the book and pull it out. It can be hung near their bedside, for encouraging night time stories and to get them in the habit of reading later on.
Have children at home? Then you might want to give this a shot.
The first look at this bookshelf would take you back to the popular game of Tetris, as the shelves are inspired by it. No shelf appears to be of the same size that makes it a pretty catchy piece. Use this one for your DVD’s, books, or for displaying your succulents choice is yours!
Have a large bay window or one of those fresh-inspired doors that have only bare walls on either side? Then you might need to face lift that wall! Hanging a picture or a painting on each side, wouldn’t really do justice to the place, instead, built a bookcase that would completely spruce up the style quotient of the room.
Go through this tutorial to learn how to do that, which will not only help you with instructions but also exhibit plenty of images for understanding the construction better.
It is an extremely simple, low cost design involving only 1% wastage of the material being used. Due to its basic design form, this can be kept in almost any room to gel with the existing interiors.
The same can also be modified to suit your convenience, and can be made portable by attaching wheels instead of legs.
Ideal for a children's room, where their books need a compartment, but not a heavily projected one, this one is a hit for such areas. They can be easily hooked on the wall, and hence require absolutely no floor space.
Made of vinyl rain gutters, this is probably the cheapest of most bookshelves discussed above. Easy on pocket and even easier to install, it is a great way to add a little happy reading element to your kid’s room.
Either you purchase some worn out leather belts or restore your old used ones that have been condemned for some reason, this one is surely going to grab anyone’s attention if hanging in your home.
With a combination of wooden shelves and two leather belts, it’s a simple hooking the bookshelf onto the wall that comes into play to build this one. Leather gives it a classy look whereas the wood adds an organic touch to the entire look.
More details at designsponge.com
43. Wall to Wall Book Case and Desk
Due to the wall-to-wall feature in its design, it looks fantastic for a home-office or a study in your house. The first look gives the room a very regal feel, as it comes with a built in writing desk! So, if you’re someone who loves to pen down each day due to work or personal enjoyment, this one is totally for you!
With ample amount of shelves, your books have a great home in this bookcase, along with which you can always be creative to mix and match objects.
It’s another great way to use the old skateboards lying around your house, and convert them into a bookshelf! The teenagers in your family would this idea, especially boys, who would make use of them for stacking their books.
See the tutorial that comes with a lot of images to make you built this.
If you’re bored of the classic bookshelves this one is just for you! The books are made to look as if hanging from the bookshelf, since its inverted design is quite distinct in its own way.
All we one needs to do is get hold of some really stretchable elastic, and you’re good to go. Though it cannot store many books, but it still is a very concise design for few books displayed together.
A very modern yet classy design for your home, where you require a large enough space for collectibles and books; this one is something you will love! Another fine example of the built-in bookcase, it surely lists to be one of the eye-catchy elements in a room.
Interesting looking, cosy design, that enables you to just warm up and grab a great read from within the shelves placed at the bottom of this chair. This one is very convenient for home libraries, adding a twist to a regular looking room.
Upholster it with a fabric of your choice and you’re ready to make the most of it!
Your books will be casually resting on a metal hook without anyone knowing about it. It may seem that they are stuck to the wall, but they really would be not. This bookshelf takes zilch space in the room, and very little on the wall it’s placed on.
You surely would want to experiment with this one!
This design appears to be snail-like when housed in a room. It does tend to hold couple of books, but not a very large amount. If you’re looking at a twist in furniture appearance for a particular space of your house, then you might want to consider it.
Though the instructions in the manual are pretty easy to follow, it would still be better if one seeks carpentry help to construct this due to safety.
More details at instructables.com
50. Tree Bookshelf
The design gives an impression of being bought from a really high-end furniture store, due to its appealing features. A clean yet stylish looking bookshelf, it can be standing pretty next to any wall of your house.
Easy to build and super fun to install, you must keep this one in mind for your home.
Though this design will look great, while hanging on the wall, and might also catch the attention of your guests, it wouldn’t be very practical to install this for a large number of books. However, you could use this in the children's or your bedroom, in case you’re looking for something to support your night time reading needs.
If you have an old guitar lying in your house that you just don’t want to let go of, due to an emotional attachment, here is a great way of re-using it, by converting it into a bookcase. Whether you hang it in your living room or in your courtyard, it looks really attractive, housing your favourite reads. If one can arrange for a hammock, the entire setting of your courtyard will look splendid!
More details at refurbished-ideas.com
53. Triangle Bookshelf
It can be best described as a very chic and simple DIY project that requires little help if you’re not so hands on with woodcutting. It can be made to use in a girls room, to add that feminine touch for the space. Easy installation and neatly cut shelves add that extra edge.
This one can easily work as a mural for your living room! The design is so impressive and productive that it can house several books at one time. All one needs - a few simple square shelves, cleverly placed in a Mandela design. Representing a circle, this design has spiritual origins.
This is undoubtedly one of the most unique and functional bookshelf ideas you can replicate easily. Representing a diamond shelved design; it gels perfectly with modern interiors. Run it from the ceiling to the floor or just confine it to half a wall, it looks magnificent.
The cubes in it, can house various books or brochures and goes really well in an office or the living area of the house.
More details at community.homedepot.com
56. Cloud Bookshelf Ledges
A fun idea for your kids’ bedroom, this design can be made by using a simple cloud design. The shelf looks delightful being placed on a bare wall, and if you’re able to design many such clouds to be places at a distance from each other, the wall would appear to be a mini sky!
A great way to encourage reading in children, the simple apparatus would help you achieve it.
This DIY project requires you to install plywood on the corner walls using a few pocket screws. But, its completely on your individual imagination, how you want to pattern them, as that’s what finally takes shape into something visually appealing and a great way to beautify those awkward corners.
What do you think about these DIY Bookshelf Plans and Ideas? We would love to hear from you!
Farmhouse Design Style: This modern farmhouse bookcase is...
Modern Industrial Style Display Storage Shelves：This home...
Ask any person who loves to read how they would feel if someone returns a book they borrowed with folds like dog ears in page corners. Horrible! That's the answer you'll get, and normally so because no one likes to get their favorite book defiled.
Recently, this friend of mine gave me a great suggestion. She told me why don't I lend the bookmarks along with the books? At least that ought to discourage the people borrowing them from ruining the pages with corner folds.
Wow! Why didn't I think of that before? But what do you do if there are no cute bookmarks left? Don't worry; today I will teach you how to make these amazing DIY bookmarks, not just for yourself, but as gifts for people to whom you lend books.
Cool Homemade DIY Bookmark Design Ideas Follow
This mustache bookmark that helps you stay classy
This cute little mustache bookmark is both handy as well as chic. It is simple, only requires a square paper that needs to be folded into a triangular shape, big enough to place it into the corner of the pages of your book, and a mustache template that should be stuck onto the upper part of the triangular bookmark. And voila, you're done.
This ice-cream bookmark that's perfect for summer reading
So, you're off on summer vacation and carrying a load of books with you to just bask in the glory of reading? Why not make it better by making this pretty ice-cream shaped bookmark? All you would need is a cardstock paper, a pair of scissors, some glue, sharpies, a perfect quote and not to forget, a popsicle stick.
Cut the cardstock paper into the shape of a popsicle, and color it in the way you want to. Pick a nice quote to write on it, and stick it to an ice-cream stick. You can even print design if you think you're not too great with drawing.
These cute little-faced men with long hands could be a great bookmark for your kiddo. And it doesn't require a lot of time and effort for making it. All you would be needing is a cardstock paper, some color sketch pens or colored paper, and scissors. You can draw these little men in different expressions, color them up, and cut the hands accordingly so that they can be placed over the paper while the rest of the torso of these little men stay behind, while the face shows up.
Who doesn't love pompoms? These little furry balls of yarn or wool make for great decorations and that entire cheerleading thing. But did you know they can make for great bookmarks, in fact, I have one myself? They are really cute, can be made easily and in many colors.
This tutorial shows you a step to step process to make a beautiful pompom bookmark, from wool, yarn, or a leather sole, whatever floats your boat!
This one is a simple multi-colored woolen pompom DIY bookmark, and it looks gorgeous amidst your books. All you have to do is take multi-colored wool and spin it around a fork as per the size you want. Once, you are done, tie the knot in the center of the fork, pull out the wool, which should now look like a bundled bow tie, and simply cut them off at both the ends. You could use a longer thread to tie the pompom, which can come all the way to the bottom of the book when you place it in the middle of pages.
What better than a bookmark that reminds you of coffee?
For all the people who love snuggling up to a book in a couch, with a blanket and a warm cup of coffee on a cold winter day, this coffee bookmark might just be a cherry on top of the cake called reading.
For this elaborate yet straightforward DIY bookmark project, you will need a handmade cardstock paper, in two colors preferably, a template of a coffee cup (which you can also draw on a paper if you want), and few wires to replicate the hot fumes of the beverage. Follow this tutorial for more elaborate steps to complete the project.
Show your books some love with these heart-shaped paper clip bookmarks
There's no denying that paperclips are quite handy, you can just use them as a makeshift bookmark in case you don't have access to anything else. But if you got a little bit more time on your hands, and a couple of paperclips, you could make this adorable little heart-shaped bookmark. All you have to do is reshape the wire of the paperclip into a tiny little heart which could be clipped onto the pages of the book.
What could a paper clip and some fabric or ribbon do together? Create a little magical bookmark. This could be an easy project that you can make when you don't have a lot of time on your hand but want a great outcome.
Just cut some fabric, make them into a bow tie, and stick it to a large sized paper clip. That's all! You can now mark your pages happily. What's more, make a few more of these; wrap it in a little box and who knows? It could be a perfect gift for your book-loving friend.
Making corner bookmarks can be so much fun. They are easy to make and are highly customizable. For people who are fans of corner bookmarks, you might want to try out this cute little monster bookmarks.
You would need cardstock paper in different patterns, and a plain white paper to draw teeth and eyes. First, you need to make a normal triangular corner bookmark as mentioned in the mustache bookmark above, but only in patterned paper, and then stick the eyes and teeth onto it. You can simply cut out the corner of an envelope and use it as a basic corner DIY bookmark, but this tutorial also gives you detailed steps on how to do everything from scratch.
This one is like the little Mr. Long Hand bookmark shown above, but only more elaborate with the details of the body and torso.
Take a cardstock paper and draw a little figure of a human on it, be it a boy or a girl. Color it up and separate the hands from the torso and the rest of the body, so that you can clip on the bookmark with the hands, as shown in the picture.
Now, this is another way to make an easy yet aesthetically pleasing bookmark. That too, with just two materials - ribbons and colorful paper clips. Just take a small piece of ribbon and tie it around one end of the paperclip and you are good to go.
Yup, I can just go on and on about the kind of bookmarks you can make with paper clips as the central material. After ribbons, which I mentioned in the previous bookmark, this one could be made with one simple replacement - buttons!
So, you can just collect as many cute buttons as you wish, and just pick the right ones you think would be perfect for cute diy bookmarks and stick it to the paper clip with the help of a tape.
In case you have the habit of hoarding old toys and keeping them for a very long time like me, this is perhaps a great way of upcycling. Just cut your old toys in half, especially if they are tiny, like animal figures or Barbie dolls, and just stick a paperclip on one end to use it as a creative DIY bookmark. Now, you don't have to let your childhood toys go to waste, just like that.
If you have some color palettes lying around in your house after that huge refurbishing and repainting task, why don't you just convert them into some classy bookmarks?
Pick a color palette of your choice, and cut small shapes like hearts and stars in between the color shades (you could even use the shape punching machine). Then just punch a small hole on the top and tie a thread to give it a finishing touch as a holder.
Now this one is simple and cute. All it needs is a felt sheet and thread. Just take some red felt sheet, and cut two hearts out of it. Now, stitch them both together, but only at two sides, leaving one side open to use it as a corner bookmark.
Be it an earring whose pair is long lost, a broken bracelet or an old pendant, and you can now turn it into a blingy bookmark. I mean, who could resist something this creative? All you have to do is take some sheer or fancy ribbons and attach these pieces of old jewelry to them. Now they can give your half-read books a shiny and classy look.
Not everyone loves sipping a coffee while reading. Some of them are into having a nice cup of tea, too. Well, these cute diy bookmarks are for all those tea lovers who are also reading enthusiasts.
It is really simple to make, and you would need craft papers, a piece of thread and a tube of glue. Take some craft papers and cut them into the shape of teacups. Now take a thread, and a small piece of paper and wrap it around one corner of a thread like a tea bag. Glue the other end of the thread to the teacup and you are done.
Want a bookmark that calls out to you? Then you must try making this elegant butterfly shaped bookmarks. For this, you would need a patterned cardstock paper or just a paper ripped out of a magazine, a white paper, and thin ribbons.
Take the patterned paper and cut it into the shape of a butterfly. Glue a white paper onto it, which is also cut into the same shape, but smaller. Now punch a hole on the top and tie a ribbon that is long enough to be placed in the book.
If you are a fan of all the haute couture and ongoing clothing trends, then this might just be the bookmark for you. Take a piece of fabric, outline a dress onto it and cut it out. Now, take a thread and sew it along the edges to give it a proper finishing. And to turn this into a pretty little bookmark, stick this dress with a piece of an elastic band, which you can place around your book.
This is another kind of heart-shaped bookmark which is completely made with paper. And of course, you would need glue to keep it all together.
First, take some white paper and cut the heart shape to the desired size. Draw a smaller heart on the patterned paper and cut it out. Now, attach these both together with the help of glue, but only on two sides so that you can use it as a corner bookmark.
Now, this is a bookmark that is very simple to make and can be created in any design you want. All you have to do is take cardboard and cut it in a basic rectangular bookmark shape. Use a black marker to draw any sketch you want on it. Last but not the least, take a white paper and cut different shapes on it - be it animal, bird, flowers or anything abstract - and glue it onto your cardboard.
The sticky note is a savior for those who forget things. Wouldn't be great if you can make bookmarks out of it? Just take a solid colored cardstock paper and place your sticky notes on it. Add some washi tape or ribbon as a handle on the top to give it a finishing touch. What's so great about this bookmark is that you can now take notes while actually reading the book, and not forget about it. Awesome, right?
You've already seen how to make a heart shaped bookmark with felt. Now, you can experiment with it a little more by making monster shaped bookmark in a different color.
For this, you'd be needing two different colored felt sheets, which must be cut according to the shape you need, and stitched together. And here too, you must make sure that the felt sheets are attached only on two sides. For more detailed instructions, you can follow the tutorial mentioned in the link below.
Wouldn't it be a great gifting idea to give someone bookmarks made out of their own pictures? For this, you need to choose some old pictures from your albums, preferably in crazy poses, that you wouldn’t mind using in a craft.
Now, these pictures need to be cut out in the shape of the outline of your bodyand must be attached to a tassel on the top with the help of a thread.
Source Unknown
Owl bookmarks made with cardboard
If you are in love with all those owls shaped jewelry and printed bags, then this cute owl-shaped bookmark is the one for you. All you have to do is take a template of an owl sitting on a branch and cut various color papers into the shape. Finally, you must glue them all together, but leave the upper most layers half open so that you can place them in the half-read books accordingly. These detailed instructions will help you make one perfectly.
If you are a cat person, then this bookmark is a must-have for you. All you need is colored paper, some sharpies and a pair of scissors. Cut the colored paper into a rectangle on the three sides, and two triangles on the top resembling cat ears. Now sketch cat with two paws on it. Cut out these paws leaving one side still attached to the bookmark, enabling it to be placed inside the book perfectly. And you are done!
Give your book a formal look with this bookmark shaped like a tie. To make this one, you need four thin strips of paper, preferably of two colors, which you need to pleat one over the other, as shown in the picture and the tutorial. Once you are done, glue it to keep everything intact, and add a thread on the top to give it a complete look of the tie.
Photo Courtesy of krokotak.com
Easy tassel bookmark that you can make at home
Give the usual rectangular patterned bookmark a peppy look by just adding a tassel to it. Just take a piece of paper and cut it out into a basic rectangular bookmark. You can even use patterned cardstock or magazine cut outs for the same. Now punch a hole on one side of this book mark, and attach it to a tassel which is made with thin wool or yarn. The tutorial attached will give you an idea of how to make a tassel if you don't have an idea of making one.
What can a colored paper, googly eyes and scissors do together? An ultra-cool funny faced bookmark. All you need to do here is to cut the colored paper into rectangular shapes, and long nose a la Pinocchio style. Now for the finishing touch, add some googly eyes to it and you are done! If you want to decorate it further, you could even add horns to these funny little bookmark creatures.
This is another way to make corner bookmarks more fun. Fold colored papers into corner bookmarks and just jazz it up with a funny little command or a simple quote. This tutorial can sure help you make one.
Free printable bookmarks that you can color by yourself
Now, this one is extremely easy. All you have to do is get printouts of these bookmarks with sketches or doodles and color them in whatever way you like. For those who are interested in coloring, this might be a perfect activity - it doesn't just give you satisfaction, but also a vibrant and gorgeous bookmark for your book collection.
Tutorial @ bydawnnicole.com
Heart-shaped bookmark in origami fold
Now, this is another heart-shaped corner bookmark but only made with origami folds. All you have to do is pick up a colored pattern paper and fold it into the shape of a heart. This tutorial details every step to get that perfect little bookmark. If you're too lazy to read, the picture is also pretty self-explanatory.
Another fun DIY origami project is this funny little kitten bookmark. Though it looks difficult and time-consuming if you follow the right steps mentioned in the tutorial. It is not so hard to achieve. And guess what; all it needs is a simple solid color paper and a knack for folding them.
This article is definitely a treat for all those people who love cats. Here's another simple kitty bookmark you can make. Just print the template of the cat and cut it around the dotted line. Now, take a craft knife and cut the lower half inner grey line of the kitty leaving the outline. You can now clip on this kitty into the pages of your book and use it as a bookmark.
Ribbon and hair tie bookmarks
Want to make a simple yet pretty bookmark? Then just go to a craft store and pick up some nice polka dotted ribbons, colored hair ties, and buttons.
Now, take a long piece of ribbon and attach a hair tie to it, probably by sticking or sewing it into the corners. To give it an extra touch, you can glue a button to one or both the sides of the area where you attached the ribbons and elastic together. You can follow this tutorial with detailed steps below.
Woot woot! Or should I say meow! Here's another simple cat bookmark which is entirely made out of wire. Take a long wire and coil it in three to four circles. Now take the outer end, bend it into the shape of a kitten's face and voila, you have your bookmark in your hand.
These DIY bookmarks open up like greetings and are very easy to make. The supplies you need for this are patterned paper or fabric, plain card stock paper, craft knife, colorful ribbons and a glue stick.
Take the card stock paper and fold it into two halves like a greeting card. But make sure, it is in the shape of a basic bookmark. Now take a small piece of patterned paper or fabric and stick it on the inside, as shown in the dotted line of the picture. On the other side of the card, draw any shape you wish and cut it out with a craft knife. As a part of the last step, fold back the bookmark, punch a hole on the top and tie a ribbon around it. You can even write a small message on the bookmark if you want.
Why do we always have to use cardstock, paper or felt for the bookmarks? Here's a completely different, washable alternative - a floral bookmark completely made with fabric. To make this, you must first create a fabric rosette and attach it to a strip of fabric that's sewn into a basic bookmark. This project needs a sewing machine, but can also be done with hand if you have a lot of time to spare.
This tutorial by little birdie secrets will help you with a step by step procedure on how to make this beautiful bookmark.
This is a bookmark made of ruffled ribbon, which can also be doubled as a journal wrap. To make this bookmark, you would need a strip of elastic and a ribbon.
First, you must make ruffles with the ribbon by making small folds and stitching them together in a compact manner. Now, attach this ruffled ribbon to strip elastic to make the bookmark.
This project would also need a sewing machine to get that perfect finished look. Also, a colorful ribbon would be the best pick for this particular DIY project.
Hug-a-book puppy bookmark
Since we have had quite a few cat bookmarks already, I think it's high time there's one bookmark for dog lovers as well. This is a hug-a-book dog bookmark that's quite easy to make. All you need is a white card, brown paper, glue stick, markers and a pair of scissors.
Cut the white card into a rectangular piece and glue a drawing of a dog face, ears and paws on it. The best part of this cute little bookmark is that pops of the page and you could make these bookmarks with other animal faces too.
This is a DIY bookmark which is made the same way as the puppy bookmark, but with a little more design and detail. Instead of a regular rectangular shape, you need to cut the back part of the bookmark into a mermaid's tail. While you can use different colored papers and sketches to make the mermaid's face, hair, and other accessories. What's more, you can even embellish the whole bookmark with sequins and other glittery decorations.
Isn't Toothless on How to Train Your Dragon adorable? How about making a bookmark of this cute little dragon? You can make your own Toothless bookmark from scratch, only with paper, scissors, and glue.
This tutorial from redtedart also gives you a printable template if you need one, and all you have to do it is assemble and glue it according to the tutorial.
Another fabulous way to have an amazing bookmark if you are into origami is this less-spooky ghost. These little fellas can be made with one square sheet of paper and will be perfect for bookmarking your horror reads.
If you are a beginner, then you can follow the detailed steps in the link below, to fold a piece of paper into these cute little ghosts and use them to mark your books.
This project is something unique, but definitely an eye-catching way of making bookmarks. If you are into painting and other kinds of art, then this black glue and watercolor bookmark is just perfect for you. All you have to do is take a white paper or a cardstock, draw the template of a shark, seahorse or any other creature you like and cut it out. Now, outline it with black glue and paint the insides with watercolors to give a final touch to it.
Another excellent way to make use of paper, black glue and watercolors apart from sea creatures is to paint nature with it and make bookmarks. These gorgeous leaf bookmarks are made in the same way like the shark bookmarks above. Just draw a template on the right watercolor sketchbook, outline it with black glue and paint it in colors of your choice.
What you could do differently with this is that you can also make a tiny little matching acorn and tie or glue it to the leaf with the help of a thread or a yarn and you are good to go.
These could be made as perfect matching bookmarks along with the cover art for your mindfulness journal. All you need to do is cut a cardstock paper and doodle your favorite set of inspiring words and color them with sketch pens or sharpies. Now just punch a hole, attach a ribbon or a woolen strand to the bookmark, and you're done.
What better way to celebrate the love of books than making bookmarks on the theme of your favorite books? When you buy books at bookstores, they sometimes give you promotional bookmarks, but making one on your own is definitely a much better idea.
You can select a favorite page, quote or cover of the book, scan it, print it and stuck it on a colored cardstock sheet to achieve the desired outcome. It's that simple. Oh and also, you could just attach a ribbon to it as usual to give the final touch. This could be a fantastic project to work with the children and keep them occupied while you have errands to run.
We all love Harry Potter and can never get enough of craft ideas and DIYs based on the theme of these books. So, I looked around to find these Harry Potter themed chevron bookmarks. The basic pleating is like the same as the tie bookmark mentioned above, but the difference here is you print out a house badge and glue it onto the bookmark.
Also, you must make sure that you use the right house colors while pleating these bookmarks. These are the colors you could use:
Bookmark design with recycled cardboard and artwork
What can recycle pieces of cardboard, an old artwork, some PVA glue, and some ribbon could possibly give you? An amazing bookmark. For this, you must take recycled cardboard pieces, preferably thin ones, and cut them into hearts of different sizes. You can then stick these heart shapes onto the old art sheets and attach it to the ribbon with the PVA glue.
These are so easy to make that you could perhaps even involve your young ones in this project. They will surely enjoy doing the craft stick bookmarks all by themselves. All you have to do is color the craft/popsicle sticks into whatever design and shape you like. You could even use some ribbons, sequins or other embellishments to decorate it.
If you are into crochet, then this daisy flower bookmark might be the perfect one for you. All you need is some colored worsted weight yarn, a G hook and this step by step tutorial which will help you make the right crochet bookmark for you.
Bunnies are cute, especially when used as a bookmark. To make this adorable little bunny bookmark, all you need is a paperclip, a bunny and an Easter egg sketch drawn onto the paper and a thread. All you have to do is glue the bunny sketch onto the paperclip and attached it to the Easter egg with a thread.
Traveling is one of the most happening passions of people these days. Everyone has a place they went and loved, they wanted to go, or the one place on their bucket list. So why not make a bookmark out of it? All you have to do is make a basic bookmark with a cardstock paper and ribbon. But to make it beautiful, you have to just choose the map of one place you love or want to be and stick it onto the bookmark.
Washi tapes, otherwise known as paper tapes can make for wonderful bookmarks. To make these, you need to have a basic cardstock bookmark onto which you can stick washi tapes of different colors in different patterns and designs. And of course, don't forget the ribbon or the thread that you usually attach to a bookmark. You can even use a different pattern on the other side to use your bookmark both the ways.
Show some love towards your state and country with these patriotic bookmarks
This is for those who want to show the pride of their state and country, even with something as little as a bookmark. To make this, you can choose a small map of the state you belong, and cut the template onto a glitter paper. This must be stuck onto a basic cardstock bookmark, which you can outline with more glitter paper to give it a nicer look. If not a state, you can even use the map of the town, city or the country - whatever you wish!
This is a perfect bookmark for the students or readers who have the habit of marking not just pages, but also paragraphs. It also helps you take small notes whenever possible. All you have to do is glue on rows of bunches of small sticky notes in neon colors onto a basic cardstock paper bookmark. You can use sticky notes of one color or multiple colors to give the bookmark a different look on the hole
If you are too lazy to make everything from the scratch, but still want a rustic bookmark, then you should perhaps try this one out. To make this bookmark, you need a gift tag, a stamp and a piece of string. You must choose a design of your choice and stamp it onto the gift tag, and tie a string to the end of it. This is a perfect bookmark for those who don't want to spend too much time but want something simple and classy.
More than a traditional bookmark with a string or a corner bookmark, this is more like a piece that you would put inside the book and close it. For this, you have to take a patterned cardstock paper, print out a template of an animal, a tree, a flower or any other figure that you like, and outline it onto the card stock. Now, using a craft knife and cut it out and use the front half as a bookmark.
Who knew that washi tapes and paper clips are a perfect match when it comes to craft? They are fire; they could quickly whip up a fantastic bookmark in practically seconds. All you have to do is to pick a nice colorful washi tape and stick it onto the paper clip by folding them. You can make many of these, put them in a box and give them away as presents, too.
Photo credit Laura Silva, laurascraftylife.com
Bookmark with your favorite team's felt tassel
If you are a hardcore sports fan, you can make a bookmark with the theme colors of your favorite team too. I mean who said sports and reading could not go together? Just take a felt sheet, cut out two long strips with a rectangle at the bottom. Now, cut fringes at the lower part of the rectangles, lay the felt strips one atop another and roll them up beginning from the side of the long strip. For the final strip, glue the felt pieces together as a tassel and you are good to go!
Photo credit Alison Sherwood
Confetti filled bookmark
I have the habit of keeping business envelopes because I never knew what I would need. And this seems like a great idea to use one of those cards. For making a confetti-filled bookmark, you need one of those business envelopes with a clear address window. You can cut around the window, keep it on a piece of colored paper, and stick it to the paper, but only from three sides. Now, fill in as much confetti as you want to make a shiny, glittery bookmark.
Photo credit Alison Sherwood
Bookmarks with RE-PURPOSED calendars
Since it's the New Year, we have the habit of discarding the calendars of the previous years. But I have one suggestion, don't do it, because the material on the calendars can be extensively used for DIY. These bookmarks are one such example.
To make these bookmarks, all you have to do is choose the right artwork, cut it into the shape of a bookmark and tie a string around it. It's that simple. You can make as many for yourself, or just make a bunch of them and give them away as New Year presents to your friends and family.
Photo credit Brenton Gospodarek
Quoted bookmarks
This is one of the effective and beautiful ways to speak out about your love for books. These quoted bookmarks are easy to make and can really reflect on the lines from the works of literature that inspired you. You can just pick the quotes you liked, take a print of them and glue it onto the basic bookmark template made out of cardstock template. You can even make a small design on one corner to give it that edgy look and they are perfect bookmarks to carry around when you are back to school or are on a reading spree during summer vacation!
Duct tape can account for some really chic bookmarks, based on how classy your imagination can run. Make a basic cardstock bookmark template and go all the way, using your creativity to create shapes, letters, sizes or abstract designs for your bookmarks.
I once made this arrow bookmark, and I couldn't get enough of it. All it needs is a large hair tie or an elastic band tied at both ends like a journal wrap, and a small craft stick or thick cardboard cut into the shape of an arrow.
All you have to do is fix the arrow onto the elastic with the help of hot glue. What I really love about this bookmark is that it not only shows you which page you are on but can precisely tell you about the particular paragraph and line you stopped reading. Amazing, isn't it?
Well, we can never get it over with one Harry Potter bookmark, can we? Only this time, these are house ties and scarves wholly made out of felt sheets and glue.
Like the previous one, you must choose the color combinations of various Harry Potter houses and glue the felt strips accordingly. This tutorial will help you with the step by step process of making these bookmarks easily.
Here's another style of bookmarks made with fabric. For this too, you must take in a piece of fabric and sew it together with the help of a machine. But what's cute and unique about it is the shimmery lace bows and beads that are placed as embellishments. These additional decorations give the cute bookmarks a really elegant yet cute look.
Use elastic and patterned paper to make bookmarks
Paper in varied designs, patterns and art and some cardboard, along with a piece of fancy elastic can make up for a perfect bookmark. Just cut in the design papers, stick them up on the cardboard and attach the elastic to it. And there you go, a simple and really cool bookmark is ready.
Use spines of the books as bookmarks
When I first read about this idea, I absolutely fell in love with it. This fantastic idea involves magical bookmarks made out of the spine of the books. So be really careful when you are deciding to work on this project. You must opt for this only if you are willing to let go of some of the books from your cherished collection.
But in case if you have old books lying around, just cut them up, pick the spine and attach it to a piece of string to make a truly appreciated literary bookmark.
Starry bookmarks
Geometrical shapes as decorations are here to stay and never go out of style. These simple and cute bookmarks are embellished with star-shaped color paper cut-outs stuck on the basic template of the bookmark. You can also attach a bigger star at the end of the string to give a complete look.
It's simple, pretty and easily doable, even for the little ones. So, why don't you give it a try?
Hand drawn bookmarks
There is no better inspiration than something that is entirely created from the scratch with one's own hands. Especially, if it involves drawing. So, try something different when you are making cute bookmarks this time. Instead of sticking some printed things or embellishments, just draw whatever you feel like on a cardstock sheet or thick paper. Now, you are good to go and use this as your very own personalized bookmark.
You can make this cute little bookmark by taking a popsicle or craft stick and painting it in a solid color of your choice. Then, you can simply addgoogly eyes and some colorful feathers to it to make it beautiful. It's very easy to make and can be done in a variety of color combinations. Also, you'd never get bored of how adorable they look.
Also, this is a wonderful project for the kids to work on as it doesn’t take too much effort.
Linen can be a great fabric to make cute bookmarks. To make something like the one shown in the image, you must cut two strips of linen fabric, which would later be stitched together.
Choose your favorite quote and print it on one of the strips. Now, embroider the quote following the pattern on the sketch, and attach the both of these together with a sewing machine or by using a hand. You can even embroider an image onto it. And as a final touch, just add a colorful ribbon or an extremely thin fabric strip on the top.
These are some of the ideas I could get together to give you the ideas to make creative bookmarks on your own. You could always look for more inspirations and try making something that's close to your heart.
So, do remember not to fold dog ears into the pages of your books, because that's an unforgivable sin. Instead go for a great bookmark in a diy project, because they help you keep your book absolutely new!
Do you get winged visitors in your backyard? I do, on my balcony. Pretty birds with feathers of brilliant colors are always a sight to behold. You can make friends with these unrestrained children of nature. And the best way to extend a hand of friendship, is by food.
Birds love food grains and bird seed. You can scatter them across the ground or on the balcony ledge, but that just makes a huge mess for you to clean up later. So, what you can do instead, is craft a small bird feeder and hang it around in your backyard trees or your windows.
Birds are quite appreciative of such small gestures. So even if you use recyclables or repurposed old material, you’ll definitely get a lot of winged visitors in your garden. Check out some of these brilliant DIY Homemade Bird Feeders for an easy DIY bird feeder for your backyard or windows.
We all have used food tin cans just sitting there in the recyclables bin. So, instead of throwing them away or selling it off to a scrap dealer, you can reuse them as bird feeders.
All you need to do is, smoothen out the sharp edges of the can, paint the can with bright colors, and hang it from a hook or a branch with fancy ribbons. You can also glue a short stick on the outside for the birds to sit on. Seems easy to do, doesn't it?
We saw various upcycled tin can products, but this feeder undoubtedly takes the prize. It’s a very clever idea, using old tin cans to make flowers for your backyard or garden. Birds easily get attracted to brightly colored flowers, so using that principle to make a bird feeder, gives you an absolutely gorgeous product.
These tin cans are cut halfway and flattened into the shape of a flower. The bird seed is filled in the central portion. You can paint the cans in different colors, and hoist them on a sticks, high from the ground. It will also look amazing in your garden on a beautiful summer day.
This DIY Homemade Bird Feeder adds an organic and natural look to your bird feeder, quite literally. It uses an old tin can, like the ones we saw above. Make sure to blunt the edges of the metal and fold the lid so the birds won’t be hurt.
Tying a jute rope around the can will insulate the feeder for both summers and winters so that the birds can take shelter in harsh weather. It will be easier to hang the can too. You can get the jute or sisal rope in any utility shop, and for dirt low prices, so it won’t be an expensive project for your garden.
We all wonder what to do with empty plastic soda bottles. We just reuse them and throw them away. Now we can control the number of plastic bottles we throw out, by using them to create a haven for little birds.
These one-liter plastic bottles can be hung around your backyard or windows as bird feeders. It uses wooden spoons to stop the bird seed from spilling out, and the handles of the spoon to allow birds to stand.
There are so many ways you can use a plastic bottle to make a bird feeder apart from the ones suggested above. Like this bird feeder, which uses the same kind of bottles and adds a different twist to it. They made it look like a small cottage!
The bottle is painted with earthy colors. And it has a roof thatched with leaves too. If I were a bird, I’d certainly like to visit this bird feeder doubling as a birdhouse.
We used an upcycled milk carton for a feeder before; now this one uses a milk jug. The jug has large squares cut on its sides. They’ve taken extra care to tape it with colored sticky tapes so the birds won’t get injured.
You can add sticks to the bird feeder, which is not really necessary, but can help birds stand and eat more easily. This upcycled bird feeder seems really neat.
Hanging Bowl Feeder
This design uses upcycled take-away plastic bowls to make bird feeders. I like the 3-in-1 purpose this bird feeder uses. You can use plastic bowls of different colors, attach them with straws, and hang them in the garden.
There’s a bowl each for bird seed and water. So in harsh summers, birds can hydrate themselves easily. The third bowl works as a shelter for these birds. Seems pretty efficient, doesn’t it?
How about building a bird feeder that reminds you of a spaceship? Or a UFO? It’s an easy craft idea that can add a theme to your bird feeder and make your garden or balcony look futuristic.
You can basically use old lampshades for this feeder. Stick them together and suspend it from trees. You can even use plastic fishbowls for this. The large hole will allow a lot of winged friends to party in this orb feeder. Birds will surely love it.
More details at NorthofSeven
Wine Bottle Bird Feeder
A treat for you, a treat for the birds, and a treat for the eyes of people visiting your backyard. This fancy bird feeder looks so aesthetically European, something that you can find hanging around in street cafés.
Keeping them around the bird baths in your backyard or under the cool shade of plants, can attract more birds. You can even attach small LEDs inside the wine bottles to make them look pretty in the evenings. Even if you don't drink wine, you can use any colored glass bottles, or simply buy them from a thrift shop.
There are so many wine bottle tutorials showing us the variety of bird feeders we can make. Who knew wine bottles could be so useful, well, other than storing wine. This wine bottle is suspended upside down from a frame, and it looks like the bird seed is pouring out of the bottle.
You’ll need to build a simple wooden frame to hold the bottle in place. Then filling up the bottle with the grains and turning it upside down, will do the job for you. It’s quite simple to recreate, isn’t it?
We saw some designs for plastic and wine bottles upcycled as bird feeders. You can also use a similar technique to use old soda bottles made of glass. It’s an inexpensive and simple idea, but it works wonders for a DIY bird feeder. If you can’t find a soda bottle, you can use ketchup bottles instead.
The best thing about making a bird feeder yourself, is the fact that you can use recyclable products from your household to make it. It’s a good way to make sure you’re not wasting resources or money. And the vintage look that it gives is just brilliant.
Like this bird feeder which uses an old license plate, some spoon holders and sardine tins. You can use old metal plates, wooden spoons, cans, and bottles. It’s really economic, and you get to try different ideas this way.
Mason Jar Feeder
Mason jars have proven quite useful outside kitchens, and in backyard decorations. You can use one such mason jar as your DIY bird feeder. The best thing about mason jars is the fact that they can be crafted and modified into any unique design.
You can hang it horizontally or vertically, straight or upended, decorated or just plain normal; it is guaranteed to look good with birds flying around. Let your imagination run wild!
If you have glass jars which have been out of use, or jars which have lost their lids, you can repurpose them into a pretty bird feeder. It will look nice in your garden or your balcony and will attract a lot of birds.
The most efficient trait of glass jars, is that they are thick and won’t break on impact with supporting walls. They’ll also withhold the weight of many birds, especially if they’re suspended by a woolen yarn. So try this simple idea today.
Tetra pack cartons are known to be sturdy and durable enough to preserve the milk and juices they preserve. If you have any spare ones in your kitchen, you can use it to make a bird feeder.
Painting the box with bright colors will attract birds as well as your guests’ attention. Using small sticks to make a stand for birds, or to make a roof for the carton, will add charm to the feeder. You can take inspiration from various designs put up on social media.
Paper made egg cartons can prove really convenient for purposes other than holding eggs. Like this nice little bird feeder. It's so easy to make and hang around in the gardens and balconies.
The best thing about this feeder, is that it can be done within a minute or two. Punch some holes in the corners of the carton and pull some ribbons through it. You may even paint it if you wish to. An amazing idea, isn’t it?
Toilet rolls are essentially needed in every household, but we end up throwing the cardboard tube away. This tube has many uses in recyclable DIY products, like this nifty bird feeder. It’s not even difficult to make! All you need to do is coat the toilet paper roll tube with peanut butter and thoroughly stick a thick coat of bird seed on it. You don’t even have to decorate the bird feeders, and they’re easy to replace too.
Now, this bird feeder looks really adorable. It’s a tiny porch swing, filled up with bird seed. You can either buy it from a gift or a craft shop, or make it yourself.
You can use it from most showcase items that have these kinds of swing sets, or you can get one from a doll house. If you plan on making it yourself, you can use small twigs or small wooden plywood sticks. All in all, this idea seems like it would look really neat on your porch, next to your own swing, or in a garden.
This DIY project is bringing back our favorite craft material: popsicle sticks! They’re readily available in the nearest art store. These are mini, easy to use wooden sticks which you can use to make different designs for your bird feeders.
Like the one in this picture. Looks like a miniature treehouse right? It is easy to assemble, stick and paint however you desire. Don’t hold yourself back from going a bit crafty on your new popsicle stick feeder. Let your imagination run wild!
Popsicle Swing Deck
Here we have another DIY idea that uses popsicle sticks. The one we saw above was more extensive, but this one is petite and cute nonetheless. Although it’s simple, birds are sure to love swinging on this small swing made out of popsicle sticks.
If you have some leftover PVC pipe pieces from an old construction or a garage project, you can upcycle it as a crafty bird feeder. It holds plenty of birdseed, and you can control how much seed is released, by cutting a hole for enough spillage.
You can fix the pipe to some old plates and make a stand and a roof for the birds. PVC pipes can be easily painted with acrylic and oil paints, so you can let your kids help in on the project.
This is another organic idea that you can replicate. Making a small gunny sack, or in this case, a sock, as a bird feeder. You can get burlap fabrics in any store, or you can repurpose an old grocery bag for it.
You’ll need to give it a few stitches, turn it inside out, and fill it up with the bird seed. The small holes are the burlap will give easy access to the birds to peck out seeds with their beak, and at the same time, keep the grains from spilling out.
Oh, this brings back a lot of childhood memories! This tire swing is actually used as a bird feeder. You can get a similar tire from toy stores quite easily, and hang them with a jute rope. The birds will appreciate the swing, and the feast that comes with it.
Although, it’s also available for purchase, you can craft it from toys, clay, and other rubber articles.
More details at coolstuffdude.com
Paper Plate Feeder
This simple little crafty idea is really good as a bird feeder. Since the surface of the dish is big enough, a lot of birds can feast from it. Using a disposable paper dish can make your DIY project easy.
It doesn’t need any tools or fixing, so kids can make this easy bird feeder too. Using wired cheerio as a hanging thread is a really clever trick. It definitely adds some variety to the birds’ nibble.
This bird feeder is so minimalist and adorable. It’s made out of simply cut plywood, and has a deck to it. It has a small roof to it, and it’s suspended to the glass window with rubber suction cups.
It looks just like a birdhouse. You can build this frame yourself using wooden pieces. Or if you have an old birdhouse that has become obsolete, you can cut the entrance part of it, paint it and reuse it. The arch will give an unobstructed view of birds from the other side of the window.
What best way to attract birds than to use trees or wooden logs for a feeder? Well, it makes sense if you use a log from your firewood or construction projects instead.
All you need to do is carve out a very small piece of log, enough to accommodate some birds. Hollowing it out from inside will allow you space to fill up the bird seed in. The birds can sit on the edge of the log and enjoy their hearty meal, feeling right at home with this Log Feeder.
If you plan on having a more traditional bird feeder in your garden, this Tower Feeder can be your best choice. It’s mostly available in shops, but you can also make it yourself if you wish to cut on your costs.
This DIY tutorial gives a step-by-step of how to build your standard bird feeder tower with stuff you can upcycle. You can decorate the feeder in different colors too. Check it out in the link given below.
Now, this bird feeder is a top class idea for hummingbirds. It stores nectar in a glass tube, which has a small pretty umbrella for a roof. It seems like a place a bird would want to go on a vacation to.
This product is available for purchase, but you can also try your hand at DIY with some glass tubes and a toy umbrella. Check it out here:
Clay Feeder
If you have a pottery kit in your homes, or simple playdough, you can try this simple idea for a clay bowl feeder. It’s so easy to make; you can even let your kids try their hand at simple clay art. Make holes in it to tie up some yard for hanging purposes.
Sculpting clay is quite easy to mold and paint, so you can mix up colors and try different pottery designs for your feeder too. Kids will have a ball working with clay, and will keep themselves busy with pottery inspired bird feeders.
Flower Pot Feeder
If you don’t have any way to make your own clay feeder, but the idea of using clay pots appeals to you, don’t hold back. You can repurpose old flower pots or earthen clay lamps to spread a feast for the birds.
You can use a drill to make holes in the pot for the seeds to fall out. You can even make a different pattern with the holes, like the one shown in the picture. Extra tip: Use a plastic bottle cap to reduce the impact of drill on the clay and keep it from cracking.
More details at allthingsheartandhome.com
Terra Cotta Saucers
When most of your old cups have broken off, and their saucers are left obsolete and useless in your kitchen cabinet, don’t throw them out. You can instead use them as simple bird feeders. Using straw or metal hanging baskets to hold the saucer in place with glue, will be a good idea, since you wouldn’t want the saucer to tilt and spill the bird seed.
You hardly get old gumballs in toy stores now. So most of them have been sold off to thrift stores or recyclables. You can buy one of those to make a cute little bird feeder for your garden.
The good thing about these machines, is their capacity to hold a lot of bird seed. You wouldn’t have to worry about refilling it time and again. Who would’ve thought using a gumball machine would be so convenient?
Shovel Head Feeder
If you have a lot of gardening tools in your shed which hasn’t been used in a long time, you can repurpose them as bird feeders. You’ll need to separate the shovel heads from their wooden handles. If there’s rust on them, you can remove it easily with some tips and tricks available online.
Make sure you blunt the edges of the metal so the birds won’t get injured. Fix them on a tree trunk, and you’ll have a brilliant repurposed bird feeders for your backyard.
Old Ladle Feeder
We’ve been seeing a trend of using old utensils for the purpose of feeding birds. This one is similar to the wooden spoon idea, but it’s actually an old soup ladle fixed to the wall. You can put a base to the ladle for the birds to stand on. The shiny metal will certainly attract birds to your yard or balconies.
This bird feeder is quite adorable. Using a ceramic or a melamine cup and saucer arrangement as a bird feeder can look really pretty with little birds sitting on it.
You can use glue to stick the cup and saucer together. If you've got a certain theme going on in your garden or backyard, you can use different designs for cups; Victorian, polka dotted, abstract, brightly colored, and so many more. Make sure to hang the tea cups to a strong suspender and not long ribbons, so that it won't swing around and break.
We saw a cup feeder which looked like it spilled the beans. This one needs a little more craft skills as drilling through a ceramic cup and saucer is a work of patience. But the drilling is all you need to do.
The cup acts a food holder for the birds, and the saucer acts as a shelter. You can use peppy colors for the feeder by choosing different designs on your ceramic. You can also go one step further and add a cup for water.
Like a cup and saucer, you can also use an old teapot for your winged friends. It can also double as a birdhouse during harsh weathers. Sealing the spout can prevent the bird seed from falling out.
Teapots can be painted in very pretty colors, be it pastel, polka dots, or earthy colors. You can hang them around trees by their handles. It will surely add a new charm to the garden.
More details at edenproject.com
Tea Cup Towers
If you live in a windy area, and are scared to suspend your china from a tree, you can use this alternative idea instead. The crockery won’t swing around and crash against any surface, so it’s a very safe option for both the birds and yourself.
These tea cups are placed in a saucer normally, and glued neatly. The tea cup will hold the bird seed, and the saucer will act a stand for the birds. The cups are then glued to a rod, buried in the ground. So your cups won’t break if you arrange them this way, and they’ll surely attract a lot of hungry birds too.
Everyone loves Lego blocks! I do too, especially the best architecture kits envisioned by LEGO yet beyond kits with a specific end design, free-styling with LEGOs is the thing that started everything.There are so many things you can create with these colored blocks. For instance, take this Lego feeder. Seems brilliant, doesn't it?
If you have old Lego blocks from children's toy kits that you can spare, or if you don't mind purchasing a basic Lego kit, you can make your very own Lego Bird Feeder. You can even build it according to your favorite or available Lego themes.
This is one of my most favorite ideas from the lot. The creator of this idea stumbled across this idea by happenstance. If you live in regions with heavy snow and frost conditions, you could surely try this idea to feed your feathery friends, and add color to your snow-clad white backyard.
This is a really economic idea, and you don’t even have to create as many bird feeders. You just have to use some balloons, water, and some bright food colors. This will look quite brilliant on the snow canvas in your garden. And don’t worry, the ice doesn’t hurt the birds’ feet, so it’s a safe option.
If you’re not interested in using metal, glass or tin cans for your bird feeders, you need not worry. It’s easy to make or bake bird feeder using suet and bird seed. There are quite a lot of ideas around which use baked bird seeds, making it easier to hang them around the garden. They don’t even leave anything behind, so that’s a plus. Try some of these caked bird seed ideas -
Suet Log Feeder
This one is quite simple for beginners. It’s a dry wooden log drilled and made hollow in random places. These holes are stuffed with the suet mix, and the whole feeder is hanged in the garden.
Now since this feeder looks like a natural log, a lot of birds take up to it immediately, especially woodpeckers. When the feed gets over, you can refill it with another batch of suet and hang it back. The birds will surely take a liking to it.
You can easily buy a grapevine ball from a shop, and it’s not even expensive. You’ll have to pull some twigs apart to fill it with the suet, and leave it to refrigerate. You can hang it around the garden or balcony with jute or a sisal rope, and it will look completely natural.
The tutorial gives some extra tips to hold the ball in shape as the twigs are thin and don’t hold the heavy suet weight. You can even stuff the grapevine balls with cheerios if you’re not interested in using suet for the mixture.
Hanging out different shapes of hardened suet will add extra beauty to your garden. You can use your cookie cutters to cut fun shapes into the suet layer. You can use a festive theme for the shapes, and it will look really pretty.
For instance, you can cut star or gingerbread shapes and hang them for a candy cane for Christmas, hearts hanged by a pretty red ribbon for Valentine’s, or butterfly shapes for Spring and Easter. It is sure to attract the attention of the birds as well your guests during a garden party.
Speaking of thematic and festive designs for suet bird feeders, you should definitely try this bird seed wreath for your door. It can replace your regular blingy green wreath and toy birds with something that’s homemade and organic. And you’ll even get real birds flying around your front door.
You can find suet or gelatin recipes for a bird feed online, all you need is a bundt cake pan, and behold! Your very own bird seed wreath is ready to be hanged. Make sure to use fancy laces and ribbons for some extra color.
This idea is quite clever. It’s shaped like an acorn using suet bird seed mold, wooden bowl, and a jute rope. The bowl acts as the top of the acorn, and the mold id fit into the bowl. You can put the jute rope through both the bowl and the mold, and then turn it upside down. Make sure you don’t attract the squirrels with this design though.
You can use mesh bags to hold refrigerated suet balls for the birds. You can readily get mesh bags from a grocery store. You can mold the bird seed suet mixture in spherical balls and put them in the mesh bags.
You can add color to this simple craft by using different colored mesh bags. Using fancy ribbons and laces to hang them can take the boring simplicity away. Watch the birds have fun flying around this simple mesh bag suet feeder.
This idea is quite brilliant, and unbelievably cheap. If you don't have bird seeds available in your area, you can use a few of your Cheerios or cereal loops.
It can hang around your windows and backyard in the summers, without any worries of breakage. You can experiment with different shapes, sizes, and colors, adding to the extra charm of a cheerio garland.
An all-inclusive food buffet for your feathered friends! Fruits, nuts, grains and all! You can use threads to hand fruit slices - birds prefer apples and oranges - to attract birds. You can also include bird seed coated pine cones and nut threads in the garland. As much as it seems convenient as a bird feed, it also proves to be a very decorative piece for your garden. You might as well end up attracting some squirrels too.
Leftover citrus fruit peels can be now used as a bird feeder. When you’re done carving the fruit out for juice, you can use these halved peels to store bird feed. Using woolen yarns to make holders for the bowl will withstand the weight of birds and the feeder itself. You can hang them around your garden or balcony, and it will still look pretty and beautiful.
Pine cones naturally attract birds due to their strong and fresh scent. You can use them to attract hungry birds to your garden. You can pick the pine cones fallen around the trees or pluck some off the tree yourself.
Coat them up with peanut butter and stick the bird seed on it, et voila, it’s ready to be hanged in your windows or garden. So, if you're looking for a natural bird feeder, you can definitely try this idea.
As mentioned above, apples are quite popular among birds. You can add fruit to their menu by including these sun-dried apples in their feeder. Apples are sticky too so that you can coat them with a thin layer of bird seed. Hang them up in your garden or balcony, and you’ll have constant visitors to your popular apple-and-grain buffet.
The bread goes dry and stale quickly, especially in winters. But birds still love to peck on random bread crumbs. So instead of throwing away a good loaf of bread, you can prepare a winter treat for your feathery friends.
Lather some bread with peanut butter on both sides and coat it with a neat layer of birdseed. Pull a thick wire or thread through the bread to hang it in your window or balcony. A no-waste product like this is sure to be a success.
You can use a dried gourd or an empty coconut shell to make this hanging bird feeder. This is another best out of a waste product which isn’t expensive and reduces your garbage. Drilling holes in the shell will allow you to thread a wire through it and make it easier for hanging. You won't even have to throw the gourd seeds away as the birds will eat them up.
Now that we know what fruits the birds love, we can use them as a bird seed holder. Like this fancy apple holder. You can carve different shapes with some cookie cutters. You can even use pears for this feeder. Filling up the carved space with bird seeds will certainly attract more birds, and they'll be surprised to find a juicy fruity treat with it too!
The Orange Feeder
We tried a lot of bird feeders with apples; now there’s this nifty idea of keeping oranges for your winged friends. All it uses is an insulated craft wire or a spring, twisted and turned to hold the oranges.
Although it says orange feeder, you can put other fruits in this feeder too. You can cover it up with a piece of fabric to keep the squirrels away, and add some more colors to it. It’s quit an easy and charming bird feeder.
These bird feeders look like pretty charm bracelets. Sew some grapes, nuts, and grains into a thread and hang it around your garden. You can even add cheerios in them.
I like the no waste approach to this idea - using up old fruit, or nuts with worms - it just reduces the garbage by a lot. You can make multiple charm feeders and hang them around in the garden or your windows and see birds finish it up quickly. They’ll surely love the thought.
Make your garden look special and festive in autumns with this cute pumpkin feeder. It will look especially festive with Halloween knocking on your door. So while you’re carving your jack-o-lanterns, use another pumpkin to offer festive treats to your winged visitors.
Carve the central portion of a dried or a fresh pumpkin and fill it with bird seeds. The birds will love that extra juicy taste coming from the pumpkin, and the idea will be a super duper hit among your guests too.
This bird feeder is pretty simple to make. All you really need is a mug that you aren’t using anymore or one you think is disposable enough to be repurposed as a bird feeder. Fill it up with bird feed and milk and ready it to be hoisted by a wall or a door with a twig for the birds to perch on while feeding.
This birdhouse and bird feeder is a little special in the way it looks. It is quite Victorian in its design. It not only gives the birds enough space to rest and to feed, but it also acts like a lovely little decorative piece in your backyard to have.
This how-to is more than about just one birdhouse for one bird feeder. This is a small township on the wall designed solely for your winged friends to rest in and to feed. There are different types of feeders and houses in this birdhouse paradise.
These wheelhouses made out of iron mesh are great for birds to both live and feed in. You can have either one or more of these wheelhouses for your tweety friends, and I’m sure they’ll appreciate the gesture!
Upcycling is always fun. It does your job and saves on money and time. You are essentially recycling while giving upgrading the object’s purpose. And this bird feeder does the job gorgeously. It looks neat and will be a welcome addition to your outdoors.
This little bird house is warm, cozy and pretty secure. It is spacious enough for your bird friends to fly comfortably inside, and the glass on most sides keeps the temperature adequately warm for them to feel at home.
Have an old chandelier you have no use for anymore? Don’t know what to do with it other than selling it off at the junkyard? Here’s how you can help a lot of birds feed by repurposing it into a bird feeder. Sweet and simple and an odd yet creative decorative piece in your backyard to have.
These suet baskets look adorable, and so do the little birds who feed on them. These are pretty easy to make and are very crafty to look at. Apart from being convenient feeders for neighborhood birds, these suet baskets also are quite ornamental.
This is a repurposed piece of interior décor which looks more at home being a bird feeder. It has enough space for a lot of bird seed to be added and more on top for water. I’m sure the adorable little-winged creatures will like this arrangement very much!
This is such a beautiful bird feeder! It looks like something straight out of Alice in Wonderland. Using spiraling coil and some glass bowls, and a few ornamental jingles, this lovely bird feeder is extremely attractive, both to birds and to humans.
This bird feeder uses a recycled trash can lid and an old partitioned plate. The partitions help you segregate different types of edibles for the birds to feed on, and not only bird seed. Plus, you can use one of the sections for water instead of food. Pretty convenient and space saving.
Here’s an assortment of bird feeder ideas for your perusal. Some are very simple, others a little more advanced, but all are satisfactory for your bird friends and lovely additions to your garden!
So did you find any DIY Homemade Bird Feeders ideas that were helpful? Did some ideas inspire you to try your own designs? Let us know your ideas too! Good luck with your crafty bird feeders.
People worldwide have found around 1,048 ways to utilize the bamboo plant. With this, many regard bamboo as the "plant of a thousand uses."
Don't believe there are that many ways to use bamboo poles and sticks? People use it for everything from food, clothing, shelter, and herbal medicine.
You can even make amazing crafts and ornaments out of bamboo plants that make the perfect decorations for your home or great personalized gifts for friends and family.
We're here to show you how in this article! So, keep reading and learn about what bamboo craft projects you can do to inject life into your garden!
DIY Bamboo Projects
Like DIY wine bottle and tire crafts, DIY bamboo projects are great CREATIVE OUTLETS. You can use your imagination to make crafts and decorations out of natural elements, plus add a personal touch to your designs!
Aside from pieces of ornaments, you can also use bamboo to create yard and lawn art so you can have something more creative than your plain old garden gnomes.
Here's a list of 31 projects you can do to beautify your garden using bamboo:
Including a cascading fountain in your garden is a great choice to add a refreshing vibe to the place. It's made of alternately split bamboo poles, so they look like they're pouring water on each other.
A cascading fountain could be one of the sophisticated DIY bamboo projects, and it may take some time to create. However, the results speak for themselves.
Another DIY bamboo project you can create is a bamboo garden trellis. It's made of bamboo pieces that follow a crisscross pattern. This can be attached to the wall or directly on the dirt of your backyard.
A trellis allows you to be creative with your flower or fruit-bearing vines.
Aside from a bamboo trellis, you can also make a vertical bamboo planter to add a fresh touch to your patio, balcony, or courtyard.
You can create bamboo planters using a bamboo pole with INTACT BOTTOMS so the soil will stay in place. Don't forget to drill small holes at the back portion.
An outdoor shower is another fixture you should add to your garden near your pool area or if you live near the beach to maximize the tropical feel.
You can make an enclosure using whole bamboo poles or those split in half. This is quite similar to making bamboo fencing, except it follows a half-circle shape.
If you're using bamboo poles for fencing, you might as well create a bamboo gate to match the yard fence. How it's made is similar to a bamboo garden fence but with hinges and locks.
You can make a double door or one large gate, depending on your preference.
A swing is a FUN and RELAXING fixture to add to your patio or outdoors. Small swings, like those you see in parks, are easier to make since you only need to secure short bamboo poles and tie them together like a raft.
However, the one in the photo might involve a drill, metal washers, bolts, and nuts to secure the large poles in place.
You can also make small baskets out of thin bamboo stalks and slide a candle or LED light inside to make lanterns for your garden or backyard. You can also add rope handles to hang them anywhere in your area. This adds visual interest to your garden, especially at night.
A tiki bar gives your garden Hawaii beach vibes. If you're into this, it's a project WORTH your time.
In these types of bamboo projects, the basic materials you must prepare are four bamboo poles, large enough to be the bar's foundation, as well as smaller poles, weaved bamboo sheets, and dried palm leaves for the roof.
Another DIY bamboo project you can make is a bamboo garden bench. It's perfect for making your outdoor space cozy and enhancing the natural beauty of your garden.
It would also make an excellent addition to your indoor space. When putting this outside, make sure to position it below a shed.
A coffee table is a perfect pair for your bench. This is one of the DIY bamboo projects where you need to prepare a drill, twine, and some thin bamboo poles. As seen in the photo, you can also incorporate woven rattan and a large piece of glass into your design.
A room divider made of bamboo might look like an indoor bamboo fence. It divides the space while still maintaining the illusion of continuous space. You can make this with varying length of poles to add visual interest to the design.
A DIY bamboo wind chime adds a serene, calming feel to your garden. It's believed by many to purify energy and attract good, friendly spirits. You can hang this in trees in your backyard or on the front porch.
These hanging planters are quite similar to the vertical bamboo planters we featured earlier. It's probably the easiest DIY bamboo craft you can make. Just grab a bamboo pole and split it into equal parts. Make sure to drill small holes at the bottom before filling it with soil.
A DIY bamboo privacy screen is great for attaching to existing walls, especially if your wall is made of wood. You can install woven bamboo screens to your yard's fence to add a more rustic vibe.
This is just like the vertical bamboo planter we featured previously. This is also attached to the wall, along with a series of planter containers. You can grow herbs, veggies, and small flowering plants in this.
This bamboo cubby is a great addition to your garden too. This can be your child's secret fort, your pet's little playhouse, or even your own space to RELAX. You can bring pillows and some furniture inside to make it feel more homey!
Thin bamboo poles can also be used to decorate your garden edging. It blends well with the flowers and ground, and it DOESN'T overpower the colors of the plants.
This one is pretty simple to do. You only need to line the sticks up, secure them with zip ties, twine, or thin rope, and stick it on the soil around your garden box.
This simple mini water feature is also a great DIY bamboo project if you don't want the large cascading fountain. You only need three small poles and a short one that acts as a faucet. You must purchase a small water pump for this one.
Another variant of a bamboo planter is this big plant box.
The frame is made of long bamboo poles. You can use a different kind of wood for its base, but some prefer to use purely bamboo. This is perfect for growing flowers and vegetables in your yard.
This spiral garden is relatively simple and cheap to make since you only need short sticks. The method is still similar to garden edging. But don't wrap it around the plant box! Instead, make a spiral pattern with significant gaps in between.
As with the regular DIY bamboo wind chimes we showed you, this LARGE VERSION is also a great project to work on. Instead of using small poles, you'll need larger stalks. You can hang it on a circular base, like in the photo, and secure it using a wire or rope.
This yard divider is a great option if your property has an open space near the woods or fields. If you don't want to cut the open space short, making the area still appear wide and unbroken, this yard divider made of bamboo stalks is a must-try!
You can also use a bamboo pole for your rain gutter instead of your usual PVC pipes. This is more ECO-FRIENDLY and adds a grove-like feel to your home.
Bamboo torches provide great lighting to your yard or garden, especially at night. Like a tiki bar, it makes your home feel like you live on a tropical island, especially if the area is filled with flowers, plants, and other rustic fixtures.
You'll surely appreciate this bamboo plant stand if you love MINIMALIST and NORDIC DESIGNS. It's a perfect pair for your ornamental plants since the colors brown and green blend well, giving a refreshing, natural look.
Bees give life to flowers and plants. So, giving them a home within your home is a good call. You can make this bamboo bee house and place it on a tree. You may even get free honey out of the deal.
You can also use bamboo to make the frame of a mirror. This sunburst design is easily achieved by aligning the poles to follow a circular shape and securing them with twine or wire.
You can use bamboo with varied or similar lengths, depending on how symmetrical or asymmetrical you want your mirror to be.
If a bench is too big for your liking, you can make a bamboo chair instead. It's also a fine choice to include in your courtyard, along with other wooden furniture.
You can make LED landscape lights using large bamboo poles by drilling holes or carving different shapes and patterns. This can look mesmerizing at night and make you feel like you're looking at the sky full of stars.
Bamboo Projects FAQ
Let’s answer some of your questions about working with bamboo!
How Long Does It Take for Bamboo to Dry?
Air drying bamboo takes 6-12 weeks to ensure all the moisture has dried out completely.
What Projects Can You Do with Bamboo?
You can make all sorts of craft projects with bamboo, such as a garden planter and trellis, furniture, shower enclosure, and even a small hut! You can consult our list for just some of the bamboo crafting ideas you can try.
Bamboo Project Conclusion
That's a wrap! You now have 31 DIY bamboo projects to work on to enhance the beauty of your garden and backyard.
You can even look for a video tutorial online for the DIY bamboo craft you plan to make.
So, are you planning on making a bamboo planter, fence, outdoor shower, or other fixtures?Whichever it is, we hope you HAVE FUN in your spare time!
Tip
If you want to add a splash of color, you can always paint your projects. But, when doing multiple colors, always use masking tape to keep things clean.
Dirty Santa, Yankee swap, or white elephant exchange- no matter what you call it, the game rules are pretty simple: decide on a budget and get a gift. And the real winner in the game is the one who brings the most popular prezie.
So, whether you’re looking for dirty Santa gift ideas for your family members or co-workers on Amazon (company) or Etsy, my top 23 recommendations will help you pick the right item.
23 Best Dirty Santa Gift Ideas
1. The Candle Daddy Santa’s Sack
In search of something festive, functional, and funny to boot? Then the Santa’s Sack from The Candle Daddy will fit the bill with its 11 Christmas wax melts.
With this practical joke device, you’ll get some amazing-smelling wax melts that impart a pleasant smell to the space. Some scents of the randomly selected melts include chocolate chip, coffee, banana nut bread, and peppermint scents.
Not only will they make your home smell great, but their quirky names will send everyone into fits of laughter. Oh, and did I mention that this 11-pack dirty Santa gift comes in a fabric bag? That means you can place them under a Christmas tree without worrying about losing them. Also, the cost isn’t too high, so it will fit everyone’s budget.
2. Nostalgia Coca-Cola 2-Slot Hot Dog And Bun Toaster
The Nostalgia Coca-Cola 2 Slot Hot Dog and Bun Toaster is yet another excellent item that is considered a hit at Dirty Santa gift exchange parties.
Boasting a slim and sleek profile, this Coca-Cola toaster comes with 2 compartments- one for the hot dog and the other for the bun. With an adjustable timer and a stop-toasting button, this toaster allows users to toast hot dogs to their preferences. So, not only does it score high on aesthetics, but it also wins brownie points for functionality.
3. Mermaker Pepperoni Pizzas Blanket
The Mermaker Pepperoni Pizzas Blanket is a popular gift idea for a dirty Santa party because the realistic pizza pattern makes it among the best funny dirty Santa gifts for teenage boys and girls. This lightweight blanket features a comfortable single-layer design that turns humans into giant pizzas by wrapping them.
Good dirty Santa gifts are often silly, but this high-quality item is quite useful, as its flannel fabric will keep the recipient exceptionally warm. And somewhat surprisingly, it’s super breathable and wicks away moisture.
4. Encased Face Mask Funny Bearded Holiday Santa Costume
Planning a gift exchange at the Christmas party, you’ll be throwing this year? Getting your hands on the Encased Face Mask Funny Bearded Holiday Santa Costume will make your party bright and merry.
This one-size-fits-all product is constructed of 100% cotton sans synthetic adhesives or glues. Anyone who dons a Santa costume will be able to complete the look by wearing the mask.
5. Cards Against Humanity
For those who are not faint of heart, Cards Against Humanity will make for the best dirty Santa gift.
With 500 black cards and 100 white cards, this card game turns even the dullest party into a merrier one. The rules of this game are simple: one player in every round asks a question using a black card, and the rest of the players answer it with white cards.
A handbook of sensible game rules, along with ridiculous variant rules, is also included in the package. So, if you’re short of dirty Santa gift ideas, grab this best-selling card game to add fun to your Christmas party.
6. Archie McPhee Yodeling Pickle
Looking for hilarious gag gifts that will spread raucous laughter at both the Dirty Santa party and the Secret Santa party? The Archie McPhee Yodeling Pickle will be a perfect pick for the parties you intend to throw the next holiday season.
With just the press of a button, this yodeling pickle yodels its heart out and spreads a smile on your face. What makes it among the best dirty Santa gifts is that it has the perfect noise level, meaning it’s neither too loud nor too soft, and is high on durability.
7. Katamco Toilet Timer
If you’ve been looking for some quirky dirty Santa gifts for your best friend, husband, or other close friends, you can’t go wrong with the Katamco Toilet Timer.
As the name suggests, this toilet timer comes loaded with sand and runs for approximately 5 minutes. What’s more, this timer comes with a unique mechanism that can be rotated 360 degrees and you can see the sand going down through the glasses.
All in all, this small, functional, yet explosively funny device makes for an excellent dirty Santa gift for Christmas parties.
8. DSS Games Drunk Stoned Or Stupid
Never played the game “Who’s most likely to”? Then it’s time to grab the DSS Games Drunk Stoned or Stupid and learn about your friends’ good or toxic traits.
This humor-themed cardstock contains 250 cards, perfect for large groups of friends. Surprisingly, more than one million copies of this card game are sold, so grab yours too to make your Christmas and other parties interesting.
9. Talkie Toys Products That’s Bullshit Button
The That’s Bullshit Button from Talkie Toys Products is another of my favorite dirty Santa gifts to add humor to Christmas parties.
If you happen to be playing dirty Santa with your friends, this product is sure to get some laughs, as it features 8 bullshit phrases against outrageously funny background sound effects. Press the red button whenever someone spews ridiculous lies, and hilarious voiceovers will call them out for their actions.
10. Dynamic Gear Bamboo Cheese Board
For your chef friend, this bamboo cheese board would be the perfect dirty Santa gift because it blends functionality with aesthetics.
Made of 100% natural bamboo, this cheese board is sleek and stylish and comes with everything they’ll need to serve their guests. The grooved design of the cheese platter allows hosts to serve cheese and meats, and the pull-out drawer features 4 pieces of cutlery.
Surprisingly, it doesn’t fall short on durability and is designed to last for many years.
11. Chia Pet Bob Ross
Searching for dirty Santa gift ideas for your planter friend? Or, is Bob Ross your painter friend’s inspiration?
Either way, this Chia Pet Bob Ross decorative pottery planter is all you need. This lightweight planter can be washed and replanted countless times. What’s more, the pack includes everything your recipient will need to turn the planter into Bob Ross, from chia seed packets to a plastic drip tray.
Plus, it’s available in endless shapes and sizes, including emojis, actors, presidents, and movie characters.
12. Dammit Doll
Ever gifted someone a doll? If not, this Dammit Doll is among my favorite dirty Santa gifts that will relieve the recipient’s stress.
This gag gift toy comes in different colors, but the brand decides which color to send, so you’ll be in for a big surprise when it reaches your doorstep. What I like the most about this doll is the mood-lifting poem printed on its body.
And because it has no ears, it won’t judge your friend for venting their frustration.
13. Secura Electric Wine Opener
Easy to use, rechargeable, and lightweight, the Secura Electric Wine Opener is yet another item that you could gift to a bibulous person at a white elephant gift exchange party.
With a dimension of 4.92 x 4.92 x 11 inches, this wine opener doesn’t occupy much space and can be placed in any corner of the kitchen or cabinet. Uncorking the beer or wine bottles is a breeze with this product. Moreover, it can open up to 30 bottles on a single charge, making it a must-have item at a Yankee swap party.
Coming in a brushed finish and an LED light, this wine opener adds oodles of elegance to wherever you place it. To top it off, it doesn’t produce as much noise as other wine openers, generating only 50 dB of noise.
14. Wepop Bread Pillow
Ever thought of gifting a throw pillow to your parents or friends at a Dirty Santa gift party? If not, you can gift this bread pillow from Wepop which serves both as a pillow and an accent piece.
A 3D French bread design coupled with vivid colors makes this throw pillow the focal element of whichever space you place it on. Skin-friendly plush fabric is used to encase the cotton fill material of the pillow, which is why it’s soft and silky.
Besides the 40-inch size, it’s available in 24-inch and 34-inch sizes, allowing you to choose between small, medium, and extensive options.
15. ROMANTICIST Heavy-Duty Grill Tools
What could be a better gift than grilling tools for your chef friend who throws barbecue parties every now and then?
So, here’s a set of heavy-duty grill tools from ROMANTICIST that your chef friend will cherish for years. Sold as a pack of 6, this grill tool set contains a pair of scissors, tong, spatula, fork, and brush. Except for the scissors, every tool is about 18 inches, so they are easy to use.
Thanks to the stainless steel construction, the tools will neither bend nor break. Plus, they are heat-resistant, so your friend can use them without worries.
16. Chunace 16-Color Toilet Night Light
Another fun and functional gag gift for a Yankee swap is the Chunace 16-color Toilet Night Light, which can be gifted by stuffing in stockings.
This cordless glow bowl toilet light features 16 colors with 2 settings: carousel mode and customizable mode. Thanks to the superior motion detector, this night light detects movements within 5 feet and starts glowing automatically.
As a bonus, the brightness of the light can be adjusted to 5 different settings. Even installation isn’t a challenge, as its flexible arm can be attached to any toilet bowl by bending a little. Though weird, this is among the most versatile dirty Santa gift ideas.
17. OTOTO Red The Crab Silicone Utensil Rest
Until I stumbled upon the OTOTO Red The Crab Silicone Utensil Rest, I didn’t know that kitchen crockery could be funny and functional.
With Red, the Crab lending a helping claw, this utensil rest perfectly holds spoons, ladles, tongs, and other kitchen utensils. I discovered that it’s made of 100% food-grade silicone and is BPA-free, which means it will withstand chipping and rust to last for years.
On top of that, the crab won’t snap, rock back and forth or fade color, no matter how much you use it. This item deserves a spot in the kitchen of your master griller, baking enthusiast, home cook, or foodie friend.
18. Apollo Walker Picnic Backpack
Outdoor enthusiast friends who go on hiking, camping, or picnic trips will appreciate this picnic backpack by Apollo Walker. That’s because it has multiple storage compartments to store crockery, including dinner plates, spoons, forks, plastic chopping boards, etc.
Be it winter, summer, or monsoon, this modern-style bag is usable all year round, thanks to the polyester material. Because of the top-mounter carry handle and soft padded shoulder straps, it’s convenient to carry. Plus, meat, sandwiches, and cakes can be stored in this bag, as it features a cold storage compartment.
19. Archie McPhee Accoutrements Handerpants
If your friend wears gloves often, give them these Accoutrements Handerpants that will provide them warmth and keep their hands safe from chafing. These 100% cotton handerpants are super comfy but fingerless, so they are perfect for wearing underneath gloves.
And because they resemble and feel like men’s briefs, your friend will surely burst into laughter upon seeing them.
20. Bamomby Dad Bag Fanny Pack
This fanny pack that is hilarious yet functional was an accidental find that I stumbled upon while searching for dirty Santa gift ideas last year. To be honest, this fanny pack made everyone laugh out loud; of course, its realistic yet fake belly design makes it funny.
Aside from the interesting design, the bag is quite useful, as it has a spacious compartment and comes with a zipper. Plus, the bag strap is fully adjustable and will fit any size waist.
Even the quality of the 3D print PU and polyester are excellent, so it’s worth the money.
21. LOGROTATE Moon Lamp
Often, children are attracted to the moon and the stars, which is why I included this LOGROTATE Moon Lamp on my list.
Being 4.8 inches in diameter, this lamp is made with 3D printing technology, which is why it bears a close resemblance to the real moon. Coming with remote control, the 16 colors of this night lamp can be adjusted between fade, flash, strobe, and smooth. And if the remote control gets lost, children can change the lights by touching the moon.
The moon lamp rests on a wooden holder, which is easy to assemble and adds a touch of elegance to the space.
22. DASH Mini Waffle Maker
A few years back, someone gifted me the DASH Mini Waffle Maker, and since then, it’s been my favorite.
The non-stick surface of this waffle maker allows users to unleash their creativity at the breakfast table. From biscuit pizzas to yummy cookies and waffled hash browns, this waffle maker can be used for making tons of items. Hence, this Mini Waffle Maker is really mighty!
Furthermore, the handle atop the lid is a thoughtful addition, as the lid can be easily lifted, keeping fingers safe from burns. With indicator light, non-stick feet, and over 20 colors, this mini waffle maker is a worthwhile gift item.
23. Shiatsu Neck And Back Massager
A relaxing massage after a hectic day sounds like the best way to relax, doesn’t it?
Well, then, the Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager would be the perfect gift for your friend who does a 9-to-5 job. Its 8 powerful deep-kneading massage nodes eliminate cervical fatigue, ease neck stiffness, and alleviate muscle soreness.
Thanks to the infrared advanced soothing function, it improves blood circulation. Also, its 3-speed strength level allows personalizing pressure to relieve muscle pain.
Better yet, it’s made of breathable mesh fabric and PU leather, so it’s comfortable to wear. Not to forget, it’s easy to clean, letting you know just in case you spill a beverage or juice while using it.
Are White Elephant and Dirty Santa Game the same?
More or less, the dirty Santa and white elephant game is the same except for the amount of stealing. During the Dirty Santa game, people can steal others’ gifts or open a random gift, which isn’t the case in the white elephant game.
What are the rules for Dirty Santa?
Here are some rules for the Dirty Santa game:
Every person has to bring a wrapped gift
Host, at times, purchases a backup gift in case someone forgets
The game begins when someone chooses a gift from the pool
Players can either steal someone else’s presents or choose a new one
What’s the price limit for Dirty Santa?
Though it varies from party to party, the budget for Dirty Santa should normally be around $25.
Tip
If you’re the host of the Dirty Santa party, ask everyone to bring a present that both genders would like. Also, request them to wrap the gift so that it cannot be identified without opening.
Conclusion
From a set of personalized mug, scented candles, hot dog and bun toaster, neck and back massager, and realistic bread pillow, this list contains an array of gifts that are suited for family members of all ages. Because the gifts are practical, you can even gift them to your co-workers.
Just make sure you choose gifts keeping in mind your recipient’s age group, and we are sure you’ll make an informed decision. Before you start adding any Christmas gift to the cart, decide on a budget and scour for items accordingly so that you don’t overspend. Make sure to wrap the gift in a beautiful wrapping paper, as it will increase everyone’s curiosity.
Screen printing is one of the most prevalent and time-tested printing methods. Its ability to produce brilliant color prints on both light and dark fabrics makes it a preferred printing method. There are different types of screen printing processes that can easily adapt to your requirements like grayscale printing, CMYK printing, and more.
While screen printing may be done manually, especially for short print runs, it is most typically done automatically. You can use screen printing machines that utilize modern inks and substrates in conjunction with digital technology to bulk print.
One of the most significant benefits of screen printing is the ability to print on practically any surface, including fabric, parchment, glass, wood, card, plastic, and leather.
This article will describe the different types of screen printing processes, including how each method works, the procedure, and the results. These processes are commonly utilized by screen print firms worldwide.
What Is Screen Printing?
The substance used to generate the design is the primary distinction between screen printing vs laser printing. Ink is used in screen printing, while a toner (or powder mix) is used in laser printing.
That said, the screen printing method is among the most well-known and commonly utilized methods in print shops. In this process, screens impart multi-color printing on clothing and other textiles throughout the procedure.
Also known as silk screen printing, it is a flexible and effective printing technology that allows you to create custom T-shirts with high quality prints and a silky feel. Furthermore, since the inks get fully absorbed into the cloth, one can expect bold colors and maximum endurance.
According to specialists, this is one of the oldest ways of T-shirt printing, dating back to ancient China. However, it gained popularity in the twentieth century when Andy Warhol used screen printing techniques to make his famous Marilyn Monroe image.
Why Should You Buy A Screen Printing Machine?
The screen printing business is a rising sector in the United States and is used for much more than just printing t-shirts.
Screen printers all over the globe are producing materials for marathons, sporting events, school systems, unions, city municipalities, and a variety of other clientele. In fact, screen printing also has several uses in technologies, consumer electronics, automobiles, construction materials, and other sectors.
And the emergence of easy and inexpensive online retailers and on-demand digital hybrid printing has sparked a new gold rush to discover the finest option for quick delivery of custom t-shirts and other printed items.
A manual screen printer is now used less often because of the introduction of automatic screen printing equipment. Rather than requiring a human to draw the squeegee thousands of times (causing weariness, fatigue, and even developing carpal tunnel syndrome), the machine pulls the wiper with uniform speed, pressure, and angle every time.
How Do Screen Printing Machines Work?
Most automated screen printing presses print an image on t-shirts using a set of mechanical squeegees that draw ink through some nylon mesh screen. The t-shirts are kept on revolving print pallets, which move around the machine until full color images have been printed on the shirt.
The print stations of a standard screen printing machine are positioned like spokes on a bike wheel around a spinning pneumatic hub. Each spoke symbolizes a different print station.
Screen printers will identify machines based on their number of screens and platens. For example, a "6/4 press" is a silk screening machine with six screens and four stations. Automatic screen printing devices follow the same fundamental idea.
There's a lot of diversity, from gigantic egg-shaped screen printing machines meant for heavy printing in Asia to small automated screen printing machines for novelty products like beer koozies and caps.
That said, you can find two screen printing machine types: manual and automated. The distinction is that an automated push drags the squeegee over the surface in case of the latter.
When a screen printing company is large enough, it usually starts with a manual press and switches to an automatic press to print effectively.
Tip
To print efficiently, screen printers require cooling stations (where the shirt printing is momentarily paused before being imprinted on again) and flashing areas (where the shirt absorbs the initial colors for greater printability).
What Is The Process Of Screen Printing?
The process of screen printing consists of six steps:
1. Creating A Design
The first step in the screen printing process is creating a design using tools such as Illustrator. Before developing your design, ensure your document is in the proper format. Size is critical, and you'll want to ensure that you can adjust the image to fit the print area. Finally, print the design on a transparent acetate film.
2. Formatting The Files
Vector files are required to produce a flawless print. These files are numerical computations that form lines and numbers on monitors. In contrast to dealing with pixels, you may enlarge or reduce these vectors in any way you wish without affecting the image quality.
In addition to being exported as vectors, the artwork must be divided for each color on a distinct layer. This is because each tone is produced using a different screen during the screen printing process.
3. Preparing The Screen
A photosensitive emulsion must be applied to the screen. This produces the green backdrop you may have noticed when silkscreen printing. It is a basic procedure that must be carried out with caution to ensure that the liquid is dispersed equally.
The photosensitive emulsion must dry in a cool darkroom before use. After all, the entire process may be jeopardized if the emulsion is subjected to light at the incorrect moment.
4. Stencil Creation
When the screen is dried, the acetate film is placed on top and attached with an adhesive. The display is then put in front of a powerful UV light source. After prolonged exposure, you’ll notice the sections of the screen not covered by the design will turn stiff. As such, you will be left with an imprint of your design for the ink to pass through.
5. Separating The Color
If your design contains more than one color, the procedure is repeated to divide each color into independent layers on various displays. For two colors, you'll need two screens.
6. Begin Printing
Once the screen preparation is complete, it's time to begin printing. The T-shirt will be carefully placed in the screen printing machine, with the screen on top. Then, the pigment will be applied to the screen and spread uniformly throughout the area with a squeegee.
What Are The Different Types Of Screen Printing Processes?
Following are the different types of screen printing methods to try out:
1. Grayscale Printing
Grayscale printing is an excellent screen printing method for producing one-color grayscales or halftones from full-color photos. Photographs in full color can be reproduced as a one-color-halftone combination. You may also use a one-color halftone to create full-color drawings with various hues.
Typically, it is done using black ink on a light fabric, but you can also use any other color ink. A resolution will be determined by the number of lines per inch employed in the dot pattern.
The more dots in a halftone, the more realistic the print. It is an excellent low-cost screen printing technique for printing black-and-white images on clothes.
Advantages Of Grayscale Printing
Images in bright and dark grayscale are inexpensive
Excellent print quality
2. Spot Color Screen Printing
The most frequent form of t-shirt printing is spot color screen printing. It prints the ink stock color through the screen stencil. Based on the ink and mesh count, it generates a vivid solid area of color and a thicker ink coating.
With the help of a spot color screen printing machine, you can easily print one to four colors. It is quite effective in printing darker garments. Other printing processes, such as the simulated printing process, might be a better alternative if you want more spot colors.
Spot colors may offer a more colorful and detailed print since they can overlay many hues, and perhaps this is why it is one of the best screen printing techniques. In addition to the range of possibilities, spot colors give significantly better uniformity from print to print.
When printing a solid color using process inks, minor color balance fluctuations may impair the uniformity of the color. While spot colors are more expensive, they may add a bunch of bright hues to your project, making the extra expense worthwhile.
Advantages Of Spot Color Screen Printing
Vibrant, raw color prints on a variety of fabrics and clothing can be done through spot color printing
Gives you total color control, resulting in sharp, clear, and well-organized output
3. CMYK Printing
The earliest color reproduction print technology is CMYK. In this printing method, the screen printers print graphics on white or light clothes using cyan, magenta, yellow, and black ink.
This is still a feasible print technique for light-colored clothing for people experienced in CMYK file processing, screen generation, and Photoshop.
One of the most sophisticated screen printing procedures, CMYK printing, should be performed on an automated press. It can be performed manually, but an automatic t-shirt press is required for the best results.
The printing process involves mixing the four colors listed above to replicate the complete tone and color range of the original image. Just keep in mind that it is a costly procedure compared to other printing methods.
Advantages Of CMYK Printing
It works well with light-colored or white clothing
Prints have the same quality as images with more than four different colors
4. Halftone Printing
Halftone prints are either one or several color prints with gradients. These tones might be solid spots or halftones that are of the same hue. This screen printing approach is ideal for creating the appearance of multi-color printing without actually performing it.
The screen printing process highlights the use of coloring with small dots. And images may be created with halftone silkscreening, only utilizing a single color. For example, if you want a pink radiant color on a white t-shirt, print red on a white shirt with a 50% gradient.
Using only one screen and one hue, the 50% gradient will blend with the white shade to give it a pink appearance.And printing directly onto the garment will increase the graphic quality and create a softer feeling print.
Advantages Of Halftone Printing
It is economical since just one type of ink is required
This screen printing technique varies from others as it employs only one color to achieve "appearingly" different shadings
5. Duotone Color Hue Printing
Duotone printing, often known as multitone printing, combines two halftones to create a two-color picture. A black halftone is first printed on white shirts, followed by a second halftone printed in color ink.
The duotone color hue is created by combining the color and black halftone. It adds a retro appeal when printed on light-colored textiles and gives the illusion of a full-color print at a considerably lower cost. When printed onto a light garment, it also gives a softer feel.
This procedure necessitates using special inks, generally PANTONE-designated colors, rather than the regular CMYK inks used only for process color printing.
Advantages Of Duotone Printing
Light materials and garments are suitable
It lends a sophisticated and artistic touch to the complete print
6. Simulated Process Printing
A simulated printing process is a technique for reproducing practically any picture available on the market. It overlaps and combines colors like CMYK by employing halftones, spot colors, and PMS colors.
Essentially, it is a method of printing an image that would have previously been printed using CMYK. Instead, it employs thick ink to generate a much more steady hue and manufacturing-friendly ink that can print practically any pattern for any garment.
Furthermore, it is frequently used to print intricate graphics on black-colored clothes.
Advantages Of Simulated Screen Printing
The finished print is vibrant, alive, and finely detailed
It is extensively utilized due to its suitability for both deeper and lighter colors
Types Of Screen Printing Process Final Words
Screen printing is an old, popular, and straightforward process that’s relevant in the printing industry even today.
You can utilize any common screen printing technique to print t-shirts, create artworks, posters, and more. And of course, the best screen printing machine makes screen printing suitable for both individual and bulk orders.
As such, go through different types of screen printing processes listed above and select the best one based on your requirements. And with that, I’ll call it a day!
In the world of adhesives, epoxy and super glue are two dominating forces.
Super glues are the ones that have made it to our house. So, whenever we break something, the thought of gorilla gluing comes to our minds.
On the other hand, epoxies are used for everything from making cute jewelry to heavy construction. The substance is more popular than ever, and you can't hide from it. Moreover, finding epoxy resins have become more accessible, and numerous variants of it have cropped up.
So, if you are searching for a strong adhesive for binding things, naturally, epoxies and super glues come to your mind. The decision can be tricky because you will hear good and bad things about both adhesives.
Hence, to give you a breather, we created a guide stating the differences between the substances. But do you think there can be a clear winner among them?
Let's investigate their bonds and find out!
Epoxy And Super Glue Differences
Most of us are more or less familiar with both of these adhesives. Hence, without wasting any time, we will jump straight into finding things that make them different. Keep an eye on the points that matter the most to you and make a thoughtful purchase.
Key Differences Between The Adhesives
Base Materials
The most basic difference seen is the mixture that forms the glue. Super glues are made of compound cyanoacrylate, whereas epoxy works by combining resin with a hardener.
You can use super glue right from its packaging. However, in the case of epoxy, you will need to mix the resin with the hardener.
Besides, when you start applying super glue, it dries instantaneously because the cyanoacrylate tends to form immediate bonds with moisture. Whereas, as a polyepoxide, epoxies don't tend to follow the steps of super glue, and take some time to dry.
Properties
When it comes to using adhesives, properties decide the strength and lasting capabilities. We do know that both super glue and epoxy form strong bonds. But, there is a slight difference between how the two work.
You may observe that things joined by super glues may still break, mainly because of excessive pressure. This is due to the low shear strength of the adhesive. Even the slightest off-angle pressure can damage the bond.
On the other hand, epoxies have one of the strongest bonds provided by an adhesive. It can take both shear and peel stress giving it the desirable durability to be used in places that face regular stress.
Where To Use
Picking up an adhesive may seem easy, but the reality is quite different. So, you will need to focus on its desired outcome in a project.
Super glue is great for small-scale jobs where a strong bond is required quickly. This has helped super glue become global, and now it's even used in surgeries. However, there are some substances like glass and fabric where super glue falls short.
On the other hand, epoxy is the holy grail of adhesives because of its versatility. It has wide usage in industries and commercial sectors because of its strong and durable bond. Moreover, epoxies can also work as a sealant, unlike super glue.
Ease Of Use
To be honest, everyone doesn't require glues to have everlasting properties. But a common deciding factor for buying adhesives is the application process.
Super glue dominates this territory as you can use it directly out of the tube. Also, the narrow applicators in most variants make it easy for you to use for gluing anything together.
However, in the case of epoxy, preparation takes up a lot of time. You will need to mix the resin with the hardener in correct proportions to get desired results. This is an advantage needed in construction or industrial use, but people who want a quick fix wouldn't care for it.
Drying Time
Any glue with a low drying time helps to fix things quickly. Super glue has pioneered this property because it starts drying as soon as it comes out of the tube. This is perfect for things like fixing an old shoe or a broken toy.
However, there are times when the slow curing of epoxies comes to the rescue. So, while building something new or fixing things like a glass bowl, using it makes the task easier. Also, adding a bit more hardener to the mix can fetch you more time to work with the materials.
Cleaning Up
Have you spilled super glue all over your hands? Don't worry, as using a bit of acetone can clear up the mess. This hack also works for cleaning up super glue residues or for loosening the bond. Solvents like gamma-butyrolactone or acetone break the bonds, giving the adhesive low solvent resistance.
On the other hand, epoxy dries hard, and it's almost impossible to dislodge it after the drying period is over. If you have made a mistake, the only way to remove it is by using white vinegar or acetone before it has cured.
Pros Of Super Glue:
Fast drying
Easy to use
Effortless clean-up
Easily available
Eco-friendly
Strong bond
Moisture resistant
Works with various materials
Available in different formulations
Excellent for small scale jobs
Good for home use
Cons Of Super Glue:
Doesn’t work with glass
Low shear strength
Not solvent resistant
Can’t fix big gaps
Bonds easily to skin
Pros Of Epoxy
Superior adhesion bond
Versatile usage capability
Great for fixing gaps and cracks
Easily available
High shear resistance
Resistant to various environmental factors
Good for household, industrial, and commercial usage
Solvent resistant
Doesn’t bond with skin
Cons Of Epoxy:
Long curing time
Difficult to remove
Produces heat during curing
Difficulty of use
Resin and hardener mixture has short life
Epoxy vs. Super Glue Verdict
When it comes to using adhesives, the main goal is to make sure that the bond has the desired strength. So, to achieve that, you will need to search for glue based on different aspects of the project.
Having said that, we do think that most people would prefer using super glue as it's easy to use. However, epoxy would be a better choice if you need to fix something like a glass vase or anything precious.
Honestly, we wouldn't declare a winner among the contenders as both are equally helpful for the right jobs. Hence, we would suggest you assess the needs and expectations before selecting an adhesive.
That's all for today. Do let us know if you have any queries, and we will try to help.
Although quite similar in their functions, angle grinders and polishers offer unique things. They vary widely in terms of speed, accuracy, weight, making them suitable for different jobs around your home or workshop.
If you’re into DIY construction and renovation, you’d know that the best angle grinder can perform multiple tasks like cutting, deburring, etc. But the question that arises is- can it be interchanged with a polisher? And can these tools perform the same tasks?
To help you understand better and to assist you in making the right pick, we are here to decode the differences between these two tools. Once you know their basic features, you will be able to put them to the best use.
What Are Angle Grinders And Polishers?
Before we take you through the differences that set these two tools apart, let us first give a brief description of what these power tools do.
Angle grinders are extremely popular for cutting tiles and stucco and grinding metal. However, that's not the only use of angle grinders- you can also consider using them for sharpening, polishing metal, and sanding a variety of materials. They come with a handle and a spinning disc to get the job done.
There are different types of cutting discs which are suitable for different tasks and materials. For example, if you’re looking to cut tiles with an angle grinder, do your research to understand which angle grinder disc for tiles will be the best.
On the other hand, a polisher is an absolute must in a workshop for smoothing the surface of different materials. It comes with a leather strap or work wheel that moves at high speed to smoothen out the surface it’s being used on.
Both an angle grinder and a polisher might look pretty similar at the first go. However, these two tools are quite different, and we are going to tell you why.
Angle Grinder Vs Polisher - The Major Differences
1. Speed
When it comes to speed, both the tools actually fare quite well. However, a classic angle grinder is a lot faster and offers more torque when compared to a polisher.
This is possible because an angle grinder is mainly suited to handle much bigger projects that a polisher cannot. For instance, you can use an angle grinder to cut metal and pavers. But keep in mind that the load speed of this tool is pretty high, and you might face some trouble if you are new to using it.
For beginners, a variable speed angle grinder is the best bet. Such a model will offer a speed range, and you can select the one that you are comfortable working with.
2. Ease Of Use
While polishers that come with consistent polishing speed are quite easy to handle, dual-action polishers can be a hard nut to crack. Unless you have prior experience, managing the different angles of the head present on these polishing tools can be quite a challenge.
And the same holds true when you are using a rotary buffer. Although it's a very useful tool, you will need to spend some time knowing how to operate it well.
The common angle grinder, on the other hand, is a powerful tool that is quite easy to handle. Unlike a polishing machine, the single head present on an angle grinder makes it super easy to handle for beginners. And once you learn a bit about speed control, you're good to go!
Moreover, most angle grinders come with detailed instruction manuals, so you can always refer to them in case of any query or confusion. A pro tip:, if you want to know "how to remove angle grinder wheel without tool?” then check out our website.
3. Movements
Both angle grinders and polishers display varying movements, but using an angle grinder is comparatively pretty straightforward. This is because it only spins clockwise and will not surprise you with any unexpected movements.
But, when it comes to dual-action polishers, things are a bit different. They come with a pad that functions in a slightly angled motion to ensure that the surface you are polishing lasts longer. However, you can rest assured that they will not create swirls or damage the surface you are working on.
4. Accuracy
If you are working on a wood or metal surface and accuracy is not of prime concern, using an angle grinder will be the best bet. You can easily cut through different surfaces in quick time using this tool.
However, if you need intricacies in the work, an angle grinder may not be of much help. When you are targeting the inner corners and delicate engravings, we suggest going for a polisher instead.
5. Weight
The weight of a tool is of great consideration, especially when you are a beginner. Both angle grinders are polishers, aren't too heavy and can be easily handled by both professionals and DIY enthusiasts.
That said, the exact weight of these two devices will depend on the model you are using. For example, rotary grinders are relatively heavier when compared to their other counterparts.
Hence, you should always take the weight of the tool into consideration before making any decision. If you use a tool that is too heavy, your work time will only get prolonged.
Is It Possible To Convert An Angle Grinder Into A Polisher?
The benefits of a polisher are many, and we won’t judge you if the thought of converting an angle grinder into a polisher crosses your mind! In fact, you would be happy to know that it can be done fairly easily without requiring a lot of your time, effort, or money.
To get this done effectively, begin by removing the angle guard that is present on the angle grinder. This plastic guard basically covers the sharp blade of the grinder when it is not in use. Once you locate it, you will need to detach the guard from the main body of the angle grinder.
After that, proceed to install the required polishing head (according to the task to be undertaken). Once this head is attached to the body of the grinder, you can then install the pad to the Velcro back of the head. And that's pretty much it! You can then test out the tool to see if it is functioning correctly.
A word of caution here- no matter which tool you use, always begin working at a slow speed and take your time to get adjusted to it. Angle grinders, in particular, run at high speed and can be difficult to tackle unless you are used to them.
Difference Between An Angle Grinder And A Polisher Final Words
With that, we will leave you to the task of picking the right one for your needs (or including both).
But before we wrap up, here’s a quick recap. If you’re looking for a tool with more power, an angle grinder can come to your rescue.
However, if you are more focused on precision, we suggest opting for a polisher. Furthermore, both these tools are suitable for polishing jobs, but it's best that you choose one that is tailor-made to your needs.
If you liked this read, you should take a look at our new entry, "what direction do fans blow"? And for more interesting reads, always keep a watch on this space.
![Do Ceiling Fans Use a Lot of Electricity? [No, Not Really]](https://homesthetics.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/Do-Ceiling-Fans-Use-a-Lot-of-Electricity-No-Not-Really-1.jpg "Do Ceiling Fans Use a Lot of Electricity? [No, Not Really]")
Source Unknown
![DIY HAMSTER CAGE [ IKEA BIN CAGE]](https://homesthetics.net/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/16-5-1024x681.jpg)
More details at 
Source Unknown
![The Difference Between Epoxy & Super Glue [Clear Winner?]](https://homesthetics.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/The-Difference-Between-Epoxy-Super-Glue-01.jpg "The Difference Between Epoxy & Super Glue [Clear Winner?]")
